Open Access

JSON Export

{"created":"2022-01-31T16:20:11.934568+00:00","id":"lit13684","links":{},"metadata":{"contributors":[{"name":"Knott, L. E.","role":"author"}],"detailsRefDisplay":"Boston","fulltext":[{"file":"a0001.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"\nCATALOGUE\nGENERAL SCIENCE PHYSICS-CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY\nL.E.KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nBOSTON","page":0},{"file":"a0002.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"PRICES\nThe publication of this edition of our catalogue has been delayed on account of the unsettled conditions following the war.\nWe now have confidence in the apparent trend towards greater stability and lower costs and we believe we shall be able to maintain the reductions made in this list. You will not\u00ae a marked decrease from prices previously current.\nShould costs of material and skilled labor continue to decline, new price-lists will be issued and our customers receive full benefit of any further reductions made possible by this decline.\nTERMS\nCORRESPONDENCE. Customers writing us should use an official letter head wherever possible indicating the institution connected with and the position held.\nORDERS. When ordering give the catalogue number and sufficient description to indicate clearly the article desired. We will furnish order blanks upon request.\nSHIPPING. State clearly the place to which the goods are to be shipped, giving the city, county and State address. In the absence of specific instructions, we exercise our best judgment as to the manner and route of shipment. We charge for boxing and casing at cost.\nREMITTANCES. Our terms are net thirty days. We allow a cash discount of 1% from the face of the bill if the check is mailed within ten days from the date of the invoice. Foreign remittances must be made in the form of a draft, payable at par in Boston or New York.\nRETURNS. If for any reason it is desired to return goods, kindly advise us by mail concerning the conditions. We are always glad to accommodate, but we cannot accept or give credit for goods which are returned without previous arrangements having been made.\nREPAIRS. If goods are sent to us for repair, see that the case is properly marked, showing the name of the sender, mailing a letter at the same time stating what you are returning and the work you wish done.\nCopyright, 1921, by L. E. Knott Apparatus Company Boston, Mass.","page":0},{"file":"a0003.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"Scientific Instruments\nCatalogue 26\nL. E. Knott Apparatus Company\nAMES AND AMHERST STREETS (Cambridge A Station)\nELEAZAR CATE President\tBOSTON ARTHUR W. HALL Treasurer WARREN L. MAXCY Secretary August 1, 1921","page":0},{"file":"a0004.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"Form No. M 19\nCirculars. Bulletins and Price Lists will be issued from time to time supplementing this catalogue. Be Sure Your Name is on Our Mailing List. Tear off Lower Return Form,\nFill Out and Mail to Us,\nShould you leave your present location, kindly fill out form below and return to us, and wa will send another copy to you at your new address.\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY.\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS CO., Ames and Amherst Streets, Cambridge \u201cA\u201d Station, BOSTON, MASS.\nPlease send me a copy of your\t____ ________ Catalogue to my new ad-\nPhysics or Chemistry\ndress as follows:\nName........................................School.................................\nCity or Town................................State..................................\nFormer address was:\nSchool......................................City or Town..........................\nState................................\nSuccessor at Former Address is:\nDate,\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS CO.,\nAmes and Amherst Streets,\nCambridge \u201cA\u201d Station,\nBOSTON, MASS.\nYou should have the following names on your mailing list for all new Circulars,\nBulletins and Price Lists that supplement Catalogue________which has just been\nreceived.\t26 or 26C\nInstructors in\nPhysics\tChemistry\tBiology\nName...........................................................................\nName...........................................................................\nName...........................................................................\nPrincipal or Director of School................................................\nSuperintendent of Schools......................................................\nPurchasing Agent or Business Manager...........................................\nInstitution...............................................................\nCity or Town.........................State................................\n(Signed) .............................................................\nDate......................... Position....................................","page":0},{"file":"a0005.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"s CNE I CENT j STAMP :\nL. E. Knott Apparatus Company,\nAmes and Amherst Streets,\nBOSTON,\n(Cambridge A Station)\nMASSACHUSETTS.\n:\n*:\tONE\nf CENT j STAMP\nL. E. Knott Apparatus Company,\nAmes and Amherst Streets\nBOSTON,\n(Cambridge A Station)\nMASSACHUSETTS.","page":0},{"file":"p0001.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n1\nLABORATORY FURNITURE\nSince 1896 we have maintained a special department for the critical investigation and study of laboratory and lecture room needs. It has been the duty of this department to design and manufacture both the laboratory and lecture room tables and the special and distinctive general fittings which are necessary in order to give the best possible facilities for high-grade science work.\nOn the following pages we list a few of our standard designs which have proved most generally useful. We endeavor to carry a stock of these designs and are, therefore, usually able to make immediate shipment upon receipt of an order.\nWe have the best of facilities for building furniture to order and the services of our draughtsmen and designers are freely offered to those who are planning new laboratories.\nKinds of Wood. All lumber or wood used in the construction of our cabinet work is thoroughly air-seasoned and kiln-dried. Exposed exterior wood is of solid oak, carefully selected and matched. Interior woods are maple, birch, gum wood, chestnut, etc., selected and used where best adapted. Tops are built up from narrow strips of best grade of pine, straight grained and absolutely free from knots. These strips are machined, matched, and glued in a manner to prevent warping.\nFinish. All exterior woodwork, except tops, is filled and stained to a medium \u201c Golden Oak \u201d color, and finished with shellac rubbed to a dull non-scratchable surface. The tops are treated and carbonized to make the surface alkali and acid resistive, resulting in a dull black durable color.\nWORK TABLES\nStandard Designs\nNo. 1-100\nNo. 1-120\n1-100 PHYSICS WORK TABLE with FOUR DRAWERS, FIXED UPRIGHTS and MOVABLE CROSS-BAR.\nCross-bar adjustable on uprights by the Knott Non-Binding Three-Part Clamp.\nLength, 6 feet; width, 4 feet; height, 34 inches.\n1-120 PHYSICS WORK TABLE with REMOVABLE METAL UPRIGHTS, CROSSBAR and CLAMPS.\nLength, 6 feet; width, 4 feet; height, 34 inches.\nThis unit consists of No. 1-125 Work Table with the following rods and clamps which will be found listed in this catalogue :\n2 No. 5-366 Table Clamps.\n2 No. 5-20e Threaded Upright Rods, 100 cm. long, 19 mm. diam.\n1\tNo. 6-40c Cross Bar Rod, 185 cm. long, 19 mm. diam.\n2\tNo. 6-765 Right Angle V Clamps.\n1-125 WORK TABLE. This table is illustrated over No. 1-120, but No. 1-125 is furnished without any of the accessories listed under No. 1-120. Frequently used in Biological Laboratories.\nAny of the above tables can be equipped with a lead-lined sink, 10X12 inches by 9 inches deep, with one No. 1-802 Goose-Neck Water Faucet at each end of the sink, and with one No. 1-715 Two-Way Gas Turret at each end of the table, or the Knott Mounted Four-Way Gas Turret No. 1-760 may be used for gas supply.\nPRICES ON APPLICATION","page":1},{"file":"p0002.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"2\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nCHEMISTRY TABLES\nStandard Designs\nThe following designs are planned so that each pupil will have the use of one drawer and one cupboard and in common with another pupil, the use of one drawer over the waste jar space.\nNo. 1-225 A\tNo. 1-225 C\n1-225A SIX-FOOT CHEMISTRY TABLE to accommodate eight pupils, four working at one time.\nLength 6 feet, width 33^ feet, height 34 inches.\nThis table is the same in design as No. 1-225C described below, but will accommodate but eight pupils. Four No. 1-800 Water Faucets and four No. 1-700 Gas Cocks are supplied.\n1-225C TWELVE-FOOT CHEMISTRY TABLE to accommodate sixteen pupils, eight working at one time. Length, 12 feet; width, 33^ feet; height, 34 inches.\nThe sink, lined with heavy sheet lead, runs through the center lengthwise of the table and drains through the end cupboard. The reagent shelf, which runs over the sink, supports the plumbing for water and gas. For water fixtures we supply eight No. 1-800 Water Faucets; for gas, eight No. 1-700 Gas Cocks (see page 6).\nBIOLOGY TABLES\nNo. 1-300\n1-300 STUDENTS\u2019 COMBINATION BIOLOGY TABLE. The table illustrated above is made up from four different units \u2014 the Biology Work Table No. 1-300A, a Case of Drawers No. 1-300B, and two Bottle Racks No. 1-300C, and when ordered under this number, is furnished complete as illustrated.\n1-300A STUDENTS\u2019 BIOLOGY WORK TABLE. Length, 6 feet; width, 3 feet; height, 30 inches. A dividing strip is attached on top, lengthwise through the center. Top overhangs body 23dS inches.\n1-300B CASE OF DRAWERS, designed to slide under the side aprons of table No. 1-300A, and to extend front to back flush with the aprons. Top finished, sides paneled, and each end equipped with four drawers. Length, 31 inches; width 15 inches; height, 24 inches \u2014 overall measurements.\n1-300C BOTTLE RACKS. Can be used on any table. Provides three shelves, the two lower 4 inches apart.\nPRICES ON APPLICATION","page":2},{"file":"p0003.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n3\nLECTURE ROOM TABLES\n1-150 STANDARD LECTURE TABLE. This table affords the best facilities for lecture table demonstrations in Physics, Chemistry, or General Science Courses. The front and ends are paneled; the back has three large, and two small, drawers, four open shelves and a commodious cupboard. The sink measures 18 inches square by 16 inches deep and has a shelf 8 inches wide placed 6 inches from the top. It is carefully lined throughout with sheet lead of ample thickness.\nLength, 8 feet; width, 3 feet; height, 34 inches.\nEquipment is furnished complete as illustrated above, as follows:\n1\tNo. 1-802 Knott\u2019s Wheel Handle Interchangeable Nozzle Goose-Neck Water Faucet.\n1\tNo. 1-725 Knott\u2019s Four-way Gas Turret.\n2\tNo. 5-274 Flush Plates for 19 mm. diam. Upright Support Rods.\n2 No. 5-20e Support Rods, 100 cm. long, 19 mm. diam.\n1\tNo. 5-40b Cross Bar Rod, 125 cm. long, 19 mm. diam.\n2\tNo. 5-765 Right Angle V Clamps.\n1-200 INSTRUCTOR\u2019S LABORATORY TABLE for small lecture rooms and various\tscience\tclass\trooms.\tThe\nfront and ends are paneled; the back has one long drawer, four smaller drawers\tand\tone\tcupboard.\tThe\nsink measures 10 inches square, by 9 inches deep, and is lined throughout with sheet lead of ample thickness. It is provided with a cover which fits flush with the top of the table.\nLength, 5 feet; width, 2)4 feet; height, 34 inches.\nEquipment is furnished complete as illustrated above, as follows:\n1 No. 1-802 Knott\u2019s Wheel Handle Interchangeable Nozzle Goose-Neck Water Faucet.\n1\tNo. 1-715 Knott\u2019s Two-Way Gas Turret.\n3\tNo. 5-270 Flush Plates for 10 mm. diam. Upright Support Rods.\n2\tNo. 5-274 Flush Plates for 19 mm. diam. Upright Support Rods.\n3\tNo. 6-10e Support Rods, 40 cm. long, 10 mm. diam.\n2 No. 6-20e Support Rods, 100 cm. long, 19 mm. diam.\n1\tNo. 5-40a Cross Bar Rod, 100 cm. long, 19 mm. diam.\n2\tNo. 5-765 Right Angle V Clamps.\n1-425 BIOLOGY LECTURE TABLE. The front and ends are paneled; the back has two large and two small drawers, a shelf cupboard with drop front, one large cupboard at the right end and one at the left end. The sink measures 22 X20 inches by 12 inches deep and is lined throughout with pure sheet lead of ample thickness.\nIt is provided with a removable flush cover (not illustrated) that fits flush with the top of the table.\nLength, 9 Mi feet; width, 3 feet; height,\n3\tfeet.\nEquipment is furnished complete as illustrated, as follows:\n1 Standing Overflow Plug, 103^ inches high, for the sink.\n1 No. 1-802 Knott\u2019s Wheel-Handle Interchangeable Nozzle Goose-Neck Water Faucet.\n1 No. 1-725 Knott\u2019s Four-way Gas Turret.\n1 Special Long Goose-Neck Water\nFaucet for supply for tank.\t,\n1 No. 3527 Aquarium Tank complete with standing overflow plug and Wire Gauze Partition (see description, page 196.).\nPRICES ON APPLICATION","page":3},{"file":"p0004.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"4\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSTORAGE CABINETS\nThe question of adequate and serviceable storage facilities is one of prime importance in considering the equipment for any branch of science. An experience of twenty-five years has demonstrated conclusively that such equipment should be ordered to fit the space available and to meet local conditions.\nOur storage cabinets are all built to order. The following designs, constructed in various desired lengths, have proved the most satisfactory of the many which we have built in the past quarter of a century.\nNo. 1-250\n1-260 PHYSICS APPARATUS CABINET adapted also for storage of Chemical Apparatus and Chemicals.\nHeight over all, 6J4 feet; upper section, 5}/i feet, lower, 15 inches. Inside depth, upper section, 15 inches; lower section extends out to give a ledge 6 inches wide. The sliding doors with double-strength, clear-glass panels, run on ball-bearing rollers on steel tracks and are fitted as nearly dust-proof as practicable. Each door is fitted with a flush pull. Locks will be supplied only when ordered. Drawers are equal in size and extend full depth of lower section. Ends have wood panels unless otherwise ordered. The smallest unit advisable is 4 feet long. Multiples of 4 and 5 feet are recommended, but a cabinet should be ordered to fit the space available.\nNo. 1-605\n1-605 MUSEUM CABINET, for storage and display of Biological and Botanical material.\nHeight over all, 6}^ feet; upper section, 5 feet; depth, upper section, 15 inches; lower section, 18 inches. Four paneled doors in lower section give ready access to the cupboard which extends full length of case. Ends paneled in wood. Glass-paneled doors give access to upper section. Three adjustable shelves are supplied, the top one fitted at an angle with a retaining rim on the front edge. Ends and doors have double-strength, clear-glass panels. Back is paneled in wood. Locks will be supplied only when ordered. The smallest unit advisable is four feet long. Multiples of 4 and 5 feet are recommended but a cabinet should be ordered to fit the space available.\nPRICES ON APPLICATION","page":4},{"file":"p0005.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n5\nNo. 1-610\n1-610 COMBINATION STORAGE CABINET adapted especially for the storage and display of chemical and biological apparatus and materials, chemicals and reagents.\nHeight over all, 7% feet; upper section, 4% feet. Depth, upper section, 12 inches; lower, 24 inches.\nThe illustration shows two unit designs \u2014 No. 1-611, the Cupboard Section, and No. 1-612, the Drawer Section, combined and constructed as one unit. The ends are paneled in wood. The upper section has five adjustable shelves accessible by means of glass-paneled, sliding doors. Panels are of double-strength, clear glass and the doors run on ball-bearing rollers on steel tracks, and are fitted as nearly dust-proof as practicable. The lower section has two large and four smaller drawers and two commodious cupboards. Cabinets as ordinarily ordered are 8 and 10 feet long. When other lengths are desired, combinations of Cupboard Sections No. 1-611 and Drawer Sections No. 1-612 are recommended in multiples of four and five feet, but a cabinet should be ordered to fit the space available.\n1-611 CUPBOARD SECTION. This is the right section of Combination Cabinet No. 1-610 illustrated above.\nThe smallest unit advisable is 4 feet long. Multiples of four and five feet are recommended, but a cabinet should be ordered to fit the space available.\n1-612 DRAWER SECTION. This is the left section of Combination Cabinet No. 1-610 illustrated above. The smallest unit advisable is 4 feet long. Multiples of four and five feet are recommended but a cabinet should be ordered to fit the space available.\n1-650 LOOSE-LEAF FILING CABINET for general use as a loose-leaf filing cabinet and for the storage of students\u2019 laboratory notebooks.\nHeight, 40 inches; width, 22% inches; depth, 14 inches.\nThere are fifty-two compartments, each of which measures 11X8% inches by 1 inch deep, and accommodates 200-250 separate sheets of paper. Each of the four large compartments measures 11X8% inches by 3 inches deep, and accommodates about 1000 separate sheets of paper. All compartments are legibly numbered. Ends and doors are paneled.\nPRICES ON APPLICATION\nFUME CLOSETS\nFume Closet designs require a careful consideration of the individual requirements. We have designed and built many fume closets during our long experience and should be pleased to offer suggestions to meet your requirements. Multiples of two, four, and six feet are recommended. An individual compartment of two feet is the smallest'compartment advisable.\nPRICES ON APPLICATION","page":5},{"file":"p0006.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"6\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nKNOTT\u2019S SCIENCE LABORATORY FITTINGS\nNo. 1-802\tNo. 1-805\nKNOTT\u2019S GAS COCKS\nThe Knott\u2019s Gas Cocks are of heavy brass. The nipples are long and have five sharp serrations which make it easy to slip on rubber tubing, but impossible to pull it off accidentally. Adjustment is secured by means\nof a lever handle.\n1-700 KNOTT\u2019S LEVER HANDLE GAS COCK, ^-inch I. P............................. $0.85\n1-705 KNOTT\u2019S BOSTON SCHOOLHOUSE COMMISSION LEVER HANDLE GAS COCK, same as\nabove, but with tension and check nut to regulate the tension on the valve seat.95\n1-710\tKNOTT\u2019S\tONE-WAY GAS TURRET, one gas cock.............................. 2.15\n1-716\tKNOTT\u2019S\tTWO-WAY GAS TURRET, two gas cocks............................. 2.96\n1-720\tKNOTT\u2019S\tTHREE-WAY GAS TURRET, three gas cocks........................  3.75\n1-725\tKNOTT\u2019S\tFOUR-WAY GAS TURRET, four gas cocks........................... 4.55\n1-805\n1-850\n1-860\n1-900\n. - \u25a0\tn\t1-760 KNOTT\u2019S MOUNTED FOUR-WAY GAS TURRET or MOVABLE\n\u2014\u2014\t'\tFOUR-WAY GAS DISTRIBUTOR. The use of this design obviates\nall necessity of cutting a table top. It is connected by rubber tubing to a supply cock left at the floor line or above the table. 10.90\nKNOTT\u2019S WATER FAUCETS\nThese faucets are of heavy brass with full nickel finish. Three interchangeable attachments are provided \u2014 two for connecting rubber tubing from % to % inch in diameter, the third a regular hose bib coupling for attaching an aspirator. Adjustment is secured by a large wheel handle, which experience has proved to be the most practical for student use.\n1-800 KNOTT\u2019S WHEEL HANDLE INTERCHANGEABLE NOZZLE\nSTRAIGHT WATER FAUCET, % inch I. P......................... $6.25\n1-801 ---, BENT WATER FAUCET, 3^-inch I. P. with N. P. flange. . .\t7.85\nw , \u201e\u201e\t1-802 -----, GOOSE-NECK WATER FAUCET, y8-inch I. P. with N. P.\nNo. 1-760\tflange .....................................\t8.76\nKNOTT\u2019S COMBINATION GOOSE-NECK HOT AND COLD WATER FAUCET, %-inch I. P.\nwith two N. P. flanges....................................................... 16.25\nKNOTT\u2019S COMPRESSED AIR COCK, J4-mch I. P. An exceptionally well-made air cock,\nparticularly adapted to science laboratory use............................... 2.00\nKNOTT\u2019S STEAM COCK, J^-inch I. P., similar in appearance to the above.......... 2.60\nKNOTT\u2019S CAST IRON BEEHIVE OVERFLOW PLUG, Dartmouth Model. Insures a continuous drain from sink but at the same time the retaining of water for the dilution of corrosive liquids. A small hole at the base of the beehive permits the draining to emptiness, holes at top of beehive retain water to depth of 2 inches in the sink. Flange, 5 inches diameter by 5/16-inch thick. Tail piece requires hole 2 inches in diameter. Flange and beehive is cast in one piece. Complete with tail piec\u00e9, hose coupling, washers and lock nut................................ 4.36","page":6},{"file":"p0007.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n7\nLABORATORY SUPPORT RODS\nOur Rods are of cold-rolled Bessemer steel, copper-plated and heavily nickeled, thus obviating the possibility of rust deterioration. They are straight, of uniform diameter, machine-threaded, and shoulders faced to attain a perfect junction on our bases and flush plates.\nNo. 5-40\neH\nKM \u00a9\n\n\nR\n\ne\nAs\nNos. 5-10 to 5-55\n5-10\tSUPPORT RODS, 10 mm.\tdiameter, threaded to fit any\thole tapped\tMX20.\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\te\n\tLength\t\t\t 10\t15\t20\t30\t40 cms.\n\tEach\t\t\t $0.35\tf0.46\t$0.55\t$0.65\t$0.75\n5-15\tSUPPORT RODS, 13 mm.\tdiameter, threaded to fit any\thole tapped\t3^X16.\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\te\n\tLength\t\t\t 20\t40\t60\t80\t100 cms.\n\tEach\t\t\t $0.55\t$0.75\t$1.00\t$1.20\t$1.45\n5-20\tSUPPORT RODS, 19 mm. diameter, threaded to fit any hole tapped 3\u00a3X12.\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tC\td\te\n\tLength\t\t\t 30\t40\t60\t80\t100\n\tEach\t\t\t, $1.00 $1.20\t$1.60\t$2.00\t$2.20\n6-30\tSUPPORT RODS, 30 mm.\tdiameter, threaded to fit any hole tapped\tX10.\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\te\n\tLength \t\t\t\t 60 80\t100\t120\t160 cms.\n\tEach\t\t\t $2.40\t$2.80\t$3.45\t$3.90\t$4.70\n120 cms.\n$2.40\n5-40\n5-50\n5-55\nSUPPORT RODS, for use as horizontal rods, 19 mm. diameter, ends rounded.\na\tb\tc\nLength................... 100\t125\t185 cms.\nEach...................... $2.10\t$2.40\t$4.00\nSQUARE SUPPORT RODS, 19 mm. square, one end turned to 19 mm. diameter, and threaded to fit any hole tapped 3^X12. No. 5-50 d-f are most frequently used as bed-rods of optical benches.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nLength................... 40\t60\t80\t100\t120\t200 cms.\nEach...................... $1.90\t$2.40\t$2.90\t$3.26\t$3.80\t$6.90\nSQUARE SUPPORT RODS, same as Nos. 5-50d and 5-50f, but graduated to mm. A few of these rods are valuable additions to every laboratory, as they may be used in many ways other than as bed-rods for optical benches \u2014 the purpose for which they were originally intended.\na\tb\nLength................... 100\t200 cms.\nEach..................... $12.00\t$18.00","page":7},{"file":"p0008.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"8\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nMISCELLANEOUS BASES\nNos. 5-100 to 5-215\nNo. 5-240\tNo. 5-242\tNo. 5-250\nTRIPOD BASES\nOur line of tripod bases is scientifically designed to give the greatest possible degree of stability without occupying too much room on the working table. The nine sizes of the series fill all needs from the standpoint of size, stability, and the use of all the rods listed on the previous page. Each tripod is faced top and bottom that shoulders of support rods may make close junction and may be in true perpendicular with the plane of the base. All holes are machine-drilled and threaded.\nOur castings are uniformly smooth, thus offering a good surface for a strikingly smooth and beautiful finish.\nAll sizes are carried in stock with and without leveling screws.\nWITHOUT LEVELING SCREWS\tWITH LEVELING SCREWS\nLength of Leg,\tLength of Leg,\nCat. No.\tcm.\tTapped\tEach\tCat. No.\t\tcm.\tTapped\tEach\n6-101 \t,\t6\t34X20\t$0.50\t5-100\t\u00bb\t6\t34X20\t$1.46\n5-105\t\t,\t8\t34X20\t.75\t5-104\t\u00bb\t8\t34X20\t1.70\n5-111\t\t,\t10\t34X20\t1.20\t5-110\t>\t10\t34X20\t2.16\n5-115\t\t,\t12\t34X20\t1.70\t5-114\t\t12\t34X20\t2.66\n5-125\t\t,\t14\t34X16\t1.80\t5-120\t\u00bb\t14\t34X16\t2.76\n5-135\t\t,\t18\t34X16\t2.35\t5-130\t\u00bb\t18\t34X16\t3.30\n6-145\t\t,\t18\t34X12\t2.35\t5-140\t)\t18\t34X12\t3.60\n5-165\t\t,\t21\t34X12\t2.75\t6-150\t\t,\t21\t34X12\t4.00\n5-166\t\t,\t26\t34X12\t3.88\t5-160\t\u00bb\t26\t34X12\t5.40\n5-176\t\t,\t26\t34X10\t3.88\t6-170\t\u00bb\t26\t34X10\t5.40\n5-185\t\t,\t50\t34X10\t14.00\t5-180\tt\t50\t34X10\t17.00\nROUND BASES\nIn the design of our round bases we have followed the same rules for stability as in tripod bases listed above. Our castings are uniformly smooth, bases faced top and bottom, machine-drilled and tapped, handsomely finished.\n5-200 ROUND BASE, diameter 8 cm., tapped 34X20 to take any 10 mm. rod.......................... $0.50\n5-205\t----, diameter\t10\tcm., tapped\t34X20\tto take any 10 mm. rod.................................70\n5-\t210\t---, diameter\t12\tcm., tapped\t34X16\tto take any 13 mm. rod.................................90\n6-\t215\t\u2014\u2022\u2014, diameter\t15\tcm., tapped\t34X16\tto take any 13 mm. rod.............................. 1.25\n5-240\t\u201cINSTITUTE\u201d\tH-BASE, curvature of legs somewhat greater than 4X5-inch battery jar which\ncan be placed within one inch of a support rod. Threaded 34X20 for a 10-mm. diameter rod. . . .\t1.25\n5-242\t\u201c HARCOURT \u201d SPECIAL H-BASE, drilled to hold a 19-mm. diameter rod which can be clamped\nby the set screw. Curvature of legs somewhat greater than a 6 X8-inch battery jar..... 2.25\n5-\t250 THE KNOTT ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC LEVELING BASE, telescoping extension legs adjustable\nto meet the stability of any round base from 1134 to 1834 inches in diameter. Hole drilled for 19-mm. diameter rod which may be clamped by a set screw. Eccentric discs on ends of telescoping legs give rapid and positive leveling adjustment....... :............................. 5.00\n6-\t252 ---, large, legs telescoping to meet the stability of any round base from 1834 to 32 inches in diameter. 7.60","page":8},{"file":"p0009.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n9\nNo. 5-350\nNo. 5-430\nNos. 5-400 to 5-415\nNo. 5-360\nNo. 6-365\n5-260\n5-270\n5-\t272\n6-\t274 5-350\n5-360\n5-365\n5-366\n5-376\n5-385\n5-400\n5-405\n5-\t410\n6-\t416 6-430 5-435 5-440\n5-\t450\n6-\t470 5-475 5-480 5-485 5-490\nANDREWS PLATE BASE, a massive iron casting, 10X18 inches, with five threaded holes in line lengthwise through the center, located for most convenient use. Center hole threaded 34X16 for a 13-mm. diameter rod, and two holes in line on either side, threaded J4X12 for 19-mm. rods..\nFLUSH PLATE, a flush receptacle for a rod threaded J4 X20....................................\n----, for a rod threaded 34 X16..............................................................\n----, for a rod threaded 34X12...............................................................\nTABLE CLAMP for holding round or square rods in either vertical or horizontal positions. For\nclamping on table top not over 7.5 cms. thick..............................................\nTABLE CLAMP with LARGE SQUARE CAST METAL SWIVEL CAP. Obviates danger of\ninjury to table. Supports round or square rods threaded 34X12 (19-mm. rods)...............\nTABLE CLAMP for holding in vertical position rods threaded 34X16 (13-mm. rods)...............\n----, for holding rods threaded 34 X12 (19-mm. rods).........................................\nEND SUPPORTS or OPTICAL BENCH BED ROD CLAMPS. Two of these supports will hold\na rod parallel to table, 334 inches above the top.....................................Each\nSECONDARY V-SUPPORTS for supporting objects in a horizontal position. Useful in building up\ntelescope holders, level testers, etc................................................ Each\nSTAND TUBE, for use with rods, support bases, and stand tops, in building up adjustable stands.\n20 cms. long, for 13-mm. rods. Threaded 34X16.............................................\n----, 30 cms. long, for 13-mm. rods. Threaded 34 X16.........................................\n----, 30 cms. long, for 19-mm. rods. Threaded 34X12.......................................\n----, 40 cms. long, for 19-mm. rods. Threaded 34X12..........................................\nEXTENSION CLAMP for holding two 19-mm. rods adjustably parallel to each other................\n----, for two 13-mm. rods....................................................................\n----, for two 10-mm. rods....................................................................\nV-OPENING EXTENSION CLAMP for holding two 10, 13 or 19-mm rods adjustably parallel to\neach other.................................................................................\nSTAND TOP, three-ply hardwood, diameter 15 cms., tapped to receive 10-mm. rods threaded 34X20.\n----, 15 cms. diameter,\ttapped\tto\treceive\t13-mm. rods\tthreaded 34 X16........................\n----, 20 cms. diameter,\ttapped\tto\treceive\t13-mm. rods\tthreaded 34 X16........................\n----, 20 cms. diameter,\ttapped\tto\treceive\t19-mm. rods\tthreaded 34X12.........................\n----, 30 cms. diameter,\ttapped\tto\treceive\t19-mm. rods\tthreaded 34X12.........................\n$8.60\n.85\n1.05\n1.25\n3.50\n3.00\n2.50 2.50\n1.55\n.60\n2.00\n2.20\n3.60\n4.00 1.50\n1.15 ,85\n1.20\n2.00\n2.15 2.85 3.05 3.90","page":9},{"file":"p0010.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"10\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 5-510\tNo. 5-600 Nos. 5-645 to 5-647\tNo. 5-515\n5-510\tADJUSTABLE LABORATORY STAND fo table use. Especially valuable on lecture table as\nan adjustable support for apparatus which requires a stable support above the top of the table. Three-ply wood top, 30 cm. diameter, height adjustable from 40 to 70 cm..............$22.50\n5-\t511\t------, height adjustable from 70 to 130 cm............................................ 27.50\n6-\t616\tGEOMETRIC STANDS for blocking up apparatus. Top 13 inches in diameter. Top with leveling\nscrews gives height adjustment from to 3 inches. Tripods vary height by 1 Js inches. Set consists of five tripods and the top with leveling screws. Maximum height, 8J2 inches. Addition\nof other tripods will give greater height as desired............................. Set\t9.00\n5-616a WOOD TOP with LEVELING SCREWS, as used in above......................................... 5.00\n5-616b\tTRIPODS as used in No. 5-515.......................................................Each\t.80\n5-525 CAST IRON PLATFORM, for 10 mm. rod, top surface milled true. Measures 7X8.5 cm........... 1.75\n5-\t527\t ,\tfor\t19-mm.\trod.\tMeasures\t7 X8.5 cm............................................... 1.86\n6-\t530\t ,\tfor\t10-mm.\trod.\tMeasures\t8.5X11.5 cm...........................................   2.10\n6-535\t ,\tfor\t13-mm.\trod.\tMeasures\t8.5X11.5 cm............................................. 2.26\n6-540\t ,\tfor\t13-mm.\trod.\tMeasures\t11.5X15.5 cm............................................ 2.60\n5-546\t ,\tfor\t19-mm.\trod.\tMeasures\t14.5X21.5 cm............................................ 3.25\n5-570 ADJUSTABLE WALL STAND for use on a rail fixed to the wall or on laboratory table, to give an\nadjustable, stable support for a galvanometer or other apparatus. Wood plate, 30 cm. diameter;\nrod, 19-mm. diameter................................................................. 18.25\n5-590 KNIFE EDGE BRACKET for permanent attachment to the wall to form a knife-edge support for practical lever experiments, etc., or with two as a support for a rod in elasticity of flexure experiments. Cast iron, japanned, knife edge milled true............................................. 1.00\n5-596 KNIFE-EDGE TABLE CLAMP, for attaching to a table top as a knife-edge support in elasticity\nof flexure experiments. Cast iron, japanned, knife edge milled true.................. 1.25\n5-\t600\tSTONE\u2019S TENSION CLAMP for holding either a string or wire firmly but adjustably. Originally\ndesigned for the study of composition and resolution of forces, yet of exceptional value in clamping a string or wire for any purpose................................................Each .90\n6-\t610\tLEVELING SCREWS for use in sets of three, permitting the rapid leveling of any plane surface.\nAdjustable from 65 to 90 mm. in height.................................Per set of three 1.95\n5-635 COLLAR. Allows a clamped collar to rotate freely, yet prevents motion along the axis. For 30-mm.\nrod.....................................................................................80\n5-636\t ,\tfor\t19-mm.\trod.....................................................................60\n5-637\t ,\tfor\t13-mm.\trod.....................................................................50\n5-638\t ,\tfor\t10-mm.\trod.....................................................................40\n5-645 COLLAR WITH HOOK, especially useful for suspension of pendulums, pulleys, etc., on cross bar\nrods. For 10 mm. rod....................................................................65\n5-\t646\t ,\tfor\t13-mm.\trod.....................................................................75\n6-\t647\t ,\tfor\t19-mm.\trod.....................................................................95\n5-670 RIGHT ANGLE PIECE for holding two 10-mm. rods accurately at right angles to each other...\t1.00","page":10},{"file":"p0011.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n11\nCLAMPS\nOur clamps are designed to give maximum strength at stress points with use of as little metal as practical to preserve symmetry. All our clamps are ribbed at points of stress; our castings are uniform and smooth, thus presenting a good surface for a smooth, handsome, and durable finish; all parts designed to be at right angles or parallel are as accurately so as machinists\u2019 skill can produce. As jigs and standard gauges are used as far as practicable, each lot will be found uniform in dimensions. All holes are reamed to a sliding fit; all screws are heavily nickel plated and of size proportional to size of clamp; all V\u2019s are accurately milled.\nNo. 5-840\n5-\t725 RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, for holding two rods in planes accurately at right angles to each other.\nV opening to clamp 13-mm. rod, hole for 10-mm. rod...................................... $1.25\n6-\t730 ----, V opening for 19-mm. rod, hole for 13-mm. rod....................................... 1.45\n5-\t735 ----, for use in holding optical bench accessories. V opening for 19-mm. rod, hole for 13-mm. rod.\nCentral (zero) point indicated............................................................ 1.60\n6-\t745 RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, V opening for 30-mm. rod, hole for 19-mm. rod .................. ...... 1.80\n5-760 RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, for holding two rods in planes accurately at right angles to each other.\nTwo V openings for 13-mm. rods............................................................ 1.75\n5-765 ------, two V openings for 19-mm. rods...................................................... 2.00\n5-\t770 \u201cHARCOURT\u201d RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, for holding two rods in same plane, one accurately\nperpendicular to the other. Two V openings for 13 to 19-mm. rods. This form of clamp will be found a marked improvement over types on the market, as more rapid changes and adjustments are possible.............................................................................. 2.50\n6-\t785\tRIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, for holding two rods in same plane but accurately at right angles to each\nother. V opening for 19-mm. rod, tapped 34X20 to receive 10-mm. rod..................... 1.10\n5-790\t----, tapped 34X16 to receive 13-mm. rod.................................................. 1.15\n5-810 RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, for holding two rods in same plane but at right angles to each other. V\nopening to clamp 19-mm. rod, hole for 10-mm. rod........................................ 1.85\n5-\t815 OPTICAL BENCH RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, same as above, but with central (zero) point indicated.\nV-opening for 19-mm. rod, hole for 10-mm. rod........................................... 2.00:\n6-\t820 ----, V opening for 19-mm. rod, hole for 13-mm. rod....................................... 2.101\n5-825 RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP WITH SLIDING SPRING CONTACT, same as No. 6 815, but with\naddition of device which holds clamp firmly to the bed-rod yet at same time permits firm sliding motion along the rod. This clamp is advised for use as support for photometer boxes as it allows of motion along rod without unlocking the set screw..................................... 2.55\n5-\t840 SWIVEL CLAMP, UNIVERSAL HOLDER. This clamp is designed to meet the requirements of the\nlecture table. It will hold rigidly in any position such objects as telescopes, meter sticks, thermometers, burettes, glass tubing and glass rod; in fact, any instrument or piece of apparatus, either round or flat, or any object up to 50 mm. diameter, 155 mm. wide, and 30 mm. thick. It is, in fact, a universal clamp which will do the work of nearly all the clamps listed in this section.. 3.10\n6-\t850 UNIVERSAL RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP, for holding two rods in various planes at right angles to\neach other. Provided with swivel for locking. Two V openings for 19-mm. rods............ 2.50\n5-855\t-----, two V openings for 13-mm. rods..................................................... 2.25\n5-875 UNIVERSAL CLAMP, for objects up to 8 cm. in diameter, regular or irregular in shape. Position\nadjustable by swivel through 180 degrees................................................ 2.00","page":11},{"file":"p0012.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"12\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6-920\nNo. 6-962 No. 6-960 No. 6-976\nNo. 6-970\n6-880 CLAMP WITH PARALLEL JAWS for holding mirrors, scales, screens, burettes, etc., or in fact any flat, round, or irregular shaped object, within the capacity of the clamp \u2014 4 cm. opening. Rod 10 mm. diameter, 15 cm. long.................................................................. $3.65\n6-891 ROD V CLAMP for use with one Right Angle V Clamp to secure a greater latitude of adjustment.\nV opening for 10 to 13 mm. rod. Rod 13 mm. diameter, 11 cm. long........................80\n5-896 METER STICK CLAMP for holding a meter stick parallel to a support rod. V opening for 13 to\n19 mm. rods......................................................................... 1.40\n5-\t900 FOUR-PENDULUM CLAMP for clamping to a vertical or horizontal rod to hold four pendulums.\nFour removable binding plates adjustable by means of knurled thumb nuts permit adjustment of lengths and afford exact points of suspension for accurate measurement of lengths. 2.60\n6-\t902 THREE-PENDULUM CLAMP, similar to above, but for three pendulums...................... 1.95\n5-\t906 BI-FILAR FOUR-PENDULUM CLAMP for clamping to a rod, to hold four pendulums in bi-filar\nsuspension. Adjustment of lengths readily secured by turning the knurled head tapered plugs, the friction of which in the tapered holes holds the weight of the pendulum........... 3.95\n6-\t910 WALL SUSPENSION BRACKET for pendulum or torsion experiments. A split chuck clamps the\nwire firmly. Center of chuck from back face of flange, 3*4 inches................... 3.85\n5-920 UNIVERSAL HOLDER WITH TWO ADJUSTABLE V\u2019S AND LEATHER STRAP for holding any round or square object from 7.5 to 16 cm. in length, liable to be injured by too great pressure. Will hold telescopes, burettes, etc................................................................ 7.25\n5-950 BALL-BEARING FRICTIONLESS PULLEY MOUNTED ON ROD, axis at right angles to rod.\nPolished steel ball-bearing pulley, 60 mm. in diameter, mounted in cast metal stirrup attached to nickel-plated rod, 10 mm. diameter, 15 cm. long.................................. 1.65\n5-952 -----, axis in same plane as rod ; pulley rotates at right angles to the rod........... 1.15\n5-960 ADJUSTABLE 50 MM. PLANE MIRROR ON ROD. A plane mirror, 50 mm. in diameter in metal frame, mounted m_a metal stirrup attached to a nickel-plated rod, 10 mm. in diameter, 15 cm. long. Adjustable in stirrup about the horizontal axis \u2014 adjustable on the rod about the vertical axis. . . .\t3.65\n5-970 ROD ADJUSTING UNIVERSAL LENS HOLDER for lenses up to 4 inches in diameter. The\nthree rods can be adjusted to hold and clamp any lens up to 4 inches in diameter \u2014 the small lenses in or off center as desired. Nickel-plated rod, 10 mm. diameter, 10 cm. long........... 1.95\n5-975 -----, for lenses up to 2 inches in diameter........................................... 1.65","page":12},{"file":"p0013.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n13\nBASES, SUPPORT RODS, CLAMPS\nNo. 5-991 LECTURE LIST \u201cA\u201d\nA carefully selected list of bases, rods, clamps, and attachments, covering the essentials and designed for schools not in position to procure a more complete outfit :\nSUPPORT BASES\tCLAMPS\n\t\t\t2\t6-350\tTable Clamps\n1\t5-200\tRound Base\t2\t6-450\tExtension Clamps\n1\t6-210\tRound Base\t2\t6-765\tRight Angle Clamps\n2\t5-250\tEccentric Leveling Bases\t2\t5-770\tRight Angle Clamps\n1\t5-260\tPlate Base\t2\t5-810\tRight Angle Clamps\n\t\t\t1\t5-850\tSwivel Clamp\n\t\t\t1\t6-895\tMeter Stick Clamp\n\t\tSUPPORT RODS\t1\t6-900\tPendulum Clamp\n\t\t\t\t\tMISCELLANEOUS\n1\t5-15b\tSupport Rod, 13 mm. X 40 cm.\t1\t5-540\tPlatform\n1\t5-15c\tSupport Rod, 13 mm. X 60 cm.\t4\t5-646\tHook Collars for 13 mm. rod.\n1\t5-20b\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 40 cm.\t1\t5-950\tPulley on rod\n1\t5-40b\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 125 cm.\t2\t5-952\tPulleys on rod\n2\t6-20e\tSupport Rods, 19 mm. X 100 cm.\t1\t5-975\tUniversal Lens Holder\n5-991 LECTURE LIST \u201cA\u201d complete, as listed above....................................................Set $62.32\nNO. 5-996 LECTURE LIST \u201c B \u201d\nThe following list has been made up by teachers of long experience and is considered and advised by them as an equipment ample for lecture table demonstrations. The selection has been made with the intention of covering every need for the lecture table, with suitable bases, support rods, clamps, and attachments which will be needed in assembling and adjusting the apparatus used in the most complete lecture table demonstration courses. Suggestions for enriching this list either by new designs or by additions of old will be greatly appreciated.\n\t\tSUPPORT BASES\t5\t5-810 Right Angle Clamps for optical bench\t\n1\t5-101\tTripod Base, 6 cm. for 10 mm. rod\t1\t6-825 Right Angle Clamp for photometer\t\n2\t6-105\tTripod Bases, 8 cm. for 10 mm. rod\t1\t5-840 Universal Clamp\t\n1\t5-114\tTripod Base, 12 cm. for 10 mm. rod\t1\t5-860 Swivel Clamp for 19 mm. rods\t\n2\t6-115\tTripod Bases, 12 cm. for 10 mm. rod\t1\t5-855 Swivel Clamp for 13 mm. rods\t\n1\t5-140\tTripod Base, 18 cm. for 19 mm. rod\t1\t5-876 Universal Clamp\t\n1\t5-170\tTripod Base, 26 cm. for 30 mm. rod\t1\t5-880 Clamp with Parallel Jaws\t\n1\t6-242\tSpecial H-Base\t1\t5-891 Rod V Clamp\t\n4\t6-260\tEccentric Leveling Bases, 11J4-18J4 inches\t1\t5-895 Meter Stick Clamp\t\n2\t6-252\tEccentric Leveling Bases, 18J^-32 inches\t1\t5-900 Pendulum Clamp\t\n1\t6-260\tPlate Base\t1\t5-905 Bi-filar Pendulum Clamp\t\n\t\tSUPPORT RODS\t\t\t\n2\t5-10b\tSupport Rods, 10 mm. X 15 cm.\t\t\tMISCELLANEOUS\n2\t5-10c\tSupport Rods, 10 mm. X 20 cm.\t1\t5-510\tAdj. Lab. Stand, 40-70 cm.\n2\t6-10e\tSupport Rods, 10 mm. X 40 cm.\t1\t5-511\tAdj. Lab. Stand, 70-130 cm.\n2\t6-lSb\tSupport Rods, 13 mm. X 40 cm.\t1 set 5-515\t\tGeometric Stands\n2\t5-15c\tSupport Rods, 13 mm. X 60 cm.\t1\t6-525\tPlatform, rod 10 mm., 7X 8.5 cm.\n2\t6-15e\tSupport Rods, 13 mm. X 100 cm.\t1\t5-527\tPlatform, rod 19 mm., 7X 8.5 cm.\n2\t6-20b\tSupport Rods, 19 mm. X 40 cm.\t1\t5-630\tPlatform, rod 10 mm., 8.5X11.5 cm.\n2\t5-20c\tSupport Rods, 19 mm. X 60 cm.\t1\t5-535\tPlatform, rod 13 mm., 8.5X11.5 cm.\n2\t5-20e\tSupport Rods, 19 mm. X 100 cm.\t1\t5-540\tPlatform, rod 13 mm., 11.5X15.5 cm.\n1\t5-20f\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 120 cm.\t1\t5-545\tPlatform, rod 19 mm., 14.5X21.5 cm.\n1\t5-30d\tSupport Rod, 30 mm. X 120 cm.\t1\t5-570\tWall Stand\n1\t5-40a\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 100 cm.\t1\t6-480\tStand Top, 20 cm. for 13 mm. rod\n1\t5-40c\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 185 cm.\t1\t6-485\tStand Top, 20 cm. for 19 mm. rod\n1\t5-50d\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 100 cm.\t1\t5-490\tStand Top, 30 cm. for 19 mm. rod\n1\t5-50e\tSupport Rod, 19 mm. X 120 cm.\t1\tpr. 5-375\tEnd Supports\n1\t6-400\tStand Tube, 20 cm. for 13 mm. rod\t1\tpr. 5-385\tSecondary Supports\n1\t5-405\tStand Tube, 30 cm. for 13 mm. rod\t1 pr. 5-690\t\tKnife Edge Brackets\n1\t5-410\tStand Tube, 30 cm. for 19 mm. rod\t1 set 5-610\t\tLeveling Screws\n1\t6-415\tStand Tube, 40 cm. for 19 mm. rod\t1\t5-635\tCollar for 30 mm. rod\n\t\t\t2\t5-636\tCollars for 19 mm. rod\n\t\tCLAMPS\t1\t5-637\tCollar for 13 mm. rod\n2\t5-360\tTable Clamps\t1\t5-638\tCollar for 10 mm. rod\n2\t5-450\tExtension Clamps\t6\t6-646\tHook Collars for 10 mm. rod\n2\t6-725\tRight Angle Clamps\t10\t5-646\tHook Collars for 13 mm. rod\n2\t5-735\tRight Angle Clamps, V, 19 mm. hole 13 mm.\t1\t5-670\tRight Angle Piece\n1\t5-746\tRight Angle Clamp, V, 30 mm. hole 19 mm.\t1\t5-910\tWall Suspension Bracket\n2\t5-760\tRight Angle Clamps, 2 V\u2019s, 13 mm.\t4\t5-950\tPulleys on rod\n2\t5-765\tRight Angle Clamps, 2 V\u2019s, 19 mm.\t4\t6-952\tPulleys on rod\n4\t5-770\tRight Angle Clamps, 2 V\u2019s, 19 mm.\t1\t5-960\tMirror on rod\n1\t5-785\tRight Angle Clamp, V, 19 mm., tapped 34 X20\t1\t5-970\tUniversal Lens Holder, lenses up to 4-in.\n1\t5-790\tRight Angle Clamp, V, 19 mm., tapped j^sXl\u00f4\t1\t5-975\tUniversal Lens Holder, lenses up to 2-in,\n5-996 LECTURE LIST \u201cB \u00bb complete, as listed above.................................................. Set $296.87","page":13},{"file":"p0014.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"14\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNATIONAL LOOSE-LEAF LABORATORY DIRECTION SHEETS\nFOR STUDENTS\u2019 USE\nA series of loose-leaf direction sheets, printed on bond paper, 8p\u00a3X10J^ inches, punched with three holes, suitable for binding in the Harcourt Binders. A complete index of the sheets available will be sent upon request. From this index the teacher may make such selection as will best meet the requirements of his course.\nBy revision and frequent additions, the authors insure that the list will meet the requirements of the best educational thought in Physics teaching.\nThe outstanding features of a course in Physics developed by the use of these sheets have been summarized as follows:\nIntense interest aroused in the pupil.\nClearness of ideas developed.\nAdaptability to local requirements.\nFlexibility in meeting the teacher\u2019s individual needs.\nSaving of the pupil\u2019s time.\nSaving of the teacher\u2019s time.\nWhile the purpose and method of procedure are clearly stated, the pupil is given no information which the experiment itself is intended to develop.\nPrice, any selection desired, each experiment.............................................................$0.02\nHARCOURT BINDERS, made from heavy stock, cloth covered and supplied with binding cord\tPer pair. .\t.40\nPAPER FILLERS \u2014 plain, ruled, cross-section and drawing papers, punched for binding in Harcourt Binders. Price list on request.\nHARCOURT PORTRAITS OF SCIENTISTS\nThe following lists of scientists have been represented in 8 X 10-inch prints, mostly in platinum, designed for wall decoration. When framed in a 16X20-inch frame, they are highly satisfactory either for the laboratory or the lecture room.\nPhysicists\nChemists\nBiologists\n7-100 A\tNewton\t7-125 A\n7-100 B\tFaraday\t7-100 B\n7-100 C\tHenry\t7-125 B\n7-100 D\tTyndall\t7-125 C\n7-100 E\tHelmholtz\t7-125 D\n7-100 F\tKelvin\t7-125 E\n7-100 G\tRowland\t7-125 F\n7-100 H\tGalileo\t7-125 G\n7-100 I\tBoyle\t7-125 H\n7-126 I 7-126 J 7-125 K 7-126 L 7-100 I\nPriestley\t7-125 K\tPasteur\nF araday\t7-150 A\tHuxley\nLavoisier\t7-160 B\tLinnaeus\nDalton\t7-160 C\tDarwin\nDavy\t7-150 D\tCuvier\nBunsen Ostwald Liebig Wohler Moissan Remsen Pasteur Mendelejeff Boyle\t7-160 E\tSpencer\nPrice, Single picture............................................................................................ $1.25\nSelection of any six....................................................................................... 6.76\nSelection of any twelve................................................................................... 12.50\nMILLER COLLECTION OF LANTERN SLIDES IN PHYSICS\nProf. Fred R. Miller of the English High School, Boston, has made a very carefully prepared selection subjects covering the entire course in Physics. A descriptive circular will be sent on request.\nPrice, each slide................................................................................................. $0.55\nSelection of 50 slides, furnished in slide box............................................................... 27.50","page":14},{"file":"p0015.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n15\nILLUSTRATIVE DEMONSTRATION\nAPPARATUS\nNo. 10-10\n10-10 LARGE-SIZE METRIC CHART, 50 inches wide by 46 inches high, presenting graphically a comparative grouping of the Metric and English units of weights and measures. Large type, units large and lithographed in colors, and grouped in best manner for direct comparisons of the units in the two systems. Mounted on cloth back and provided with common rollers with hooks for hanging...................................................................................................$3.25\nNo. 10-20\tNo. 10-25\tNo. 10-35\tNo. 10-45\n10-20 GRADUATED, DISSECTED AND WEIGHTED LITER BLOCK for ocular as well as quantitative comparisons of metric units of lengths, areas, volume, capacity and weight. This block is graduated \u2014 one edge to millimeters, each face to square centimeters, all graduations showing white. It is dis-sectible to 1/10, 1/100 and 1/1000 of its volume; weighted so that each section has a mass equal\nto one equivalent volume of water..................................................................... 5.50\n10-25 GRADUATED LITER BLOCK, neither dissectible nor loaded..................................................... 2.80\n10-30 LITER BLOCK \u2014 shows accurate size of one cubic decimeter (1000 cubic centimeters)......................... 1.95\nN.B. No. 10-50 Cubic Foot Block and No. 10-30 Liter Block offer a striking comparison of size of units in Metric and English systems.\n10-35 BURNISHED COPPER LITER CASE, illustrating quantitatively metric equivalents in measures of capacity, volume and weight. Water-tight glass face, accurate metal scale, and brass inlet\ncock....................................................................................... 7.25\n10-40 CUBIC DECIMETER (LITER) CASE, holding exactly one liter of water. Made of non-corrosive\nmetal...................................................................................... 2.C0\n10-45 GRADUATED CUBIC DECIMETER (LITER) CASE, same as No. 10-40, but one face graduated into\nsquare centimeters......................................................................... 2.50\n10-50 CUBIC FOOT BLOCK for illustrating size and mass of a cubic foot of wood. Built up in sections,\nto prevent warping and checking. Weight printed in large type on one face..................13.75","page":15},{"file":"p0016.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"16\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 10-60\nNo. 10-125\nKNOTT BOSTON\nmmmmnmmi\n\n\u00effflfr\n* J * I 70\n\u00fcto\u00ee\nNo. 10-85\nNo. 10-100\nNo. 10-80\n10-60 COMPARATIVE DENSITY WOODEN CUBES for comparative illustration of densities of\nwood having exactly same volume, also offering objects for simple measurements in lengths, volume and mass. Eight cubes of wood, each of different density, but each measuring exactly 4 cms. on an edge. In cardboard box.............................................................. $4.50\n10-65 CARDBOARD STRIP (see National Loose-Leaf Direction Sheets, Exp. M011) for illustrating principle of vernier caliper by making a simple cardboard vernier caliper..................... 05\n10-70 LECTURE ROOM VERNIER MODEL for demonstration and study of simple vernier. Length,\n50 cms., divided into 25 spaces of 2 cms. each......................................... 3.25\n10-76 LECTURE ROOM VERNIER CALIPER MODEL for demonstration and study of simple vernier\ncaliper. Length, 30 cms., with graduations to cms. Will give readings to one mm........ 5.25\n10-80 LECTURE ROOM VERNIER ARC MODEL for demonstration and study of a simple vernier\narc. Vernier slides smoothly and graduations are clearly and accurately made........... 9.75\n10-85 SQUARE COMPARATIVE METER STICK, divisions painted alternate black and white, for direct\ncomparison of metric units in one meter. Cross section, 2cms. One side graduated to millimeters; second, to centimeters ; third, to decimeters \u2014 the second and third sides with divisions painted alternate black and white.............................................................. 3.00\n10-87\t--------, not painted.................................................................... 1-60\n10-100 BURNISHED COPPER LIQUID MEASURES for comparison of metric units of capacity. Seven\nmeasures, 1 liter, % liter, 2 deciliters, 1 deciliter, Yi deciliter, 2 centiliters and 1 centiliter. Set. .\t8.75\n10-105----------, set of three, liter, deciliter and centiliter................................Set 4.20\n10-110 LIQUID MEASURES of tin. Eight measures, seven as enumerated under No. 10-100, with addition of a 2-liter measure. Set of eight.................................................. 7X0\n10-115 BURNISHED COPPER LITER MEASURE............................................................ 2.20\n10-125 WOOD DRY MEASURES, set of five, 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 quarts.\nSet\n5.50","page":16},{"file":"p0017.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n17\n11-10\n11-10\u00c0\n11-11\n11-15\n11-20\n11-40\n11-50\n11-55\n11-65\n11-70\n11-80\n11-100\n11-105\n11-130\n11-135\n11-140\n11-145\n11-160\n11-165\n11-186\n11-216\n11-216\n11-220\n11-221\nMEASURES OF LENGTH\nrp-jrpT-r-r-p-yrrr\n9\t8\t7\t6\t5\t4\t3\nI'll'\n321 80 96765\n7\t6\t5\t4\nNo. 11-10\nMETER STICK, maple, one side divided to 34 inch, other side to mm.................$0.45\nMETER STICK, SET SCREW AND SLOT (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. M151)\t.60\nMETER STICK, same as No. 11-10, but with ends tipped with brass.....................62\nHALF-METER STICK, maple, same as No. 11-11, but one-half meter long.................46\nDOUBLE METER STICK, same as No. 11-11, but two meters long........................ 2.00\nTEN-CM. METER STICK SECTION.........................................................07\nDOUBLE BEVEL BOXWOOD RULE, Metric and English scales. One bevel graduated to mm.,\nother to 1/16 inch; 34 inch blank ends.....................................Each .30\nPer dozen 3.50\nDOUBLE BEVEL MAPLE RULE, Metric and English scales, as in No. 11-50...........Each .12\nPer dozen 1.40\nNo. 11-65\nTRIANGULAR BOXWOOD SCALE RULE, 1234 inches long, with ten different scales, 34, 34, Vs,\n34, 34, 1, 1J4, 2, 3, and 4 inches to the foot, 34 inch blank ends........95\nVERTICALLY MOUNTED RULE, No. 11-40 mounted on simple base...................25\nSTRAIGHT EDGE RULES, light, clear grain, selected stock...............Pair .28\nSTANDARD STEEL RULES, Metric and English scales. Graduated on each of the four corners, reading to }4 mm., 1mm., 1/64 inch, and 1/100 inch; c to e have but 2 inches of one edge graduated to 1/64, and balance to 1/16 inch; another edge has 2 inches graduated to 1/100 and balance to\n1 /50 inch.\nb\tbb\tc\td\te\nLength, cm................... 10\t15\t20\t30\t50\nEach....................... $1.26\t$1.75\t$2.20\t$2.75\t$3.40\nPOLISHED STEEL DECIMETER RULE, 1 mm. thick, 1 cm. wide (volume, therefore, is 1 cu. dem.) .68 One side graduated to mm. In metal bound case.............................................................\nL E KNOTT APPARATUS CO.\n\u25a0OSTON\nNo. 11-140\nCELLULOID RULE, 6 inches long. Graduated Metric and English scales.\nEach, $0.12. Per dozen, $1.40. Per 100 10.75\nBRISTOL BOARD METRIC RULE, 20 cm. long, graduated to mm. Per dozen, $0.16. Per 100 1.00 BRISTOL BOARD DIAGONAL SCALE, 16 cm. long. Will give readings to 1/10 mm.\nEach, $0.03. Per 100 2.75\nBRISTOL BOARD COMPARING SCALE, 50 cm. long, for rapid determinations of Metric and\nEnglish equivalents..................................................................75\nPAPER METRIC RULES, 20 cm. long, heavy bond paper. Per 100..............................80\nPAPER METER SCALE, 100 cm. long, graduated to mm., heavy bond paper. Each...............12\nFOLDING STEEL POCKET RULE IN CASE, 1 foot long, folding to 4 inches, graduated on one\nside to mm., on other side to 1/16 inch..............................................80\nMETRIC AND ENGLISH STEEL POCKET MEASURING TAPE, 1 meter long, German silver case,\nspring wind with stop. Graduated on one side to mm., on other side to 1/16 inch.... 1.60\n----, 5 meters long.................................................................. 4.80\nMETRIC AND ENGLISH LINEN POCKET MEASURING TAPE, 10 meters long, graduated on one\nside to cm., on other side to inches............................................... 1.26\n----, 26 meters long................................................................. 2.50","page":17},{"file":"p0018.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"18\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nMEASURING INSTRUMENTS\nCalipers, Micrometers, Verniers, Spherometers, Gauges, etc.\nNos. 12-10 to 12-11\tNos. 12-25 to 12-26\tNos. 12-27 to 12-28\n12-10 COMBINATION, OUTSIDE AND INSIDE CALIPERS, polished steel. Length 4 inches................... $.35\n12-11\t ,\t6 inches long.........................................................................40\n12-25 OUTSIDE SPRING CALIPER, extra quality polished steel machinist\u2019s caliper. Length 4 inches..\t.75\n12-26\t ,\t6 inches long........................................................................ 90\n12-27 INSIDE SPRING CALIPER, extra quality polished steel machinist\u2019s tool. Length 4 inches..........75\n12-28-------,\t6 inches long.........................................................................90\nNos. 12-110 to 12-118\tNo. 12-155\n12-110 FRICTION HEAD METRIC MICROMETER CALIPER, 25 mm. by 0.01 mm. Frame of drop-forged\nsteel, nickel finish. The friction head insures same degree of pressure for all measurements. 7.25\n12-116 RATCHET STOP METRIC MICROMETER CALIPER, 25 mm. by 0.01 mm., similar to above, but with compensated speeded screw and ratchet stop which insures same degree of pressure for all measurements................................................................................ 8.00\n12-118 RATCHET STOP ENGLISH MICROMETER CALIPER, same as above, but reads to 1 inch by 0.001\ninch.............................................................................. 8.00\n12-156 POLISHED STEEL METRIC VERNIER CALIPER, range 0 to 10 cm., reads to 1/10 mm., for outside, inside and depth measurements. In use as inside caliper, read as for outside caliper and\nadd 2 mm. for width of the points. In reading for depth measurements, use upp r row of figures and other end of vernier................................................................ 2.65\n12-160 POLISHED STEEL METRIC AND ENGLISH VERNIER CALIPER, range 0 to 10.7 cm., reads to\n1/128 inch and 1/10 mm., for outside, inside and depth measurements.............. 3.85\n12-180 METER ROD CALIPER ARMS WITH VERNIER, Bonnell design, for use with a meter stick in assembling a vernier caliper of large range. Two verniers, one permitting readings to 1/40 inch, the other to 1/10 mm. Vernier arms only, neatly plated.............................Per pair\n6.50","page":18},{"file":"p0019.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n19\nNo. 12-205\nNo. 12-210\nNo. 12-230\n12-205 SPHEROMETER for measuring curvature of lenses, mirrors, etc. Legs cover surface of 25 mm.\nradius; screw 1 mm. pitch; silvered brass head, 2 inches diameter, divided into 50 parts. Reads\ndirectly to 1/50 mm. and permits estimation to approximately 1/200 mm...................... $8.75\n12-210 ------, inexpensive serviceable form, reading directly to 1/100 mm............................. 6.75\n12-230 MOUNTED MICROMETER SCREW, massive stand, with milled legs which permit of either\nvertical or horizontal position of screw. Reads to 1/100 mm. Binding post for electrical connection 6.60\nNo. 12-275\nNo. 12-280\n12-276 AMERICAN STANDARD WIRE GAUGE. Sizes 0-36 with decimal equivalents expressed in\nthousandths................................................................................. 3.75\n12-277 ------, sizes 5-36.............................................................................. 3.25\n12-280 POCKET SCREW AND WIRE GAUGE for measuring the diameters of wires or sizes of screws.\nWill give sizes of screws from 0 to 36, or diameters of wires from 17 to 0000 English Wire Gauge, or from 15 to 0000 American Wire Gauge Standard. Edge graduated to 1/16 and 1/32 inch with angle cut as positive stop for head of screw in measuring length. A most practical and serviceable tool for the laboratory......................................................... 3.76\nNo. 12-295\tNo. 12-300\n12-295 POLISHED STEEL INSIDE TAPER GAUGE for inside measurements of tubes, holes, etc. 18\ncms. long, measures 1/10 to 15 mm.................................................... 1.25\nPOLISHED STEEL OUTSIDE TAPER GAUGE for outside measurements of tubes, rods, etc.\n15 cms. long, measures 1/10 to 10 mm,\n12-300\n3.00","page":19},{"file":"p0020.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"20\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSQUARES PROTRACTORS SLIDE RULES\nNo. 13-35\n13-10a\n13-10b\n13-10c\n13-35\nWALTER SMITH SCHOOL SQUARE, For 35 years a standard laboratory instrument of unquestioned utility in varied applications as rule, square and protractor; 7-inch............$0.10\n----, 8-inch...............................................................................12\n----, 10-inch..............................................................................\nSQUARE PROTRACTOR, boxwood, 6X1% inches, graduated to single degrees. Scales of M, H,\n% and 1-inch to the foot, scale of chords, and diagonal scale............................35\nNo. 13-50\n13-50 COMBINATION BEVELED PROTRACTOR, RULE AND SQUARE, 12-inch steel rule passes through a slide in revolving turret. May be clamped at any point. A small spirit level attached to one side of this head is adjustable to show any degree..............\n6.90\nNo. 13-135\n13-90 PROTRACTOR, polished brass, 3%-inch, graduated in single degrees................................\n13-92\t\u2014\u2014-, engine divided, 4%-inch, graduated in single degrees....................................\n13-91----------, engine divided, 5bg-inch, graduated in half degrees..................................\n13-96\t-----, German silver, best quality, 4%-inch, graduated in single degrees.....................\n13-98---------, 5jHs-inch, graduated in half degrees............................................ .....\n13-100a-------, Transparent Ambro, graduations and figures stamped from engine-divided plate and filled\nin black. Diameter, 4 inches, graduated in single degrees................................\n13-100b-------, 6-inch, graduated in half degrees.....................................................\n13-lOOc-------, 6-inch, graduated in half degrees.....................................................\n13-100d-------, 8-inch, graduated in half degrees.....................................................\n13-105--------, Bristol Board, diameter 4 inches, graduated in single degrees, figures reading from each end.\nPrinted from engine-divided plate..................................... \u25a0 \u25a0 \u2022 \u2022 ^>er dozen\n13-107\t-----, 5-inch, graduated in half degrees................................................; Each\n13-135 COMBINATION PROTRACTOR AND DIAGONAL SCALE, brass, silver-finished, 5% inches long, graduations in single degrees, figures reading both directions. Diagonal scale reading 8 cms. by 1/10 mm............................................................................................\n.25\n.55\n.85\n.85\n1.20\n.50\n.65\n1.10\n1.80\n.65\n.24\n1.00","page":20},{"file":"p0021.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n21\nNo. 13-175\n13-175 STUDENT\u2019S SLIDE RULE, 6 inches long, for performing arithmetical computations mechanically \u2014 multiplication, division, squares, and square roots, ratio, etc. All are possible with accuracy to three figures. This rule is made of the best quality of hard, gloss-finish bristol board, is 5 inches long, with letters, figures and graduations neatly and distinctly shown....................................$0.85\n13-180 MANNHEIM\u2019S SLIDE RULE, 10 inches long, graduations on white paper with protective coating,\ntransparent indicator in metal frame. With simple directions.................................... 2.00\nCIRCULAR PROTRACTORS, LEVELS, PLUMBS\n14-10 WETMORE\u2019S TANGENT SCALE. This design was suggested by the late Prof. E. W. Wetmore, Normal College, Albany, N. Y. It consists of an engine-divided bristol board dial 3% inches in diameter, divided from 0 to 90 degrees in each quadrant to single degrees. On an outer circle tangents of corresponding angles are indicated. With this dial the tangents of deflection may be noted directly instead of angles themselves, thus current strength may be compared directly without reference to any table......................................................Each .12\n14-15 CIRCULAR PROTRACTOR, bristol board, diameter 13 inches, radial lines every 10 degrees, two\nouter circles graduated to single and quarter degrees...............Each .70\n14-20\t----, bristol board, diameter 4 inches, graduated to single degrees....Each .08\n14-26\t----, diameter 3 inches, graduated to two degrees......................Each .06\n14-45 QUARTER-CIRCLE PROTRACTOR, bristol board, a quadrant of circle 13 inches in diameter, radial lines every 10 degrees, graduated to single and half degrees, figures from 0 to 90 degrees in both directions. Each..............................................................16\n14-95\tWOOD POCKET\tLEVEL,\t5\tinches long, fine quality, brass top.....................................50\n14-100 SOLID ROSEWOOD LEVEL, 6p2 inches long, exceptional quality, brass corners, top plate, end\nand side views...................................................................................   2.00\n14-110 BALANCE LEVEL, a most useful laboratory tool, as it will indicate in all directions. Polished metal\ncase............................................................................................... 1.60\n14-125 MERCURY PLUMB BOB, length 5 inches, weight 6 ounces. A solid piece of steel drilled and filled with mercury. Cap provides slot for attaching line without tying, and acts as spool for winding up and fastening line when bob is not in use........................................................ 2.25\n14-130\tIRON PLUMB BOB, japan finish.............................................................................25","page":21},{"file":"p0022.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"22\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n15-15 CHAIN OMATIC ANALYTICAL BALANCE WITH VERNIER.\nNo. 15-15\nCapacity, 200 grams.\nSensitiveness, 1/10 mg.\nDiameter of Pans, 2% inches.\nWidth of Pan Support, 4// inches.\nAluminum Beam, 6 inches long.\nIndependent Pan Arrest with Automatic Stop.\nBearings and Knife Edges of agate.\nMounting, polished mahogany case, front sliding frame counterpoised. Mounted on plate glass on drawer base.\nIn this balance all weighings closer than 50 mgs. are made by a rolled gold chain one end of which is hung from an arm of the scale beam, the other from a slide block which is movable up and down on a vertical graduated scale. As the slide block is moved down, more and more of the effective weight of the chain is transferred from the block to the beam. Readings to mgs. are secured directly from the graduated scale. The reading of the vernier gives weight to 1/10 mg.\nPRICE, $210.00\n15-16 CHAINOMATIC BALANCE WEIGHTS, 50 mgs. to 50 grams, highest degree of accuracy. Gram weights of polished brass, fractional weights of platinum. In velvet-lined, hinged-cover mahogany box with ivorv-tipped forceps........................................................................................$40.00\n15-30 SHORT BEAM ANALYTICAL BALANCE.\nCapacity, 200 grams.\nSensitiveness, 1/10 mg.\nDiameter of Pans, 3 inches.\nWidth of Pan Support, 4 inches.\nAluminum Beam, 6 inches long divided full length from 0 at center into 1/10 mg. divisions.\nRider Adjustment, single hook type, has full, clear sweep of entire length of the beam.\nIndependent Pan Arrest and Beam Hoist.\nBearings and Knife Edges of agate.\nMounting, polished mahogany case, front and back sashes movable up and down ; front sash counterpoised. Mounted on drawer base.\nWith bench for specific gravity determinations and metal stand and counterpoise for\nweighing tubes.\nPRICE, $110.00\nNo. 15-30","page":22},{"file":"p0023.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n23\nKNOTT\u2019S\nIMPROVED ANALYTICAL BALANCE\nNo. 16-40\nCapacity 200 Grams; Sensitiveness 1/5 Milligram\nBuilt To Our Order For Quantitative Work In Industrial and Educational Institutions\nNo. 15-40\nThis balance has most of the refinements of the highest-priced analytical balances. We have been enabled to retain these refinements by quantity production only. The design is the result of a careful review of the requirements of such a balance and the same care is exercised in the construction as is exercised in making the balances of much higher price. Rigid, painstaking tests fully warrant the statement that we believe that it is superior in design, construction, and finish to any analytical balance of equal or considerably higher price.\nSPECIFICATIONS\nCapacity, 200 grams.\nSensitiveness, 1/5 milligram.\nPans, Polished nickel silver, 3 inches diameter.\nBows, Hand-drawn, nickel silver wire, 4 inch-spread.\nBeam, Aluminum, 6 inches long, graduated both sides of center knife edge in 1/10 milligram, white graduations on black background.\nKnife Edges and Planes, of agate throughout.\nCase, Seasoned polished mahogany, 17% inches long, 9 inches wide, 16 inches high, with counterpoised front door and glass top. Mounted on base board provided with leveling screws.\nRider Carriage, Simple, yet effective construction, free from possibility of derangement.\nPan Arrest, Self-locking adjustable push button type.\nBeam Hoist, The knurled head noted in illustration in the center front of base operates a simple lever which raises or lowers the beam.\nFinish, All brass parts black oxidized finish. Pans and bows polished bright.\nPRICE, $50.00\n16-42 ------, same as above, but mounted on drawer base (like No. 15-30 listed on previous page).........$65.00\nWe urge a thorough comparison of the many refinements in this balance with those of analytical balances of equal price and even of higher price, of either American or foreign make.","page":23},{"file":"p0024.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"24\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n15-46 H-K SCHOOL BALANCE, capacity 100 grams, sensibility mg., steel edges and planes, enclosed in case. Beam is of open truss construction and is provided with simple beam hoist. Edges and planes are carefully ground and polished. Pans, 7.5 cms. in diameter, are detachable. The balance is mounted in glass case on drawer base with screw feet and level. Case has counterpoise slide\nfront. Adjusting screws on ends of beam.......................................................$40.00\n15-47\t----, same as above but with agate bearings..................................................... 45.00\n15-51 C-M SCHOOL BALANCE, capacity 50 grams, sensibility 1 mg., steel edges and planes accurately ground and polished. Similar to No. 15-46, but beam of lighter weight. Mounted on drawer base in glass case. Pans, 7.5 cms. in diameter, are detachable................................................................ 35.00\n15-70 EQUAL ARM BALANCE, capacity 50 grams, sensibility 1 eg., polished steel edges and planes, mounted on drawer base. Beam, 23 cms. long, closed construction with adjusting screws, is provided with eccentric lift. Pans, 7.5 cms. diameter. Balance is mounted on polished mahogany\ndrawer base, is polished throughout, with lacquer and nickel-plate finish.................................. 18.00\n15-75 --------, similar in design to No. 15-70, but smaller and less sensitive. Beam 15 cms. long, pans 6 cms.\nin diameter, sensibility 3 cgs............................................................................. 16.00\n15-80 EQUAL ARM BALANCE, reliable for small weighings. Beam 15 cms. long. Pane 7.5 cms. in diameter, lever lift. Balance is nickel-plated throughout and is mounted on polished oak drawer base............................................................................................................\n6.75","page":24},{"file":"p0025.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n25\nLABORATORY BALANCES\nNo. 15-100\tNo. 15-105\n15-100 THE BOSTON LABORATORY BALANCE, 2000 grams capacity, sensitiveness with full load, less than Yi centigram.\nBeam, 32 cms. long, open truss construction, with Adjusting Screw. Graduated full length with 0 at the left. A Sliding Rider gives readings up to 10 grams by 1-10 gram divisions.\nBearings and Knife Edges of polished steel, accurately adjusted.\nPans, 14 cms. diameter, are detachable.\nBeam Arrest. A turn of the knurled head at the base of the pillar operates an eccentric movement within the pillar and lowers the beam to the Beam Arrest, thus removing weight from central knife edge. Counterpoise provided to replace one of the stirrups in Specific Gravity work.\nPlumb Bob \u2014 not shown in illustration \u2014 is attached to the pillar.\nMounting. A polished mahogany board on leveling screws.\nFinish. Lacquered brass or nickel plate.\nPRICE, $37.50\n15-105 THE BAY STATE LABORATORY BALANCE, 2000 grams capacity, sensitiveness with full load, less than Y centigram.\nBeam, 32 cms. long, open truss construction, with Adjusting Screw, graduated full length with 0 at the left. A Sliding Rider gives readings up to 10 grams by 1-10 gram divisions.\nBearings and Knife Edges of polished steel accurately adjusted.\nPans, 14 cms. diameter, are detachable.\nDamping Device. Simple, positive and rapid in action.\nAdjustable Shelf for Specific Gravity Work (not shown in illustration). This shelf may be swung over one of the pans for supporting a jar or beaker of water for work in specific gravity.\nPlumb Bob. Attached to pillar.\nMounting. Japanned iron base on leveling screws.\nFinish. Nickel plate and japan.\nPRICE, $22.00","page":25},{"file":"p0026.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"26\nL. F . KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 15-122\tNo. 15-140\n15-122\n15-140\nWESTPHAL\u2019S SPECIFIC GRAVITY BALANCE for determining liquid densities. Accurate to fourth place of decimals. All parts of this balance are most carefully constructed. The polished mahogany box serves both as a carrying case and as a mounting for balance when in use. Each\nbalance is furnished complete with jar, 8 riders, forceps, plummet and weight, in case.........,$30.00\nTRIPLE BEAM BALANCE, for rapid and accurate weighings in Physical or Chemical Laboratory.\u2019 Capacity 111 grams, sensibility (guaranteed) leg. As name \u201c\u2019Triple Beam\u2019\u2019 describes, this balance is constructed with three beams so placed one above the other as to secure uniform weight upon the knife-edge. The lower beam has a capacity of 100 grams by 10-gram divisions; the middle beam, 10 grams by single grams; the upper beam, 1 gram by 1/10 and 1/100 gram, \u2019each beam carrying an accurately adjusted weight attached movably to it. Base is substantially\u2019made of cast iron neatly japanned and is provided with sensitive spirit level and leveling screw. \u00dcpright neatly nickel-plated, carries an adjustable support for the receptacle in specific gravity experiments. At top of upright there is a knurled head which operates a simple lift for beam when not\nin use. Pan, 10 eras, in diameter, is detachable................................................ 25.00\n15\u2014130 HYDROSTATIC BALANCE, prismatic-steel knife-edges, mounted on japanned, round, iron base. Beam 8J/\u00a3 inches long is supported on polished steel knife-edges on planes held in a stirrup attached to the top of a brass rod which telescopes into a brass tube. The two pans attached by chains to hooks near the ends of the beam are 4 inches in diameter and are heavily nickel - plated.\nOne pan is suspended by short lengths of chain and is provided with hook for experiments in specific gravity. The beam may be elevated, giving an adjustment of from 6 to 14 inches from the top of the table. This balance will be found for\n15-135\nNo. 15-130\nsatisfactory tor experiments in specific gravity.\nIt is of the best workmanship and handsomely finished throughout .....................\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY BALANCE, similar in design to No. 15-130, but smaller. Beam is \"Y inches long, pans 2Y2 inches diameter, adjustment of hook possible from 4/^ to 10 inches\n15-200 HAND BALANCE, 7/^-inch beam, first quality standard hand balance, hardened steel knife edges;\nhorn pans 3 inches diameter; beam, lacquered brass...............................\n6.75\n3.85","page":26},{"file":"p0027.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n27\nNo. 15-165\nDESIGN. The center of gravity of the moving system is properly placed. Made of rigid cast metal, it will stand heavy loads without error. The knife-edges are held rigidly in position and cannot change. The equal length of the arms is absolutely assured.\nNEW FEATURES which have been added are noteworthy in_the field of Balance Construction:\nMethod of Reading. By reference to the cut, it will be noted that we have adopted the straight line indicator which eliminates all errors due to parallax.\nLong Graduated Rider Arm. The length of the rider arm has been greatly increased so as to give a wide, open scale with a range of 10 grams in 1 /10 gram divisions.\nSpecific Gravity Hook. For convenience in specific gravity experiments, a hook is securely attached to each platform post.\nAdjustment. The position of the adjusting screw is properly placed to avoid accidental displacement.\n15-160 STEEL BEARING HARCOURT TRIP SCALE.....................................................$15.40\n15-165 AGATE BEARING HARCOURT TRIP SCALE. This scale, in addition to above important improvements, is provided with six agate planes accurately secured and set in rigid castings. The agate holders are cut with such a degree of nicety that we are able to guarantee the planes not to loosen or change position even to 1-1000 of an inch.......................................... 19.90\n15-180 THE HARCOURT INTERLOCKING METAL TRIP SCALE SUPPORT for use on the table with above trip scales in specific gravity experiments. The design of the various parts of this support is such that danger of balance falling from support or being knocked from same is wholly obviated. The Harcourt Special H-Base is designed so that the 6X8 inch battery jar or other containing vessel may be placed directly under the suspending hook. Support only..................................................\n15-183 CROSS BAR T-BEAM TRIP SCALE SUPPORT, for\nuse in supporting the trip scales above to the cross bar of Standard Physics Table No. 1-100. This support permits of use of trip scale crosswise or lengthwise of the table, enabling one to readily adjust the height of balance from top of table. Complete with clamp.......................................\n15-185 WOODEN SPREADER FOR HARNESS (see National Loose-Leaf Direction Sheets, Exp. M041)\n15-186 WOODEN COUNTERPOISE (see National Loose-Leaf Direction Sheets, Exp. M041).....................\n15-187 BRASS S-HOOK (see National Loose-Leaf Direction Sheets, Exp. M041)....................................","page":27},{"file":"p0028.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"28\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTORSION BALANCES\nThe torsion, or twisting, of a steel band in this type of balance takes the place of the knife-edge fulcrum and. the two forces of torsion and gravity in continual opposition make the Torsion Balance very rapid in accurate work\n15-190 GLASS-ENCASED TORSION BALANCE WITH GLASS COVER. Capacity 120 grams;\nsensitiveness 2 mgs.; rider beam, 500 mgs. by 5 mgs.; pans of nickel silver, 3 inches diameter; with arrest; measurements over all, 13X634X6J4 inches..................... $66.00\n15-191 GLASS-ENCASED COUNTER TORSION BALANCE. Capacity 434 kilos; sensitiveness 1/5 gram; beam length, 12 inches; slide beam, 100 grams by 1 gram. Brass pans, 9 inches diameter; with arrest and external slide weight mover; measurements, 2034 X 9% X9J4 inches. 66.00\n15-191A ----, same as above, but without slide beam................................. 61.00\nNo. 15-192\nNo. 15-194\n15-192 HIGH POISE GLASS-ENCASED LABORATORY TORSION BALANCE. Capacity 4J4kilos;\nsensitiveness 1/15 gram; beam length, 12 inches. Nickel-plated brass pans, 8 inches diameter;\nwith arrest, with high poise; measurements, 19J4X11/4X8)4 inches..................... 66.00\n15-192A-------, same as above, but with slide beam graduated 100 grams by 1 gram................. 71.50\n15-194 TORSION DISPENSING BALANCE for chemical and general work. Capacity, 500 grams (16 oz.) sensitiveness, 16 mgs. (34 grain); lower slide beam graduated 10 grams by 1/10-gram divisions; upper, 150 grains by 1-grain divisions. Nickel silver pans, 5 inches diameter ; removable arrest for quick weighing. Gold-finished case, 13X6X834 inches....................................................... 42.00","page":28},{"file":"p0029.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n29\nNo. 15-375\nNo. 15-365\nNo. 15-260\n15-250 IMPROVED JOLLY BALANCE for determinations of weight by measuring the elongation of a spring, for determinations of specific gravity, for measurement of surface tension, and for study of Hooke\u2019s Law, etc. Without jar, but otherwise complete as illustrated including two aluminum scale pans, plummet, and two springs, one high and one low tension.....................................$15.50\n15-251 JOLLY BALANCE SPRING, low tension.................................................75\n15-252 ----, high tension................................................................75\nFLAT BACK SPRING BALANCES Double Scale\nDouble pointer for readings in vertical and horizontal positions.\n15-300 -------,\t250 grams by 10-gram divisions, and 8 oz. by 34-oz. divisions................................. 1.50\n15-305\t-----,\t500 grams by 20-gram divisions, and 16 oz. by J4-oz. divisions................................ 2.65\n15-310 -------,\t2000 grams by 25-gram divisions, and 64 oz. by J^-oz. divisions..................................90\n15-315--------,\t15 kilograms by 200-gram divisions, and 30 lbs. by 34-1b. divisions........................... 3.50\n15-320 FLAT BACK DOUBLE SCALE SPRING BALANCE WITH CORRECTION SCALE, 10J4 inches long, 4-inch index. Double scale: 500 grams by 10-gram divisions, and 18 oz. by Jj-oz. divisions. In this balance the graduations are continued above the 0 point so that corrections can be made for weight of pointer when balance is in various positions. Both ends of index pointer are drawn to a sharp indicating point.................................................................. 4.25\nLABORATORY DYNAMOMETERS Adapted Especially for Work in Practical Physics\n15-330 -----,\t10 lbs. by 34-lb.\tdivisions, length\t3% inches...................................... 1.70\n15-332 -----,\t20 lbs. by 34-lb.\tdivisions, length\t8 inches....................................... 3.30\n15-334 -----,\t60 lbs. by 34-lb.\tdivisions, length\t9J4 inches..................................... 5.00\n15-360 SPRING BALANCE CRADLE, metal, for holding Nos. 16\u2014300 to 15\u2014310 in a horizontal position. .\t.20\n15-365 SPRING BALANCE CRADLE, wood, for No. 15-315 Spring Balance..................................95\n15-\u00d475 RINTOUL\u2019S SPRING DYNAMOMETER, a demonstration spring balance in which the spring can be reset to allow for variations in zero reading. Can be used as an accurate spring balance reading from 1 to 250 grams, or 34 oz. to 8 oz. Metal construction throughout................... 2.90","page":29},{"file":"p0030.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"30\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPRECISION AND ANALYTICAL WEIGHTS\nTurned from hard-drawn brass rod, adjusted to Highest Degree of Accuracy. Gold-plated; fractional weights, 500 to 10 mgs., of platinum; smaller, of aluminum. With ivory-pointed forceps and camel's hair brush, in velvet-lined, polished mahogany case with removable lid.\nNo. 16-50\nNos. 16-80 to 16-100\n16-50\n16-52\n16-80\n16-90\n16-100\n----, 1 mg. to 50 grams....................................................................$25.00\n----, 1 mg. to 100 grams.................................................................. 28.00\nANALYTICAL WEIGHTS, single weights, gold-plated, minutely adjusted, as used in sets Nos. 16-50 and\n16-52.\t,\t,\t(\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nSize, grams... 1\t2\t5\t10\t20\t50\t100\nEach........ $1.20\t$1.50\t$1.90\t$2.70\t$3.20\t$3.80\t$4.80\nANALYTICAL FRACTIONAL WEIGHTS, single weights, \u2014 500 to 10-mg. weights of platinum; 5 to 1-mg. weights of aluminum, as used in sets Nos. 16-50 and 16-52.\nabcdefg\thi\nSize, mgs..... 1\t2\t5\t10\t20\t50\t100\t200\t500\nEach........ $0.40\t$0.40\t$0.40\t$0.60\t$0.70\t$0.90\t$1.50\t$2.20\t$3.90\nANALYTICAL RIDER WEIGHTS, single weights of solid gold.\nSize, mgs..... 1\t2\t5\t10\t12\nEach........ $0.65\t$0.60\t$0.35\t$0.35\t$0.35\nTECHNICAL WEIGHTS\nTurned from hard-drawn brass rod, lacquered and then carefully adjusted, to 10 mgs., of nickel silver; smaller, of aluminum.\nFractional weights, 500 grams\nNo. 16-178\nNo. 16-154\nWith forceps, in hinged-cover, polished mahogany case:\n16-150 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 20 grams......................\n16-151 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 50 grams......................\n16-152 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 100 grams......................\n16-153 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 200 grams......................\n16-154-------,\t1\tmg.\tto 500 grams......................\nIn Polished Wood Block with Forceps:\n16-175 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 20 grams......................\n16-176 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 50 grams......................\n16-177 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 100 grams......................\n16-178 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 200 grams......................\n16-179 ------,\t1\tmg.\tto 500 grams......................\n16-180\t---, 1 mg. to 1000 grams......................\n$5.50\n6.25\n7.50\n8.75 11.60\n$4.75\n5.50\n6.75 8.00\n10.75\n12.60","page":30},{"file":"p0031.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"No. 16-227\nNo. 16-230\n16-226 ALL-IVORY FORCEPS, 11 cms. long, best quality........................$2.60\n16-227 IVORY-POINTED BRASS FORCEPS, 11 cms. long............................ 1.60\n16-230 LACQUERED BRASS FORCEPS, 10 cms. long,.................................30\n16-260 FLAT CAMEL\u2019S-HAIR BRUSH, Yi inch wide, best quality....................22\nNos. 16-300 to 16-302\nNo. 16-327\nNo. 16-440\nNo. 16-370\nNos. 16-425 to 16-430\nNos. 16-350 to 16-355\nNos. 16-310 to J 6-316\nGENERAL LABORATORY WEIGHTS\nBRASS WEIGHTS\nRecommended for ordinary weighings. Fractional weights of hard alloy.\nIn hinged-cover hardwood box, fractional weights in hinged-cover compartment :\n16-300 -----,\t1 eg.\tto\t50 grams..................................................\n16-302 -----,\t1 eg.\tto\t100 grams..................................................\nIn block, fractional weights in hinged-cover compartment :\n16-310------,\t1 eg.\tto\t20 grams..................................................\n16-312------,\t1 eg.\tto\t50 grams..................................................\n16-315 -----,\t1 eg.\tto\t100 grams..................................................\nIn polished hardwood block without fractional weights :\n16-326 ----, 1 gram to 600 grams..................................................\n16-327 ----, 1 gram to 1000 grams.................................................\n16-350 SEPARATE BRASS WEIGHTS:\na\tb\nSize, grams\t1\t2\nEach\t$0.14\t$0.15\n16-355 SEPARATE FRACTIONAL a\tb\nSize, milligrams 1\t2\nEach\t$0.10\t$0.10\n16-360 FRACTIONAL WEIGHTS, one each of weights under No. 16-355, with duplicates of the 2, 20 and\n200 mg. weights, in cardboard box................................................\n16-370\t---, in wooden slide top box with compartments for weights.........................\n16-380 AVOIRDUPOIS BRASS WEIGHTS, % oz. to 1 lb., in block.................................\n16-385 TROY BRASS WEIGHTS, grain to 1 oz., in block........................................\n$4.00\n4.50\n2.75\n3.50 4.00\n8.25\n12.00\nc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\tj\n5\t10\t20\t50\t100\t200\t500\t1000\n$0.16\t$0.24\t$0.30\t$0.50\t$0.70\t$1.00\t$1.50\t$3.00\nWEIGHTS of nickel silver:\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\nc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\t\n5\t10\t20\t50\t100\t200\t500\t\n$0.10\t$0.10\t$0.10\t$0.10\t$0.10\t$0.10\t$0.10\t\n1.20\n2.00\n8.75\n3.50\nIRON WEIGHTS\n16-425 OCTAGONAL IRON WEIGHTS, 5 grams to 1 kilogram................\n16-430 ----, 5 grams to 2 kilograms.................................\n16-440 DISC IRON WEIGHTS, 1, 2, 4 and 8-oz. weights, with duplicate of the 1-oz\nSet 3.00 Set 4.60 Set 1.10","page":31},{"file":"p0032.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"32\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 16-450\nNo. 16-460\n16-450 INTERHOOKING LABORATORY WEIGHTS, accurately adjusted hexagonal weights of 10, 20,\n50, 100, 200, 500 and 1000 grams, each with inset ring at the bottom and hook at the top so that one weight may be attached to another. One each of above weights, with duplicates of 20\nand 200 gram, in cast metal holder............................................................ $6.75\n16-452\t----, without Cast Metal Holder................................................................ 5.26\n16-453 CAST METAL HOLDER as used in No. 16-460..................................................... 1.50\n16-460 SLOTTED METRIC WEIGHTS WITH HOLDER, accurately adjusted. Set consists of 1-500,\n5-100, 1-50, 2-20, and 1-10-gram weight. Complete as illustrated........................ 6.00\n16-478 SLOTTED METRIC WEIGHTS as used in set listed above.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nSize, grams______...\t10\t20\t50\t100\t500\nEach...................... $0.35\t$0.40\t$0.50\t$0.65\t$0.85\n16-479 WEIGHT HANGER adjusted to 60 grams, for use with above weights\n.85\nCAST IRON ADJUSTED METRIC WEIGHTS\nNos. 16-485 to 16-500\nSlot slightly narrower than diameter of center hole. Each weight with groove and raised ring so that weights may be piled one on top of the other without danger of slipping.\n16-485 --, separate weights.\nabed\nSize, kilos. Yi\t1\t2\t5\nEach........ $0.85\t$1.15\t$2.00\t$4.00\n16-487 600-GRAM WEIGHT HANGER, adjusted. Pratt Institute Design. Above weights cannot be\nknocked off hanger accidentally................................ $1.15\n16-489 ADJUSTED METRIC WEIGHTS AND HANGER. One each of weights under No. 16-485 and\nHanger No. 16 487.............................................. 9.00\nUNADJUSTED CAST IRON WEIGHTS\nSlot slightly narrower than the diameter of center hole. Each weight with groove and raised ring so that weights of same diameter may be piled one on top of the other without danger of slipping. _ Weights are interchangeable on hangers of either series. Hangers of Pratt Institute Design vary in size and capacity.\nSERIES 1\tSERIES 2\tSERIES 3\nWeights\tHanger\tWeights Hanger\tWeights Hanger\n16-600\tabed\te f\tg\th l\tj\nSize, lbs............. XA Vi\t1\t2\t5\t10\t20\nEach\t$0.22 $0.30\t$0.45 $0.95\t$0.60 $1.45\t$1.25\t$2.50\t$4.75\t$2.10\n50-lb. Weight and 60-lb. Hanger, see Nos. 29-167 and 29-169.","page":32},{"file":"p0033.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n33\nTIME \u2014 INDICATORS \u2014 SPEED\nCLOCKS, PENDULUMS, METRONOMES, ETC.; SPEEDOMETERS\nNo. 17-10\n17-10 LABORATORY CLOCK for general use as an accurate time-keeper and for beating seconds.\nThis clock has an eight-day, standard movement, weight-driven, and we guarantee its reliability as an accurate time-keeper. The lens-shaped bob is of polished brass and the pendulum is full seconds length, the center of oscillation being readily adjusted by means of a thumb-screw. The new dial (not shown in the illustration) has been thoroughly redesigned to give greater utility.\nThe mercury well is of improved design, exposing a thin strip of mercury adjusted by means of an easily-accessible knurled thumb-screw. The graduated arc affords an excellent, simple device for leveling, when setting up the clock in the laboratory.\nThe case of our clock is of polished mahogany, designed practically dust-proof. It is, in appearance, equal to the excellent quality of the movements which it contains. It is provided with binding posts for electrical connections for attaching battery and sounder.................................................$150.00\nNo. 17-15\n17-15 MAGNETIC CLOCK CONTACT for attachment to any laboratory clock, making an adjustable positive contact that cannot get out of order. The design of a magnetic clock contact was first suggested to avoid the disagreeable features accompanying a mercury contact. The contact is positive and the make-and-break instantaneous. It is readily attached to any seconds pendulum, or any make laboratory clock with swinging pendulum. Complete, ready for attachment.................................................. 19.25\n17-25 INTERVAL TIMER. This is a well-made, handsomely nickel-plated and reliable interval timer especially valuable in all experiments in which action for a definite length of time is necessary. The alarm may be set to ring at the expiration of any interval from one-quarter of a minute up to two hours. Complete with directions.......................... 5.00 No. 17-25","page":33},{"file":"p0034.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"34\nL . E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 17-90\nNo. 17-50\nNo. 17-60\tNo. 17-75\nNo. 17-150\nNo. 17-165\n17-50 FULL SWEEP SECONDS PENDULUM, an inexpensive timing device beating intervals of one second \u2014- a full sweep seconds pendulum with lens-shaped bob suspended on ground and polished steel knife edges. The mercury well is of steel and designed to expose a thin strip of mercury, the height of which may be adjusted. The well and pendulum is in an electrical circuit through the\nbinding posts. With adjustable contact tip....................................$12.75\n17-55 FLASH SECONDS PENDULUM (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. S010)......... 2.65\n17-60 ZINC AND IRON COMPENSATING PENDULUM, illustrating employment of metals having different coefficients of expansion, in keeping constant the distance between the center of suspension and the center of oscillation. Mounted on an improved base.............................. 22.75\n17-75 COMPENSATING MERCURY PENDULUM \u2014 a modification of the Graham\u2019s Mercury Pendulum. A seconds pendulum in which the disc bob is replaced by two mercury wells in suitable holders. Complete as illustrated with stirrup, but without mercury....................... 15.75\n17-90 CLOCK DEMONSTRATION BALANCE WHEEL for showing the principle of the self-regulating balance wheel in watch and clock movements. The two compound bars are electrically welded and are mounted in connection with the spiral spring..................................... 8.76\n17-120 METRONOME for interval timing in laboratory experiments. Marker operated by spring-driven\nclock-work enclosed in polished mahogany case.......................................... 6.25\n17-125 METRONOME WITH BELL, same as No. 17-120, but with bell attachment which can be regulated\nto sound every beat, every second, third, or fourth beat, as desired................... 8.50\n17-150 STOP WATCH \u2014 indispensable for accurate determination of time intervals. Excellent quality,\nstem wind, lever movement, beating one-fifth seconds................................... 11.00\n17-165 STOP CLOCK WITH SECONDS HAND, 5-inch dial. Can be hung on wall or placed on a table\nor shelf. An accurate time-keeper, especially desirable in class-room demonstration.... 17.76","page":34},{"file":"p0035.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC IN ST R U M E N T S\n35\n17-300 IMPROVED SPEED COUNTER for measuring speed of rotation of shafts in efficiency experiments, etc. The indicating dial is graduated into one hundred parts and graduations show every revolution and with two rows of figures which read both right and left.................. $1.50\n17-306 SELF-REGISTERING SPEED COUNTER. Registers up to 9,999 revolutions on low or high speeds up to 5000 r.p.m. Registers in either direction. When shaft turns one way the counter adds, the other way it subtracts. Complete with one pointed and one flat insulating tip. 5.30\n17-310 SELF-REGISTERING SPEED COUNTER. Registers in either direction up to 99,999 revolutions. 2.25\n17-326 SELF-REGISTERING HAND COUNTER. Operated by slight hand pressure upon small lever shown in illustration. Complete with socket plate.......................................\nMATHEMATICAL MODELS\nNo. 18-10\tNo. 18-20\tNo. 18-30\n18-10 GEOMETRICAL WOODEN FORMS, twenty-four solids accurately turned from hardwood, seventeen surfaces accurately cut out with steel dies from stiff, light-colored board ; three angles represented by bent wires ; all enclosed in wooden box with table of contents pasted on under side of cover $3.25\n18-20 CONE, SPHERE AND CYLINDER for demonstrating that the volumetric contents of a cone, sphere and cylinder having the same diameters and heights, have a ratio as 1:2:3. The sphere will displace a volume of water which just fills the cone, three fillings of which fill the cylinder. Set 3.45\n18-30 DISSECTIBLE CONE for illustrating conic sections, circle, ellipse, parabola and hyperbola. Sec-\ntions are of hardwood, highly polished on the surface.............................. 5.76\n18-62\tBRASS DISC, 8cm. diam. (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 1.) With zero mark..............75\n18-55\tHOLLOW BRASS CYLINDER, with glass cover. (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 2)............95\n18-200 CRYSTAL MODELS OF WOOD, thirteen different forms, representing the most common crystal formations. In cardboard box................................................................................","page":35},{"file":"p0036.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"36\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nDRAWING INSTRUMENTS\nNo. 19-23\nNos. 19-67 to 19-68\n19-23\n19-30\n19-32\n19-10\n19-41\n19-42\n19-43\n19-50a\n19-50b\n19-SOc\n19-65\n19-67\n19-68\n19-70\nUNIVERSAL PENCIL COMPASS for students use in making diagrams. Complete with pencil. PARALLEL RULE, best quality, made of clear ebony with brass mountings. Length 12 inches.. . .\nT-SQUARE, cherry wood, 24 inches long, with fixed cross head.......................\nPEARWOOD TRIANGLE, framed, extra quality, 30 degrees. Size 10 inches...............\n------, same as above, but 45 degrees. Size 8 inches...............................\nTRANSPARENT AMBRO TRIANGLE, 30 and 60 degrees. Size 10 inches......................\n------, same as above, but 45 degrees. Size 8 inches...............................\nDRAWING BOARD, 16X21 inches, clear grained pine, with end ledges, with two drawing surfaces .............................................................................\n------, 20X24}4 inches.............................................................\n------, 23X31 inches...............................................................\nCROSS SECTION PAPER, 17X22 inches, -jh-inch divisions, on heavy bond paper....Sheet\n------8J4X10J4 inches, one mm. divisions with heavy cm. rulings, 15X20 cm. Our National\nPhysics Note-Book Cross Section Paper with holes punched for use in Harcourt Binder.\n.....................................................................Per 100 sheets\n------, printed on drawing paper.......................................Per 100 sheets\nBLACKBOARD DIVIDER AND COMPASS, 16 inches long.....................................\n$0.40\n1.40\n.50\n.45\n.45\n.90\n.90\n1.50\n2.50 3.60\n.08\n1.25\n1.50\n1.25\nNo. 19-75\n19-75 EXTRA LARGE BLACKBOARD DRAWING INSTRUMENTS. Ruler full meter long, triangle 50 cm. long with angles of 45 and 90 degrees, protractor 40 cm. diameter with linear and angular scales, the latter reading in two directions. Fully graduated \u2014 divisions and figures filled black. One set recommended for each science laboratory or lecture room.. . Set $12.75\nHMMMMMMMNMMMMI \u25a0MMHNmBBI\n\u2018iassisiHHiHsnii\nB mzmmMMMwmm\tm\nMwrnwm&\u00c6mimmmmmmmmmwmwM&m&mwmwm\nKK.SM3\u00ab* ,><9)>EBaBK\t'\u25a0 \u00abHins' . . <*Lbbe\nI\u2014\u2014MwaMMaSHMal\nBaamaaamaa^mmmmmmaaaaasmmmmm^maamamaam BaaaaaammmBaaaamaaamaaammaaaaaaaamM\n\u201e \u25a0\u00ab\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u2022\u25a0\u2022\u25a0\u25a0 \u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u00ab\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u00abniai \u25a0\u25a0\u25a0 \u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\tWMnHMMnl\nymmamm / * .4 m fj\t\u00bb\tt\nutwaaamiMtemammaa**\u00bb' a \u2022< saaa\nMWI1WHIHWW\u2014\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0 bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBI\nmmm^mmaaaaBBm^mma \u00bb .a.-t\n\u00ab\u00abaaaaamaaBaaaaaaa anaMmmSafl\n\u25a0\u25a0Mnamaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaann MMMWHNiaaaaBaaaaaaamia:- :aasBBaaai\u00bb\u00abs\u00abafl nHMHHHiaBBaaawMHMaBaaaaaaaaaaaa\u00e2Saal aaaaaMHMaaaamMmMMH iaiWBMi\u2014\u25a0\u25a0aaawaaaaaaaaMwiaaaaawB\u00e2M ftHHW\u2014\u2014awww\u2014aaaaaaawaaiaaaaawwMi \u25a0wMMuaaaaaBBannniBaaaaMHNiaaaaaaMMl aa*aaaamwMtaaaaaaaMMaaaa\u00abHMHM| gMMMNMaaaaa aiMtaBnaNManal \u25a0naaMBmai aaaaBBBMMraaaaaBil BBBaaBaaaaai '\ta>i* I\nNo. 19-100\n19 75A BLACKBOARD DRAWING PROTRACTOR, as used in above set............... $5.00\n19\u201477 BLACKBOARD DRAWING INSTRUMENTS, ordinary grade...................Set 7.50\n9 100 GRAPH CHART, graph 36X36 inches, lithographed on blackboard canvas, 3X4 feet, mounted on plain rollers with hook for hanging. Heavy lines accurately centered and squared, one-mch divisions....................................................\n6.25","page":36},{"file":"p0037.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n37\nMECHANICS\nPROPERTIES OF MATTER\nNo. 20-130\nNo. 20-100\nNo. 20-140\n20-10 POROSITY DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS for demonstrating the porosity of wood. Complete as illustrated with special shaped wood funnel, bell glass, and glass dish................. $3.15\n20-11 POROSITY DEMONSTRATION WOOD FUNNEL as used in above......................................... 1.20\n20-25 JENKINS\u2019 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF GAS APPARATUS for specific gravity determinations.\nUsed by gas inspectors of Massachusetts and New York. This apparatus employs, in principle, the effusion test of Bunsen, which is based on the fact that the specific gravities of two gases are inversely proportional to the squares of the speeds with which they escape through a minute\nopening. Complete with directions for use.............................................. 22.50\n20-90\tLEAD COHESION DISCS for illustrating molecular cohesion between metals.................... 1.20\n20-95\tGLASS COHESION PLATES for illustrating molecular cohesion between glass plates................70\n20-100 FILM DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS for illustrating characteristics of films, demonstrating\nsurface tension and cohesion. Three wire forms and pipe............................Set 1.60\n20 110 PRINCE RUPERT DROPS for illustrating the stress existing between the outside and inside of glass when it is allowed to cool suddenly. Stress is overcome by breaking off small portion of glass,\nwhen the whole completely shatters.............................................Per dozen .95\n20-115\tBOLOGNA PHIALS\tfor illustrating stress existing between the outside and inside of glass when it\nis allowed to cool suddenly. A few pieces of flint, if allowed to move about inside flask, overcomes\nthe stress by causing small scratches which result in the bottom flying to pieces..Each\t.25\n20-117 ADHESION DISC for illustrating adhesion between glass and a liquid. Plate 3 inches in diameter\t.60\n20-125 GLASS PLATES FOR ILLUSTRATING CAPILLARITY..........................................Per pair .50\n20-130 TAPERING CAPILLARY TUBE for demonstrating capillarity in tubes. Tapering glass tube,\n4 inches long....,.........................................................................30\n20-134\tCAPILLARY TUBES\tON SUPPORT, four tubes in a support for use on tumbler or small jar........95\n20-140\tCAPILLARY TUBES\tAND STAND, eight tubes in metal stand cn shallow cast iron basin base. .\t2.15","page":37},{"file":"p0038.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"38\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo .20-200\tNo. 20-215\nNo. 20-235\nNo. 20-260\nNo. 20-220\n20-145 CONNECTING CAPILLARY TUBES AND WATER RESERVOIR, as illustrated on stand\nunder No. 20-150. Without stand...................................................... $1.25\n20-160 CONNECTING CAPILLARY TUBES AND WATER RESERVOIR, WITH SUPPORT. Cast\niron stand, brass clamps............................................................. 3.25\n20-160 LARGE LECTURE TABLE CAPILLARITY ILLUSTRATION APPARATUS, ten tubes of different capillary bore, each connected with reservoir and all mounted on support with scale for\nnoting relative rise of liquid....................................................... 12.00\n20-200 ENDOSMOMETER for illustrating osmose and endosmose. Complete as illustrated with membrane 6.25 20-215 STUDENTS\u2019 OSMOSIS APPARATUS for illustrating osmosis qualitatively or quantitatively,\nComplete with jar as illustrated..................................................... 2.50\n20-220 FREAS\u2019 OSMOSIS APPARATUS without supporting stand. The tube is 5 feet long and heavy\nwalled. With diffusion shell for lower end of tube................................... 6.25\n22-130\tUNIVERSAL STAND recommended as support for No. 20-220 above............................ 4.96\n6-850\tUNIVERSAL RIGHT ANGLE CLAMP recommended for holding No. 20-220 to the support.. . .\t2.60\n31-265c\tBATTERY JAR, 6X8 inches, recommended for No. 20-220 above.................................60\n20-222 DIFFUSION SHELLS as used in No. 20-220 above.........................Each, $0.45. Per ten 4.50\n20-226 OSMOSIS BULB for showing diffusion of gases. 70 mm. diameter. Should be used in connection\nwith tight-fitting rubber stopper and glass tube..................................... 1.45\n20-235 HALL\u2019S SURFACE TENSION APPARATUS for quantitative measurement of surface tension.\nComplete with stand.................................................................. 4.95\n20-236A\t\u2014\u2014, without stand..................................................................... 4.00\n20-236\tSHALLOW FLINT GLASS DISH as used in No. 20-235............................................20\n20-260 IMPENETRABILITY APPARATUS, illustrating that two bodies cannot occupy the same space at the same time. If bottle is filled with water and plunger pushed down into water, the bottle\nwill break. Cast iron stand, japanned. Complete with three bottles................... 4.25\n20-270 INERTIA APPARATUS for demonstrating inertia. Card, if given sudden blow will move forward suddenly, but ball does not change position except as gravity causes it to drop into concave top of upright post................................................................................   1.85","page":38},{"file":"p0039.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n39\nCENTRIFUGAL\nROTATORS\nFORCE\nNo. 21-10\nNos. 21-30 to 21-35\n21-10 ZIEGLER 21-POUND MECHANICAL ROTATOR or WHIRLING TABLE for rotating objects to which it is desired to apply a centrifugal force.\nImportant features distinctive in our design:\nUnusual rigidity in either vertical or horizontal position secured by proper distribution of the mass (approximately 21 lbs.) to bring the center of mass as low as practicable.\nExtra large drive wheel facilitating rotation by high or low speed.\nUniversal chuck for fastening an object with a spindle combined with a special lock-nut head designed for fastening plates, color discs, or other rotator accessories.\nWithout any of the illustrated accessories...........................................................$14.00\n21-30 UNIVERSAL IMPROVED SPEED AND POWER ROTATOR, motor friction drive, for rotating objects to which it is desired to apply centrifugal force. We offer in this rotator all the features heretofore offered, but with the addition of important perquisites of a continually efficiently operative motor rotator.\nUniversal Direction Adjustment. The countershaft housing is designed to rotate through a complete circle to give any desired direction.\nSpeed Control without Diminution in Power \u2014 a speed control never before obtained in a rotator \u2014 from 0 to 5000 R.P.M. By reason of the friction-drive method, the power increases as speed decreases giving almost unlimited torque at very low speed.\nReverse Rotation secured by movement of slow-motion screw which regulates the speed. Reverse rotation obtained without jar or shock, as no switch or reversing key is required.\nStability. The supporting base is a metal casting supported by shock-absorbing points and rests firmly and rigidly on the table.\nUniversal Chuck Socket which takes all whirling table attachments.\nSafety. All moving parts are enclosed to eliminate possibility of injury. (Clamping screws for rotator chuck are shown projecting from chuck holder. As instrument is made, these clamping screws are set flush with holder and are slotted.)\nThe rotator is furnished with Edison Plug and 6-foot flexible cord. The current control switch which is indicated in the simplest possible manner in the cut, is a high-grade, flush switch set into the end of the base. The speed counter is directly connected with the shaft and gives the actual number of revolutions of the effective shaft. It can be thrown in or out of mesh at will while shaft is rotating. Rotator complete as above, the motor wound for 110-volt D.C. circuit.................... 66.00\n21-35 -------, the motor wound for 110-volt, 60-cycle A.C. circuit\n65.00","page":39},{"file":"p0040.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"40\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nROTATOR ACCESSORIES\n21-45 SPECIAL DRIVE PULLEY for round belt. Designed with set screw for attaching to shaft of\neither No. 21-10, 21-30 or 21-35. An essential attachment when rotator is used as the driving mechanism of our Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus No. 67-20, or other apparatus. $2.25\n21-50\tSPEED INDICATOR for attachment to Rotator\tNo. 21-10........................................... 6.25\n21-60 SPRING STEEL CENTRIFUGAL HOOP for illustrating the tendency of a semi-fluid body, such as\nthe earth, to assume a flattening at the poles when rotating rapidly........................ 3.00\n21-80 FOUCAULT\u2019S PENDULUM for illustrating conservation of the plane of oscillation. Wooden disc,\nquadrants clearly marked; polished brass uprights............................................. 9.90\n21-100\tCENTRIFUGAL FORCE APPARATUS...................................................................... 4.25\n21-110 CHAIN, EGG AND DISC for illustrating the tendency of a body to rotate about its shortest\ndiameter...................................................................................... 1.10\n21-120 TYNDALL\u2019S INSULA\u00cfED HEAT BY FRICTION ATTACHMENT for illustrating heat caused by friction on a brass tube while rotating rapidly. In our design, the brass tube is insulated from the shaft which is attached in the chuck socket of the rotator. Complete with friction vise............\t4.85\n21-150 CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATOR for illustrating the separation, by centrifugal force, of solids held\nin suspension in a liquid..................................................................... 4.50\n21-160 CENTRIFUGAL DRIER for illustrating the principle of centrifugal devices used in laundries and\nin separation of juice from pulp of fruits, etc............................................. 5.85\n21-175 TWO-IN-ONE GLASS ROTATOR GLOBE for showing effect of rotation upon solids or liquids\nof unequal weight. This apparatus takes the place of the glass globe for liquids and dish for solids. 6.26\n21-185 WATT\u2019S GOVERNOR for illustrating principle of an engine governor. (Principle best illustrated\nin conjunction with No. 21-190)............................................................. 5.66\n21-190 VALVE REGULATOR for use with No. 21-185 in illustrating method of regulating the flow of steam\ninto the steam chest of an engine........................................................... 6.40\n21-210 LARGE LECTURE TABLE COLOR DISCS for quantitative work in color mixing and analysis.\nColors on heavy cardboard, each disc slit so that combinations of colors may be obtained. Percentage circular protractor, one disc of white, one disc of black, and one disc of each of the primary colors. Set................................................................................. 1.65\n21-226 COMBINATION NEWTON\u2019S COLOR DISC, SIREN DISC AND SAVART\u2019S WHEEL for\nshowing that white light results when certain percentages of primary colors are exposed and rotated rapidly. Illustrates also the propagation of sound by mechanical disturbances which cause vibration in the surrounding media. The disc is perforated with four rows of holes equally spaced, and one row unequally spaced; the teeth are equally spaced.......................... 3.66","page":40},{"file":"p0041.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n41\n21-240 SAVART\u2019S TOOTHED WHEELS for demonstrating that musical tones are produced by regular\nimpulses imparted to the surrounding media. Each of the four discs has teeth equally spaced. $3.25\n21-242 SAVART\u2019S TOOTHED WHEEL, one wheel same as above, arranged to attach to rotator.......... 1.50\n21-255 METAL SIREN DISC, five rows of holes, illustrating propagation of sound by impulses imparted to the surrounding media. Four rows of perforations equally spaced produce musical notes; one row unequally spaced produces a noise.......................................................................\n21-257\t-----, nine rows of holes. Eight rows equally spaced produce musical notes; one row, unequally\nspaced produces a noise........................................................................\n21-2S7 AIR IMPULSE ATTACHMENT for use with Siren Discs Nos. 21-225, 21-255 and 21-257, for\ndirecting one, two or more (up to nine) steady currents of air, as furnished by blower, against the holes. Each of the nine air valves is operated by a thumb screw..........\n21-230 CROVA\u2019S DISC AND METAL SHIELD for attaching to rotator to illustrate compressional waves. Cardboard disc, 11 inches diameter, with eccentric circles clearly defined, and a metal shield, 12 inches in diameter, provided with slit for viewing a narrow strip of the eccentric circle segments...............................................................................\n21 280a FLAT METAL SHIELD WITH ATTACHED CLAMP as used in No. 21-280\n21-280b CROVA\u2019S DISC, heavy cardboard, as used in No. 21-280.....................................................\n21-290 CUBICAL or ROTATING MIRROR for attaching to rotator for study of reflections from a rotating mirror or for manometric flame images. All metal work, finished dead black.......................................\n21-295 KOENIG\u2019S MANOMETRIC FLAME CAPSULE for transmitting the motion of sound waves to a gas flame, which by their pulsations, indicate the nature of the sound at the mouth piece. The membrane is held between two metal castings................................................................\n21-300 VARIABLE SPEED ELECTRIC ROTATING MIRROR. A new design of mounting for rotating mirror which gives a variable speed control, on from 4 to 6 volts, of from 30 to 120 complete revolutions per minute, covering the correct speed for all projection and sound pulsation or the vibrations of any fork. The resistance is mounted within the cast iron base, a worm and gear being mounted at the end of the motor shaft, which insures a uniform motion at any desired speed........................................................................................................\n21-305 ARAGO\u2019S MAGNETIC ROTATION APPARATUS for demonstrating the reaction between the electric currents induced in a rotating copper disc and a magnet. Illustrates also the damping effect of copper upon a magnetic needle. Glass plate, copper disc, magnetic needle and necessary supports with clamps for attaching to rotator.......................................................\n21-310 EARTH INDUCTION APPARATUS for showing that currents are set up in a coil of wire by the inductive action of the earth as the coil is slowly rotated. Coil with commutator and collecting brushes, ready for attachment to rotator..................................................","page":41},{"file":"p0042.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"42\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTHE HARCOURT UNIVERSAL GYROSCOPES\nNo. 21-356\nNo. 21-345\nNo. 21-350\nNo. 21-340\nNo. 21-360\nThe plan on which these instruments are designed is that of using the simple or Basic Unit to demonstrate the simpler forms of gyroscopic phenomena, and to build up from this unit various gyroscopes to demonstrate the more complex phenomena.\nThe particular office of the integral parts has been most carefully studied and the designs of the various integral units are the result of much experimentation. Extreme care is exercised in machining and constructing the units, and every outfit is as nearly perfect in workmanship as skilled machinists can produce.\nThe various units are:\nRotating Wheel System Basic Unit \u2014 simple gyroscope wheel. This is a perfectly balanced cast brass wheel, 3 }/2 inches in diameter, so designed that as much of the mass as practicable is kept as near the periphery as possible. This wheel has a steel axle and is carefully balanced by adjustable cone bearings in the gimbal ring stirrup. The lock nuts serve not only to hold the wheel in its gimbal ring, but also prevent the power string from catching in the bearing. One cone bearing has the protruding end fashioned to a point, the other bearing has the protruding end fashioned in form of a ball (see No. 21-360).\nStand with Reversible Cone- and Cup-Bearing Post. At the top of the upright of the stand is the removable reversible cone- and cup-bearing post. This serves to provide a suitable pivotal bearing, a threaded post for attaching any of the rings or the Gimbal Ring and Bearing, and also a cup support for the ball-bearing end of the main axle of the Basic Wheel Unit.\nExtension Rod with Counterpoise. With addition of Gimbal Ring and Bearing, one is enabled to assemble a Counterpoise Gyroscope (see No. 21-355).\nGimbal Ring and Bearing. Gimbal ring is threaded both sides to take the exposed threaded end of the bearing in the Basic Wheel Unit, or the threaded end of the Extension Rod of above (see Nos. 21-345 and 21-355). The bearing is of steel and is mounted in steel cone bearings.\nBohnenberger Ring and Bearing for assembling a Bohnenberger Gyroscope (see No. 21-350).\nExtension Rod Stilt Attachment for use on Extension Rod with Counterpoise to assemble a Stilt Gyroscope.\nThe complete outfit consists of :\n2 Basic Wheel Units.\n1 Stand with Reversible Cone- and Cup-Bearing Post.\n1 Extension Rod with Counterpoise.\n1 Gimbal Ring and Bearing.\n1 Bohnenberger Ring and Bearing.\n1 Extension Rod Stilt Attachment.\nComplete Outfit.......................................................$31.50\n21-345 FESSEL\u2019S COMPOUND GYROSCOPE consisting of 2 Basic Wheel Units, Stand with Reversible\nCone- and Cup-Bearing Post, and Gimbal Ring and Bearing............................ 26.00\n21-350 BOHNENBERGER GYROSCOPE consisting of Basic Wheel Unit, Stand with Reversible Cone-\nand Cup-Bearing Post, and Bohnenberger Ring and Bearing.......................... 17.60\n21-355 COUNTERPOISE GYROSCOPE consisting of Basic Wheel Unit, Stand with Reversible Cone-\nand Cup-Bearing Post, Gimbal Ring and Bearing, and Extension Rod with Counterpoise.\t18.75\n21-360 SIMPLE GYROSCOPE consisting of Basic Wheel Unit, and Stand with Reversible Cone and\nCup-Bearing Post................................................................. 14.00\nWe recommend the purchase of the Complete Gyroscopic Outfit No. 21-340. The various units described under No. 21-340, however, may be added as required to Nos. 21-345, 21-350, 21-355 or 21-360, to assemble any type listed. (Prices on application.)\n21-367 SIMPLE GYROSCOPE, light wheel, usual form, but not a toy\n5.00","page":42},{"file":"p0043.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n43\n22-10\n22-20\n22-30\n22-40\n22-50\n22-60\n22-61\n22-70\n22-72\n22-80\n22-90\n22-100\n22-110\nACTION AND REACTION\nPENDULUM BALLS\n(Used by special permission of copyright owners)\nNos. 22-10 to 22-110\nWOODEN BALLS:\n\ta\tb\tc\td\nDiameter, inches. . .\t. M\t1\tix\t2\nPrice\t\t$0.10\t$0.15\t$0.25\t$0.30\nGLASS BALLS:\ta\tb\tc\t\nDiameter, inches. . .\t\u2022 K\t1\tIX\t\nPrice\t\t$0.10\t$0.15\t$0.45\t\nIVORY^B ALLS, accurately turned, polished, and with a hole drilled for suspension:\na\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches. ...\t1\t1X\t2\nPrice\t\t. . .\t$2.00\t$2.50\t$3.00\t\t\t\nLEAD BALLS, made of cast metal, drilled for suspension:\t\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tC\td\t\t\nDiameter, inches.\t... H\t%\tl\tIX\t\t\nPrice\t\t. . .\t$0.10\t$0.15\t$0.25\t$0.65\t\t\nBRASS BALLS, accurately turned, polished, drilled for suspension:\t\t\t\t\t\n*\ta\tb\tc\td\t\t\nDiameter, inches.\t... 'A\t%\t1\tIX\t\t\nPrice\t\t.. .\t$0.15\t$0.30\t$0.50\t$1.25\t\t\nIRON BALLS, cast, a, b,\tand c drilled for suspension; d and\te with hooks.\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\t\nDiameter, inches.\t...\t%\ti\tix\t2\t3\t\nPrice\t\t. . .\t$0.20\t$0.25\t$0.60\t$0.80\t$1.25\t\nMASSIVE IRON BALL\tWITH THREE HOOKS\t\t\t\t\t$1.70\nHIGHEST GRADE STEEL BALLS, hardened, accurately ground and polished.\t\t\t\tThere are no\t\nholes, but the small balls may be suspended by shellacking\t\ta thread to them.\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nDiameter, inches.\t.%\tX\t%\t1\tIX\t2\nPrice\t\t... $0.06 $0.10\t$0.20\t$0.30\t$0.60\t$2.00'\nSTEEL BALL, with loop attachment for suspension, 1-inch diameter\t\t\t\t\t\t.75\nFINISHED LIGNUM-VITAE BALL, 1 % inches in diameter\t\t\t\t\t\t.65\nCOPPER BALLS, not turned but drilled for suspension:\na\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches.\t%\t1\t1X\nPrice............... $0.22\t$0.45\t$1.25\nCORK BALLS, lathe turned, and drilled for suspension:\na\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches.\t%\t1\t\\X\nPrice............... $0.09\t$0.15\t$0.25\nCOMBINATION SET OF BALLS, for use in collision experiments, giving a variety of weights with approximately the same size. The set consists of lj^-inch balls of cork, ivory, lignum-vitae glass, iron, brass, copper and lead..........................................................Set 7.60","page":43},{"file":"p0044.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"44\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nACTION AND REACTION APPARATUS\nNo. 22-190\n22-130 UNIVERSAL STAND. A support rod and suitable tripod base are required as a support for many items. The most satisfactory selection is No. 5-20e Support Rod, 100 cm. long, 19 mm. diameter, and No. 5-155 Tripod Base, 21 cm. leg. To facilitate in ordering, we list these two items under the one number.........................................................................................................$4.95\n22-131\t----, same as above, but tripod fitted with three nickel-plated leveling screws........................... 6.20\n22-135 IMPACT APPARATUS, illustrating the resolution of one force into two equal forces by impact of equal masses. The special cast iron clamp attachment is fitted with a V-clamp to attach to a 10 to 19 mm. rod. The three balls are held in bi-filar suspension adjustable by knurled tapered plugs fitting into holes in the attachment. Without support.............................................................. 4.85\n22-145\nIMPACT AND REFLECTION APPARATUS for determining the laws of impact, also law of incidence and reflection of light. The impact plate, V-clamp, and support for graduated half-circle of wood, are cast in one piece. ' At the end of one of the swiveled cast metal arms, is a spring gun; at the end of the other, a stop or bucket for receiving the ball after the rebound from the impact plate. When used for experiments on reflection of light, a mirror, which is provided, is clamped over the impact plate, the stop or bucket holds the candle, and the reflection is. viewed through the peep-hole over the spring gun. Without stand ............................................................\nNo. 22-145\n19.00\n22-180 COLLISION BALL APPARATUS, ten steel balls in bi-filar suspension for qualitative or quantitative study of impinging elastic bodies. The center rib has recessed holes for holding the balls when not in use. Balls are held in bi-filar suspensions, lengths of which are adjusted by turning the knurled tapered plugs which, by friction in the holes into which they fit, hold the weight of the ball. Complete\nas illustrated with 10 steel balls, 1 inch in diameter, and one steel ball four times the mass of each of the other balls............................................... 29.25\n22-181 COLLISION BALL ATTACHMENT, supporting frame with steel balls in bi-filar suspension as used in\nNo. 22-180................................................................. 19-60\n22-182 GRADUATED ARC WITH ATTACHED CLAMP as used in No. 22-180....................... 3.75\n22-131 UNIVERSAL STAND as used in No. 22-180......................................... 6.20\n22-190 COLLISION BALL APPARATUS for study of impinging elastic bodies. Rectangular metal frame with five elastic bodies in bi-filar suspension, adjustable by turning tapered plugs, held by friction in the holes into which they are fitted. Without support............................. 9.75","page":44},{"file":"p0045.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n45\nNo. 22 200\n22-200 MOMENTUM APPARATUS for deriving laws of momentum. The two bodies are held in bi-filar suspension adjusted by turning tapered plugs fitting into holes in the cast metal rectangular frame. The bodies have masses of ratio 1:4, the larger provided with spring gun striking attachment operative on both bodies at\nthe same time. Complete as illustrated.....$20.00\n22-201 MOMENTUM ATTACHMENT \u2014 the two bodies and\nsupporting frame as used in No. 22-200 above. 10.26\n22-182 GRADUATED ARC with ATTACHED CLAMP as used\nin No. 22-200 above.......................... 3.76\n22-131 UNIVERSAL STAND as used in No. 22-200 above....\t6.20\nNo. 22-220\tNo. 22-225\n22-220 SECOND LAW OF MOTION APPARATUS \u2014 a flexible hardwood strip, two balls and vise as\nillustrated........................................................................ 3.10\n22-221 BENCH VISE CLAMP as used in No. 22-220 above......................................... 1.86\n22-222 FLEXIBLE HARDWOOD STRIP as used in No. 22-220 above.................................. 1.26\n22-225 SECOND LAW OF MOTION APPARATUS for use in hands. The rod to which the ball, within the glass tube, is attached, is pulled back against the spring. When released, the rod and attached ball fall to floor in parabolic path while the loose ball falls directly to the floor, both striking at the same instant..................................................................... 3.76\n22-230 GAGE\u2019S SECOND LAW OF MOTION APPARATUS \u2014 a spring within a metal casting so actuates a rod that it will shoot forward one ball and allow a second ball to fall by force of gravity.\nIn use, the metal casting should be attached to a block or to the top of the table. 7.75\nSTRESS AND STRAIN\nTorsion of Beams, Torsion of Wires, Rotational Vibration, Flexure of Beams Young\u2019s Modulus, Tensile Strength of Wires\nNo. 23-15\n23-16 HARCOURT TORSION APPARATUS for determining the moment of torsion and the coefficient of torsional rigidity of rods of different lengths and diameters. The clamping heads for the rod are adjustable along the table to hold any length of rod ; the pointers clamp directly to the rod so that the amount of twist or torsion is measured by taking the difference between the displacement of one pointer and the displacement of the second as read upon the two graduated arcs. Different lengths may be tested by moving the pointers along the rod. Without hanger and weights, but otherwise complete as illustrated, including two brass reds of different diameters and two steel rods of the same diameters as the brass rods...............................................................$3C.0t","page":45},{"file":"p0046.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"46\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n23-50\n23-62\n23-60\n23-62\n23-90\n23-100\n23-102\n23-105\nIMPROVED SABINE\u2019S TORSION PENDULUM for determining the moment of torsion of a wire and the moment of inertia of a ring. The disc is 10 inches in diameter and is attached to the wire by a small chuck fixed at its middle point. The ring has the same diameter and mass as the disc. The index dial is of cast metal with large, raised divisions and figures. Readings of torsional vibrations are obtained by direct reading of consecutive transits of the index past the zero mark or, with the addition of No. 23-52 Mirror Attachment illustrated, by observing through\na telescope the consecutive flashes from the illuminated mirror. Without mirror attachment.....\nMIRROR ATTACHMENT for use on above. Attached as illustrated, over the chuck in the center\nof the disc............................................... ....................................\nTORSION PENDULUM for determining the moment of torsion of a steel wire and the moment of inertia of two iron weights. Suspended by a simple chuck attached to the central part of the\nframe. Complete as illustrated.................................................................\nTORSION SYSTEM as used in above. This system is interchangeable with systems of Nos. 23-50\nor 23-100......................................................................................\nHARMONIC MOTION APPARATUS for verifying the laws of harmonic motion by noting the rotational vibrations of a flat, coiled spring. Sliding weights can be adjusted to vary the inertia.\nComplete as illustrated........................................................................\nINERTIA BALANCE for determining the mass of a body without weighing. Simple chucks clamp\nthe upper and lower ends of the wire. Complete as illustrated..................................\nINERTIA SYSTEM as used in above. This system is interchangeable with systems of Nos. 23-50\nand 23-62......................................................................................\nRECTANGULAR CAST METAL SUPPORTING FRAME AND H-BASE, as used in Nos. 23-50, 23-60 and 23-100............................................ .....................................\n$37.50\n3.75\n18.00\n4.26\n65.00\n17.50\n3.76 13.75\n23-135 ELASTICITY OF FLEXURE APPARATUS (Contact Method) for determining the laws for elasticity of flexure. Without weights or hanger, but otherwise complete as illustrated, including two\npine rods of different cross sectional area............................................... 10.50\n23-138 KNIFE EDGE CONTACT PIECE as used in No. 23-135................................................ 1.25\n23-140 ELASTICITY OF FLEXURE APPARATUS (Lever Method) for determining the laws for elasticity of flexure. Without weights, but otherwise complete as illustrated, including two pine rods of different cross sectional area....................................................................... 1.25\n23-141 SUPPORTING TRIANGULAR PRISMS, wood............................................. .....Set of three .24\n23-142 PINE ROD, one meter long, M XI inch........................................................... .22'\n23-143\t ,\tHXli inch...............................................................................22\n23-144\tLEVER\tINDICATOR...............................................................................08\n11-70 MOUNTED 10-CM. SCALE...............................................................................25\n23-146\tSCALE\tPAN.....................................................................................30\n23-156\tPAIR\tOF WOODEN SUPPORT BLOCKS (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 13)....................... 1.90\n23-167 STEEL ROD (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 13)..................................................30","page":46},{"file":"p0047.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n47\nNo. 23-180\nNos. 23-191 and 23-192\nNo. 23-212\nNo. 23-225\n23-180 HOOKE\u2019S LAW AND YOUNG\u2019S MODULUS APPARATUS for testing Hooke\u2019s Law and determining Young's Modulus for a wire. A small metal chuck is used to fasten the upper end of the wire. A metal chuck or bushing fastened to the wire is set to come within a hole in the movable casting, and moves with little play in this hole. One leg of the optical lever rests on this metal bushing, the other two rest on the ground top surface of the movable casting. A telescope and scale will be required to measure the elongation indicated by the optical lever. Complete as\nillustrated with six one-kilogram weights and a hanger.............................$35.00\n23-191\tMIRROR SCALE and UPRIGHT SUPPORT (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop,\tExp. 13)............. 1.75\n23-192\tSPRING AND WEIGHT HOLDER (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 13)..........................35\n23-211 BREAKING STRENGTH OF WIRES APPARATUS for measuring the tensile strength of wire, metal construction throughout. We offer in this design an apparatus in which all details have been most carefully studied, worked out and tested. Rapid and accurate determinations possible even in hands of most inexperienced students. Without dynamometer............................ 12.75\n23-212\t----, with double scale dynamometer reading to 15 kilos and 30 lbs................... 16.25\n23-225 ELASTICITY OF WIRE APPARATUS for determining the coefficient of elasticity of wire. Without spring balance or clamp, but otherwise complete as illustrated.................. 3.15\n90-45C SPRING BRASS WIRE No. 27.........................................................Spool .65\n23-227\tT. & H. STRETCHING BLOCK WITH PILLAR AND BINDING POST................................. 1.20\n23-228\tMARKER CLAMP AND STYLUS..................................................................15\n23-231\tMOUNTED MILLIMETER SCALE.................................................................20\n15-315\n15-365\n24-25\n5-600\nSPRING BALANCE, double scale, 15 kilos and 30 lbs.\nSPRING BALANCE SUPPORTING CRADLE.....\nCOMPOSITION OF FORCES\nCOMPOSITION OF FORCE ATTACHMENT for use on any 19-mm. rod in the study of equilibrium and composition and resolution of forces. This attachment consists of a cross head and V clamp in one casting. Hooks at ends of cross head serve to hang pulley, etc. Without illustrated pulleys, stand, or weights.\nSTONE\u2019S TENSION CLAMPS for holding either a string or wire firmly but adjustably. Originally designed for the study of composition and resolution of forces, yet of exceptional value in clamping a string or wire for any purpose............Each\nNo. 24-25","page":47},{"file":"p0048.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"48\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 24-60\nNo. 24-80\n24-60 PARALLELOGRAM OF FORCE TABLE, adjustable to horizontal or vertical position on 60 cm. rod, for use in\ndetermining laws of composition and resolution of forces. Constructed of metal throughout, and all parts massive in design to insure stability. The table is 35 cm. in diameter, is turned smooth, graduated into degree divisions, and nickel-plated. The pulleys are of brass, mounted in frictionless bearings. The centering arrangement is simple in design, but effective in insuring accurate results. Complete with three pulleys, weights and weight hangers. Tripod supplied with leveling screws (not illustrated)..........$62.50\n24-61 ----, on 100 cm. rod.......................... 63.60\n24-80 COMPOSITION OF FORCE BOARD (See Millikan,\nGale & Bishop, Exp. 11). Without balances, but with three pegs to fit the holes in the board.... 4.00\n24-87 COMPOSITION OF FORCE BOARD, ordinary form for use on four balls. With four balls and four pegs to fit the holes in the board................................... 3.40\n24-95 WIRE PENTAGON (See National Physics Direction\nSheets, Exp. M274)........................... .35\nA\nNo. 25-10\nFORCE OF GRAVITATION\nEquilibrium \u2014 Stable, Unstable and Neutral\nNo. 25-76\n25-10 CENTER OF GRAVITY BOARD for determining the center of gravity of an irregularly shaped board.\nComplete with handle and plumb bob...................................................................... $1.75\n25-15 CENTER OF GRAVITY ARC for illustrating stable and unstable equilibrium. The balanced system is so designed that the center of gravity can be changed to demonstrate stable, unstable and neutral equilibrium. Complete\twith stand.................................................................... 3.26\n25-20 CENTER OF GRAVITY SYSTEM for illustrating center of gravity. The rod has two holes \u2014 one at\ngeometric center, the other at the center of gravity. Complete as illustrated.......................... 1.40\n25-60 LOADED CYLINDER WHEEL for illustrating the center of gravity of a loaded wheel. Two holes are drilled in the wheel \u2014 one at the geometric center, and one off center. A weight is attached at one side so that its position can be adjusted to bring the center of gravity at the hole drilled off center. Complete with support............................................................................................... 2.95\n25-55 LOADED CYLINDER illustrating the tendency of a body to place its center of gravity as low as possible. The cylinder is loaded eccentrically and if rolled along a horizontal surface, will come to rest on its loaded side........................................................................................................45\n25-60 WITCH, illustrating the tendency of a body to keep its center of gravity as low as possible \u2014 a short\npiece of pith at one end of which is a loaded hemispherical piece of metal..............................18\n25-76 LEANING TOWER illustrating stability when a line drawn through the center of gravity comes within\nthe base of support. Top and foot removable......................................................... 3.25","page":48},{"file":"p0049.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n49\nFALLING BODIES\nACCELERATED MOTION\nNo. 25-100\n26-100\n25-101\n25-102\n25-105\nPACKARD\u2019S FALLING BODY APPARATUS for the determination of the laws of accelerated motion with their application to falling bodies, the data being obtained from the path that the falling body traces during descent. The falling body, a steel sphere, rolls down over the smooth surface of a sheet of paper covered with a soft carbon tracing paper, and leaves a permanent record. With 12 sheets cross-section\nand 2 sheets carbon paper and complete directions.......................$12.75\n(Special circular on request.)\nCROSS SECTION PAPER, special ruled............................Per 10 sheets .46\nCARBON PAPER, as used in No. 25-100..................................Sheet .14\nDUFF\u2019S ACCELERATION APPARATUS for determining the acceleration of a falling body. The apparatus consists of an accurately-grooved plank. With the plank placed horizontally on the table, a steel ball placed on one end of the groove will,when released, oscillate back and forth like a pendulum and the time of each swing will remain constant. If, however, one end of the plank be raised a little higher than the other, a ball placed in the middle of the groove will roll down with accelerated motion. By combining the oscillatory motion across the groove with the accelerated motion down the incline, the oscillatory motion may be made to trace in a film of lycopodium powder equal intervals of time for the study of accelerated motion. Grooved plank complete with sphere, releasing block and package of lycopodium powder............. 8.00\nNo. 25-106\nNo. 25-112\nNo. 25-110\n25-110 FALLING BODY APPARATUS (16-foot Inclined Plane), (see Millikan & Gale\u2019s \u201c A First Course in Physics,\u201d page 26) for determining the distance traversed by a body in one, two, three and four seconds under uniformly accelerated motion. The track for the falling body (a steel sphere), is a most accurately cut V-groove. With steel sphere and block stop.......................... 17.50\n25-112 FALLING BODY APPARATUS (8-foot Inclined Plane), for use with above for measuring the\nvelocity acquired per second by a body under force of gravity in uniformly accelerated motion. . .\t8.00","page":49},{"file":"p0050.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"50\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n26-120 FOUR-FOOT FREE FALL DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS or GUINEA AND FEATHER TUBE\nfor demonstrating that all bodies, even if of different masses, fall in equal intervals of time if released from friction of air pressure. Complete as illustrated...................................$14.50\n25 140 IMPROVED ALL-METAL FALLING BODY APPARATUS for determining the velocity and acceleration of a freely falling body. The falling body is a glass plate mounted in a frame which slides freely between the vertical uprights. A dash pot at base takes up the jar and prevents a rebound.\nThe clamp will hold any tuning fork and is adjustable along the rod. Without tuning fork. 16.75\n25-162 ACCELERATION APPARATUS WITH ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN TUNING FORK for determining the acceleration of a falling body moving with uniformly accelerated motion. The falling body is the carriage and electrically operated tuning fork which slides freely between the vertical uprights. A light metal stylus attached to one of the prongs of the tuning fork records the vibrations on the smoked glass plate while the carriage is falling. Full directions for setting up and adjusting the apparatus, for reading and interpreting the tracing, and suggestions regarding the experiments for which the apparatus is adapted, are included with each apparatus.\nThe Atwood s Attachment consists of a carefully balanced aluminum wheel in ball bearings, counterbalance weight, extra weights for use as riders and an adjustable platform. Complete as illustrated. 90.00\n25-168 EXTRA GLASS PLATES for above................................................Each .45\n25-200 UNIFORMLY ACCELERATED MOTION APPARATUS for the study of principles of accelerated motion and for determining factors governing a body under uniformly accelerated motion. The falling body is the car whose free fall is retarded by rolling down a wire stretched taut at a slight incline. Complete as illustrated........................................................ 6.80\n25-\t201 LYON\u2019S CAR WITH BUFFER as used in above......................................... 3.60\n26-\t202 INCLINED WIRE OUTFIT, wire, screw, hook and turn-buckle as used in above........ 3.20","page":50},{"file":"p0051.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n51\nNo. 25-230\n25-225 FOUR-BALL PENDULUM ILLUSTRATION for determining factors governing the laws of pendulums. Pendulum Clamp No. 5-900 with four balls, with suspensions ready for attachment to a stand. Without stand. $6.25 25-227 THREE-BALL PENDULUM ILLUSTRATION. Pendulum Clamp No.\n5-902 with three balls, with suspensions ready for attachment to stand.\nWithout stand........................................... 4.46\n25-230 PENDULUM APPARATUS (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp.\nM340). Pendulum Clamp with suspension wire and three special cylindrical pendulum bobs. Without the illustrated iron clamp. 2.90\n25-230a\tPENDULUM CLAMP as used in above..........................95\tn\n25-\t230b SPECIAL CYLINDRICAL IRON BOB as used in No. 25-230\tII\n25 230c SPECIAL CYLINDRICAL LEAD BOB as used in No. 25-230\tBIMBH\n26-\t230d SPECIAL CYLINDRICAL BRASS BOB as used in No.\n25-230 above....................................55\n90-10i COPPER WIRE No. 30 B. & S. Gauge, as used in No. 25-230\nabove...............................4-oz. spool .50\n25-232\tSIMPLE AND REVERSIBLE PENDULUM\tAPPARATUS\n(see Hall, No. XLIV). Complete with bobs but without\nmeter stick ................................ 7.25\n25-235\tFOUR-BALL BI-FILAR SUSPENDED\tPENDULUM\nILLUSTRATION. Pendulum Clamp No. 5-905 with four balls with suspensions ready for attachment to a stand.\nWithout stand............................... 7.80\n25-251 CULLER\u2019S ADJUSTABLE LEVER, PULLEY AND PENDULUM CLASP AND HOOK ROD (see Culler\u2019s \u201c Laboratory Manual of Physics,\u201d Exps.\nVII, X and XI). A most comprehensive design, useful for many experiments. Without clamp................................................... 4.50\n25-260 REVERSIBLE PENDULUM for determination of center of suspension and center of oscillation, and, by measurement of the distance between these centers, to determine the length of the equivalent simple pendulum, and from this, the value of the acceleration of gravity. Complete with stirrup and bracket as illustrated. 6.50 25-310 SWIFTEST DESCENT APPARATUS, comparing descents of spheres of the same diameter along inclines of different curvatures. The apparatus consists of three tracks placed on an incline to the base line \u2014 one track describing a cycloid curve, the second a concave circular curve, the third an inclined plane. The apparatus is further provided with a device for the simultaneous start of all three spheres.\nThe singular results follow a simultaneous start of all three spheres \u2014 the sphere on cycloidal curve reaches end of track first, on concave circular track second, while the one on the inclined track is the slowest. One other striking experiment will be noted \u2014 no matter from which point on the cycloidal track the sphere is started, the time of descent to the end of the track will always be the same.\nComplete with three steel spheres...................................... 21.25\n25-320 DOUBLE CONE AND PLANE for illustrating the seemingly paradoxical phenomenon of a cone moving up an incline, which is of such shape that its axis actually descends..........................................................................\n4.00 No. 25-260","page":51},{"file":"p0052.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"52\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nWAVE MOTION\n26-10 UNIVERSAL WAVE MOTION APPARATUS, modification of Powell\u2019s and Snell\u2019s designs, combining features of both into one instrument capable of demonstrating all principles of each. Thus the combination transverse and longitudinal component illustrating waves on surface of a liquid wave motion as set up by transverse displacements, and wave motion as set up by longitudinal displacements are all strikingly shown.\nWATER WAVES. In our model we show that the particle or element on the crest moves forward, in the trough backward, and in the intermediate positions both vertically and horizontally. The elliptical or circular orbits of the disturbed particles are ample in size that they may be readily observed by all even in the largest lecture hall. It may also be shown that the wave form is not a sine curve.\nTRANSVERSE WAVE FORM. The demonstration of movement of a particle transversely and the transverse wave form as well as the analysis of the resultant sine curve is especially adapted to this model.\nLONGITUDINAL WAVE FORM. Our model is so designed that in demonstrating any of the above forms the condensations and rarefactions set up by longitudinal vibrations will also be formed, thus affording a striking comparison of wave forms.\nNo. 26-10\nThis model stands about three feet high and all parts are so proportioned that it is especially adapted for lecture purposes. The elements are represented by balls; vibrations, transverse or longitudinal, are communicated by brass rods; and the vibrations are set up in the rods by means of peculiarly cam-shaped castings eccentrically mounted, each rod to its own casting, and all on a shaft operated by a single crank. When the rectangular guide frame is in the position illustrated both transverse and longitudinal wave motions are demonstrated. With the guide frame in position as indicated by dotted lines, water waves and longitudinal waves are demonstrated.\nThis apparatus is carefully assembled and all parts accurately made. All woodwork is neatly finished and the whole presents a scientific and handsome appearance................................ $146.00\n26-20\n26-29\n26-40\nNo. 26-40\nWAVE APPARATUS for illustrating the formation of transverse and longitudinal waves. The steel ribbon is about 13 feet long; cross heads are fixed at regular intervals (5 inches). At each end of each cross head is a metal ball. Balls on either side of ribbon are painted a distinguishable color. A longitudinal or transverse motion applied to one cross head is communicated to the other cross heads until the balls are describing longitudinal or transverse wave forms......................................................................\nSPIRAL SPRING for illustrating wave motion. A close spiral of brass wire, 6 ft. long...........................................................................\nFIVE-FOOT METAL-FRAME WAVE TROUGH for illustrating water waves. The ends and bottom are metal castings to which the glass sides are sealed water-tight. The water line is drawn accurately parallel to the base. With paddle for forming waves..............................................................","page":52},{"file":"p0053.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n53\nSIMPLE MACHINES\nNo. 27-77\nNo. 27-45\nNo. 27-60\n27-10\n27-11\n27-12\n27-30\n27-45\n27-60\n27-61\n27-61a\n27-61b\n27-62\n27-67\n27-75\n27-77\n27-80\nCOEFFICIENT OF FRICTION APPARATUS for the study and determination of the coefficient of friction. A planed white wood board, 50X20 cms. and a block of wood with face 7.5 cms. square.\nWith Spring Dynamometer.........................................................\nWHITE WOOD BOARD, 50X20 cms.......................................................\nWOOD BLOCK, face 7.5 cms. square..................................................\nDEMONSTRATION LEVER WITH METAL INDEX POINTER. The metal index pointer clamps over the central knife edge. Without meter stick, but otherwise complete as illustrated, including twTo\nLever Clamps No. 27-45, and cast metal base.....................................\nKITTREDGE LEVER CLAMPS for use with a meter stick in study of levers, composition of forces,\netc. Per set of three...........................................................\nLEVER APPARATUS for study of mechanical advantage of a lever. Complete as illustrated with\nscale pans with improved knife edge bearings (No. 27-62)...................\nLEVER AND SUPPORTING BAR only................................................\nSTRAIGHT LEVER only..........................................................\nSUPPORTING BAR AND PIVOT.....................................................\nRICE\u2019S SCALE PANS with Improved Knife Edge Bearings.. ....................Pair\nSCALE PANS with attached strings, each adjusted to weigh 1 ounce..........Pair\nRIDER-BLOCK (see Hall and Bergen, Exp. 12), for use on meter stick in determining weight of lever\narms.........................................................................\nRIDER WEIGHT, lead (see National Physics Direction Sheets). Fits over standard meter stick to\ndetermine weight of lever arm...............................................\nU-SHAPED WIRE SUPPORTING HOOK (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. M130).\n$2.60\n.90\n.16\n2.85\n1.20\n1.80\n.90\n.65\n.36\n.90\n.76\n.30\n1.15\n.12\nNos. 27-96 and 27-97\n27-95 COMPOUND LEVER illustrating a combination of simple levers to secure power equivalent to a\nsimple lever with long power arm. Brass arms suitably mounted on a wooden base ...... 8.00\n27-96 LARGE SIZE COMPOUND LEVER for practical demonstration of mechanical advantage of a com -pound lever. By the addition of No. 27-97 Jack Screw Attachment (illustrated on base of lever) the combined mechanical advantage of a Compound Lever and Jack Screw can be determined.\nWithout Jack Screw, Weights or Dynamometer........................................... 17.60\n27-97 JACK SCREW ATTACHMENT, a commercial type Jack screw, mounted for use with Compound\nLever No. 27-96 as illustrated....................................................... 3.60\n27-100 STEELYARD, capacity 50 pounds.......................................................... 1.26","page":53},{"file":"p0054.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"54\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPULLEYS\n27-126 SINGLE PULLEY, new form, pressed steel, 5 cms. in diameter, mounted on axle in stirrup, for use\nas either a fixed or movable pulley........................................................... $0.36\n27-126 DOUBLE PULLEY, same construction as above..............................................................60\n27-127 TRIPLE PULLEY, same construction as above......................................'.......................90\n27-128 QUADRUPLE PULLEY, same construction as above...................................................... 1,26\nHARCOURT BALL-BEARING FRICTIONLESS PULLEYS\nIllustrating Unit Parts to Assemble as Pictured Below\nNo. 27-150\nNo. 27-162\tNo. 27-154\nNo. 27-156\nNo. 27-168\nIn many of the pulley experiments as conducted in laboratories today, the student cannot justly be blamed for the inaccuracies of his conclusions. A pulley should run true and free of friction. The advantage of our design is that, starting with the Basic Pulley Unit, by the addition of proper stirrups and axle rods, an equipment of Frictionless Pulleys can be purchased at a cost but slightly in excess of the inexpensive types without ball bearings.\n27-165 BALL-BEARING BASIC PULLEY UNIT. This pulley consists of two parts, each stamped out of\none piece of steel and riveted together with ball race in place...................... $0.50\n27-167 SINGLE PULLEY AXLE ROD. With Nos. 27-165 and 27-177, forms a single pulley............20\n27-169 DOUBLE PULLEY AXLE ROD. With 2 No. 27-165 and No. 27-179, forms a double pulley.......20\n27-171 TRIPLE PULLEY AXLE ROD. With 3 No. 27-165 and No. 27-177, forms a triple pulley.......20\n27-173 QUADRUPLE PULLEY AXLE ROD. With 4 No. 27-165 and No. 27-179, forms a quadruple\npulley........................ .\t....................20\n27-175 QUINTUPLE PULLEY AXLE ROD. With 5 No. 27-165 and No. 27-177, forms a quintuple\npulley..............................................................................20\n27-177 SINGLE WIDTH STIRRUP. Required in assembling a single, triple or quintuple pulley.....25\n27-179 DOUBLE WIDTH STIRRUP. Required in assembling a double or quadruple pulley.............30\n27-140 FOUR PULLEY UNIT ASSORTMENT. Four Basic Pulley Units with Axle Rods and Stirrups\nto assemble either of the following combinations:\n4 Single Pulleys\t2 Double Pulleys\tSet.......... 4.76\n27-141 SIX PULLEY UNIT ASSORTMENT. Six Basic Pulley Units with Axle Rods and Stirrups to assemble any of the following combinations:\n6 Single Pulleys 3 Double Pulleys 2 Triple Pulleys\tSet.......... 7.50\n27-142 EIGHT PULLEY UNIT ASSORTMENT. Eight Basic Pulley Units with Axle Rods and Stirrups to assemble any of the following combinations :\n8 Single Pulleys 4 Double Pulleys 2 Triple Pulleys 2 Quadruple Pulleys Set. 10.25\n27-143 TWELVE PULLEY UNIT ASSORTMENT. Twelve Basic Pulley Units with Axle Rods and Stirrups to assemble any of the following combinations:\n12 Single Pulleys 6 Double Pulleys 4 Triple Pulleys 3 Quadruple Pulleys 2 Quintuple Pulleys Set.. 16.00\n27-150\tSINGLE BALL-BEARING PULLEY, Nos. 27-165, 27-167 and 27-177 assembled..................95\n27-152\tDOUBLE BALL-BEARING PULLEY, Nos. 27-165 (2), 27-169 and 27-179 assembled........... 1.50\n27-154\tTRIPLE BALL-BEARING PULLEY, Nos. 27-165 (3), 27-171 and 27-177 assembled........... 1.95\n27-156\tQUADRUPLE BALL-BEARING PULLEY, Nos. 27-165 (4), 27-173 and 27-179 assembled........ 2.50\n27-158\tQUINTUPLE BALL-BEARING PULLEY, Nos. 27-165 (5), 27-175 and 27-177 assembled........ 2.95\n27-185 PULLEY CORD, extra quality, ^-inch diameter, selected especially for pulley experiments. Per hank of five yards........................................................................\n.25","page":54},{"file":"p0055.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"No. 27-200\nNo. 27-216\nNo. 27-230a\nNo. 27-230b\nNo. 27-230c\n27-200 LATHE TURNED FRICTIONLESS PULLEY, brass pulley wheel inches in diameter, centered in lathe and turned all over, square groove. Stirrups designed so that one hook can be unscrewed and the pulley used with any rod threaded J4X20 (10-mm. rod). Combinations as illustrated are possible by use of a pair of steel rods...............................................Each pulley $7.00\n27-201 STEEL RODS for use in making combinations as illustrated above............................Pair .20\n27-216 TRIPLE TANDEM PULLEYS. Three free running pulley wheels of different diameters mounted\nin a metal frame......................................................................... 2.70\n27-230a SINGLE TACKLE BLOCK. A commercial block with self-lubricating iron bushing. Each shell with swivel hook and becket. Shell, 4 inches; sheave, 2J4X/^X^ inches. Requires rope % inch diameter.............................................................................. 3.30\n27-230b DOUBLE TACKLE BLOCK, same construction as above, but two sheaves..................................... 4.66\n27-230c TRIPLE TACKLE BLOCK, same construction as above, but three sheaves................................... 6.30\n27-236 MANILA CORDAGE, ^g-inch diameter, best quality manila hemp. Sold only in multiples of\n10 feet.............................................................................Per 10 feet .76\nNo. 27-240\n(Front view)\nNo. 27-262\t(Top view)\nNo. 27-242\n27-240 COMMERCIAL M-TON DIFFERENTIAL PULLEY HOIST for demonstration of mechanical advantage of a commercial pulley hoist. Regular hoist, 6 feet, minimum distance between hooks,\n17 inches; weight, 22 lbs., capacity, M ton; chain pull 72 lbs. through 18 feet............. 22.60\n27-242 DIFFERENTIAL PULLEY HOIST MODEL, brass pulleys. Complete with stand.................. 9.00\n27-252 UNIVERSAL PULLEY WITH SWIVEL ARM. Lathe-turned brass pulley in stirrup on a rod.\nThis rod is adjustable to six different positions on arm swiveled to the clamp... 4.25","page":55},{"file":"p0056.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"5 i\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 27-276\tNo. 27-285\n27-275 PULLEY DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS for demonstration of pulleys and the application of principles thereof to wheels and axles and capstans. With the exception of the weights, the apparatus is furnished complete for assembling all of the combinations illustrated, but in the case of the pulley combination it is not possible to set up all of the combinations together as a permanent exhibit. For a permanent exhibit showing all combinations as illustrated at one time, see No. 27-276. For pulley equipment we furnish ball-bearing basic pulley units and accessory axle rods and stirrups as follows:\n10 Ball-Bearing Basic Pulley Units, No. 27-165 2 Single Pulley Axle Rods,\tNo. 27-167\n2 Double Pulley Axle Rods,\tNo. 27-169\n2 Triple Pulley Axle Rods,\tNo. 27-171\nIn addition to the pulley units we furnish the Stands, Metal Uprights, Wood Cross Bars with Metal Clamps, Aluminum Five Diameter Wheel and Axle, Capstan and Lever and 2 Triple Tandem\n2 Quadruple Pulley Axle Rods, 2 Quintuple Pulley Axle Rods, 2 Single Width Stirrups,\n2 Double Width Stirrups,\nNo. 27-173 No. 27-175 No. 27-177 No. 27-179\nPullevs.\n$45.75\nNo. 27 326\n27-276 PULLEY DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS for a permanent exhibit of all\npulley combinations illustrated \u2014 weight and power as 1: 2, 1: 3, 1: 4, 1: 5, 1: 6,\n1:8 and 1: 10, including Stands, Metal Uprights, Wood Cross Bars with Metal Clamps, Aluminum Five-Diameter Wheel and Axle, Capstan and Lever,\n2 Triple Tandem Pulleys and Ball-Bearing Pulleys as follows: 5 No. 27-160 Single, 4 No. 27-152 Double, 3 No. 27-154 Triple, 2 No. 27-156 Quadruple, and 2 No. 27-158 Quintuple, with all necessary weights......... 73.50\n27-285 PULLEY STUDY APPARATUS consists of No. 22-131 Stand and Support Rod,\n2 No. 5-770 Right Angle Clamps, 4 Hook Collars No. 5-645, No. 5-10d Support Rod, 4 No. 27-150 Ball-Bearing Single Pulleys, 2 No. 27-152 Ball-Bearing Double Pulleys, No. 27-325 Wheel and Axle, and No. 27-290 Capstan Arm and Capstan, but without weights............................... 34.00\n27-290 CAPSTAN ARM AND CAPSTAN, clamp and capstan arm cast as one piece of metal........... 6.25\n27-305 WOODEN STRIP WITH TWO HOOKS (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. M320). .\t.25\n27-325 ALUMINUM FIVE-DIAMETER WHEEL AND AXLE for attachment to support rod by means of a clamp, in determining the mechanical advantage of a wheel and axle. Mounted in cone-bearing in a metal frame cast with the rod as one piece of metal. The aluminum wheel is finished to diameters having simple ratios: 1: 2: 6: 8: 10. Without clamp or support rod............................................ 5.25\n27\u2014335 WHEEL AND AXLE (see Hall & Bergen\u2019s \u201cA Text-Book of Physics,\u201d\nPar. 64). Designed to show that the wheel and axle is a modified lever of first class. With three brass pins to fit the holes drilled in the disc................................................... 3.25\nNo. 27-335","page":56},{"file":"p0057.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n57\nNo. 27-435\nNo. 27-440\nNo. 27-393\nNo. 27-402\nNo. 27-410\n27-390 HALL\u2019S IMPROVED INCLINED PLANE WITH SIDE RAILS AND SCREW ADJUSTMENT,\n120 cms. long by 15 cms. wide. Screw adjustment for comparison of masses by acceleration test.\n(See Hall & Bergen\u2019s \u201c A Text-Book in Physics,\u201d Ex. 36).......................... $4.26\n27-392 POLISHED HARDWOOD INCLINED PLANE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 17)............ 2.95\n27-393 BALL-BEARING PULLEY IN FRAME for use with No. 27-392 Inclined Plane or for attachment\nto any board or table top not over Ij\u00a3 inches thick ............................. 1.80\n27-394 SONOMETER ATTACHMENT for use with No. 27-392 Inclined Plane in making a simple\nsonometer (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 41)...........................................60\n27-400 HALL\u2019S INCLINED PLANE APPARATUS for determining the mechanical advantage of an inclined plane. Polished hardwood, with graduated scales for both incline and height. Without\nscale pan, roller and weights........................................... .............. 8.75\n27-402 -----, with scale pan and No. 27-405 Roller, but without weights.......................... 11.75\n27-405 ONE-POUND INCLINED PLANE ROLLER for use as a mass of known weight in inclined plane ' experiments. The roller is accurately turned, centered and mounted on cone-bearings in a metal\nframe, the whole mass adjusted to weigh exactly one pound.............................. 2.76\n27-410 PRATT INSTITUTE INCLINED PLANE, large size to carry an appreciable weight. Variations in incline are secured by the swiveled rods which may be clamped in any desired position. The pulley wheel has ball bearings. The weight illustrated is No. 27-412 Roller. Without weights, hanger, or roller............\u2022................................................................... 14.60\n27-412\n27-435\n27-440\n27-460\n27\u2014465\n27-475\n27-485\nPRATT INSTITUTE ELEVEN-POUND INCLINED PLANE ROLLER for use as a mass of known weight in inclined plane experiments. The roller is accurately turned, centered and mounted in\npivotal bearings in the cast metal frame \u2014 the whole adjusted to weigh 11 lbs. 8.25\nTHREE-WHEEL INCLINED PLANE CAR. A car with positive wheel action on all wheels. The body and stirrups for wheels are cast in one piece of metal; the wheels are accurately turned and are mounted on cone bearings.......................................... 3.95\nFOUR-WHEEL INCLINED PLANE CAR, four wheels mounted on pivotal bearings but stirrups\nso designed that all four wheels rest in same plane...................... 2.85\nWOODEN SPREADER. When there is no slot lengthwise of inclined plane, this spreader will be found of great convenience in applying power\nparallel to the base of the plane...................24\nRUBBER CORD for use with an inclined plane car in inertia experiments (see Hall & Bergen\u2019s \u201c A Text-Book of Physics,\u201d Ex. 36)....................25\nMODEL OF WEDGE for determining the mechanical advantage of a wedge. This apparatus consists of a wedge-shaped metal skeleton which in operation is held between three easily-running pulley wheels supported above and below the wedge. \u201c Power \u201d is attached by means of a cord over the fourth pulley illustrated. \u201c Weight \u201d is\nsupported from above on hinged platform.\nWithout weights.......................... 12.50\nWEIGHTS. See Section 16.\nWEDGE. A two-part piece of hardwood, 18 cms. long, each part cms. at point of greatest thickness......................................75","page":57},{"file":"p0058.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"58\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 27-510\nNo. 27-520\n27-500 MODEL OF A SCREW for qualitative illustration of the great mechanical advantage of a screw.\nA piece of wood placed across the metal breaking wedge can easily be broken by turning the\nscrew.......................................................................................... $3.90\n27-510 JACK SCREW AND ACCESSORIES for demonstrating the mechanical advantage of a jack screw; used also for leveling purposes. The base is 134 inches in diameter and is adjustable from 234 t\u00b0 3% inches in height. By use of Extension Bases \u201c B \u201d and\u201c C \u201d a range from 2 34 to 634 inches is possible. The Extension Screw \u201c D \u201d is interchangeable with the screw with\nswivel cap. The auxiliary Base \u201c E \u201d is oftentimes necessary. Complete.......................... 2.25\n27-510A\tJACK SCREW only of above, \u201c A \u201d in illustration.................................................... 1.20\n27-510B\tEXTENSION\tBASE, 2 inches high, \u201c B \u201d in illustration.............................................35\n27-510C -------, 1 inch high, \u201cC\u201d in illustration................................................................30\n27-510D\tEXTENSION\tSCREW, \u201cD\u201d in illustration.............................................................25\n27-510E\tEXTENSION\tBASE, \u201cE\u201d in illustration............................................................ .25\n27-520 FIVE-TON ROLLER-BEARING COMMERCIAL JACK SCREW. Screw 1^ inches diameter,\nwith square cut threads and provided with roller bearings. Range 9 to 15 inches................. 6.80\n28-10 SIMPLE GEARED WHEELS illustrating the mechanical advantage of a system of geared wheels.\nTwo wheels with pinions J4 the diameter of the wheels; a third has a drum of the same ratio,\nthus giving a mechanical advantage of 1:64. Without clamp or supporting rod........ $6.50\n28-25 ENDLESS SCREW for determining the mechanical advantage of a gear operated by a screw.\nMounted on a casting and attached to the rod by a swivel joint which may be held fixed by the\nthumb nut. Without clamp.........................................\"............1 ...\t9.60\n28-75 CRANE DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS for quantitative demonstration of boom stress and guy strains in cranes. Boom designed with spring to register in metric and English systems up to 30 lbs. Boom with attached chain, but without any of the accessory apparatus listed below. 12.00\nAccessory Apparatus for No. 28-75\n28-78 THREADED HOOK, threaded 34X20, for use with No. 6-785 Right Angle Clamp with which\nit is shown illustrated................................................................30\n15-332\tSPRING DYNAMOMETER, registering 20\tlbs. by 34 lb..................................... 3.30\n5-360\tTABLE\tCLAMP......................................................................   3.00\n5-730\tRIGHT\tANGLE CLAMP.................................................................. 1.46\n5-785\tRIGHT\tANGLE CLAMP.................................................................. 1.10\n5-20e SUPPORT ROD, 100 cms. long, 19 mm. diameter........................................... 2.20\n28-79\tCRANE\tBOOM (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp.\t24).........................................40","page":58},{"file":"p0059.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n59\nPRATT INSTITUTE APPLIED PHYSICS\nAPPARATUS\nWhile some of the apparatus listed under this heading suggests types common in laboratory work, it will be noted that there is an essential difference, viz., size. All designs are made on a large scale for a definite pedagogic reason \u2014 the educational value of muscular reaction serving as the keynote of this work in Applied Mechanics.\nNo. 29-100\nNo. 29-100\n27-410\tPRATT\tINSTITUTE\tINCLINED\tPLANE.\tSee listing, page 57..........................$14.50\n27-412\tPRATT\tINSTITUTE\tINCLINED\tPLANE\tROLLER. See listing, page 57....................... 8.25\n27-435\tPRATT\tINSTITUTE\tINCLINED\tPLANE\tCAR. See listing, page 57........................ 3.95\n29-30\tSHEAR\tLEGS. A most impressive illustration of the composition of forces as applied to the shear\nlegs, solving definitely, 1st, the tension in the tie; 2d, the compression in the legs of shears; and 3d, the forces necessary to keep the legs from spreading. Legs of seamless tubing. Without balances,\nweights and hanger....................................................................... 12.76\n29-60 SIMPLE TRUSS for showing forces in the simple stick and tie. Without balances, weights and\nhanger.................................................................................... 4.50\n29-80 SMALL HOISTING CRANE for determining both tension and compression in the hoisting crane.\nWithout balance, weights\tand hanger....................................................... 6.75\n29-100 ROOF TRUSS for demonstrating the laws of equilibrium as manifest in the simole roof truss.\nWithout balances, weights and\thanger...................................................... 11.50","page":59},{"file":"p0060.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"60\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nHARVARD\nEXPERIMENTAL BRIDGE TRUSS\nDesigned by\nProf. HARVEY N. DAVIS Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.\nL E. KNOTT APPARATUS CO. BOSTON\nNo. 29-110\n29-110 HARVARD EXPERIMENTAL BRIDGE TRUSS, 7M feet long, for the study of reactions in a bridge truss. As all members are interchangeable, this model will serve to set up and demonstrate the reactions in a Simple Truss, a Four-Panel Pratt Truss, a Five-Panel Pratt Truss, a King Post Truss, an Underslung King Post Truss, a Cantilever Truss, etc. The members are constructed of solid mahogany strips with aluminum ends, aluminum strips and aluminum rods. The test member is of solid mahogany provided with special cast metal attachments for clamping to the pins and holding the dynamometers when measuring tensions or compressions on any of the members. The model is feet long, 4 feet high. Without abutments, height is slightly over 2 feet. Carrying capacity, 400 lbs. Weight of bridge, 14 lbs. An eight-page pamphlet containing a series of laboratory experiments and problems based upon this truss has been prepared by Prof. Harvey N. Davis of Harvard University and Mr. N. Henry Black of the Roxbury Latin School, and accompanies each outfit. Additional copies for students\u2019 use are furnished at a nominal cost.\nWithout weights and hanger, but otherwise complete as illustrated, including two special dynamometers for use on the test member. Shipped \u201c knocked down \u201d in a case which will be found convenient for storage when the truss is not in use.\nPRICE, $75.00\nFor appropriate Weights and Hanger, see Section 16","page":60},{"file":"p0061.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n61\nLARGE HOISTING CRANE OR DERRICK\nNo. 29-125\n29-125 LARGE HOISTING CRANE OR DERRICK, mast 8 feet high, boom 5J4 feet long. The illustration will show at a glance the method of determining the various forces, such as the tension in the tie, the vertical and horizontal forces exerted by the boom against the mast, the amount and direction of the total force of the boom against the mast, the tension in each guy rope, the vertical and horizontal floor reactions at the foot of the mast, the horizontal component of the forces in the guy rope compared with the horizontal reaction at the foot of the mast. Without platform\nscale at the foot of the mast, balances, weights and hanger..................$55.00\n29-130 PLATFORM SCALES for use with above................... ........................ 38.00\nFor appropriate Weights and Hanger, see Nos. 29-167 and 29-169 on following page, and Section 16","page":61},{"file":"p0062.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"62\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 29-145\nNo. 29-135\n29-135 FORCES IN A UNIFORM METAL BAR 3 FEET LONG WITH SLIDING LOAD. With this apparatus the forces acting on a body supported by two cords not parallel, also by two cords parallel, may be definitely worked out. Without Knife-Edge Clamp No. 5-596 illustrated........................................... $9.76\n29-145 STEELYARD OF LARGE LABORATORY FORM. The apparatus is made from a uniform bar with measurable counterpoises and sliding weights. The apparatus is designed to be calibrated by the student according to the principles evolved in determining the center of mass in Uniform Bar experiments. Without weights, hanger, supporting clamps and stand..................................... 25.00\n29-165 SCREW JACK WITH WHEEL, BASE AND BAR. The efficiency test of the commercial screw jack has heretofore been considered out of the realm of laboratory work, even in technical schools.\nThe use of adequate load to represent real conditions has not been feasible except by this method found so successful in Pratt Institute. With the apparatus the working load may be reckoned in terms of tons, while the power is in terms of hundreds of pounds. The apparatus is made up of a supporting base, a self-oiling commercial jack of best quality, a power wheel 18 inches in diameter grooved for cord, a lever arm 8 feet long capable of sustaining the 2-ton load and anchorage bar. Without weights and dynamometers............................................... 75.00\n29-167 FIFTY-POUND UNADJUSTED WEIGHTS for use with Nos. 29-110, 29-125 and 29-165, or\nwherever such a mass is desired............................................Each 9.00\n29-169 FIFTY-POUND UNADJUSTED HANGER for use with above weights.......................... 11.25\nNo. 29-180\n29-180 BENT-ARM LEVER AND SUPPORTING TABLE. This apparatus has been developed for the purpose of determining the relation between the forces acting on a lever. In its design special atten-tion has been given to the eliminating of all directive forces due to gravity and friction, and enabling the use of forces of large dimensions. Without dynamometers............................... 95.00","page":62},{"file":"p0063.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n63\nNo. 31-60 No. 31-125 No. 31-130c No. 31-135\nNo. 31-140\nNo. 31-145\n31-10\n31-20\n31-21\n31-23\n31-25\n31-27\n31-35\n31-40\n31-55\n31-60\n31-65\n31-67\n31-70\n31-97\n31-100\n31-125\n31-130\n31-132\n31-135\n31-140\n31-145\n31-145a\n31-145b\n31-265a\n4032a\n5-125\n5\u201415d\n31-145f\nARCHIMEDES\u2019 PRINCIPLE BUCKET AND CYLINDER, polished and lacquered brass....\nOVERFLOW CAN, nickel-plated............................)..........................\nCATCH BUCKET, nickel-plated.......................................................\nLOADED WATERPROOFED WOODEN CYLINDER, 3}4 inches long, 1% inches diameter,\nloaded to just sink in water....................................................\nWATERPROOFED HARDWOOD BLOCK, 3X3 inches by 1 y2 inches thick......................\nLOADED WATERPROOFED RECTANGULAR BLOCK, 1% inches square by 2% inches high.\nLEAD SINKER, with small brass hook................................................\nSULPHUR SPECIMEN, about 3 inches long by 1 Yi inches diameter.....................\nALUMINUM BLOCK, pure metal, 1 Vi inches on an edge.................................\nALUMINUM CYLINDER (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 6)............................\nPARAFFINE CUBE, 5 cms. on an edge, weight approximately 100 grams..................\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY SPECIMENS, one each of aluminum, brass, steel and hard rubber rods,\naccurately machined, J4X2 inches; in box........................................\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY SPECIMENS, twenty assorted specimens of irregular shapes in box..\nWATERPROOFED WOODEN ROD, 20 cms. long by 1 cm. diameter, for determination of specific\ngravity by flotation method......................................................\nBRASS SUPPORT WITH CLAMP for clamping to the side of a battery jar to hold No. 31-97 Rod\nin a vertical position................................................\u25a0\u2022\u2022\u2022\u2022\u2022\u25a0 \u2022 \u2022 \u2022 \u25a0\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE (PYKNOMETER), with GROUND-IN CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER. With stoppered capillary tube. Capacity 50 cc............................\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLES (PYKNOMETERS), accurately adjusted, with perforated stoppers ground into necks.\tabed\nCapacity, cc................ 10\t25\t50\t100\nEach........................ $2.20\t$2.40\t$2.70\t$3.00\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE (PYKNOMETER), not adjusted, with perforated stopper ground\ninto neck. Capacity 25 cc.......................................................\nSPECIFIC GRAVITY\" BOTTLE \u2014 a glass-stoppered bottle of convenient size; frequently desired by\ninstructors in preference to the specially adapted types........................\nVACUUM WALLED SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE WITH CAPILLARY STOPPER. Capacity 25cc. HARE\u2019S BALANCING COLUMNS APPARATUS, special three branch lead tube. Without upright\nsupport, but otherwise complete as illustrated..................................\nSPECIAL THREE BRANCH LEAD TUBE.................................................\u2022 \u25a0 \u2022\nGLASS TUBES ...................................................................Pa!r\nGLASS JARS, 2'/, X3\u20184 inches...................................................Palr\nSCREW COMPRESSOR .................................................................\nTRIPOD BASE.......................................................................\nSUPPORT ROD, 80 cms. long, 13 mm. diameter.........................................\nSUPPORT CLAMP, special design for No. 31-145a ....................................\n$2.25\n.95\n.55\n.30\n.20\n.30\n.25\n.16\n1.00\n.96\n.45\n1.85\n.75\n.12\n.45\n4.60\n1.45\n.20\n2.75\n2.60\n.50\n.35\n.55\n.25\n1.80\n1.20\n.95","page":63},{"file":"p0064.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"64\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 31-171\tNo. 31-250\nNo. 31-227\n31-160\n31-170\n31-171\n31-175\n31-226\n31-227\n31-230\n31-240\n31-250\n31-265\nDENSITY INDICATING BALL for illustrating the changes in the density of a liquid induced by variations in temperature. The hollow metal ball, 75 mm. diameter, is adjusted to float in cold water. It will sink in warm water...............................................................................$5.75\nCONSTANT WEIGHT HYDROMETER for finding specific gravity of light liquids, Beaum\u00e9 scale\n70-10, specific gravity scale 0.7000 to 1.000.................................... 1.00\n----, for finding specific gravity of heavy liquids, Beaum\u00e9 scale 0-70, specific gravity scale 1.000 to\n2.000................'......................................................... 1.00\n----, for finding specific gravity of both light and heavy liquids............... 2.25\nFor Other Hydrometers see page 255.\nCONSTANT'VOLUME HYDROMETER TUBE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop).......................50\nCONSTANT [WEIGHT HYDROMETER TUBE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop)......................60\nDEMONSTRATION HYDROMETER illustrating the principle of the hydrometer and method of determining specific gravity of liquids by buoyancy. A waterproofed rod, 30 cms. by 1 cm. square,\ngraduated to millimeters, loaded at end to float upright. Without jar.........28\nNICHOLSON\u2019S HYDROMETER for determining the density of a body heavier than water. A\nconstant volume hydrometer constructed of metal. Without jar............... 3.60\nCLEAR WHITE^GLASS HYDROMETER JARS for use where a tall jar of small diameter is desired.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nSize, inches.................... 12X1)4\t12X2\t15X2\t15X3\t18X3\nPrice........................... $1.15\t$1.25\t$1.75\t$2.00\t$3.00\nGLASS JARS, of excellent quality.;,)!\na\tb\tbb\tc\td\nSize, inches................... 234X3)4\t4X5\t4J4X4)4\t6X8\t8X12\nPrice........................... $0.28\t$0.40\t$0.55\t$0.60\t$2.25","page":64},{"file":"p0065.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n65\nPRESSURE OF LIQUIDS\n32-30 LARGE DEMONSTRATION MODEL BRASS UNIFORM PRESSURE SYRINGE for demonstrating that the pressure of liquids is equal in all directions against the sides of the containing vessel. The indicating tubes are of glass and are sealed water-tight in metal bosses attached to the spherical body. The pressure is secured by means of a piston operating in the brass tube..........$28.50\n32-35 GLASS UNIFORM PRESSURE SYRINGE. The equality of pressure on all sides is indicated by the distances to which the various streams spout when pressure is transmitted by means of the piston.......................................................................... 2.26\nFor Incompressibility of Liquids Apparatus see No. 20-260\n32-50 PRESSURE GAUGE WITH EQUALIZING TUBE (See Cheston, Dean & Timmerman, Exp. 4)\n\u2018 for measuring directly the pressure of liquids at various depths................. 1.25\n32-60 CAST METAL CHAIN-DRIVE PRESSURE GAUGE WITH EQUALIZING TUBE for demonstrating that pressure upon a surface varies with the depth but not with the angle of inclination. Face of diaphragm is changed to various positions by chain and sprocket shown in illustration. Illustration shows use of No. 32-62 in projecting globule of mercury on the screen. Without jar\nor Projection Holder No. 32-62, but with manometer tube...................... 4.60\n32-62 PRESSURE GAUGE PROJECTION HOLDER as designed by Dr. Hall for use in any standard\nlantern slide carrier in projecting the indicating globule of mercury in manometer tube of No. 32-60\t1.35\n32-66 LIQUID PRESSURE GAUGE, simple form, a pressure chamber with index tube mounted on a\ngraduated rod................................................................ 1.10\n32-70 GLASS MANOMETER TUBE (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 4).............................................45\n32-75 GAGE\u2019S PRESSURE TUBES. Four U-tubes with shorter arms bent so that the openings may be\nplaced to indicate pressure upward, downward and sideways. Set of four tubes. 1.25","page":65},{"file":"p0066.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"66\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 32-100 (Fig. 1)\nNo. 32-116\nNo. 32-120\n32-100 NICHOLS\u2019S UPWARD OR DOWNWARD PRESSURE PASCAL\u2019S VASE APPARATUS for\nquantitative determination of the laws governing liquid pressure,\u2014 upward or downward pressure distinctive to this design. Illustrates also that pressure upon a surface is independent of the shape of the containing vessel. Fig. 1 shows apparatus assembled for downward; and Fig. 2, for upward pressure. In either arrangement the pressure is transmitted through a flexible membrane to a multiplying lever operating as shown.\nFor Downward Pressure (Fig.l) the Pascal\u2019s Vase is filled to a certain point indicated by the pointer.\nFor Upward Pressure (Fig. 2) the glass jar is filled until an appreciable pressure on the diaphragm is indicated by the multiplying lever. The Pascal\u2019s Vase can then be filled to quantitatively measure this pressure. Complete as illustrated with three Pascal\u2019s Vases..............$18.60\n32-110 PASCAL\u2019S VASES WITH BALANCE ARM AND WEIGHT. The pressure is visibly indicated by the weights on the long arm of the balance. A brass disc ground to fit the cast receptacle for the Pascal\u2019s Vases is attached to the short arm of the balance. Complete as illustrated......... 11.60\n32-116 SELF-CONTAINED PASCAL\u2019S VASE APPARATUS. Made entirely of glass. The Pascal\u2019s Vases are connected through stopcocks of equal bore to a common tube terminating at each end in manometer tubes which in use should have mercury in the bends to act as the pressure indicator.\nThis design is highly recommended...................................................... 7.40\n32-120 BUOYANCY OF LIQUIDS APPARATUS for illustrating upward pressure. Glass cylinder supported\nas illustrated, the lower end being closed by a ground metal disc. Complete with jar... 3.60\n32-134 LOADED GRADUATED LIQUID PRESSURE TUBE (see Fuller and Brownlee, Exp. 8)........................60\n32-136 PRESSURE U-TUBES for experiments in fluid pressure. Arms of equal lengths.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nLength, cms.............. 10\t12.5\t15\t30\t50\nPrice.................. $0.26\t$0.35\t$0.46\t$0.60\t$0.76","page":66},{"file":"p0067.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n67\nNo. 32-165\nNo. 32-210\n32-165 EIGHT-IN-ONE or TORRICELLIAN LAW APPARATUS, 6 feet high (see Gage\u2019s \u201c Introduction to Physical Science,\u201d Exp. 32) for demonstration of the law s =l/2gh when \u201cs\u201d equals the speed of efflux, \u201cg\u201d equals gravity, and \u201cA\u201d the height of the liquid; also for simple demonstration of variable pressure according to depth below the free surface of the liquid. The tube is 6 feet high, with a metal reservoir; the lateral tubes are provided with screw caps which can be successively opened to allow efflux of water. Complete as illustrated.............................................$18.75\n32-180 LIQUID LEVEL APPARATUS WITH CAST METAL WATER RESERVOIR, illustrating the\ntendency of a liquid to seek its own level. Both branches of the U-shaped tube are equal in area. 7.25\n32-185 LIQUID LEVEL COMMUNICATING TUBES for illustrating the tendency of a liquid to seek\nits own level..................................................................... 1.25\n32-200 SIMPLE SIPHON, length of arm 12 inches...................................................45\n32-205 SIPHON WITH SUCTION TUBE.................................................................75\n32-210 AUTOMATIC SIPHON, simple demonstration form. Flow starts automatically as soon as the\nopen end of siphon tube is below the surface of the liquid............................60*\n32-215 TANTALUS CUP or INTERMITTENT FOUNTAIN, demonstrating the principle of intermittent springs. As water rises in the goblet, it enters the short arm of the siphon. When it rises to the bend it flows down the long arm and will continue to flow until the water level reaches the lower\nend of the short arm..................................................................... 1.50\n32-230 CARTESIAN DIVER illustrating the effects of suspension, immersion and floating. With jar and\nrubber cap complete...................................................................... 1.76\n32-231\tCARTESIAN DIVER,\tonly......................................................................55","page":67},{"file":"p0068.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"68\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nHYDRAULIC POWER DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS\nNo. 34-10\tNo. 34-30\n34-10 HYDRAULIC POWER PRESS for illustrating the commercial value of a hydraulic press in exerting a great force at the expense of little power. Constructed of cast iron, bronze and steel throughout. Internal diameter of cylinder, 2Yi inches, piston 7/16 inch diameter. We suggest the use of oil and not water in working this or any other hydraulic press, as oil prevents wear on the working parts. .$82.60\n34-20 GLASS MODEL HYDRAULIC PRESS. All parts visible to show principle of a hydraulic press. .\t2.60\n34-30 SIX-FOOT WATER HEAD HYDROSTATIC BELLOWS for demonstration and application of Pascal\u2019s Law. The upright tube is made in two parts for convenience in shipping and storing. Bellows of reinforced rubber of superior quality, approximately 30 cms. square..................... 66.00\n34-40 SEVEN-IN-ONE APPARATUS or SPIROMETER for demonstrating fundamental principles in pneumatics and hydraulics. The cylinder is seamless brass, 6 inches in diameter. Rods may be screwed in from either side of the metal cap casting. Handle in piston head is detachable. This design will illustrate principles involved in seven different instruments: Hydraulic Lift, Hydraulic\nPress, Incompressibility of Liquids Apparatus, Pascal\u2019s Law Apparatus, Pneumatic Lift, Hydrostatic Bellows, and Magdeburg Hemispheres......................................... 18.60\n36-20 COMMERCIAL DEMONSTRATION HYDRAULIC RAM WITH GLASS AIR CHAMBER. The\nworking parts can be seen in actual operation. Can be used as a practical commercial appliance. . 36.00","page":68},{"file":"p0069.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n69\nMODELS OF PUMPS AND VALVES\nNo. 35-75\n35-30 GLASS MODEL LIFT PUMP, valves of colored glass, ground to fit valve seats............................... $2.25\n35-32 GLASS MODEL FORCE PUMP, valves of colored glass, ground to fit valve seats.............................. 2.50\n35-40 GLASS MODEL FIRE ENGINE FORCE PUMP, valves of colored glass, ground to fit valve seats. 4.60\n35-50 T-BEAM COMMERCIAL TYPE WATER LIFT PUMP, 1 Vi-inch cylinder. With clamp for\nattaching to table......................................................\u2022 16.50\n35-52 T-BEAM COMMERCIAL TYPE WATER FORCE PUMP, l^-inch cylinder. With clamp\nfor attaching to table..................................................................... 17.00\n35-\t55 T-BEAM LIFT AND FORCE PUMPS, Nos. 35-50 and 35-52 without clamps, but attached to\nmetal tank as illustrated.................................................................. 43.25\n36-\t57 CAST METAL WATER TANK as used in No. 35-55.................................................. 9.76\n35-75 MODELS OF VALVES, 6 inches diameter. Five models demonstrating the most important valve types as follows: Butterfly Valve, Bellows Valve, Round Spring Valve, Conical Valve, and Oil Silk Valve. Set of five.............................................................................. 10.00","page":69},{"file":"p0070.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"70\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 37-50\nNo. 37-20\n36-12 HERO\u2019S FOUNTAIN, illustrating the raising of water by the elastic force of air. Made entirely of glass, in form as illustrated. In operation, the upper bulb is first filled with water, the lower with air. The fountain is started by pouring a small quantity of water into the reservoir. As this flows down, it exerts a pressure on the air contained in the lower bulb. This pressure is transferred to the water\nin the upper bulb and forces it out through the fountain nozzle..................................... $4.25\n36-30 ' REACTION APPARATUS, glass, illustrating the reactive force of a laterally escaping stream of water.\nWith stationary indicating point.................................................................... 1.60\n36-50 REACTION GAS AND FLAME WHEEL for determining the reaction set up by gas escaping from a\nlateral opening. If illuminating gas is used and the escaping gas ignited, the effect is most spectacular. 4.25\n36-\t75 HALL\u2019S APPARATUS FOR STUDYING WATER FRICTION IN PIPES, for demonstrating resist-\nance to flow due to friction of water in pipes. The two branches of liquid tube have same diameter but are different in length. Pressure of water introduced through inlet tube will be same in both branches, but approximately twice the volume will flow out of shorter branch. Without glass jars. 4.25\n37-\t20 WORKING MODEL OF WATER TURBINE. Reactions are clearly visible through the glass portion. 9.50\n37-30 HARCOURT IMPROVED WORKING\u2019jMODEL OF WATER TURBINE. Working parts painted in different colors so that reactions are clearly visible through plate glass front. This model is built to develop power for lecture table demonstration, as well as to show actual operation of the parts. . . .\t18.50\n37-60 CAST METAL WATER WHEEL MODEL for study and demonstration of overshot, undershot and breast water wheels. All parts, except wheels which must be kept as light in weight as practicable, are cast iron. The reservoir is illustrated to demonstrate an overshot water wheel. When moved back to position shown by dotted lines the model demonstrates an undershot water wheel. The lower wheel operates as a breast water wheel................................................... 11.60","page":70},{"file":"p0071.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n71\nNo. 38-25\n38-20 THE IMPROVED WALTHAM COUNTERSHAFT GEARED WATER MOTOR. Should not be confused with the less expensive and correspondingly less efficient types on the market. It is built along scientific lines and all parts are constructed of the best materials, finished and assembled by skilled workmen.\nThe success of this motor is due to the following features:\nFirst. The employment of the well-known reacting bucket-wheel which has proved by a series of scientific tests to give the highest efficiency in a wide range of work.\nSecond. The reducing gear which enables the wheel to give very much more power, the wheel itself running at its normal speed for greatest efficiency.\nThird. A gear which is easily thrown in and out of mesh so that it may be used or not, as desired.\nThe uses for such a motor in the science laboratory are numerous, taking the place of the whirling table, supplying small power for the small-size electric generators, the operating of stirring devices, and the study of the efficiency test by means of the prony break. We believe we offer in this design the first satisfactory motor for scientific laboratories. It will give efficient results under a wide\nvariety of conditions...................................................................$15.50\n38-25 THE HARCOURT 34 H. P. DIRECT DRIVE WATER MOTOR, a substantial, attractive, well-built motor of careful design giving unusual power for its size. Motor complete with 4-inch beveled-face emery wheel, cloth buffing wheel, cake of polish and the grooved wooden pulley. Motor and\nparts securely packed for shipment in a wooden box...................................... 6.60\n38-26 HARCOURT 34 H. P. DIRECT DRIVE WATER MOTOR, same in design as above, but without\naccessories.............................. .............................................. 8.76\n38-29 WATER MOTOR ACCESSORIES, as supplied with our 34 H. P. Motor, No. 38-25. These accessories may be attached to our 34 H. P. Motor No. 38-26. They are as follows:\n1 Cloth Buffing Wheel\t1 Cake Brass Polish\n1 Beveled-face 4-inch Emery Wheel\t1 Grooved Wooden Pulley\tPer set 3.76\nNo. 39-10\tNo. 39-15\n39-10 DEMONSTRATION COMPRESSION BIBB. A commercial hose bibb cut open to show interior mechanism, all parts of which are left free to move to show office of various parts in the \u201c shutting\noff \u201d or \u201c turning on \u201d of water in a compression bibb............. 3.66\n39-16 DEMONSTRATION FULLER BIBB. A commercial hose bibb cut open to show interior mechanism, all parts of which are left free to move to show office of various parts in the \u201c shutting off \u201d or \u201c turning on \u201d of water in a Fuller bibb................................... 3.96","page":71},{"file":"p0072.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"72\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 40-10\nNo. 41-10\nPNEUMATICS\nNo. 41-70\tNo. 41-71\nNo. 40-22\n40-10 BAROSCOPE GLOBE AND BALANCE for demonstrating that air has weight. Hollow Brass Globe,\n4M inches in diameter, with stopcock with male screw, and hook. Balance with Counterpoise \u2014 counterpoise accurately adjusted to weight of brass globe. Without bell glass, but with balance,\ncounterpoise, and brass globe\tcomplete\tas illustrated .....................................$15.00\n40-16 -----, glass globe in place of brass....................................................... 15.00\n40-17 BAROSCOPE BALANCE as used in above, but without counterpoise................................... 4.00\n40-18 BRASS BAROSCOPE GLOBE AND COUNTERPOISE as used in No. 40-10................................... 11.00\n40-19 GLASS BAROSCOPE GLOBE AND COUNTERPOISE as used in No. 40-16 .................................. 11.00\n40-22 COMBINED BAROSCOPE GLOBE AND BELL-IN-VACUO for use as a Baroscope Globe in determining weight of air, or as a Bell-in-Vacuo in illustrating non-transmission of sound in a vacuum.\nThe globe is of glass, 4M inches diameter............................................... 7.86\n40-\t55 BAROSCOPE BOTTLE, (See National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. M260). Two-liter bottle with\nrubber stopper, glass\tand rubber\ttubing connections......................................... 1.00\n41-\t10 MERCURY STORAGE FUNNEL about 8M inches high, for storage and delivery of mercury in cleanly\ncondition................................................................................... 3.25\n41-40 FRICTION OF AIR APPARATUS for illustrating friction of air in tubes. Complete as illustrated. .\t4.86\n41-60 PRESSURE GAUGE, steam or air, for pressures up to 150 lbs. Iron case with nickel-plated ring, dial\n3 inches diameter........................................................................... 6.30\n41-65 VACUUM GAUGE, same type and quality as above but graduated to read a vacuum from 0-30 inches\nof mercury.................................................................................. 6.00\n41-70 DEMONSTRATION PRESSURE AND VACUUM GAUGE with silvered metal graduated scale;\nhighest quality, glass front permitting full view of the mechanism. May be used under a bell glass or connected directly by tubing to a presssure or vacuum chamber. Diameter 5 inches ; graduated to read 0-75 lbs. per square inch (approximately 150 lbs. pressure) and a vacuum from 0-30 inches of\nmercury................................................................ 14.60\n41-71 DEMONSTRATION BOURDON GAUGE for demonstrating the principle of a Commercial Bourdon Gauge.............................................................. 11.00\n41-72 COMBINATION PRESSURE AND VACUUM GAUGE, same type and quality as Nos. 41-60 and\n41-65. Reads 0-75 lbs. per square inch and 0-30 inches................. 9.26","page":72},{"file":"p0073.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n73\nNo. 41-100\nNo. 41-110\nNo. 41-115\nNo. 41-157\nNos. 41-155 and 41-160\n41-100 HIGH PRESSURE BOYLE\u2019S LAW APPARATUS for the accurate determination of Boyle\u2019s Law up to a pressure of ten atmospheres. An exceptionally well-made instrument capable of accurate\nresults. With pressure gauge...............................................................$52.00\n41-105 ADJUSTABLE SCALE BOYLE\u2019S LAW APPARATUS (see Crew and Tatnall\u2019s \u201c Laboratory Manual of Physics,\u201d Ex. 37), for determining Boyle\u2019s Law for pressures ranging between Y\u00ef and\ntwo atmospheres............................................................................ 7.25\nHand Air Pump No. 42-76 recommended for use with the above apparatus.\n41-110 FIVE-FOOT ADJUSTABLE BOYLE\u2019S LAW APPARATUS for the determination of Boyle\u2019s Law. Both the closed and open tube are attached to a wooden strip fastened to a special clamp\nadjustable along the upright rods. Each tube provided with a movable grass indicator....... 16.50\n41-114 MILLER\u2019S COMBINATION PRESSURE TUBE for use on No. 41-116. A U-tube, one meter long, with one arm open and the other terminating in an air-tight stopcock. In use as a pressure tube, stopcock is left open; as a barometer tube, the stopcock is left open until the tube has been\nfilled with mercury, then it is closed; as a Boyle\u2019s Law tube, the stopcock is left closed. 3.50\n41-116 SIMPLE ADJUSTABLE SCALE BOYLE\u2019S LAW APPARATUS for the determination of Boyle\u2019s Law. A heavy-walled U-shaped glass tube with funnel top, mounted on an improved, adjustable\nscale support. The tube is attached by a single clamp which serves also as an indicator.... 5.85\n41-116\tADJUSTABLE SCALE BOYLE\u2019S LAW STAND as used in above..................................   4.60\n41-120\tEXTRA HEAVY J-SHAPED BOYLE\u2019S LAW TUBE.................................................. 1.26\n41-126\tBOYLE\u2019S LAW TUBE, unfilled (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 9)..........................65\n41-130 TRIPOD, ROD, UNIVERSAL CLAMP AND HOLDER (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 5,\netc.)................................................................................ 3.30\n41-155\tHEAVY-WALLED BAROMETER TUBE, 80 cms. long.................................................66\n41-157\t---, graduated entire length to millimeters from zero at open end ........................... 3.25\n41-160\tGILLEY IMPROVED MERCURY WELL, minimum amount of mercury\trequired...................55\nFor Bell Glass for use with Nos. 41-160 and 41-156 or 41-157 in study of barometric\tpressures, see No. 43-82-","page":73},{"file":"p0074.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"74\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTHE RITCHIE AIR PUMPS\nWith the many vast improvements which have, in the past few years, been made in oil-sealed pumps, the question may reasonably be asked why we continue to make the Ritchie Pumps. The answer is clear when we consider that the most minute details of construction have been worked out through years of experience and the manufacturer is, therefore, no longer in doubt as to the correct weight and kind of material to use in the valve and other essential parts, the form of the valve seat and method of grinding which will give the best results. Such matters of detail as the fitting of the plunger, the grinding of all internal parts, and a multitude of other points which must be carefully worked out in order to make sure that a pump will give permanent satisfaction, have been reduced to definite manufacturing terms, with the result that we are able to produce, a\u00c7a definite price, an instrument in which we can guarantee a high degree of efficiency.\nNo. 42-16\tNo. 42-100\n42-10 THE RITCHIE STANDARD AIR PUMP, cylinder 2inches by 7-inch stroke. Plate 10 inches in\ndiameter...............................................................................$48.00\n42-16 THE RITCHIE SUPERIOR AIR PUMP, same as above, except that the plate is equipped with\ninsulated binding posts as illustrated................................................. 65.00\n42-76 CONDENSING AND EXHAUSTING HAND AIR PUMP. Cylinder, 1 inch by 11 J^-inch stroke.\nSuperior construction throughout. Complete with clamp for attachment to table top, etc. 6.26\n42-80 AIR PUMP PLATE, 10 inches diameter, surface ground true and plane; vent tapped for accessories.\nOn tripod base with guard plug and stopcock............................. 9.50\n42-82 TEN-INCH GROUND HEAVY PLATE GLASS PUMP PLATE, mounted on cast metal base. With\nstopcock, guard plug, and oil-sealed taps for inlet of air and manometer. 18.60\n42-100 MOUNTED BOLTWOOD MERCURY PUMP. Requires but a small amount of mercury..... 22.60\n42-102 BOLTWOOD MERCURY PUMP, glass part only................................... 13.60","page":74},{"file":"p0075.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n75\nTHE INSTITUTE OIL-SEALED AIR PUMPS\nNo. 42-20\nFor work requiring the highest vacuum, the oil-sealed pump has been very generally recognized. The defects as well as the strong points of the old form of oil pump have been very carefully studied with the result that we are able to offer a pump in which the defects of the older pumps have been entirely eliminated. Our new type is rapid in action and guaranteed not to squirt oil from the cylinder. This latter difficulty has been common heretofore in practically all of the oil pumps on the market. Our pump is also capable of an extraordinarily high degree of vacuum.\nThe test which we have found most practical is the electrical discharge in the exhausted chamber, and no pump passes our inspection department until it has produced a satisfactory X-Ray vacuum.\nThe operating part consists of a substantial metal cylinder alternately raised and lowered into a fluid chamber filled with oil of the lowest possible vapor tension. This action results in a Torricellian vacuum being produced in the cylinder at each stroke. At the proper place in the stroke the air is allowed to flow from the chamber being exhausted into the cylinder, and the operation is thus continued.\nIt will be noted that we obtain in a single cylinder all the advantages of two cylinders in tandem frequently used by manufacturers of oil pumps. This is made possible from the fact that air taken from the lower side of the cylinder to produce the Torricellian vacuum in the lower chamber is forced into the upper chamber, from which, it is in turn expelled, a Torricellian vacuum being formed in the upper portion of the chamber. It will thus be seen, that the degree of vacuum depends upon the vapor tension of the fluid used.\nThe simplicity of design enables all parts to be of most substantial construction. The absence of delicate-valves to become worn and thrown out of adjustment insures the continued operation of the pump and its dependable\nqualities.\n42-20 INSTITUTE OIL-SEALED AIR PUMP \u201cA.\u201d Cylinder 2y% inches by 5-inch stroke. Plate 10\ninches in diameter..................................................................$66.00\n42-25 INSTITUTE OIL-SEALED AIR PUMP \u201c B.\u201d Cylinder inches by 8-inch stroke. Plate 10\ninches in diameter.................................................................. 76.00\n42-46 TORRENTIUM OIL FOR HIGH VACUUM WORK. For the best results with oil-sealed pumps, especially prepared oil having both the right viscosity and vapor tension is required. To meet the requirements of our own Institute Pumps as well as for all oil-sealed pumps, we have arranged to have supplied to us a special oil prepared to meet the most exacting demands of high vacuum work.\n. The price is of necessity somewhat higher than for oils of commercial grade, but the amount required for each pump is so small that the expense is nominal...............................Per quart 1.50","page":75},{"file":"p0076.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"76\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nLOW PRESSURE\nROTARY AIR COMPRESSORS OR VACUUM PUMPS\nDesigned for a working pressure of 25 lbs. to the square inch; used as a vacuum pump, will exhaust to a vacuum of from 29 to 30 inches (mercury column). Continuous intake and delivery of air.\n(In Oil Immersion Box) No. 42-140\nNo. 42-110\n(Without Oil Box) No. 42-140\n42-110--------, speed 500 R.P.M., requiring % H.P. Capacity 4.3 cubic feet per minute or 15 cubic inches\nper revolution. Pipe size inlet and outlet, )^-inch. Weight 70 lbs., floor space 13X18 inches.\nWith 6X2-inch tight and loose pulleys....................................................$90.00\n42-110A ------, speed 400 R.P.M., requiring 1 H.P. Capacity 9.2 cubic feet per minute or 40 cubic inches\nper revolution. Pipe size inlet and outlet %-inch. Weight 115 lbs.; floor space 14X22 inches.\nWith 8X2-inch tight and loose pulleys....................................................116.00\n42-110B-------, speed 300 R.P.M., requiring 2 H.P. Capacity 17 cubic feet per minute or 100 cubic inches\nper revolution. Pipe size inlet and outlet, 1-inch. Weight 250 lbs.; floor space 19X34 inches.\nWith 12 X4-inch tight and loose pulleys...................................................150.00\n42-130 HARCOURT HIGH-PRESSURE PORTABLE ELECTRIC COMPRESSED AIR OUTFIT,\nD. C. 110 volt, or A. C. 110 volt, 60 cycle circuit. Consists of a self-contained Electric Air Compressor with no exposed electrical or working parts, guaranteed to develop upwards of 80 lbs. pressure without over-heating, and a 5-gallon Storage Tank, mounted on same base. With electric cord and attachment plug, pressure gauges and all necessary cocks. This is an outfit\n42-140\nthat will meet every laboratory need for compressed air ROTARY VACUUM OR PRESSURE PUMP, same recommended especially for vacuum work. Speed 600 R.P.M., requiring M H.P. Capacity 2 cubic feet per minute. Pipe size inlet and outlet, inch. Weight without oil box, 20 lbs.; with oil box, 50 lbs. Floor space (in oil box) 15X8 inches. Fitted in oil box, making the pump practically leak-proof\ntype as Nos. 42-110 to 42-110B, but\n. 155.00\n75.00\n42-141\n----, without oil box.............................. 65.00\nSTORAGE TANKS\nFor storage of air or non-corrosive gases under pressure. Of heavy galvanized iron and guaranteed absolutely air-tight for a working pressure\nof 100 lbs.\n43-110\t----, capacity 2 H gallons, 20 inches high, 6 inches\ndiameter........................................$14.60\n43-111\t----, capacity 5 gallons, 20 inches high, 9 inches\ndiameter......................................... 18.75\n43-112\t\u2014-\u2014, capacity 12 gallons, 33 inches high, 10 inches\ndiameter......................................... 24.00\nNo. 42-130","page":76},{"file":"p0077.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n77\nBELL GLASSES\nClear Glass. Flanges Carefully Ground and Tested\n43 25\t ,\tStraight Form with Knob Top, 1 gallon. Measures inside, 11 inches high, 6 inches\tdiameter.\t.\t$3.25\n43-27\t ,\t2 gallons. Measures inside 15 inches high, 7 inches diameter..................... 4.76\n43-35\t ,\tSwelled Form with Knob Top, 2 gallons. Measures inside 12 inches high, 7 inches\tdiameter.\t4.75\n43-37\t ,\t3 gallons. Measures inside 13 inches high, 83^ inches diameter................... 6.00\n43-40\t ,\t5 gallons, Measures inside 15 inches high, 10 inches diameter................... 14.50\n43-50\t-, Straight Form with Glass Stopper, 1 gallon. Measures inside 11 inches high, 6 inches\ndiameter......................................................................................... 4.75\n43-60\t-----, Straight Form with Neck for Stopper, 1 gallon. Measures inside 11 inches high, 6K inches\ndiameter......................................................................................... 4.5O\n43-65\t ,\tLow Form with Knob Top. Measures inside 2J4 inches high, 4 inches diameter....... 1.65\n43-67\t ,\tmeasures inside 4 inches high, 6 inches diameter................................. 2.25\n43-70\tHAND AND\tBLADDER GLASS, medium size........................................................... 1.65\n43-80 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE STUDY OUTFIT. Consists of No. 43-82 Bell Glass, No. 41-155\nBarometer Tube and No. 41-160 Mercury Well, complete as illustrated..................... 10.70\n43-82 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE STUDY BELL GLASS, 3 feet high, shaped as illustrated (see illustration No. 43-80) lower part measures inside 4% inches, upper part 1J4 inches diameter.. 9.50\nMANOMETERS\n43-140 MANOMETER for attachment to air pump to show degree of exhaustion. The metal casting is threaded to fit any hole threaded 7/16X16. A black oxidized scale filled in white holds the\nmanometer tube............................................................$14.00\n43-145 MOVABLE SCALE MANOMETER for general use in study of phenomena in pneumatics. Mirror scale graduated above and below zero line. Filled with mercury and mounted as illustrated.\nWith directions for use................................................... 18.00\n43-150 SIMPLE MANOMETER. U-tube filled with mercury and mounted on simple stand with scale.. .\t2.76","page":77},{"file":"p0078.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"78\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 43-170\n43-160\n43-161\n43-166\n41-114\n43-170\n43-171\n43-200\n43-202\n43-204\n43-210\n43-216\n43-217\n43-220\n43-221\n43-226\n43-230\n43-240\n43-246\n43-247\nJAR WITH TWO MANOMETER TUBES, INLET TUBE AND PINCHCOCK. (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 5)....................................................\nMANOMETER TUBE as used in above.........................................................\nBALANCING COLUMNS TUBE. (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 5)..................\nMILLER\u2019S COMBINATION PRESSURE TUBE for use on No. 41-116 Adjustable Scale Support. A U-tube, one meter long, with one arm open and the other terminating in an air-tight stopcock. In use as a pressure tube, stopcock is left open; as a barometer tube, the stopcock is left open until the tube has been filled with mercury, then it is closed; as a Boyle\u2019s Law tube, the stopcock is\nleft closed...................................................................\nPRESSURE GAUGE (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. M260). Mounted as illustrated\non Adjustable Scale Support No. 41-116........................................\nPRESSURE GAUGE, tube only of No. 43-170.........................................\nBRASS COUPLING, threaded x^X16, to fit all our air pumps and accessories........\nBRASS STOPCOCK, J/g-inch bore, threaded j^X16, to fit all our air pumps and accessories.\nBRASS NIPPLE, tapped 3^X16, to fit all our air pumps and accessories. ................\nPUMP OIL AND CAN, 4 oz. best lubricating oil in screw stoppered-can....................\nPHOSPHORUS PENTOXIDE for absorption of moisture in high vacuum experiments.......Ounce\nVACUUM TUBING, heavy-walled re-inforced rubber tubing, ^-inch diameter............Foot\nRUBBER DAM or THIN RUBBER SHEETING...........................................Square foot\nVEGETABLE PARCHMENT, best quality.................................................Sheet\nLEATHER WASHERS, %-inch diameter, i^-inch hole...................................Dozen\nRUBBER BAG for experiments in pneumatics, pure gum rubber of light weight with outlet tube.\nComplete with pinchcock........................................................\nFOUNTAIN-IN-VACUO, illustrating atmospheric pressure. When globe is evacuated of air and open end placed under water, atmospheric pressure will drive the water with considerable force\nup into the globe as soon as the stopcock is opened. With tripod support.......\nDEMONSTRATION 16-INCH WATER HAMMER or FOUNTAIN-IN-VACUO for illustrating\natmospheric pressure or for showing that a liquid will fall as a solid in a vacuum.\nWATER HAMMER for showing that a liquid will fall as a solid in a vacuum. Length, 30 cms.\n$1-60\n.40\n1.66\n3.60\n6.40\n1.80\n.86\n1.26\n.85\n.35\n.75\n.28\n.40\n.26\n.25\n1.65\n10.50\n6.15\n1.60","page":78},{"file":"p0079.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n79\n\u2019\u25a0\u00ab J\nNo. 34-40\tNo. 43-270\nNo. 43-255\nNo. 43-310\nNo. 43-290\n43-255 MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES for demonstrating atmospheric pressure on all sides of a body.\nTwo cast hollow hemispheres, edges ground smooth for an air-tight junction. Stopcock threaded 7/16 X16 to fit our air pumps. With special tripod as illustrated............................. $8.26\n34-40 SEVEN-IN-ONE APPARATUS OR SPIROMETER for demonstrating fundamental principles in pneumatics and hydraulics. The cylinder is seamless brass, 6 inches in diameter. Rods may be screwed in from either side of the metal cap casting. Handle in piston head is detachable. This design will illustrate principles involved in seven different instruments: Hydraulic Lift, Hydraulic Press, Incompressibility of Liquids Apparatus, Pascal's Law Apparatus, Pneumatic Lift, Hydrostatic Bellows, and Magdeburg Hemispheres................................................................. 18.50\n43-270 MODEL OF A DIVING BELL, demonstrating how, in a caisson, air is supplied to keep up life and to keep back the water. The conical-shaped glass vessel with metal mountings at top and bottom, has, at its top, a tube for supply of air which is pumped into the vessel by means of an air pump. The bottom casting is designed to hold a slow match and to support a weight. The whole is supported, by any convenient means, submerged in a jar of water. Without support of any kind, but otherwise complete as illustrated............................................................... 8.76\n43-276 BURSTING SQUARES to illustrate the expansion of air when outside pressure is removed. Without\nbell glass or wire guard.............................................................Per dozen 3.00\n43-277 WIRE GUARD to protect bell glass from flying broken parts of the bursting square........................80\n43-286 BELL-IN-VACUO for illustrating non-transmission of sound in a vacuum. The bell is mounted on a flexible handle so that its vibrations are not transmitted to the bottle. Stopcock threaded 7/16X16 to fit our air pumps.............................................................................. 4.25\n43-290 MOUNTED ELECTRIC BELL for use under a bell glass on our No. 42-16 Air Pump to illustrate\nnon-transmission of sound in a vacuum......................................................... 3.20\n40-22 COMBINED BAROSCOPE GLOBE and BELL-IN-VACUO for use as a Baroscope Globe in\ndetermining weight of air, or as a Bell-in-Vacuo in illustrating non-transmission of sound in a vacuum. The globe is of glass, 4J4 inches diameter (for illustration, see page 72)... 7.85\n43-310 FREEZING APPARATUS illustrating freezing by the rapid evaporation of ether or other volatile\nliquid. Complete as illustrated............................................................... 2.76","page":79},{"file":"p0080.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"80\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nBAROMETERS\nAtmospheric and Air Pressure, Heat, Humidity Indicators, Etc.\nThe value of the Weather Bureau Type of Barometer has been realized -in no small degree because of the large reservoir in which the height of the mercury is adjusted by means of the screw plunger at the bottom, the correct zero being indicated by a pearl white pointer projecting downward towards the surface of the mercury. This indicator being fixed, and the scale rigidly attached with reference to it, the level of the mercury is readily brought to the correct zero point before each reading. Many other methods of adjustment have been devised, but none has even approached this for accuracy and ease of operation.\n45-10 KNOTT\u2019S IMPROVED FORTIN CISTERN MERCURIAL SCHOOL BAROMETER for use in altitudes up to 6500 feet.\nIn the design of this, our new barometer, we have followed the construction universally approved in the Weather Bureau types.\nThe cistern is large and the height of mercury is adjusted by means of a plunger at the bottom, the correct zero being indicated by a fixed colored-glass pointer projecting downward toward the surface of the mercury.\nThe Scale is graduated in both English and Metric systems, reading from 24 to 32 inches by 0.1 inch, with equivalent range in Metric system by millimeter divisions. Silvered scale with black filled divisions and figures.\nThe Tube is of generous proportions and filled with the greatest care.\nThe Mounting is of well-seasoned hardwood, rubbed finish. All .metal parts are well made, black-oxidize and nickel-plate finish.\nThe'protecting cap for reservoir is designed to permit clear view of both indicator and mercury in the reservoir..................$18.50\n45-15 KNOTT\u2019S IMPROVED FORTIN CISTERN MERCURIAL SCHOOL BAROMETER WITH VERNIER ADJUSTMENT,\nsame as No. 45-10, but with double vernier reading to 0.1 mm. or 0.01 inch. Vernier movement positive in action and easily operated by knurled thumb screw shown in the illustration....... 27.60\n45-20 STANDARD WEATHER BUREAU FORTIN CISTERN MERCURIAL BAROMETER for altitudes up to 5000 feet. This type of barometer has become the most popular type where great accuracy is required. The mercury tube is enclosed in a brass body with gun metal finish. All working parts are well made and protected as far as practicable. The scale is in both Metric and English systems, reading from 25J\u00a3 to 32inches, with equivalent range in the Metric system. The vernier is operated by the knurled thumb screw shown in the illustration. It is divided on one side to read to 0.002 inch and on the other to 0.1 mm.\nBarometer only, without mounting board............................. 65.00\n45-25 BAROMETER MOUNTING BOARD for use as a support for standard barometers. A finely finished hardwood back on which are attached the suspension bracket, white opaque glass reflectors, etc., to facilitate suspension, leveling, and reading..................... 9.50\nNos. 45-20 and 45-25\nNo. 45-16","page":80},{"file":"p0081.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n81\nNo. 45-30\n45-30 DEMONSTRATION ANEROID BAROMETER, for illustration and demonstration of the working mechanism of an Aneroid Barometer. All working parts visible through a glass dome. Air pressure, varied in vacuum chamber through the rubber tubing. Accurate barometric observations possible. $27.50\n45-40 ANEROID BAROMETER, Metric and English graduations, 4 inches diameter, adjusted for altitudes up to 5500 feet. Highly polished brass case, dial open so that mechanism may be clearly seen.............................................................................. 8-60\nBAROGRAPHS \u2014 THERMOGRAPHS\nNo. 45-100\nNo. 46-110\n45-100 IMPROVED RECORDING BAROMETER (BAROGRAPH). Records upon a chart all atmospheric changes in pressure, and time such changes occur. Records for one week without change of chart. Enables one to make weather forecasts; serves as an accurate barometer. Consists essentially of a \u201c pile \u201d or series of vacuum chambers secured above and below one to the other. Any change in pressure is greatly magnified by this series of chambers and further magnified by a system of levers connected to the arm which carries the recording pen. This pen makes a permanent hourly and daily record on the chart attached to a drum which revolves by clock work, one complete turn in seven days. Enclosed in glass-paneled polished mahogany case, with one year\u2019s\nsupply of charts, bottle of ink, etc.....................................$55.00\n45-102 BAROGRAPH CHARTS for use with above. One year\u2019s supply in a box............ 3.00\n46-110 RECORDING THERMOMETER (THERMOGRAPH). An instrument arranged to record upon a chart a continuous 7-day record of temperature. The arm carrying the recording pen is connected directly with a coil which changes as the temperature rises or falls. This pen makes a permanent hourly and daily record on the chart attached to a drum which revolves by clock work, one complete turn in seven days. Enclosed in non-corrosive metal case with glass windows, with one\nyear\u2019s supply of charts (\u201410 to 90\u00b0 F.), bottle of ink, etc......... 65.00\n46-112 THERMOGRAPH CHARTS for use with above. One year\u2019s supply in a box... 3.00","page":81},{"file":"p0082.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"82\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n63-10 HOUSEHOLD THERMOMETER, -30 to 120\u00b0 F., 8-inch, metal frame, metal scale with white\nfigures and graduations.......................................................... $1.50\n63-12 HOUSEHOLD THERMOMETER, -30 to 120\u00b0 F., 10-inch, metal scale with white filled figures\nand graduations', on hardwood back; magnifying mercury-filled tube............... 1.75\n46-30 WEATHER BUREAU PATTERN THERMOMETER WITH CERTIFICATE, -40 to 120\u00b0 F.,\nmercury-filled tube on engraved metal scale mounted on insulating brass support with binding screws. 8.26\n46-35 SIX\u2019S MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM SELF-REGISTERING THERMOMETER, japanned metal\ncase, hardwood scale, with filled figures and graduations. With magnet in carton. 7.50\n46-40 MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM THERMOMETERS. Magnifying tubes, each on graduated metal\nback, and adjustably mounted on hardwood board................................... 7.60\n46-50 WEATHER BUREAU SELF-REGISTERING MAXIMUM THERMOMETER with certificate.\nMagnifying tube on engraved metal scale, mounted on insulating brass support with binding screws.\nIn box........................................................................... 8.25\n46-51 WEATHER BUREAU SELF-REGISTERING MINIMUM THERMOMETER, with certificate.\nMagnifying tube on engraved metal scale, mounted on insulating brass support with binding screws.\nIn box........................................................................... 8.26\n46-52 WEATHER BUREAU SELF-REGISTERING MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM THERMOMETERS with certificates. Consists of Nos. 46-50 and 46-51, appropriately mounted on polished wood board. Inbox........................................................................... 18.75\n46-70 SOIL THERMOMETER, 16 inch, range approximately +30 to 180\u00b0 F. Wood frame, with handle;\nbrass pointed ferrule............................................................ 3.00","page":82},{"file":"p0083.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n83\n47-10\t\u201c SLING \u201d PSYCHROMETER for determining humidity more rapidly and accurately than\npossible with the stationary wet and dry bulb instruments. The handle is swiveled to metal strip carrying the thermometers.................................................$7.60\n47-16 MASON\u2019S HYGROMETER (Wet and Dry Bulb) for determining the relative and absolute humidity and dew point. Magnifying mercury-filled tubes on black oxidized brass scales. On polished hardwood back....................................................................................................... 6.76\n47-20 WEATHER BUREAU PATTERN HYGROMETER (Wet and Dry Bulb). Two thermometers\n(No. 46-30) mounted as illustrated with nickel-plated brass cistern on polished wood back. 18.00\n47-26 SPIRAL HYGROMETER for readings of humidity of the air without reference to tables. Nickel-\nplated case............................................................................... 3.26\n47-40 DIRECT READING HUMIDITY APPARATUS (HYGROPHANT) for determining without computation both temperature and humidity of the air. Relative humidity or percentage of moisture is read directly from the cylinder noted between the two thermometers. This is a well-made instrument capable of highest degree of accuracy. With full and detailed directions for use................ 16.60\n47-66 RAIN GAUGE, United States Weather Bureau Type, 13 inches high, 3 inches diameter. With overflow and measuring stick................................................................................\n4.26","page":83},{"file":"p0084.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"84\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nANEMOMETERS\nNo. 48-12\nNo. 48-17\nFor registering pressure and velocity of air currents in mines, tunnels, sewers, and the ventilators of hospitals, schools, and other public buildings. The indications are obtained by means of a delicately-poised fan wheel, the recording beginning with the long hand which indicates 100 feet in one complete turn about the main dial. The enumeration is continued by a series of smaller dials.\nA disconnector, projecting from the band of the instrument opposite the fly wheel, serves to throw the mechanism out of gear and arrests its action when required.\n48-12\t-----, four dials reading to 100,000 feet. For pressures up to 3000 feet per minute...................$48.75\n48-15---------, BIRAM\u2019S, two dials reading to 1000 feet. For pressures up to 1000 feet per minute............. 45.00\n48-17---------, BIRAM\u2019S four dials reading to 100,000 feet. For pressures up to 3000 feet per minute.......... 47.50\nNo. 48-100\nHARCOURT STUDENTS\u2019 METEOROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT\nA complete set of meteorological instruments of standard quality in shelter. Consists of :\n63-12 Wood-back Thermometer.\n46-\t40 M. & M. Thermometers.\n47-\t15 Mason\u2019s Hygrometer.\n45-40 Aneroid Barometer.\n47-\t65 Rain Gauge.\n48-\t106 Instrument Shelter.\nPrice, $38.50\n48-102 ------, without No. 47-65 Rain Gauge.............................................................. 34.25\n48-105 INSTRUMENT SHELTER as illustrated above. Substantial structure throughout, painted inside and outside with two coats best lead paint. Fitted with hooks for attaching instruments, and bracket for holding the cover open....................................................................... 10.76","page":84},{"file":"p0085.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n85\nB-K SOLAR CALCULATOR\nNo. 49-120\nInvented by FRANK L. BRYANT\nERASMUS HALL HIGH SCHOOL, BROOKLYN, N. Y.\nNo. 49-120\nThe object of this ingenious instrument is to provide a simple apparatus for teaching the fundamental ideas of the apparent motion of the sun in relation to any point on the earth's surface and at any time of the year. It is especially designed for the use of students in the laboratory for working out certain problems noted below. It is also of value to the teacher in lecture work for all grades of geography instruction from the grammar school to advanced work in the college.\nThis instrument, about 16 inches high and 16 inches wide, is especially adapted for the lecture table, although it was primarily designed for individual student use. A special feature in connection with the use of the instrument, and one entirely new, is that the horizon disc may be lowered and adjusted for plotting shadow curves at the time of the solstices and equinoxes for different latitudes. This work was practically impossible before the introduction of the B-K Solar Calculator. Its value, therefore, will be especially appreciated by teachers of Physical Geography.\nThe following exercises may be performed by the use of the instrument:\n1.\tFind the time of sunrise and sunset at any latitude at any time of the year.\n2.\tDetermine the length of day at any latitude at any time of the year.\n3.\tFind the relative distribution of insolation over the earth at different times of year.\n4.\tFind the direction of sunrise and sunset at any latitude at any time of the year.\n5.\tFind the altitude of the sun at any latitude at any time of the day or year.\n6.\tPlot the curves of a shadow cast by an upright post at any latitude at the time of the solstices and equinoxes.\n7.\tInterpretations of shadow curves.\n8.\tShow relation of elevation of celestial pole to latitude.\n9.\tShow relation of zenith distance of sun to latitude at different times of the year.\n10.\tShow relation of length of twilight to latitude at different times of the year.\n49-120 B-K SOLAR CALCULATOR, brass, with oak base.............................Special price in lots of ten. $42.00\nDirections for use furnished with each instrument.","page":85},{"file":"p0086.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"86\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 49-120\nB-K SOLAR CALCULATOR\n(See preceding page)\nSet for the Equator\nSet for Tropic of Capricorn 23^\u00b0 S. Lat.\nSet for Tropic of Cancer 23^\u00b0 N. Lat.\nSet for the Arctic Circle 66 N. Lat.\nSet for the North Pole, 90\u00b0\nSet for plotting the Shadow Curves at the Equator\nFORMS OF SHADOW CURVES\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t/\t7\t\t\t\t\t\t\ts\tfs\t\n\t/\t\t\t,.d..\tr*\t\ttn of\th\u201c*\"\t\tA\t\nL\t\t\tX\tA\tr\t7\t7\tV\t\t\t\\\nr\t\t\tK\t\\\t\\\t7/\t7\t7\t\t\t\\\n\t\t\t\t\t4\t7\t\t\t\tt\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\tm\t7\t~~~~\t\tr\t\t\nL\t\t\tY\t/\t'1\t7\t\\\tV\t\t\t\n\\\t\t\t\t7\t/\t\\\t7\tX\t\t\t7\n\tV\t\t\t\t:\ti\t\t\t\t/\t7\n\t\\\t\tSMA\tow\tURVE AT NORTH. I I\t\t\tPOLE\t\t7\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t","page":86},{"file":"p0087.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n87\nSOUND\nPROPAGATION OF SOUND\nNo. 51-86\tNo. 61-190\n61-50 UNIVERSAL PATENT ADJUSTABLE TUNING FORK. By adjusting the slides on the ends, this fork can be tuned to either Concert or International Pitch. The slider between prongs can be adjusted to the key desired..................................................................\nTUNING FORKS\nAll tuning forks are tuned to the Physical Pitch, and, when a tuning fork is mounted on a resonant case, i be understood that the case is accurately tuned in resonance with the fork.\n61-55\t\t\tPitch \t A \t\tV. P. S. \t 426%\t\t\tApproximate Length Cms. \t 12 . . .\n61-57\t\t\t\t C \t\t\t 256\t\t\t\t 12\n61-65\t\t\t\t C \t\t\t 128 \t\t\t 25\n61-75\t\t\t\t C1 \t\t\t 256\t22\n61-76\t\t\t\t D \t\t\t 288\t21\n61-77\t\t\t\t E \t\t\t 320\t\t\t20\n51-78\t\t\t\t F \t\t\t 341%\t\t\t\t 20\n51-79\t\t\t\t G \t\t\t 384\t19\n51-80\t\t\t\t A \t\t\t 426%\t.\t19\n61-81 \t\t\t B \t\t\t 480\t. . . .\t18\n61-82 \t\t\t c- \t\t\t 512\t\t\t\t 18 \t\n61-85 UNMOUNTED TUNING FORKS, Set of Four, Major Chord, C\\ E, G, C* (Nos. 51-75, 51-77, 51-79, and 51-82)..........................'..............................\n61-86 MOUNTED TUNING FORKS, Set of Four, Major Chord, C1, E, G, each mounted on a tuned resonant case.............................................................\n51-87 UNMOUNTED TUNING FORKS, Set of Eight, full octave, C1 to C* (Nos. 61-75 to 51-82) ....\n61-88 RUBBER HAMMER, small................................................\n61-89 LECTURE TABLE RUBBER HAMMER, large, pure gum, polished wood handle..\n61-190 SYMPATHETIC TUNING FORKS for showing sympathetic vibrations, also \u201c Beats.\u201d Large forks, 256 V. P. S., tuned to unison. With rubber hammer..................\n$1.76\nmust\nPrice\n$0.35\n.36\n3.85\n2.76\n2.75\n2.75\n2.76 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50\n10.60\n24.00\n21.00 .25\n1.10\n24.00","page":87},{"file":"p0088.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"88\nL . E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTRO - SYNCHRONISM - DRIVEN RECORDING FORK\nVibration of fork is produced by the varying current in two electro-magnets by means of a carbon button as used\nin telephone transmitters\nNos. 51-135 to 51-140\nThe nearest approach to an ideal electrically-driven tuning fork has been reached in our electro-synchronism tuning fork. The improvements that we have made on the original designs make possible many experiments previously impossible with electrically-driven tuning forks. The basic improvement consists of an especially-designed microphone mounted in the base of the instrument. This microphone picks up the vibrations thrown from the fork, and in turn varies the strength of the electro-magnets which actuate the fork, leaving the prongs free to vibrate unhampered by contacts or springs such as were formerly used. In use the binding posts are connected to the source of current, 4 cells of dry battery being recommended.\nThe synchronism that takes place is shown in a very striking manner. Starting with an almost imperceptible vibration, the fork gradually reaches its highest amplitude, when it will continue to give forth a tone of great purity, with absolute freedom from all other foreign sounds or vibrations which have proved so troublesome in forks constructed by ordinary methods. The synchronism method insures the fork giving its actual tone, a result not obtained by any other method.\nElectrically-driven tuning forks in which the electric contact is made directly on the prongs either by a spring attached to one prong or by a platinum contact soldered to it, have the following objections:\n1.\tThe prong of the fork carrying the contact or spring is dampened, and the fundamental tone of the fork is radically changed thereby.\n2.\tThe vibration of the fork is forced to an unnatural pitch by means of the sudden rush of current due to its intermittent contact.\n3.\tThe contact point emits a sound often sufficient to obscure the fundamental tone of the fork.\n4.\tAn adjustment that will give the natural, clear tone of the fork is impossible, owing to the unavoidable noise due to this method of vibration.\nIn the Electro-Synchronism-Driven Tuning Fork we justly claim the following features:\n1.\tThe fork has nothing to carry.\n2.\tThe vibration is absolutely dependent upon the natural period of the fork.\n3.\tThere are no parts of the apparatus to take up vibrations and give any undesirable sounds.\n4.\tThe fork is actuated by a current that varies in strength from maximum to minimum in absolute synchronism with its own period.\n5.\tThe vibrating apparatus is absolutely distinct and unattached to the fork and hence produces no distortion in vibration.\nAs the principal object of this apparatus is to maintain for a considerable period a uniform tone and vibration coming from a fork having a definite vibration period, we list the apparatus designed for adjusted forks of 128 and 256 vibrations.\n51-135 ELECTRO-SYNCHRONISM-DRIVEN RECORDING FORK, including base and large fork\naccurately adjusted to 128 V. P. S..............................................................$35.00\n51-137 ------, same as above, but with fork accurately adjusted to 256 V. P. S.............................. 22.00\n51-140 UNADJUSTED TUNING FORK, large size, for use with No. 51-135. It is frequently desirable to use an electrically-driven tuning fork designed so that the stylus for recording the vibrations on a moving surface may be attached ; also one in which the mirrors for use in tracing Lissajous\u2019 figures may be used. Where these attachments are added the absolute vibration of the fork cannot, of course, be depended upon, since the prong must carry a load. For this work, therefore, a fork which has not been especially adjusted is entirely adequate. The fork which we furnish under this number is one of unusually substantial construction, approximately 15 inches long, giving about 100 vibrations per second and supplied with threaded holes on the ends of the fork for carrying binding screws which hold the recording stylus, also for carrying the mirrors listed below, used in Lissajous\u2019 experiments. Complete with stylus................................................. 12.76\n51-141 -----, small size, for use on No. 51-137...................................................... 5-75\n51-142 MOUNTED MIRRORS FOR LISSAJOUS\u2019 CURVES supplied with threaded stems fitting the\nholes of the fork No. 51-140.......................................................Per pair 2.60","page":88},{"file":"p0089.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n89\nNo. 51-212\nNo. 51-275\nNo. 61-290\nNo. 61-295\n51-210 SINGING FLAME TUBE AND BURNER. A simple single-jet burner with glass resonant tube. $6.00 51-212 CHEMICAL HARMONICON. Four jet burners connected as illustrated, each with resonant glass\ntube with metal cap. Will sound the major chord. Complete as illustrated.............. 30.00\n51-240 GALTON\u2019S WHISTLE for determining the highest limit of audibility. Length of air column in\nthe whistle, adjustable and measurable to 1/10 mm..................................... 13.00\n51-260 GLASS WHISTLE WITH SLIDING PISTON for determining the \u201c fundamentals \u201d of closed\npipes. The air tube is adjustable..................................................... 1.90\n51-275 ALL METAL ORGAN PIPES WITH SLIDING TUNING TUBES, set of four metal organ\npipes accurately tuned to sound the major chord, C1, E, G, C2......................Set 17.00\n51-285 -----, set of eight, accurately tuned to sound the octave, C1 to C2...................Set 27.00\n51-290 DEMONSTRATION ORGAN PIPE for showing the vibrating segments and nodes of an organ pipe, A membrane carrying cork dust is adjustable within the organ pipe. Positions of nodes and\nvibrating segments are visible through the glass window............................... 8.00\n51-295 DEMONSTRATION ORGAN PIPE WITH MOVABLE STOP for sounding two octaves. Tones\nand semi-tones distinctly marked on the frame which operates the stop................. 8.00\nNo. 51-325\n51-315 XYLOPHONE for showing musical tones from vibrating wooden bars. Will sound two octaves.\nWith two hammers.................................................... 3.50\n61-320 METALAPHONE for showing musical tones from vibrating metal bars. Will sound one and one-half\noctave. With two hammers............................................ 3.00\n51-326 TUBEPHONE for showing musical tones from vibrating metal tubes. Will sound two octaves.\nWith two hammers.................................................... 4.00","page":89},{"file":"p0090.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"90\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nREFLECTION \u2014 REFRACTION\n62-10 THIRTEEN-INCH UNIVERSALLY ADJUSTABLE TRUE PARABOLIC REFLECTORS for showing reflection of sound, heat, and light waves.\nImportant Features\n13-Inch True Parabolic Surfaces, the curve for which was mathematically calculated and drawn, and then, by painstaking processes, a chuck turned to conform to this curve.\nMounting of Reflectors. Our reflectors are all heavily reinforced at the rims, and supported and clamped to these rims by a special metal casting in such a way as to entirely obviate any danger of distorting the surfaces.\nAdjustments. Especial attention has been given to the design of the adjustable features. The reflectors can be tilted and focused to any angle or in any direction. The height above table is adjustable within the length of the telescoping rod. Universal movement is provided for each object-carrier.\nComplete as illustrated with object-carriers..................................................................$34.00\n62-16--------, without object-carriers ............................................................................ 29.00\nNo. 62-30\n62-30 MOUNTED SOUND LENS for experiments on the refraction of sound. The lens is a double-walled, rubber diaphragm vulcanized over a rolled-metal ring. An outlet is provided through which gas may be introduced to inflate the lens to curvature (focus) desired. The stand, differing somewhat from the illustration, gives ample adjustment and full range in the angle of inclination.\nStand and Lens, complete...................................................................................\n16.60","page":90},{"file":"p0091.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n91\nINTERFERENCE AND FREQUENCY\nNo. 62-80\tNo. 21-267\n52-75 KUNDT\u2019S INTERFERENCE APPARATUS for the quantitative study of interference of sound waves. This apparatus consists of two U-shaped nickel-plated brass tubes, one provided with supporting cross bars; the other with both arms graduated, telescoping into the first. To one of the parallel sides of this interference tube is attached a closed glass tube which in use contains cork dust or lycopodium powder. To the other side is attached a glass tube with supported sliding piston. In use, vibrations are set up in the piston tube with the movable telescoping part of the interference tube pushed home. When the telescoping part of the interference tube is drawn out so that it represents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., quarter wave lengths figures are produced with the even\nnumbers and are not formed with the odd numbers of quarter wave lengths........$36.00\n62-80 QUINCKE\u2019S INTERFERENCE TUBES for use with a tuning fork C2 = 256 V.P.S., in illustrating interference of sound waves. Two T-shaped tubes of same diameter connected bv rubber tubing as illustrated........................................................................... 2.00\nMEASUREMENT OF NUMBER OF VIBRATIONS\n21-225\n21-240\n21-242\n21-255\n21-257\n21-267\n53-40\nCOMBINATION NEWTON\u2019S COLOR DISC, SIREN DISC AND SAVART\u2019S WHEEL for showing that white light results when certain percentages of primary colors are exposed and rotated rapidly. Illustrates also the propagation of sound by mechanical disturbances which cause vibration in the surrounding media. The disc is perforated with four rows of holes equally spaced, and one row unequally spaced; the teeth are equally\nspaced..............................................................\nSAVART\u2019S TOOTHED WHEELS for demonstrating that musical tones are produced by regular impulses imparted to the surrounding media. Each\nof the four discs has teeth equally spaced..........................\nSAVART\u2019S TOOTHED WHEEL, one wheel same as above, arranged to\nattach to rotator...................................................\nMETAL SIREN DISC, five rows of holes, illustrating propagation of sound by impulses imparted to the surrounding media. Four rowrs of holes equally spaced produce musical notes; one row, unequally spaced produces a noise.\n----, nine rows of holes. Eight rows, equally spaced produce musical notes;\none row, unequally spaced produces a noise........................\nAIR IMPULSE ATTACHMENT for use with Siren Discs Nos. 21-225, 21-255 and 21-257, for directing one, two or more (up to nine) steady currents of air, as furnished by blower, against the perforations. Each of\nthe nine air valves is operated by a thumb \u00a7crew....................\nCAIGNARD-LATOUR SIREN WITH COUNTERS for determining the pitch or number of vibrations of a body per second. Oxidized or lacquered brass throughout; silvered brass dials. One dial reads number of turns of rotating disc, the other the number of hundreds of turns up to five thousand. Rotating disc has twelve equally spaced holes...................\n45.00 No. 53-40","page":91},{"file":"p0092.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"92\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSONOMETERS\nOur sonometers are made from selected well-seasoned wood very carefully glued-up and finely finished. We list below only those designs which in actual use have given the most efficient service. Each sonometer is supplied with wires and necessary bridges. On each case beneath the wires,rihere is a metric scale on which is indicated also the lengths of strings necessary to give both the diatonic and the equally tempered scale between C = 256 VPS. and C = 1024 VPS.\nNo. 53-100\nNo.53-125\n53-100 SONOMETER. This sonometer is complete as illustrated, requiring no accessory weights, scale pans, etc. Tension is caused by dynamometers, fine adjustment of tension secured by turning the wing-nuts at the end of the slow-motion screws to which the wires are attached. Length 1% meters over all. Complete as\nillustrated................... ...................................$17.60\n53-101 -----, without dynamometers.......................................... 10.50\n53-102 SONOMETER WIRES, set of three wires as used on above..............Set .40\nNo. 53-115\n53-115 NATIONAL THREE-WIRE SCHOOL SONOMETER (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. S040). Requires no accessory weights, scale pans, etc.\nThree wires attached, each with tension spring of 25-lb. capacity. Fine adjustment of tension secured by piano-tension keys..................... 7.76\n53-117 SONOMETER WIRES, set of three as used on above.Set .40\n53-125 VERTICAL WALL FORM SONOMETER. Recommended in that it takes little space and that the tension is applied direct. With two wires, bridge clamps, etc., as illustrated, but without hangers and weights........................................................... 27.50\n53-127 SONOMETER STRINGS, 0.014 and 0.028-inch diameter as used on above\nsonometer...............................................................Pair .35\nNo. 53-135\n53-135 LEVER TENSION SONOMETER. Tension adjusted by weights sliding on\nlevers, fine adjustment by tension keys. Without weights..... 12.00\n53-140 SIMPLE SONOMETER (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 41). Consists of No. 27-392 Inclined\nPlane, No. 27-393 Ball-Bearing Pulley in Frame and No. 27-394 Sonometer Attachment. 5.36\n27-394 SONOMETER ATTACHMENT as used in above...........................................60","page":92},{"file":"p0093.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n93\nRESONANCE TUBES\nNo. 53-200\nNo. 53-205\nNo. 53-215\n53-200 KNOTT\u2019S 150-CM. RESONANCE APPARATUS for determining the wave length of a tuning fork, also for determining the velocity of sound in air. The tube is ample in size so that with a fork of pitch C' = 256 V.P.S. a resonating column of % of a wave length is possible. Without tuning fork, but otherwise complete as illustrated, with water reservoir and all necessary clamps and attachments for adjusting and supporting the various parts on the stand...............................$18.75\n53-205 FIVE-FOOT METAL RESONANCE TUBE WITH GLASS WATER LEVEL INDICATOR for\ndetermining the wave length of a tuning fork, also for determining the velocity of sound in air.\nTube of ample size to give a resonating column of % of a wave length for a tuning fork of pitch C' = 256 V.P.S. This design combines advantages of other types and added advantages of facility of measurements and ease in varying height of water level. Complete as illustrated. 13.50\n53-215 160-CM. RESONANCE APPARATUS WITH EAR TUBES (see Ames & Bliss\u2019s \u201cManual of Experiments in Physics,\u201d Exp. 40) for determining the wave length of a tuning fork, also for determining the velocity of sound in air. Without tuning fork, but otherwise complete as illustrated, with water reservoir and all necessary clamps and attachments for adjusting and holding the various parts on the stand................................................................ 20.00\nNo. 53-230\n53-230 HORIZONTAL RESONANCE TUBE for measuring the velocity of sound in air. Glass tube with\nsliding piston mounted as illustrated................................................. 4.50\n53-235 GLASS RESONANCE TUBES, fire polished ends, for use in resonance experiments.\na\tb\tc\nLength, cms.................. 55\t110\t110\nDiameter,\tcms.............. 3.5\t3.5\t4\nEach....................... $1.10\t$2.00\t$2.85\n31-250 RESONANCE GLASS JARS for use in resonance experiments. Clear, colorless glass, with foot and rim.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nSize, inches.............. 12X1M\t12X2\t15X2\t15X3\t18X3\nEach...................... $1.16\t$1.25\t$1.75\t$2.00\t$3.00","page":93},{"file":"p0094.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"94\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSTUDY OF SOUND VIBRATIONS\n54-15 KNOTT\u2019S ALL-METAL UNIVERSALLY ADJUSTABLE VIBROGRAPH for determining the vibration frequency of a tuning fork. All parts except tracing plate are of metal, black oxidized or japanned. In addition to the durability of this design, our claims of accuracy with a minimum of\ntrouble are fully justified. Without fork, but otherwise complete as illustrated. $7.75\n54-16 VIBROGRAPH TUNING FORK with metal stylus. Low pitch, large amplitude................ 1.86\n54-17 EXTRA GLASS PLATES for tracings.................................................Each .16\n54-25 BRISTLE STYLUS AND FIXATIVE for use on a tuning fork when it is desired to record the\nvibrations on a smoked or coated plate or drum.......................................30\nNos. 54-30, 54-35 and 51-75\tNo. 54-40\n54-30 VARIABLE SPEED CLOCK-DRIVE KYMOGRAPH, Invisible Non-Projecting Thread Feed.\nThe recording drum, 12J^ cms. diameter by 16j/\u00a3 cms. long, has a lateral movement of 16 cms. on a screw with thread so cut and mounted that the shaft does not extend beyond the bearings more than is shown in the illustration. Clock movement, mounted in a metal casting, is a standard 8-day movement, so connected that the recording drum, by a change in meshing gears, makes one revolution in 24 hours or one in 12 hours. The driving shaft rides on frictionless wheel roller. The time marker and tuning fork are adjustable along the rod. The rod, held at each end by a special clamp, is adjustable vertically; the uprights carrying the clamps are adjustable forward and backward.\nWe claim a range of adjustment and a rigidity in various positions not found in any other instrument of this class. Ample room is provided for the simultaneous use of four tuning forks or six time markers. One may, therefore, make records of six different operations, no matter where located. Without tuning fork and time marker, but otherwise complete with clamp for tuning\nfork and holder for time marker. Arranged for clock drive................................100.00\n54-35 KYMOGRAPH TIME MARKER........................................................................ 7.75\n54-37 KYMOGRAPH RECORD SHEETS for use with above kymograph. Divisions to 5 and 10-minute\nintervals.........................................................................Per fifty 3.50\n54-40 CLOCK RECORDING KYMOGRAPH. This instrument was designed and built at the request of Dr. W. T. Bovie of Harvard University, to provide a simple, easily-manipulated, effective device for recording the curve of plant growth with the Bovie Auxanometer (No. 3563). The clock mechanism mounted in the base, is a standard 24-hour clock movement of heavy construction. The recording drum is mounted in such a way that the weight of the drum assists, rather than retards, the clock movement. The recording drum is raised to the upper position by releasing a compression clamp and lifting the cylinder bodily. The range of movement and the length of the recording drum permit three or four records to be made at one time. With pencil holder, time marker and holder, complete as illustrated............................................................................ 27.50","page":94},{"file":"p0095.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n95\n54-90 Y (SAND) PENDULUM for the study of vibratory motions in two planes in illustrating Lissajous\u2019 figures. Modifications of the conditions upon which the relative phases and amplitudes depend are secured by varying the length of the stem of the Y by sliding the small brass ring up or down.\nThe bob is of cast metal, designed to hold the small funnel which in use should be filled with fine sand which, when allowed to trickle forth, traces the p^th of the vibrating pendulum. Without sand and without support......................................................... $1.65\nCHLADNFS FIGURES APPARATUS\nVibrating plates contain nodal lines which vary in number and position according to the form and size of the\nplate and the point at which they are set in vibration. We list below plates, clamps, and accessories for the proper conduct of the demonstration.\n54-126\tROUND CHLADNI\u2019S PLATE, 6 inches diameter.................................. $2.25\n54-128\t----,\t10 inches diameter................................................... 2.75\n54-133\tSQUARE CHLADNI\u2019S PLATE, 6 inches square.................................... 2.00\n54-134\t----,\t10 inches square....................................................  2.50\n54-141 CHLADNI\u2019S PLATE CLAMP, small, common type.................................. 1.25\n54-142\t----,\tlarge, for plates up to 10 inches.................................... 3.50\n54-145 LYCOPODIUM POWDER, in cartons containing 4 ounces.......................... 1.50\n54-147 SAND, fine grained, carefully sifted, in cartons containing 8 ounces...........20\n57-20\tDOUBLE BASS BOW, recommended for exciting Chladni\u2019s plates................. 5.25\nMANOMETRIC FLAME APPARATUS\n54-165 MANOMETRIC FLAME APPARATUS for analysis of sound. Consists of Cubical Mirror No.\n21-290 and Manometric Flame Capsule No. 21-295 (see page 41).............$12.25\n21-290\tCUBICAL MIRROR\tas used\tin No.\t54-165....................................... 6.25\n21-295\tMANOMETRIC\tFLAME\tCAPSULE\tas\tused in No. 54-165........................ 6.00\n21-300 NON-VIBRATING REVOLVING MIRROR WITH POSITIVE SPEED CONTROL (see page 41). Recommended for use with No. 21-295 Manometric Flame Capsule in the study of manometric flames..................................................................... 25.00\n54-\t180 MANOMETRIC FLAME APPARATUS for analysis of sound. Consists of a manometric flame\ncapsule, a simple construction with rubber tube and mouthpiece, and a mirror designed to revolve by hand.................................................................. 8.75\n55-\t10 BELL, PLATE AND RESONATOR for study of resonators. Consists of a brass tube with close-\nfitting sliding piston of sufficient length to respond to all notes above 256 V.P.S., a bell, 15 cms. in diameter, and a Chladni\u2019s Plate and simple stand to hold the bell or plate. Complete as illustrated............................................................. 10.00","page":95},{"file":"p0096.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"96\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nGRAPHIC\nANALYSIS OF SOUND WAVES\nNo. 54-200\n\u201c SONOGRAPH \u201d\nNo. 64-200\tNo. 21-300\n54-200\t\u201c SONOGRAPH.\u201d The instrument above illustrated will show in a superior manner all manometric\nflame and, in addition, many other interesting experiments. Results are easily obtained, and both simple and complex tones are readily analyzed into their various wave forms, a pure tone depicting in a striking manner the fundamental sine wave.\t.\t.\nThe operation of the \u201c sonograph \u201d depends on the compression and rarefactions set up m the air by sound \u2014 a spoken word, a note from an organ pipe, a tuning fork, etc. These compressions and rarefactions are communicated to a diaphragm which is set in vibration, the vibrations being greatly magnified by a small mirror, the amount of movement being indicated by the tracings of a spot of light on the screen. These tracings will take the form of waves if the spot of light be first directed on a rotating mirror. This rotating mirror should be placed between a lens and the screen. Our No. 21-300, illustrated above, described in Section 21, has been especially designed for this work. The speed is ingeniously governed for either very high pitch or very low pitch without stopping the motor which rotates the mirror.\t.\nTo secure the most satisfactory results a strong source of light will be necessary. Sunlight is, of course, the best and when used, a \u201c pencil \u201d of light secured through a small aperture will be found most effective. Whenra projection lantern or any strong artificial source is used, a system of lenses should be provided to render the rays parallel. With a good arc light or light from th= sun, the waves may be easily shown to five hundred students.\nThe waves illustrated below are photographic reproductions taken on a revolving film.\nWave Form of Tone - 435 V.P.S\nWave Form of Vowel e\n21-300\n\u201c SONOGRAPH \u201d only, without lens, mirror, etc...........................$35.00\nELECTRICALLY OPERATED ROTATING MIRROR, designed especially for use with\n\u201c Sonograph.\u201d For description see Section 21......................... 25.00","page":96},{"file":"p0097.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n97\nNo. 56-30\n55-70\n55-77\n55-\t80\n21-280\n56-\t20\n56 30 57-10\n57-12\n57-20\n57-25\nVIBRATION APPARATUS for study of sound waves. A disc is fastened over the face of each of the circular forms; a light ball is held suspended against one of the discs. This ball is set in motion if the face of the other disc is set in vibration by the small hammer. Complete as illustrated $15.00 MORSE SYMPATHETIC VIBRATION APPARATUS for study 'of sympathetic vibrations in simple pendulums and for determining under what conditions two bodies will vibrate in sympathy. Consists of a compound pendulum with adjustable disc bob, and four simple pendulums in bi-filar suspension, suspended from a common swivel support. If the compound pendulum is set vibrating, the simple pendulum, having the same vibration frequency, will begin to vibrate. Can be attached\nto any 19 mm. support rod. Without tripod stand and support rod............................... 14.50\nTREVELYAN\u2019S ROCKER for illustrating that musical vibrations are maintained by heat. When the bar is heated and placed with the sharp edges resting on the lead casting as illustrated, the bar begins to rock, emitting a harsh note which may be made higher in pitch by slightly pressing\ndown on the bar............................................................................... 5.50\nCROVA\u2019S DISC AND SHIELD (see page 41) for illustrating Compressions and rarefactions set\nup in air particles by a sound wave........................................................... 3.25\nKUNDT\u2019S APPARATUS for demonstrating vibrations in a tube closed at both ends; also for measuring the velocity of sound in air. The tube is 110 cms. long, closed at one end by a movable tight piston, and at the other end by a loose-fitting piston at the end of a brass rod which, in use, is held rigidly by a special vise clamp. We have greatly improved the support, method of holding tube, and\nclamping the brass rod........................................................................ 10.00\nKUNDT\u2019S APPARATUS for measuring the velocity of sound in various gases. The tube has airtight metal caps, arranged so that piston rods can be readily adjusted. Fittings for introduction\nof various gases are attached to these metal caps. Complete as illustrated.................... 27.50\nPIANO WIRE, best quality, in coils weighing 4 ounces.\nDiameter, inch................\nPer coil......................\nPIANO WIRE, on spools.\nMusic Gauge No................\nApproximate diameter, inch. . .\nApproximate feet on spool....\nPer spool.....................\nDOUBLE BASS BOW................................................................................. 5.25\nRESIN, best quality, moulded in form of cake............................................Per cake .10\nWave Motion Apparatus. See Section 26.\na\tb\tc\td\n.028\t.022\t.0178\t.014\n$0.65\t$0.75\t$0.95\t$1.15\na\tb\tc\td\n12\t9\t7\t5\n.028\t.022\t.0178\t.014\n6\t8\t8\t10\n$0.10\t$0.12\t$0.13\t$0.15","page":97},{"file":"p0098.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"98\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nHEAT\nGENERAL APPLIANCES FOR HEAT EXPERIMENTS\n60-350 GILLEY COPPER STEAM BOILER (HYPSOMETER) Low ..(Form, (designed originally for determining the boiling point of a thermometer, but for general use in experiments in which steam is required. Without rubber stopper, pressure gauge and burner, but otherwise complete as illustrated............................................................................................. $5.00\n60-30 GILLEY LOW FORM BUNSEN BURNER as illustrated with No. 60-350 above...................................65\n60-100 POLISHED BRASS ALCOHOL BURNER, capacity 2 oz., recommended for use with No. 60-350\nwhen laboratory is not equipped with gas........................................................85\n(For complete line of burners see pages 213 to 215)\n60-365 TURNER COPPER STEAM BOILER (HYPSOMETER) High Form for ordinary Bunsen burner or (without tripod) for a stove similar to No. 60-75 and 60-120. Without rubber^,stopper, but otherwise complete as illustrated........................................................................ 5.40\n60-20\tSCHOOL BUNSEN BURNER suggested for use with No. 60-365 above......................................45\n60-390 IMPROVED FORM PRESSURE GAUGE for use with Nos. 60-350 and 60-365 (see illustration\nNo. 60-350).....................................................................................35\n3640b POLISHED SPUN COPPER BEAKER, 500 cc. capacity. Useful in many experiments requiring a durable boiler or container........................................................................ 1.75\n3638b POLISHED ALUMINUM BEAKER, 500 cc. capacity. Useful in many experiments requiring a\ndurable boiler or container.................................................................. 1.55\n60-400 IMPROVED WATER TRAP. The upper end of the outlet tube is curved, which prevents errors due to condensed steam passing into the calorimeter in experiments on determination of latent heat of steam............................................................:.................................45\n60-405 H-K STEAM TRAP. A bottle with glass tubes and stopper, arranged to catch any condensed\nsteam as it passes through the bottle...........................................................50\n60-430\tGALVANIZED IRON ICE TRAY with tubulature. Designed to hold Charles\tLaw Tube............. 1.35\n60-435\tCANVAS ICE BAG for use as container in crushing ice for calorimetric experiments..................45\n60-440\tICE SHREDDER AND SHAVE. Will make coarse or fine shavings.. ................................... 1.45","page":98},{"file":"p0099.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n99\nRADIATION, REFLECTION, CONDUCTION,\nCONVECTION\nNo. 61-iO\nNo. 61-150\nNo. 61-160\nNo. 61-100\nNo. 61-136\n61-10\n61-11\n52-10\n61-75\n61-100\n61-105\n61-135\n61-160\n61-160\n61-161\n70-50b\n61-163\nCROOKE\u2019S SINGLE BULB RADIOMETER for illustrating attraction and repulsion from heat\nradiations. Excellent quality................................................ .........\nCROOKE\u2019S TWO-BULB RADIOMETER, similar to above, but two bulbs with radiating vanes pivoted independently. Faces of vanes in one bulb blackened on opposite sides from faces in\nthe other...............................................................................\nTHIRTEEN-INCH UNIVERSALLY ADJUSTABLE TRUE PARABOLIC REFLECTORS for\nshowing reflection of heat waves (see page 90).........................................\nRADIATION SCREENS for comparison of absorptive power of two different substances. A pair of metal screens mounted as illustrated. One screen polished, one with face blackened; each with\na small ledge at the back to hold a piece of phosphorus.......................... . \u25a0 \u25a0 Pair\nLESLIE\u2019S CUBE for comparison of the emissive powers of different substances. Consists of a 2)4-mch, water-tight cubical metal tank with tubulature for introduction of hot water. One face of this cube is polished; the three other vertical faces are coated with substances having different emissive powers. Without stand and thermometer, but otherwise complete with three-sided\nprotective case, as illustrated........................................................\nLESLIE\u2019S CUBE for comparison of the emissive powers of different substances. Consists of a 234-\ninch water-tight cubical metal tank with four polished faces of different metals.......\nTHERMOPILES for use with Nos. 61-100 and 61-105. See Section 64.\nDIFFERENTIAL THERMOMETERS for use with Nos. 61-100 and 61-105. See Section 64. COOLING CUP. (See National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. H100.) Two metal cups, one nickel-\nplated, the other blackened; each provided with wooden cover and insulating support ring.\nCONVECTIONAL CURRENT APPARATUS for illustrating convectional currents in liquids. . . . CONVECTIONAL CURRENT APPARATUS for illustrating convectional currents in air. A metal box with glass window and glass chimneys...........................................\nCHIMNEYS, straight form.........................................Each\nCANDLES, twelves (12 to the pound)...........................Per dozen\nTOUCH PAPER.....................................................Sheet\n$3.30\n6.75\n34.00\n5.50\n3.85\n4.00\n1.90\n1.65\n3.50\n.35\n.40\n.10","page":99},{"file":"p0100.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"100\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n61-175\n61-178\n61-180\n61-185\n61-195\n61-\t215 61-220\n62-\t10\n62-11\n62-15\n62-16\nCOMBINATION VERTICAL CONDUCTOMETER for demonstrating relative conductivities of different metals. A cast metal steam chamber with steam inlet and outlet tubes, and six tubulatures into which are fitted stoppers holding the different metal rods, each with a concave end for holding a piece of phosphorus...................................................... $6.80\nCOMBINATION CONDUCTOMETER for demonstrating relative conductivities of different metals. A hexagonal casting into each face of which is threaded a metal rod, the brass rod terminating in a handle. At an equal distance from the faces of the hexagonal casting, is a concavity for holding a piece of phosphorus......................................................... 3.00\nPRIMARY CONDUCTOMETER for demonstrating relative conductivity of metals. Four metal\nrods fastened to a wood backing, as illustrated........................... 1.00\nCOMPOUND ROD for a comparative conductivity illustration. A rod, 5 inches long, part brass and part wood........................................................................... 70\nCONDUCTIVITY OF WATER APPARATUS (see Millikan & Gale, Fig. 198). Without stand and dish............................................................................... 125\nDAVY\u2019S SAFETY LAMP for demonstrating the high conductivity of a metal gauze, applied in\nprinciple to the manufacture of\tminers\u2019 lamps......................................... 5.75\nCONDUCTION TUBE for demonstrating the slight conductivity of water. Water may be boiled m the upper part of the glass tube while ice remains unmelted at the lower end..25\nPAPIN DIGESTER for demonstrating the rise in boiling point by increase in pressure. This is a strongly-constructed brass boiler about 5 inches high by 3 ]/2 inches average diameter. With gasket and heavy metal cap, which may be rigidly clamped to boiler. This cap is provided with a hole for thermometer and also with a safety valve. Complete as illustrated with safety valve and weight, tripod support, and thermometer................................................_\t19.00\n, similar to above, but with addition of pressure gauge........................................ 23.00\nBOILING POINT OF ALCOHOL TUBE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 23)...................................46\nBEVELED GLASS TUBE, 20 cms. long (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. H012)....................20","page":100},{"file":"p0101.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n101\n$ #\nNo. 62-140\nNo. 62-160\n62-20\tVAPOR\tPRESSURE TUBE for determining vapor\tpressure\tand\tboiling\tpoint\tof a\tliquid.\tThe\nstopcock is practically indispensable for facility in excluding the air from closed arm, and for\nintroduction of the liquid; also for proper cleaning of the tube........................ \u25a0 \u25a0 $2.26\n62-50 VAPOR TENSION APPARATUS for direct comparison and measurement of the vapor tensions of different liquids. Tubes are uniform in bore and heavy walled. The clamp is of metal throughout, and gives effective support to each tube. The mercury trough at the lower end is of cast iron, so\ndesigned that the minimum amount of mercury is required. Complete as illustrated....... 24.60\n62-61\tVAPOR\tTENSION\tTUBES as used in above...........................................Each\t3.30\n62-53\tVAPOR\tTENSION\tAPPARATUS similar to No.\t62-50,\tbut\ttubes not\tprovided with\tstopcocks. .\t14.10\n62-54\tVAPOR\tTENSION\tTUBES, as used in above..........................................Each\t.70\nNo. 62-62\n62-62 VAPOR TENSION TUBE WITH CAPILLARY OF KNOWN VOLUME. This tube may be adjustably mounted in place of the air thermometer bulb as illustrated over No. 64-55, (Page\n104). The capillary between stopcocks is of known volume.................................... 3.90\n62-90 WOODEN HEAT SHIELD for use as a shield against heat rays. A board mounted upright and\nprovided with a hole for the passage of a steam delivery tube............................... 1.10\nLIEBIG CONDENSERS. See page 225.\n62-140 FRANKLIN\u2019S PALM or PULSE GLASS for illustrating influence of pressure on boiling. Two\nconnecting glass bulbs, filled with water and water vapor................................... 1.40\n62-150 WOLLASTON CRYOPHORUS for illustrating freezing by evaporation. Rapid evaporation of water in upper bulb, caused by condensation of water vapor in bulb in freezing mixture, causes\nthe water to freeze in upper bulb..........................................,................ 2.76\n62-155 CARRE\u2019S FREEZING APPARATUS for demonstrating freezing of water by its own evaporation at the same time causing ether to boil. Apparatus is filled one-third full with C. P. Sulphuric Acid, small vial, one-half full wdth ether and loosely stoppered. The projecting tube is connected air-\ntight to a flask containing water to be frozen. The other tube is connected by means of a stopper and tubing to an air pump. Air exhausted from apparatus causes rapid evaporation of water which freezes in flask. The water vapor is absorbed by the sulphuric acid which soon becomes hot,\ncausing ether to boil and blow out the stopper..................................................... 3.85\n62-160 SULPHURIC ACID CRYOPHORUS, for a spectacular experiment, illustrating freezing of water\nby its own evaporation. Complete as illustrated with full directions for use....................... 4.00\n43-310 FREEZING APPARATUS for demonstrating the freezing of water by the rapid evaporation of ether. As air is exhausted from bell glass, ether evaporates rapidly, freezing the water in the watch\ncrystal. Complete as illustrated................................................................... 2.75\n62-200 DEW POINT APPARATUS (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 10A). Complete as illustrated--------------------\t1.85\n62-240 CUBICAL EXPANSION BULB for determining the point of maximum density of water. When filled with water, sufficient to fill the bulb and three quarters of the graduated neck, the bulb is immersed in water, the temperature of which is taken. Freezing mixture is added to bath and\ncontinuous readings of thermometer and graduated neck are taken. A point will soon be reached where the reading on the neck does not descend as the temperature decreases but at this point will begin to rise, showing that this is the point of maximum density. This point will be found at about 4\u00b0 Centigrade.............................................................. 2.45","page":101},{"file":"p0102.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"102\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 63-50\nNo. 63-60\nNo. 63-10\tNo. 63-15\tNo. 63-12\nNo. 63-126\nNo. 63-18\nNo. 63-20","page":102},{"file":"p0103.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n103\nMEASUREMENT OF HEAT\n63-10 LABORATORY WALL THERMOMETER, Inside or Outside, 8-inch, heavy metal case, metal\nscale, \u201430 to 120\u00b0 F.......................................................\u2022 \u2022 $1.50\n63-12\t---, 10-inch, metal scale on hardwood back, range \u201430 to 120\u00b0 F............... 1.76\n63-15 COMPARATIVE THREE SCALE THERMOMETER, 10-inch, Fahrenheit, Centigrade and\nReaumur. Boxwood, piano finish, graduations and figures filled black....... 1.40\n63-18 DEMONSTRATION METALLIC THERMOMETER, 6 inches diameter, range -50 to 150\u00b0 F.\nGlass back permits view of entire mechanism................................ 6.25\n63-20 GROUND GLASS UNGRADUATED THERMOMETER, 13 inches long, one-half of circumference etched through its entire length so that student can determine and mark in pencil on the etched portion both the zero and boiling points, and make a complete thermometer.\nEach, $1.40 Per dozen 16.50\n63-50 CENTIGRADE CHEMICAL THERMOMETER, -10 to 100\u00b0 C., 12 inches long, stem scale, white\nenamel back................................................................. 1-60\n63 51\t---,\t10 to 150 C........................................................... 2.00\n63-52\t---, \u201410 to 200\u00b0 C.,\t14 inches long......................................... 2.15\n63 53\t---,\t10 to 250 C........................................................... 2.50\n63-55\t---,-10 to 350\u00b0 C........................................................... 3.00\n63-56 FAHRENHEIT CHEMICAL THERMOMETER, -15 to 220\u00b0 F., 12 inches long, stem scale, white\nenamel back................................................................. 1-60\n63 56A----, -15 to 300 F........................................................... 2.00\n63-57\t---, \u201415 to 600\u00b0 F., 14 inches long......................................... 3.00\n63-60 DOUBLE SCALE CHEMICAL THERMOMETER, 100\u00b0 C. and 220\u00b0 F., 14 inches long, stem scale,\nwhite enameled back......................................................... 2.50\n63 62\t---, 200 C. and 400\tF....................................................... 3.00\n63 64\t---, 350 C. and 700\tF....................................................... 3.50\n63-80 CENTIGRADE CHEMICAL THERMOMETER, 1/5\u00b0 divisions, 0 to 100\u00b0 C., 16 inches long,\nstem scale, white enameled back, high\tgrade................................. 4.50\n63-85\t---, 1/10\u00b0 divisions, 0 to 100\u00b0 C., 24 inches long.......................... 8.00\n63-110 LABORATORY INCUBATOR THERMOMETER, 1\u00b0 divisions, 0 to 50\u00b0 C., with 373^\u00b0 point marked\nin red. Length about 10 inches, enclosed milk glass scale.................. 4.25\n63-124 STANDARD LABORATORY SET OF CERTIFIED CENTIGRADE THERMOMETERS as made for the Supervisory and Control Laboratories of thev War Department. Five thermometers, -0 to 60\u00b0 C. in 1/10\u00b0, 50 to 100\u00b0 C. in 1/10% 100 to 150\u00b0 C. in 1/10\u00b0, 150 to 200\u00b0 C. in\n1/10\u00b0, and 200 to 360\u00b0 C. in divisions. In plush-lined case................ 55.00\n63-126 STANDARD CENTIGRADE THERMOMETERS after ANSHUTZ. Enclosed milk glass scales,\n3/2\u00b0 divisions. Seven thermometers, \u201410 to 55\u00b0 C., 55 to 110\u00b0 C., 95 to 160\u00b0 C., 150 to 210\u00b0 C.,\n200 to 255\u00b0 C., 250 to 310\u00b0 C., and 300 to 360\u00b0 C., in plush-lined leather case. (Illustration\nshows but six thermometers)................................................ 42.00\n63-130 BECKMANN DIFFERENTIAL CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER, range 5\u00b0 by units of 1/100\u00b0,\nmilk glass scale. Without auxiliary\tscale.................................. 25.00\n63-131----,\twith auxiliary scale................................................. 30.00\n63-150 CALORIMETRIC THERMOMETER, especially adapted to the Emerson Calorimeter, graduated\nfrom 17 to 32\u00b0 C. in 1/50\u00b0 divisions....................................... 20.00\n63-151 ---,\twith Bureau of Standards\tCertificate................................. 40.00\n63-153 CALORIMETRIC THERMOMETER, especially adapted to the Parr Calorimeter, graduated\nfrom 65 to 90\u00b0 F. in 1/20\u00b0 divisions....................................... 15.00\n63-164 ----,\twith Bureau of Standards\tCertificate................................. 25.00\n63-168 LOW TEMPERATURE CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER, Toluol Filled. Graduated from\n\u2014 95 to 30\u00b0 C. in single degree divisions.................................. 13.60\n63-169 ---, Pentane Filled, graduated from \u2014200 to 30\u00b0 C. in single degree divisions. 18.75\n\u201c TITER \u201d THERMOMETERS, especially designed for making what is known as the \u201c Titer \u201d test in soap and fat-testing laboratories. Bulbs of normal glass, stems finest quality of glass, magnifying lens front.\nCat. No. 63-200\t63-201\t63-202\t63 203\t63-204\t63-205\t63-206\t63-207\nRange 0-20\u00b0 C. 10-30\u00b0 C. 15-25\u00b0 C. 20-30\u00b0 C. 20-40\u00b0 C. 30-50\u00b0 C. 40-60\u00b0 C. 0-75\u00b0 C. Units\t1/10\u00b0\t1/10\u00b0\t1/10\u00b0\t1/10\u00b0\t1/10\u00b0\t1/10\u00b0\t1/10\u00b0\t1/5\u00b0\nPrice\t$7.50\t$7.50\t$7.60\t$7.50\t$7.50\t$7.50\t$7.50\t$7.50\n63-225 MENISCUS READER for Beckmann Thermometers, Burettes, etc. Improved form with\nunobstructed vision........................................................ 10.00\n63-226 ---, for Engraved Stem Thermometers........................................... 10.00","page":103},{"file":"p0104.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"104\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 64-55\tNo. 64-100\tNo. 64-65\n64-15 UNIVERSAL AIR AND LIQUID DIFFERENTIAL THERMOSCOPE for showing the temperature of two neighboring places or for indicating the temperatures of two liquids. The platform\nis designed to hold the source of radiant energy such as the Leslie\u2019s Cube. Bulbs are bent downward so that they can be immersed in liquids. The cross tube and stopcock are provided so that the liquid in each arm of the U-tube can be easily brought to the same level. $7.50\n64-20 DIFFERENTIAL THERMOSCOPE for indicating the difference of temperature between two\nneighboring places. Mounted complete as illustrated..................... .\t3.75\n64-35 AIR THERMOMETER, 2-inch bulb, for illustrating gas expansion..................30\n64\u201455 CONSTANT VOLUME AIR THERMOMETER for determining the coefficient of expansion of air or of a gas. Stand, 150 ems. high; leveling tube and air thermometer each attached to a wooden strip provided with a clamp for clamping to rod in positions desired. Complete as illustrated.. . . 16.75\n64-57 AIR THERMOMETER BULB, glass part only as used in above.......................... 1.65\n64-65 CONSTANT VOLUME AIR THERMOMETER (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 14) for\ndetermining the coefficient of expansion of air. Complete as illustrated..... 4.50\n64-66\t----, without support.......................................................... 2.50\n64-67 AIR THERMOMETER BULB, glass bulb only of above................................85\n64\u2014100 IMPROVED MINERALITE THERMOPILE \u201c A \u201d for thermo-electric measurements. Consists of a polished brass casing in which is mounted the thermopile unit. This casing is attached to a rod which is held in a stand designed for universal adjustment. Actual tests show the 20-pair Bismuth Antimony Pile 300 per cent less sensitive when a unit area metallic surface at 100\u00b0 C. is held 10 cms. from the face of the pile. With direct sunlight as source of heat, it is approximately 500 per cent, less sensitive. We claim increased sensibility, mechanical strength and durability_____ 19.00\n64-110 IMPROVED MINERALITE THERMOPILE \u201c B,\u201d similar to above, but 500 per cent, more sensitive than the 20-pair Bismuth Antimony Pile under unit area metallic surface at 100\u00b0 C\u201e\n10 cms. distance from face of the pile, and approximate!}' 1000 per cent, more sensitive under direct sunlight as the source of heat..................(..................................... 24.00","page":104},{"file":"p0105.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n105\nEXPANSION OF MATTER\n65-10\n65-11\n65-12\n65-13\n65-14\nCOWEN\u2019S LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS for the\nrapid measurement of linear expansion of solids. The solid is a tube, one end of which is free to move as it is expanded by heat from steam passed through the tube. This expansion is greatly multiplied by the multiplying device and can be accur-rately read from the graduated dial. Constructed of metal throughout. Complete as illustrated, with one brass tube.$5.50\nSTEEL TUBE for use with above.\nALUMINUM TUBE for use with above.\nBRASS TUBE as used in above..\nGLASS TUBE for use with above.\nNo. 65-10\nNo. 65-27\n65-16 GLASS RESERVOIR AND STIRRER. (See National Physics\nDirection Sheets, Exp. H023)....\n65-22 LEVER FORM LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS, metal construction throughout, for measuring the linear expansion of a solid (a rod). Expansion is caused by heat from steam introduced into the metal jacket. The expansion is determined by a multiplying lever, the long arm of which moves over a scale. Complete as illustrated, with one brass rod............................\n$0.95\n.75\n.55\n.40\n.50\n7.75\n65-27\nMICROMETER SCREW FORM LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS, metal construction throughout, for measuring the linear expansion of a solid (a rod). Expansion is caused by the heat from steam introduced into the metal jacket. The expansion is measured directly from the reading of the micrometer screw. Complete as illustrated, with one rod............................................. 9-EC\nNo. 65-30\n65-30 IMPROVED LEVER FORM LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS for measuring the linear expansion of a solid (a rod). The steam jacket rests on an insulating support, obviating errors due to radiation. Expansion is determined by a multiplying lever, the long arm of which moves over a\nscale. Complete as illustrated, with one brass rod...................................... 9.35\n65-45 ALUMINUM ROD for use with Nos. 65-22 to 65-30................................................55\n65-46 IRON ROD for use with Nos. 65-22 to 65-30.................................................. .45\n65-70 BRASS TUBE AND POINTER. (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 15)............................. 1.65\nNo. 65-17\n65-17 COWEN\u2019S COMPENSATION APPARATUS for demonstrating the effect of multiple bars of different coefficients of linear expansion as employed in compensation or compound pendulums. Consists of an Expansion Attachment No. 65-18 and the metal rest and multiplying device of Expansion Apparatus No. 65-10. As steam enters from a steam boiler, the tube reached first by the steam expands, causing the pointer to make a movement to the left; when steam reaches the second tube which has the greatest coefficient of linear expansion, the pointer moves to the right, back to and well beyond the zero point; when steam reaches the third tube, the pointer moves back to the left,\nstopping at zero. Complete as illustrated..................................... 8.76\n65-18 COWEN\u2019S COMPENSATING ATTACHMENT for use with No. 65-10 Linear Expansion Apparatus.\nThe expansion bars (three tubes) are held together by two clamps on the same principle as the\nmultiple bars are held in the compensated pendulum............................ 3.80\nCOMPENSATING PENDULUM. See No. 17-60.","page":105},{"file":"p0106.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"106\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 65-130 (Fig. 2)\tNo. 65-130 (Fig. 1)\tNo. 65-130 (Fig. 3)\nNo. 65-180\n65-75 COMPOUND BAR for illustrating unequal expansion of metals. Two metals, brass and iron, are\nwelded together and attached to an insulating handle as illustrated.....................$1.25\n65-80 COMPOUND BAR WITH INDICATOR for illustrating unequal expansion of metals. Two metals, brass and iron, are welded together and so mounted that any expansion is indicated by a multiplying lever moving over a graduated arc................................................................. 6.75\n65-110 GRAVESEND BALL AND RING for illustrating expansion of metal upon application, and contraction upon withdrawal of heat. The polished metal ball is accurately fitted to just pass through the cast metal ring at room temperature. When heated, it cannot be drawn through the ring; when cooled, it fits the ring loosely. Complete as illustrated......................................... 1.90\n65-130 PACKARD\u2019S BREAKING BY EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION APPARATUS for illustrating power exerted by an expanding or contracting metal bar.\nFig. 1 shows apparatus set up as a simple linear expansion apparatus; Fig. 2 shows arrangement for breaking the small steel rod by contraction; Fig. 3 shows arrangement of steel rod for breaking by expansion.\nApparatus is furnished complete as illustrated, with twelve steel bars for breaking tests.17.25\n65-\t150 HOPE\u2019S MAXIMUM DENSITY OF WATER APPARATUS for demonstrating the point of\nmaximum density of water; illustrates why the surface of a pond may be covered with ice while water is underneath surface. If the jar is filled with water and a freezing mixture placed in the copper container fastened outside the jar, the lower thermometer will register a lower temperature until 4\u00b0 C. is reached, at which point the reading will remain stationary; but the upper will continue to register lower until 0\u00b0 C. is reached, and ice is formed on the surface. Without thermometers, but otherwise as illustrated............................................................\n62-240 DESRRETZ WATER THERMOMETER for showing cubical expansion of a liquid, also for determining the maximum density of water. Stem graduated to millimeters................................\n66-\t170 FREEZING BOMB for demonstrating the tremendous expansive force exerted as water freezes.\nThe sphere is cored to contain about two ounces of water................................\n65-175 CHARLES LAW TUBE (see Hall & Bergen), for showing that under constant pressure, different gases possess the same coefficient of expansion. The tube with closed end contains dry air. The capillary tube with open end contains an indicating globule of mercury............................\n65\u2014180 WATERMAN\u2019S CHARLES LAW TUBE for similar use as above. The capillary tube has a closed end and contains dry air stoppered by a globule of mercury........................................\n65-191 VOLUME COEFFICIENT TUBE. (See Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 14A)............................\n9.00\n2.45\n1.40\n1.90\n2.15\n.30","page":106},{"file":"p0107.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"S CIENTIFIC INSTRUM E N|T S\n107\nMEASUREMENT OF QUANTITY OF HEAT\nNo. 66-45\tNo. 66-66\nNo. 66-100\n66-35\n66-45\n66-60\n66-65\n66-70\n66-75\n66-100\n66-105\n66-108\n66-110\n66-125\n66-130\nCINCINNATI DOUBLE WALL CALORIMETER. Consists of two nickel-plated brass vessels, the smaller resting on a supporting ring within the larger. A cover with holes for thermometer\nand stirrer is supplied with the outfit. Complete.....................................\nDOUBLE WALL CALORIMETER, similar to above but larger, and spun from sheet copper. Heavily nickel-plated inside and out. A cover with holes for thermometer and stirrer is supplied\nwith the outfit. Complete.............................................................\nCULLER\u2019S CONDENSER ATTACHMENT for use with above or other calorimeters to determine\nlatent heat of steam. (See Culler\u2019s \u201c Laboratory Manual of Physics,\u201d Exp. XXIII)......\nCALORIMETER for general use in secondary school work. Capacity approximately one liter...\nSTIRRER for use with above calorimeter....\nBUNSEN\u2019S ICE CALORIMETER, standard type....................\nIMPROVED ELECTRIC CALORIMETER for applying Joule\u2019s Law in the determination of the constant of a galvanometer. The calorimeter proper is of form shown under No. 66-105, mounted as illustrated, the space between the outer chamber and the polished surface of the calorimeter being filled with a heat insulating compound consisting largely of magnesium carbonate. Complete DOUBLE WALLED ELECTRIC CALORIMETER (see Millikan & Mills\u2019 11 Electricity, Sound and Light, Exp. 4), for testing the calibration of a voltmeter by an absolute determination of potential difference. The heating coil is a fine platinum wire wound on an insulating strip. The ends of this coil are connected to two brass rods which extend through the cover and terminate in binding posts. The calorimeters are of spun copper, the inner of about 350 cc. capacity, insulated\nfrom and supported on the outer by a fibre ring. Complete with stirrer................\nHEATING COIL ATTACHMENT. Consists of the heating coil unit with cover of No. 66-105.\nTeachers who already have No. 66-45 Calorimeter need order this attachment only.......\nSTUDENTS\u2019 ELECTRIC CALORIMETER for determining the number of heat calories developed in a wire; also for the study of Joule\u2019s Law. The ends of the heating coil are electrically attached to brass rods which pass through the cover and terminate in binding posts. Without thermometer SIMPLIFIED JUNKER\u2019S CALORIMETER for determining the calorific power of combustible gases' In the design above illustrated the heated gases enter the inner chamber of a triple-walled vessel. Within this chamber these gases come in contact with a coil of copper tubing through which a current of water flows continually. The temperature of this water is noted at entering as well as upon issuing from the coil, by means of the thermometers noted in the illustration. In order to determine the B. T. U., the quantity of gas consumed and the quantity of water passed through the apparatus must be determined in addition to the difference in temperature. In determining the quantity of gas consumed we advise our No. 66-130 Thorpe Gauge. Without stand, thermometers and Bunsen burner, but otherwise complete as illustrated.......................\nTHORPE GAUGE for measuring pressure of gas or rate of gas flow. To read pressure of gas screw cap down over outlet at the top and connect gas supply to the inlet. Index on left scale gives reading of pressure in inches of water. With cap removed from outlet and gas allowed to flow through the gauge, the indicator registers on right hand scale the rate of flow of the gas in cubic\nfeet per hour......................;............................\nEMERSON CALORIMETERS. See pages 216-219.\n$2.00\n6.26\n1.60\n.90\n.40\n1.76\n18.76\n13.001\n7.75\n3.60\n22.00\n17.60","page":107},{"file":"p0108.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"108\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSPECIFIC HEAT DETERMINATIONS\n66-170\n66-175\n66-177\n66-179\n3615\n66-200\nLEAD CYLINDER WITH CONICAL TOP, weight approximately 650 grams (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 58)...\nLEAD SHOT.....................................\nCOPPER SHOT...................................\nALUMINUM SHOT.................................\nGLASS BEADS...................................\nTYNDALL\u2019S SPECIFIC HEAT APPARATUS for qualitative determination of the comparative specific heats of different metals. Consists of a paraffine disc with tin plate for casting new discs, five balls of different metals, handle for holding balls while heating them, and a tripod support..........................................\n\t\t$0.95\n. .Per\tlb.\t.25\n. .Per\tlb.\t.70\n. .Per\tlb.\t.95\n\tlb.\t1.90\n3.20\nNo. 66-200\nMECHANICAL EQUIVALENT OF HEAT\nNo. 67-25\nNo. 67-20\nNo. 67-50\n67-20 MECHANICAL EQUIVALENT OF HEAT APPARATUS for determining the mechanical equivalent of heat. The design of the instrument was worked out at the Cavendish Laboratory in Cambridge. In operation it utilizes the principle of heating a given quantity of water by friction, both the water and the friction surfaces being placed in a carefully insulated calorimeter, all sources of error either being eliminated or accurately accounted for. The friction unit consists of hollow truncated cones turned and hand finished to assure absolute uniform contact. One of these cones is attached to the driving shaft, the other to the top wooden disc. Not only are these cones carefully insulated from the casing to prevent radiations, but also an ample air jacket is provided to insure as nearly perfect insulation as practicable. The vertical drive shaft is most carefully centered so that the friction unit rotates in a definite plane. Complete as illustrated with ten\nfeet round leather belting and patent belt fastener, and with detailed laboratory directions.$85.00\n67-25 MECHANICAL EQUIVALENT OF HEAT TUBE, double insulated, metal capped (see Millikan,\nGale & Bishop, Exp. 20). This tube is a full meter in length, is of heavy corrugated board, covered inside and outside with heavy paper. Ends are closed by cork stoppers and close-fitting metal caps...................................................................................... 1.10\n21-120 TYNDALL\u2019S HEAT BY FRICTION APPARATUS for use with a rotator to illustrate generation\nof heat by expense of mechanical energy.................................................... 4.86\n67-50 FIRE SYRINGE for illustrating the generation of heat by rapid compression of gases. On the end of the piston which fits tightly in the brass cylinder is a holder for a small piece of tinder. Rapid compression of the air in the cylinder generates heat sufficient to ignite the tinder. We suggest that the tinder be moistened with ether or carbon disulphate...................................................\n5.00","page":108},{"file":"p0109.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n109\nGAS ENGINES \u2014 STEAM ENGINES\nNo. 69-35\tNo. 69-30\n68-40 GAS ENGINE for demonstrating motive power by gas explosions. This is a working model gas\nengine about 6 inches long. Speed from 200 to 700 R.P.M.................................... $8.50\n68-50 IMPROVED SECTIONAL MODEL GAS ENGINE WITH SPARK ADVANCING AND SPARK RETARDING DEVICE for study of operation of a four-cycle commercial gas engine. This is a model complete with all essential parts and of sufficient size for classroom demonstration of the principles involved and the operation of the various parts of a commercial gas engine. It can be shown how compression and exhaustion are accomplished, and if the secondary of a Ruhmkorff\u2019s Coil be connected in series with the spark plug, the spark may be shown at the proper moment\nby compression. With our model we can advance or retard the spark................................... 25.00\n69-10 WOLLASTON STEAM ENGINE for illustrating the expansive force of steam. As steam is generated in the bulb, the piston is forced up. If the steam is condensed by plunging bulb into cold\nwater, the atmospheric pressure forces back the piston.............................................. 1 -60\n69-30 SECTIONAL MODEL OF A STEAM ENGINE for illustrating the application of principle of a steam engine to driving a locomotive. All parts are carefully fitted and adjusted to show clearly\nthe movements of slide valve, piston, eccentric, reversing gear, link motion, etc................... 6.C0\n69-35 EIGHTEEN-INCH SECTIONAL MODEL OF A STEAM ENGINE for lecture-table demonstration of operation of a locomotive. This model is considerably larger than No. 69-30 and all the parts are, of course, correspondingly larger and consequently can be seen by a greater number. Essential parts are finished or colored to make the essential features stand out clear and sharp.. . 23.50\n69-50 MILLER\u2019S FOUR-FOOT SECTIONAL MODEL OF A STEAM ENGINE. In this model,\n4 feet long, all the working parts are of generous proportions and open construction so that every pupil in a large lecture hall will be able to note the essential features. The drive wheel has been omitted. Parts are mounted as illustrated, each part finished or colored to make it stand out clear and distinct.................................................................... 65.00","page":109},{"file":"p0110.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"110\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 69-55\n69-56 LOCOMOTIVE CHART \u2014 a sectional view of a modern locomotive with all parts numbered.\nAn index gives name of each part. Mounted on heavy cardboard with eyelets for hanging on the\nwall......................................................................... $4.50\nNo. 69-75\tNo. 69-85\n69-75 WORKING STEAM ENGINE for low pressure such as obtained with Steam Boiler No. 60-366.\nOperates smoothly without load on two inches of mercury pressure. Mounted as illustrated on substantial cast metal base............................................................... 9.25\n69-85 WORKING STEAM PLANT. Consists of a small boiler and engine mounted on a common base.\nEngine runs rapidly and easily...................................................................... 8.50\nNo. 69-115\n69-115 ONE-QUARTER H.P. HORIZONTAL STEAM ENGINE. With necessary steam pressure this engine will run smoothly and develop J4 H.P. Cylinder lJ/gX2 inches, bed 12X7 inches, fly wheel 6 inches diameter............................................ 62.50","page":110},{"file":"p0111.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n111\nLIGHT\nNo. 70-90\nNo. 70-92\nNo. 71-10\tNo. 70-70\nNo. 71-30\n70-15\n70-16\n70-17\n70-50a\n70-\t\u00f60b\n71-\t272\n70-70\n70-72\n70-73\n70-90\n70-92\n70-96\n70-97\n71-10\n71-20\n71-30\nPORTE LUMIERE for introducing a beam of sunlight (parallel beams of light) into a darkened room and there directing it at option. Constructed entirely of metal. Best quality reflecting mirror, easily adjusted to the movement of the sun. This is an indispensable instrument for a great many\nexperiments requiring parallel rays of light. Can be used also as a \u201c sunlight projector \u201d. $9.50\nADJUSTABLE SLIT DIAPHRAGM for use with No. 70-16 for securing a rectangular beam of\nlight............................................................................... 2.26\nCYLINDRICAL DIAPHRAGM for use with No. 70-15. With five graded openings for securing\npencils of light.................................................................... 2.25\nPARAFFINE CANDLES, sixes (six to the pound).................................Per dozen .65\n----, twelves (twelve to the pound).........................................Per dozen .40\nSTANDARD CANDLE, sperm, for use as photometric standard. Six to the pound; will burn 120\ngrains (7.776 grams) per hour.................................................Each .60\nKEROSENE LAMP AND METAL-BOUND ASBESTOS CHIMNEY for use as a source of light in photometric experiments. The asbestos chimney has a small opening through which a\nbeam of light may pass................................................................96\nKEROSENE LAMP as used in above \u2014 lamp, wick, and glass chimney...................... .60\nMETAL BOUND ASBESTOS CHIMNEY as used in No. 70-70 ILLUMINATING GAS BURNER for use on laboratory table.\nTube 12 inches high....................................\nLOW-FORM ILLUMINATING GAS BURNER for use with optical\nbenches. Curved tube fitted with illuminating tip......\nMONOCHROMATIC FLAME ATTACHMENT FOR BUNSEN BURNER. Can be attached in an instant to any Bunsen burner as illustrated. The absorbent ring sponges should be saturated with solutions of various salts \u2014 sodium, potassium, lithium, etc.\nThe swiveled head can be turned to obtain the flame desired.\nWithout burner.........................................\nMONOCHROMATIC FLAME ATTACHMENT FOR BUNSEN BURNER, Single Flame Type. Consists of an absorbent ring sponge attached to a wire which is fastened to a simple spring clamp for clamping to the burner tube. One or more may be clamped to the burner tube at one time and the various wires bent\nto bring the ring sponge in position as desired........\nRITCHIE PHOTOMETER for lecture room demonstrations in photometry. Light from two different sources falls on the faces of the prism and is reflected by the mirror. The mirror can be tilted and is supported so that it can be turned in all directions so that pupils in all parts of the room may compare the illumination on both faces of the prism. The light shields obstruct\nrays from the two sources striking on the mirror. Complete as illustrated......... 18.50\nINVERSE SQUARES MODEL for showing that the intensity of the illumination at a surface due to a given source of light is inversely proportional to the square of the distance of the surface from the source of light. The frame is of wire, constructed as shown, with a maximum axis of 8 inches. 2.75 CAMERA OBSCURA or PIN-HOLE CAMERA for showing images produced through a small\naperture. The telescoping box has one end closed by a ground-glass plate for receiving the image. 2.60","page":111},{"file":"p0112.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"112\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 71-40\n71-40 LIGHT-ROOM DIBDIN-BUNSEN PHOTOMETER for use in either a darkened or undarkened room in determining the relative intensity of two sources of light. When sources of light are in place, the hinged fronts are dropped and no light except from the two sources can strike the screen.\nThe eyeshade outside the box and screen holder inside the box are designed to move together and are fastened at either end by narrow opaque bands which at either end of the box are wound on spring rollers. Without light sources, but otherwise complete as illustrated......$27.50\nNo. 71-50\n71-50 STUDENTS\u2019 PHOTOMETER for determining the intensity of a source of light. The meter stick supports are of metal, the same as illustrated in group illustration on page 114. The photometer box has an index and is fitted with a Dibdin-Bunsen screen placed between two mirrors set at such an angle that both sides of the screen can be seen simultaneously from the front. With gas burner and candle holder complete as illustrated.......................................................... 6.00\n71-52 ELEMENTARY BUNSEN PHOTOMETER. Consists of Meter Stick No. 11-10, pair of Meter Stick Supports No. 71-354, Bunsen Screen No. 71-366, Screen Holder No. 71-356, and Candle Holders Nos. 71-370 and 71-372................................................................. 2.68\n71-53 JOLLY PHOTOMETER HEAD (see Fuller and Brownlee, Exp. 37) for use on a meter stick. Maybe used to replace photometer head of No. 71-50 or screen and screen holder of No. 71-52. See group illustration, page 114.....................................................................'. . . .\t4.25\nNo. 71-60\n71-60 RUMFORD\u2019S PHOTOMETER for determining the intensity of a source of light. The two sources of light are placed on the baseboard, one on either side of the light screen. The shadow rod has a light screen on either side to shut off all extraneous light. The screen holder at extreme left is designed to hold an opaque or ground-glass screen. Without screens and light sources, but otherwise complete as illustrated................................................................................... 8.50","page":112},{"file":"p0113.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n113\nPHOTOMETRIC AND OPTICAL BENCH ATTACHMENTS\n71-100\n71-125\n71-127\n71-128 71-129 70 72 71-135\n71-140 71-142 71-180 71-182 5 960 71-190\n71-195\n71-200\n71-205\n71-210\n71-215\n71-225\n71-227\n71-230\n71-235\n5-970\n5-975\n71-250\n71-255\n71-260\n71-272\nCAST-ALUMINUM DIBDIN-BUNSEN PHOTOMETER SIGHT BOX on 10-mm. rod. Cast-metal casing grooved to hold the screen, also the mirrors at proper angle to view both sides of the\nscreen simultaneously. Finished dull black inside and outside.................\nCANDLE HOLDER TROUGH on 10-mm. rod. Will carry one to four Candle Holders No. 71-127\nwhich can be centered almost instantly. Cast metal, dull black finish.........\nCANDLE HOLDERS. These holders are cast with a drip cup and can be used as individual candle holders for the table or any convenient support, or one, two, three or four can be instantly centered\nin No. 71-125.............................................................Each\nCANDLE HOLDER FOR ONE CANDLE, on 10-mm. rod....................................\nCANDLE HOLDER FOR FOUR CANDLES, on 10-mm. rod..................................\nBRASS KEROSENE LAMP with Wick and Chimney for use on No. 71-250................\nLUMINOUS GAS BURNER. May be used on No. 71-250; especially designed for use inside\nNo. 71-210..................'.................................................\nMOUNTED INCANDESCENT LAMP SOCKET on 10-mm. rod. With cord and Edison plug . .\nMOUNTED WELSBACH GAS BURNER, on 10-mm. rod.....................................\nMOUNTED CONVEX GLASS MIRROR (Nos. 5-970 and 72-35).............................\nMOUNTED CONCAVE GLASS MIRROR (Nos. 5-970 and 72-37)............................\nADJUSTABLE PLANE MIRROR ON ROD (see description, page 12)......................\nSCREEN WITH APERTURES, on 10-mm. rod. By turning the disc various sizes of holes center\nover the large hole in the screen.............................................\nSCREEN WITH ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL SLIT, on 10-mm. rod. By moving the slides a\nslit up to one inch wide can be obtained......................................\nSCREEN HOLDER, large size, on 10-mm. rod.......................................\nSCREEN HOLDER, small size, on 10-mm. rod.......................................\nT. & H. BOX WITH WIRE SCREEN for use in determining the conjugate foci of a converging lens (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. L080). Designed to hold a source of light \u2014 Nos. 70-72, 71-135, etc. The wire gauze over the opening has been selected to give the best\npossible definition...........................................................\nMOUNTED BLACK CLOTH EYE SHADES, on 10-mm. rods, for use on a photometer bench to\nshield the eyes, also to prevent rays of light from striking on the screen.Per pair\nGRADUATED CARDBOARD SCREEN, 10 cms. square, for use with Nos. 71-200, 71-205, or 71-356..........................................................................\n$7.25\n.95\n.30\n.75\n1.20\n.60\n.65\n2.25\n2.85\n4.95\n4.95\n3.65\n5.50\n5.75\n1.75\n1.50\n1.60\n3.25\n.10\nBLACK OPAQUE SCREEN, 10 cms. square, for use with Nos. 71-200, 71-205 or 71-356 TRANSLUCENT (OPALESCENT) SCREEN, 20 cms. square, for\nuse with No. 71-200................................. $0.95\nCARDBOARD METRIC SCALES for use with No. 71-205 in\ndetermining the magnifying power of a converging lens (see\nNational Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. L101).Per pair\nUNIVERSAL LENS HOLDER for lenses up to 4 inches in diameter\n(see description, page 12)..........................\n----, for lenses up to 2 inches in diameter (see description, page 12).\nTABLE TOP ON ROD for general use in supporting objects....\nIMAGE ON ROD, for use as the \u201c object \u201d in optical experiments. LUMMER-BRODHUN PHOTOMETER SIGHT BOX, Contrast Pattern, on 10-mm. rod. By loosening thumb screw on top, cover may be removed and all working parts exposed to view.. . . 100.00 STANDARD CANDLE (see page 111).....................Each .50\n.20\nNo. 71-260","page":113},{"file":"p0114.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"114\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPHOTOMETRIC AND OPTICAL BENCH OUTFITS\n71-327 UNIVERSAL TWO-METER PHOTOMETRIC OUTFIT WITH GRADUATED ROD.\n1 pair End Supports No. 5-375\t1 Incandescent Lamp Socket on Rod No. 71-140\n1 Graduated Two-Meter Square Rod No. 5-55b\t1 Mounted Welsbach Gas Burner No. 71-142\n1 Dibdin-Bunsen Photometer on Rod No. 71-100 3 Right Angle Clamps No. 5-810\nComplete.....................................................................$39.00\n71-327A-----, same as above, but with Ungraduated Rod No. 5-50f........................ 27.90\n71-329 UNIVERSAL ONE-METER PHOTOMETRIC OUTFIT WITH GRADUATED ROD, same as\nNo. 71-327, but with Graduated Rod, one meter long, No. 5-55a................ 33.00\n71-329A ----, same as above, but with Ungraduated Rod No. 5-50d........................ 24.25\n71-331 UNIVERSAL TWO-METER PHOTOMETRIC OUTFIT WITH GRADUATED ROD.\n1 pair End Supports No. 6-375\t1 Candle Holder Trough No. 71-125\n1 Graduated 2-Meter Square Rod No. 5-55b\t4 Candle Holders No. 71-127\n1 Dibdin-Bunsen Photometer on Rod No. 71-100 1 Mounted Incandescent LampSocket No.71-140\n1 pair Eye Shades No. 71-215\t5 Right Angle Clamps No. 5-810\nComplete.................................................................. 45.25\n71-331A ---, same as above, but with Ungraduated Rod No. 5-50f...................... 34.15\n71-332 UNIVERSAL ONE-METER PHOTOMETRIC OUTFIT WITH GRADUATED ROD, same\nas No. 71-331, but with Graduated Rod, one meter long, No. 5-55a.......... 39.25\n71-332A ---, same as above, but with Ungraduated Rod No. 6-50d...................... 30.50\n71-340 OPTICAL BENCH ATTACHMENTS, suggested for addition to any of the above outfits. Consists of No. 71-200 Screen Holder, No. 71-225 Graduated Cardboard Screen, No. 71-227 Black Opaque Screen, No. 71-230 Translucent Screen, No. 71-256 Image on Rod, and No. 5-970 Lens Holder. Complete............................................................................ 6.20\nSIMPLE PHOTOMETRIC AND OPTICAL BENCH ACCESSORIES\n71-3B2\n71-225\n71-53\n71-352\n71-364\n71-358\n71-372\n71-370\n71-356\n71-356\n71-356\n11- 10\n71-354 \u2014\n71-350 STUDENT\u2019S OPTICAL BENCH \u2014 a simple outfit for optical experiments. Consists of No.\n11-10 Meter Stick, No. 71-352 Lens Holder, No. 74-121 Convex Lens, No. 71-368 Pin Holder,\nNo. 71-356 Screen Holder, No. 71-225 Cardboard Screen, and one pair No. 71-354 Metal Meter\nStick Supports. Complete.................................................... 2.25\n11 10\tMETER STICK............................................................................46\n71 352\tLENS HOLDER............................................................................20\n71-354\tMETAL METER STICK SUPPORTS..............................................Per pair\t.75\n71-355\tWOOD METER STICK SUPPORTS...............................................Per pair\t.35\n71-356\tSCREEN HOLDER..........................................................................18\n71-225\tGRADUATED CARDBOARD SCREEN.............................................................10\n71 368\tPIN HOLDER.............................................................................18\n71-362 OPAQUE SCREEN WITH CROSSED TRANSLUCENT SQUARE OPENING (see Fuller\n& Brownlee, Exp. 40)................................................................36\n71-364 BLACK AND WHITE OPAQUE SCREEN WITH SQUARE OPENING (see Fuller &\nBrownlee, Exp. 48)..................................................................36\n71-366\tBUNSEN SCREEN, simple form, for use in Holders No. 71-366 and 71-368...................26\n71-368\tSCREEN HOLDER (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. LOI 1)......................76\n71-370\tCANDLE HOLDER FOR ONE CANDLE (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp.\tLOI 1)\t.. .\t.40\n71-372\tCANDLE HOLDER FOR FOUR CANDLES (see National Physics Direction\tSheets,\tExp. L011)\t.66\n71-375\tBLOCK AND BENT WIRE for finding real and virtual images in a lens......................35\n71-376\tWIRE BENT AT RIGHT ANGLES (see Hall No. 73)............................................06\n71-380 CARDBOARD DIAPHRAGM WITH 1-CM. OPENING (see National Physics Direction Sheets,\nExps. L101 and L105)................................................................10\n71-400\tCULLER\u2019S PRINCIPLE FOCUS BOX (see Culler, Exp. XXXV)........................ 3.45\n71-500\tMOUNTED CONVEX LENS AND WIRE SCREEN (see Millikan, Gale\t&\tBishop,\tExp. 46).\t1.85","page":114},{"file":"p0115.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n115\nREFLECTION OF LIGHT\nNo. 72-90\tNo. 72-125\tNo. 72-95\nNo. 72-90\tNo. 72-125\tNo. 72-95\n72-10\tPLANE GLASS MIRROR, 6 X2 inches, silvered back.......................................... $0.15\n72-10a SPRING BRASS CLIPS for holding mirror to a block..................................Pair .25\n72-10b\tVERTICAL INDEX BLOCK, white face (see Hall No. 66)..........................................20\n72-12\tPLANE GLASS MIRROR, 6X4 inches, silvered back...............................................25\n72-15\tPLANE GLASS MIRROR, lacquered black on one side (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 42) . .\t.20\n72-20\tCONCAVE-CONVEX CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, brass, heavily nickeled and burnished....................75\n72-25 CONCAVE-CONVEX SPHERICAL MIRROR, 3 inches diameter, 6 inches focus. Brass, heavily\n\u00ce\tnickeled and burnished..................................................................75\n72-35\tCONVEX GLASS MIRROR, 3 inches diameter, 6 inches focus, silvered back protected.......... 3.00\n72-37\tCONCAVE GLASS MIRROR, 3 inches diameter, 6 inches focus, silvered back protected......... 3.00\n72-45 MOUNTED CONCAVE AND CONVEX GLASS MIRRORS, 4y2 inches diameter, mounted\nin circular wooden frame with handle................................................ 4.26\n72-60 IMPROVED INCIDENCE AND REFLECTION APPARATUS for determining the law of reflection of light. In use, one arm is set at any desired position. Sighting across the second, this arm is moved until the image of the first and the etched line of the mirror and the sighting edge of the\nsecond are in the same straight line. If the positions of these index arms are noted on the graduated arc it will be found that the angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection. 6.50\n72-70 GAGE\u2019S REFLECTION APPARATUS for demonstrating the law of reflection of light. By glancing in the mirror through the hole marked \u201c O \u201d an image only of the hole is seen. If the source of light is held before any of the other holes the image in the mirror can be seen only through the\nhole equally distant on the other side of the normal to the mirror................................. 4.26\n22-145 INCIDENCE AND REFLECTION APPARATUS (see description, page 44)........................................... 19.00\n72-90 MULTIPLE REFLECTION APPARATUS for study of multiple reflections. Metal construction \\ <i\nthroughout. Mirrors may be unhinged from center and mounted parallel to each other.................. 9.50\n72-95 PLACED IMAGE MULTIPLE REFLECTION APPARATUS for study of multiple images (see Hall & Bergen\u2019s \u201c A Text-Book of Physics,\u201d page 158). In use the mirrors are placed upon the board with the reflecting surfaces making an angle of 90\u00b0 \u2014 in the position as illustrated. The lighted candle should be of such height that its flame will not be above the upper edge of the mirrors and should be exactly over the middle hole in front of the board. The positions of the images of the candle should now be noted and pegs placed in the holes behind the mirrors in such a position that, to an observer placed in front of the mirrors, the images in the mirrors and the pegs over the mirror will appear to coincide. The experiment should be modified with the\nmirrors also at angles of 60\u00b0 and 30\u00b0................................................ 6.76\n72-100 KALEIDOSCOPE. Three mirrors are mounted separately in metal frames and then combined to form a case with the mirrors at angles of 60\u00b0. One end is closed by a disc of ground glass, the other is provided with a cap with an aperture. Fragments of colored glass are placed at one end between the ground-glass discs and the second clear-glass disc. The objects and their images when viewed through the aperture present themselves in an endless variety of symmetrical forms\nas the kaleidoscope tube is turned............................................ 4.20\n72-106 STUDENTS\u2019 KALEIDOSCOPE, similar in design to above but of more simple construction...76\n72-125 LUMINOUS CASCADE for showing total reflection by means of a jet of water. A strong parallel beam of light is directed into the glass window at the left so that it will pass through the small orifice in the tube at the left. If the vessel is filled with clear water it will issue from the small orifice and will be illuminated for a considerable distance. Colored-glass plates placed before the window make a pleasing modification of the experiment........................................................ 16.60","page":115},{"file":"p0116.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"116\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n\u20ac>\nNo. 73-75\nIf\nNo. 73-50\nRear View Wing Nut Loosened Permits of Tilting\nimmm\ng&Hgp \u00df\nNo. 73-10\nNo. 73-80\nFront View Dial Tilted\n73-10 KOLBE-HARCOURT OPTICAL DISC, self-contained, universal inclination, for illustrating in a simple direct manner the fundamental laws in optics. Rays of sunlight, direct or reflected, will show as white paths of light across the face of the dial. When a prism, lens, or mirror is placed in these rays of light there results refraction or reflection as will be indicated by the paths which will show on the face of the dial. The instrument has been designed for use in a lecture hall and the results are clear and positive, even to those pupils in the rear of the hall. We have retained m our new model the optical perfections of previous designs, but have greatly enhanced the value of the instrument by mechanical improvements which may be noted in our illustrations. We can obtain any conceivable angle of tilt for the dial, rotate shield and dial independently of each other, and provide an individual pocket for each optical part in the base of the instrument. Many experiments are possible with the optical disc. On the next page we illustrate a few. A special pamphlet describing these and other experiments will be sent upon request. Complete with all\noptical parts......................................................................................$36.00\n73-50 DIVERGING RAY ATTACHMENT. Consists of a system of concavo-cylindrical lenses mounted with rod for clamping to a support stand. Each individual lens sends out a bundle of diverging rays, and one ray from each lens will pass through the slit in the screen, forming a system of diverging rays which appear to come from the slit as a source and cross the face of the dial. Attachment only, without clamp or support stand................................................................ 9.75\n73-75 REFRACTION OF WATER TANK. Fastens to the center of the dial of the optical disc. The glass front covers slightly more than one-half the circle so that the water level can be used at the 90-90 mark.............................................................. 8.25\n73-80 POLARIZED LIGHT ATTACHMENT. This attachment in use is clamped to the face of the optical disc by' means of thumb screws. It is used in studying the fundamental phenomena of polarized light, uniform reflection of ordinary unpolarized light, polarization by reflection, polarization by multiple refractions, chromatic polarization, and many other important phenomena\nthat readily suggest themselves when the attachment is in use........................................ 18.75\n73-90 COWEN\u2019S N. AND F. APPARATUS for use on the face of the optical disc to illustrate near\nand far-sightedness. Will be found a valuable accessory.............................................. 1.50\n73-101 HARCOURT IMPROVED STUDENTS\u2019 OPTICAL DISC for use in horizontal position only (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exps. LI 10 to LI 18), Without optical parts, but otherwise complete as illustrated, with special light box and complete series of direc-\ntion sheets......................$22.00\n73-102 OPTICAL DISC LIGHT PARTS. One\nset will be found ample for four groups of pupils working with No. 73-101. In box............................... 9.50\n73-106 HERSEY\u2019S 110-VOLT LIGHT BOX\nfor general laboratory use as a source of light............................. 6.50\nNos. 73-101 to 73-106","page":116},{"file":"p0117.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n117\nA ray reflected from a plane mirror. Angle of incidence equal to angle of reflection.\nReflection from a concave mirror. Showing convergence of rays.\nTotal reflection. Showing rays totally reflected at the hypothe-nuse and reversed upon emerging.\nRefraction through double convex lens. Showing convergence of rays.\nReflection from a plane mirror.\nIncident parallel rays are reflected parallel.\nOne-half of ray refracted.\nShowing angle of refraction.\nRay partly reflected, partly refracted. Showing angle of incidence and refraction.\nReflection from a convex mirror. Showing divergence of raj\u2019s.\nAngle of deviation \u2014 minimum angle of deviation. Showing an incident ray emerging parallel, since surfaces are parallel.\nRay totally reflected. By\nturning disc, critical angle may be determined.\nRefraction through double concave lens. Showing divergence of rays.\nTheory of the rainbow. Show ing the \u201c primary bow.\u201d\nSend for Special Pamphlet describing experiments suggested above in diagram.","page":117},{"file":"p0118.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"118\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nREFRACTION\nOF LIGHT\nNo. 74-50\nNo. 74-55\n74-50 GILLEY INDEX OF REFRACTION PLATE, 3X4 inches, polished edges, for determining the\nindex of refraction of glass..........................................................$0.60\n74-55 EQUILATERAL PRISM (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 43). A triangular prism of heavy plate\nglass, 75 mm. polished edges, one surface ground.........................................65\nNo. 74-75\nNo. 74-86\nNo. 74-90\n74-75 GILLEY INDEX OF REFRACTION OF WATER BOARD for determining the index of refraction of water. Made of selected soft wood, impregnated with paraffine. Pins are used to determine water level and the line of sight. Without jar......................................................... 1.25\n31-265c GLASS JAR, 6x8 inches, for use with above............................................. .60\n74-81 BRASS PARTITION with attached clamps (see Hall & Bergen Exp. 25 (No. 29)...................35\n74-82 BRASS CLAMPS with index points. (See Hall & Bergen, Exp. 25 (No. 30)................Each .30\n74-85 INDEX OF -REFRACTION OF WATER APPARATUS WITH ADJUSTABLE SIGHTING ARM. (See Culler's \u201c Laboratory Manual of Physics,\u201d Exp. XXXIV.) Can be used on round or square jar. An important feature is that the results can be transferred to the notebook page by removing the apparatus from the jar and pressing the needle points down into the blank sheet. Without jar................................................................................. 2.85\n74-90 PRATT INSTITUTE INDEX OF REFRACTION OF WATER APPARATUS. The metal sliding index strips are held adjustably in the non-corrosive cast metal support. When the line of sight is obtained the apparatus is taken from the jar and the straight edges placed on a sheet of paper and the line of sight drawn. Index of refraction is then determined by ordinary methods. Without jar.. 6.60","page":118},{"file":"p0119.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n119\nNo. 74-230\n74-107\n74-110\n74-112\n74-150\n74-151\n74-152\n74-153\n74-170\n74-171\n74-172\n74-173\n74-180\n74-182\n74-192\n74-210\n74-215\n74-230\n74-231\n74-235\nDEMONSTRATION LENSES, 3 inches diameter. A set of 10 lenses, one each of the following types: Double-convex, double-concave, plano-convex, plano-concave, cylindrical-convex, cylindrical-con-cave, sphero-cylindrical, sphero-prismatic, periscopic-convex, periscopic-concave ...............Set $15.00\nDEMONSTRATION LENSES, 2 inches diameter. A set of 6 lenses,one each of the following types: Double-convex, double-concave, plano-convex, plano-concave, periscopic-convex, periscopic-concave .........................................................................................Set 4.50\n-----, VA inches diameter. Set of 6 lenses, same as above, enclosed in cardboard box..............Set 2.50\nLABORATORY LENSES\nDOUBLE-CONVEX\tLENSES, highest quality, carefully polished,\t\t\tground edges.\t74-122\t74-122a\nNo\t\t74-118\t74-120\t74-121\t74-121a\t\t\nDiameter, inches. .\tVA\tVA\tm\t1A\t2\t2\nFocus, inches\t\t2\t4\t6\t8\t5\t20\nEach\t\t$0.65\t.50\t.40\t.50\t.65\t.75\nNo\t\t74-123\t74-124\t74-125\t74-126\t74-126a\t\nDiameter, inches. .\t23^\t3\t4\t4\t5\t\nFocus, inches\t\t6\t7\t10\t16\t10\t\nEach\t\t$0.80\t1.15\t2.00\t2.25\t2.75\t\nDOUBLE-CONCAVE\tLENS, 1A inches diameter, 6 inches focus, highest quality, ground edges.\t\t\t\t\t. . $0.45\n----, 1J4 inches diameter, 8 inches focus.......................................................\n----, 2 inches\tdiameter, 8 inches focus..............................................................60\n----, 3 inches\tdiameter, 6 inches focus........................................................... 1-60\nCONDENSING LENS, plano-convex, V/, inches diameter, 634. inches focus, ground edges.............\t2.45\n----, VA inches diameter, 10 inches focus....................................................... 2.45\n----, 5 inches\tdiameter, 8 inches focus........................................................... 3-85\n----, 6 inches\tdiameter, 10 inches focus.......................................................... 4.75\nWATER LENS, hollow plano-convex vessel, with opening for introduction of water. Diameter 80 mm,.......................................................................................\nWATER LENS, hollow double-convex vessel, with opening for introduction of water. Diameter\n80 mm................................................................................ 6-50\nACHROMATIC LENS, diameter 2 inches, focus 8 inches. Two lenses, a diverging concavo-convex flint glass lens and a double-convex crown glass lens, accurately ground and polished and perfectly fitted to each other...................................................................... 10.75\nMOUNTED CONDENSING LENS, diameter 5 inches, focus 8 inches. The stand is of brass and of a design constructed to facilitate in obtaining all positions desired for the lens in laboratory\npractice. Complete as illustrated......................................................\nMOUNTED DOUBLE-CONVEX LENS, diameter 4 inches, focus 14 inches. Mounted in Holder\nNo. 5-970, adjustably supported on a metal stand.......................................\nREADING LENS, diameter 3 inches. A double-convex lens mounted in a metal frame and provided with handle........................................................................\nLONG FOCUS LENS with handle..............................................................\nPOCKET MAGNIFIER (LINEN TESTER) A inch aperture. A small double-convex lens, short focus, mounted in a brass piece that may be folded into small compass....................\n12.00\n12.00\n2.00\n1.50\n.60","page":119},{"file":"p0120.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"120\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n74\u2014240 KUEHNE\u2019S EYE MODEL for the demonstration and study of the optical construction of the eye, its normal and abnormal condition and the necessary corrections. The apparatus consists of a water-tight rectangular box with various accessories, such as the two corneas, one of which is fitted with a cylindrical lens, two eye lenses of different foci, three diaphragms, retina and six glasses to be used in front for correcting errors. Apparatus complete as above described, including full instructions for use............................................................... $55.00\n6201 MODEL OF HUMAN EYE of plaster of Paris. Dissectible................................................ 12.50\n74-280 EQUILATERAL PRISM, flint glass, square ends, 30-mm. face,\n4 inches long................................................. $1.50\n74-282 ------, 6 inches long.............................................\n74-295 EQUILATERAL PRISM, crown glass, square ends, 25-mm. face,\n1}4 inches long...............................................\n74-297 ------, 2 inches long.............................................\n74-305 RIGHT ANGLE PRISM for total reflection, angles of 45 and 90\u00b0, sides 25 by 25 mm., length inches.........................................\n74-307 ------, angles of 45 and 90\u00b0, sides 38 by 38 mm., length 2 inches....\n74-315 FLINT GLASS PRISM, refracting angle of 20\u00b0, sides 41 mm., length 1)4 inches................................................................\n74-430 IMPROVED CAST HOLLOW PRISM. The design illustrated above pictures our new model hollow prism, indestructibly constructed of cast metal with openings in two sides closed in an ingenious manner by optical plate glass. This prism will be found adequate for most laboratory work, and results are entirely satisfactory. It is finished with a durable dull black coating.................\n74-450 MOUNTED EQUILATERAL PRISM. This is a 4-inch equilateral prism, mounted on the Hall Universal Stand as illustrated. This stand can be raised and lowered to any desired height or inclined \u25a0to any angle. It is handsomely finished and the base offers a substantial support.......................................................\n74-452 ------, similar to above, but prism 6 inches long.................\n74-455 MOUNTED TOTAL REFLECTION PRISM, consisting of a right angle prism, flint glass, angles of 45\u00b0 and 90\u00b0 mounted on stand as illustrated in No. 74-450.................................................\n74-470 DIRECT VISION PRISM, after the original specifications of the late Mr. Eaton of Brooklyn,\nN. Y., for projection of spectra on a screen. This prism consists of a combination of two prisms, one of dense glass, the other a hollow prism which in use is filled with carbon bisulphide, the angles of each of which are very nicely calculated, giving a direct vision spectrum of large dispersion.\nAt a distance of 20 feet from the screen, with a J4-size objective, it is possible to secure a clear spectrum band 6 feet long by 2 feet wide. Mounted on rod telescoping into neat tripod stand. . . $55.00\n74 480 POLYPRISM for illustrating the phenomena of multiple refractions. The polyprism is set into a cylindrically-shaped wooden holder provided with an aperture for viewing an object through the polyprism.....................................................................................................","page":120},{"file":"p0121.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n121\nOPTICAL INSTRUMENTS\n75-30 ACHROMATIC TELESCOPE, extra quality, morocco-covered body, polished brass slides, cap for object glass and sliding cover for eye lens. Length, closed, inches, three draws to 14 inches long, magnifying power 12 diameters................................................................\nMODELS OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS\nThese models consist of lenses mounted in holders appropriately placed for the best definition. The holders are mounted on a cross-head attached to a neatly finished wood stand. The paths which the rays take are sketched on the flat face of the cross-head. These models will be found instructive and as the magnification and definition are excellent they will be found of great utility.\n75-150 GALILEO\u2019S TELESCOPE MODEL, comprising two lenses, the object glass, and a diverging or double concave eye-piece. This instrument illustrates the common opera glass, giving an erect image............................................................................ *9-00\n75-151 ASTRONOMICAL TELESCOPE MODEL, consisting of two lenses, one the condensing eye-piece and the other the object glass. In comparison with No. 75-154, Model of the Microscope, it will be seen that this astronomical telescope is analogous to the microscope, differing in the respect that in the microscope, the object being seen through the object glass, the image formed must be on the principal focus and is, therefore, greatly magnified, so that both the object glass and the eye-piece magnify; while in the astronomical telescope, the heavenly body being at a great distance, the ravs are parallel and the image formed on the principal focus of the object glass is much smaller than the object. There is, therefore, little magnification except that secured by the eye-piece, which usually is of short focal length. The.lines which represent the path of the rays bring this out very clearly in object models..................<................................. 12.75\n75-152 TERRESTRIAL TELESCOPE MODEL, consisting of two condensing lenses placed between the object glass and the eye-piece. It will be noted that this telescope differs from the astronomical telescope in that it produces images in their right positions........................ 14.50\n75-\t153 TELESCOPE MODELS, as listed above, showing the construction of the principal telescopes. Set\nof three............................................................................. 36 26\n76-\t154 MICROSCOPE MODEL, consisting of two lenses, one the objective, the other the eye-piece.\t9.00\n75-\t155 DEMONSTRATION MICROSCOPE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop\u2019s \u201c Laboratory Physics,\u201d Exp.\n49), for determining the magnifying power of a microscope. The apparatus consists of a brass tube, on either end of which are placed corks with apertures. Over one end is fastened a linen tester, No. 74-235. Apparatus complete with two linen testers........................ 1-90\n76-\t161 RULED CARDBOARD STRIP (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 49A).................................46\n75-163 CARDBOARD INDEX STRIP (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 49A) .................................30\n75-165 SEXTANT, for measuring the angle between any two distant obj/ects. This is a universal, durably constructed aluminum model, divided on main scale to read to degrees. The vernier on index arm is graduated so that six divisions on vernier equal five on the main scale. _ This model must not be confused with a number of cheap models at present on the market, as this is an accurate working instrument provided with most of the adjustments of an engineer\u2019s and mariner\u2019s expensive metal sextant...........................................................................................\n77-90 COLORED GLASS PLATES for analysis and study of light. They are furnished 10 cms. square\nin the following colors: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. Per set of seven colors. 2.75","page":121},{"file":"p0122.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"122\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTHE VON NARDROFF COLOR APPARATUS\nDESIGNED FOR THE STUDY OF COLOR PHENOMENA\nAn Attachment for the Projection Lantern or Porte Lumiere Made under the personal supervision of Mr. F. W. Huntington\nNo. 77-100\n77-100 VON NARDROFF COLOR APPARATUS. This apparatus was designed by Dr. Von Nardroff, principal of the Stuyvesant High School, New York City, for the convenient and satisfactory study of color phenomena where only one projection lantern is available. Our method of mounting is such that it is equally well adapted for use with the porte lumiere. Briefly, it is an attachment that converts an ordinary projection lantern into a triple lantern in which each of the three beams of light is independent both as to intensity and direction. The general form and design is clearly indicated by the cuts above, showing two positions.\nmaxwell's primary hues. Fig. t.\nFALSE PRIMARY HUES\nFig 2\nCOMPLEMENTARY HUES.\nFig. ).\nCONTRAST EFFECTS.\nPig- 4.\nEXPERIMENTS\nA Study of Primaries and Secondaries (see Fig. 1). The red, green, and blue glasses provided with the apparatus are placed in the glass holders shown in the diagram. By a movement of the lens arm these circles of red, green, and blue may be overlapped either in whole or in part as desired and, by means of the diaphragms, the intensity of strength of each color readily regulated. The effect of mixing the primaries in any desired portion, in pairs or in triples, is readily seen.\nFalse Primaries (see Fig. 2). In this illustration the glasses selected should be the purple, yellow and blue-green, and by proper manipulation of the diaphragms all possible hues, as well as white, may be obtained.\nComplementary Hues (see Fig. 3) are easily illustrated by carefully choosing the pairs of colored glasses to obtain the desired results.\n\u201c The Green Question \u201d is solved by superimposing the yellow and blue glasses in the single slide holder of the apparatus and again inserting the same glasses in separate slide holders, adding the beams by overlapping on the screen, noting that a pure white light is obtained.\nContrasting Effects (see Fig. 4) are strikingly illustrated when a saturated color, such as green, is projected and the white disc arranged to partially overlap turned on; the overlap, which is really a tint, appearing nearly white, while the remaining white appears strongly colored of the complementary hue. If the order of projection is reversed, the sudden appearance of the white is very impressive.\nA Study of Tints is easily made by adding to the white beam a colored beam adjusted for intensity.\nOther Experiments. Many additional experiments will suggest themselves to the user after he has become familiar with the apparatus and commences to learn some of its possibilities; such, for instance, as three equally bright beams being made to partially overlap. The remaining portions of the beams will present intensities as the ratio of 1:2:3. Again, projecting on the screen a compound white, holding an opaque body in the path of the ray, a very remarkable shadow effect will be produced.\nPrice mounted as illustrated, $45.00","page":122},{"file":"p0123.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n123\nNo. 77-125\nSPECTRAL APPARATUS\nNo. 77-160\n77-125 DIRECT-VISION POCKET SPECTROSCOPE for use in experiments in spectrum analysis. This instrument consists of a combination of three prisms giving a considerable dispersion. It will show many of the Frauenhofer lines, the bright lines of the metals and gases and the absorption bands in colored gases, crystals, or liquids. It is provided with an adjustable slit operated by a small micrometer screw. This spectroscope has an achromatic lens and is of excellent quality\nthroughout. Enclosed in velvet-lined case.......................................$19.76\n77-160 DEMONSTRATION SPECTRAL APPARATUS AND GONIOMETER, a goniometer or spectrometer of simple design but accurate construction, in which all lenses, diaphragms and slit are separately mounted and arranged for adjustment along nickel-plated graduated rretal bars. The prism table and circle is accurately divided on metal to twTo degrees. Although primarily designed for demonstration purposes, it will be found of unusual value as a student\u2019s instrument, in that the student is enabled, not only to use the instrument as a spectral apparatus with a fair degree of accuracy, but also to use it with a correct understanding of construction of telescope and collimator and, from observation of correct position of parts arranged openly on this simple design, clearly to\nunderstand the more complex instruments. Constructed of metal throughout, handsomely nickel-plated and oxidized. Complete with holders, slit and\nlenses, but without prism........ 45.00\n77-170 ADVANCED SPECTROSCOPE. This instrument is especially designed for high school and elementary college work It is furnished completely equipped with all essential parts. All mechanical details are well constructed and nicely fitted; all optical parts are of the best.\nThe telescope is adjustable, has an aperture of about 20 mm. and a focal length of about 160 mm. The collimator is provided with a comparison prism and is of the- same dimensions as the telescope. A separate tube contains the scale. The instrument is mounted adjustably in a neatly finished tripod stand. It is furnished with a 60-degree N0- 77-170\tflint glass prism provided with a cover. 75.00\nNos. 77-225 to 77-236\nNo. 77-245\n77-225 GEISSLER SPECTRUM TUBE, filled with carbon dioxide............................................ 3.00\n77-226\t----, filled with hydrogen gas.........................................m..................... 3.00\n77-227 ------,\tfilled\twith nitrogen gas............................................................... 3.00\n77-228 ------,\tfilled\twith oxygen gas..............................................................    3.00\n77-235 GEISSLER SPECTRUM TUBE, most carefully constructed, evacuated, and filled with pure argon\ngas....................................................................................... 4.60\n77-236 ------,\tsame\tas above, but filled with pure helium........................................... 4.60\n77-245 GEISSLER SPECTRUM TUBE for exhausting and filling with whatever gas desired. Fitted\nwith two carefully ground glass cocks..................................................... 5.25","page":123},{"file":"p0124.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"124\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n77-350 NEWTON\u2019S RINGS for illustrating colors of thin plates, demonstrating interference of light, etc.\nThis apparatus consists of two brass rings between which are locked two glasses, one plane and the other convex, of very long focus. The method of locking the two rings is such that by means of the screws, the pressure may be regulated. Diameter of glasses,\n1)4 inches. If the two surfaces are exposed to ordinary light in front of the window, so as to reflect light, there is seen at the point of contact a black spot, surrounded by \u00fc or 7 colored rings, the tints of which become gradually less strong. If the glasses are viewed by transmitted light, the center of the ring is white and each of the colors is exactly complementary to th\u00e0t of the rings by reflection. If exposed to light from a monochromatic flame, an interesting study of the colored rings presents itself.............................\n77-375 INTERFERENCE OF LIGHT PLATES (see Millikan & Gale, Fig. 391)........\nPOLARIZATION STUDY APPARATUS\nNo. 78-45\tNo. 78-85\n78-45 PICKERING POLARISCOPE for study of simple objects under polarized light. This is a simple form of polariscope in which the polarizing mirror covers the stage. The analyzer is a Nicol\u2019s Prism 6-mm. aperture mounted in brass tube. It is provided with pointer and graduated arc. An improved holder is provided for specimens to be studied............................$25.50\nIceland Spar. Iceland Spar is a crystallized mineral which produces two refracted beams of light from one incident ray. Iceland Spar comes in many forms, all of which may be reduced by cleavage to the rhombohedron. This mineral comes in many grades of purity and clarity, although the double refraction can be shown by the quality\nreadily obtainable, and as generally listed. We recommend our No. 78-75.\n78-75\tICELAND\tSPAR,\tbest quality, recommended for its\tremarkable purity and clarity....... 1.20\n78-76\tICELAND\tSPAR,\tlarge size, medium quality................................................60\n78-77\tICELAND\tSPAR,\tordinary quality. . . ....................................................35\nTourmaline Tongs. Tourmaline is a uni-axial negative crystal in the form of a regular hexagonal prism from which only the \u201cextraordinary\u201d ray emerges, while the \u201cordinary\u201d is rapidly absorbed. It can, therefore, be used in producing a polarizing light. The optical axis of tourmaline coincides with the prism and for optical purposes the plate is cut from it parallel to the axis. In tourmaline tongs used for illustrating and analyzing polarized light, two tourmaline crystals are mounted in discs which are held as illustrated. These discs are each free to move. If the prisms are placed so that their axes are parallel, light emerges as the prisms are turned so that their axes are at an angle. In use, the crystal to be studied under polarized light is placed between the two crystals.\n78-85 TOURMALINE TONGS, simple form, medium size tourmaline prisms, capable of ordinary work. . .\t5.00\nNICOL\u2019S PRISMS\nThe ray of light incident on the crystal of Iceland Spar is split into two rays, the \u201c ordinary \u201d and the \u201c extraordinary,\u201d each of which travels in a different plane. In order that the incident ray may be transmitted in one plane it is necessary to dispose of either the \u201cordinary\u201d or \u201cextraordinary\u201d ray. The Nicol\u2019s Prism causes the \u201cordinary\u201d ray to be totally reflected, allowing the free transmission of the \u201cextraordinary \u201d ray.\nThese types of prisms consist of rhombs of Iceland Spar, each of which is obliquely cross-cut symmetrical to the other. Faces polished and then luted by the cement the index of refraction of which is greater than that of the \u201c extraordinary \u201d ray. This cross cut is of such an angle that total reflection of the \u201c ordinary \u201d ray occurs when the incident ray strikes the luted faces. Our Nicol\u2019s Prisms are purchased from one manufacturer and are noted for their large polarizing field and their exceeding clarity.\n78-95 NICOL\u2019S PRISMS, luted by Canada Balsam, polarizing field of 22)4 degrees.\na\tb\tc\nAperture..................... 6\t7\tS mm.\nEach......................... $5.75\t$7.25\t$12.00","page":124},{"file":"p0125.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n125\nMAGNETISM AND STATIC ELECTRICITY\nNo. 80-123\nNo. 80-10\tNo. 80-150\n80-10\tLODESTONE or NATURAL MAGNET........................................................$0.50\n80-11\tLARGE LECTURE TABLE LODESTONE or NATURAL MAGNET, selected quality.....................30\n80-14 SUPPORTING STIRRUP FOR LODESTONE used in illustrating action of the earth's magnetic\nforce...............................................................................65\n80-22\tHORSESHOE MAGNET, 3-inch, with keeper.................................................25\n80-24\t ,\t4-inch..........................................................................55\n80-26\t ,\t6-inch..........................................................................85\n80-28\t ,\t8-inch......................................................................  1.50\n80-30\tHORSESHOE MAGNET, 53^-inch, poles 34 X 34 inch, 2 inches between poles............. 1.25\n80-32\tU-SHAPED MAGNET (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 85)......................................95\n80-35\tCOMPOUND HORSESHOE MAGNET, two magnets, with keeper................................ 2.90\n80-37\tEIGHT-INCH COMPOUND HORSESHOE MAGNET, four 8-inch magnets, with keeper............. 8.25\n80-55 BAR MAGNET, 2X34X34 inch ... ....................................Each, $0.20. Per dozen 2.25\n80-57\t ,\t6X3-iX.li inch..................................................................45\n80-59\t ,\t8 X hi X 34 inch................................................................65\n80-70\tBAR MAGNETS IN BOX WITH KEEPERS, one pair 6-inch bar magnets in box with keepers. . 1.25\n80-80\tROUND BAR MAGNET, 6 inches long by 3 i-inch diameter..................................70\n80-85 BREAKING MAGNET for illustrating that both polarities are present at all parts of the bar and not merely at the ends; 6 inches long by 34-inch square, weakened at various points to facilitate in the\nbreaking............................................................................60\n80-87\tGLASS TUBE AND STEEL FILINGS for illustrating the molecular character of magnetism....45\n80-90\tMAGNETIZED STEEL DISC, diameter 2 inches..............................................55\n80-100 HARDENED STEEL RODS (KNITTING NEEDLES).................................Per set of four .20\n80-102 DARNING NEEDLES, large............................................Package of 25 needles .25\n80-105\tSOFT IRON BAR, 6X34 inch, best quality soft iron..................................... 30\n80-108 -----,20X34 inch ................................................................... 1-25\n80-107\tSOFT IRON HORSESHOE CORE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 30).......................25\n80-108\tCYLINDRICAL IRON ARMATURE (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E011)..........05\n80-109\tTWO-PART IRON ARMATURE (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E011).............07\n80-110\tNICKEL STRIP, 4X34 inch, for showing that other substances than iron have magnetic properties. .30\n89-115\tMAGNETIC SCREENS for illustrating magnetic transparency. A set of six screens, some paramagnetic, others diamagnetic.\tPer\tset\tof six ....................................... 1.15\n80-117 PARAMAGNETIC AND DIAMAGNETIC SUBSTANCES......................................Package .40\n80-120\tMAGNET STIRRUP. A wire stirrup to hold a bar magnet suspended by a string.............25\n80-123 BLACK\u2019S MAGNET AND FRICTION ROD SUPPORT. The carrier is constructed of lightweight metal and is balanced on a hardened steel supporting needle. A magnet or friction rod\nresting on this carrier reacts readily to other magnetic or static charges....... 2.65\n80-150 MOLECULAR MAGNET MODEL for demonstrating the distribution of magnetism in magnetic\nrods. Each of the 24 small magnets is about 2 cms. long and is mounted on a steel supporting needle.\nMany interesting and instructive\texperiments are possible........................11.50\n80-155 FLOATING MAGNETS for illustrating attraction and repulsion of magnetic poles. A set of six\nsmall magnets each on a mount that will float in water. Per set.....................45","page":125},{"file":"p0126.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"126\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 80-160\tNo. 80-225\n80-160 SUPPORTING BOARD for use with a magnet (bar magnet or Horseshoe Magnet No. 80-30) in study of magnetic lines of force. In use a sheet of blueprint paper is pinned to the board over the magnets which set flush in the grooves as illustrated ............................................................... $1.20\n80-165 MAGNET SUPPORTS for use with No. 80-55 Magnets in study of magnetic lines of force. These supports are strips of wood same thickness of magnets. In use \"the blueprint paper is pinned to the\nstrips..................................................................................Per pair .10\n80-167 SPECIAL MAGNET BLOCK (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E011)............................. .05\n6330c GLASS PLATE, 6X6 inches, for use in mapping magnetic fields of force......................................09\n80-180 IRON FILINGS, selected fine, soft, iron filings.............Per 34 lb, $0.10. Per lb. .25\n80 185 FILINGS SIFTER.......................................................................26\n80-187 CHEESE CLOTH BAG.....................................................................15\n80-225 TOEPLER\u2019S LINES OF FORCE APPARATUS for showing magnetic field between the poles of an electro-magnet. This design is excellent for projection work. In use the glass trough is filled with glycerine in which iron filings have been mixed. Cast metal base, neatly japanned..................... 11.00\nNo. 80-230\n80-230 MAGNETIC LINES OF FORCE APPARATUS recommended for use with a vertical projector in showing on a screen the lines of force about a current bearing conductor. Consists of a set of six plates each in a wooden frame. Set into these glass plates are various wire forms, the ends terminating in binding posts in the frames. Set of six forms....................................... 18.00\nNo. 80-232\n80-232 MAGNETIC LINES OF FORCE APPARATUS recommended for use with a vertical projector in showing on a screen the lines of force about a permanent magnet. Consists of a set of six slides, each slide consisting of two glass plates between which are placed thin steel magnets of various forms and arranged as illustrated..................................................Per set 5.00\n80-235 MAGNETIC LINES OF FORCE SLIDES for illustrating on a screen magnetic fields of force as shown by iron filings. Set of five slides: (1) Single Bar magnet; (2)Two Bar Magnets, Unlike Poles;\n(3) Two Bar Magnets, Like Poles; (4) Two Bar Magnetsat Right Angles; (5) Ring Magnets. Perset 2.75","page":126},{"file":"p0127.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n127\nMAGNETOMETERS\nNos. 80-250 and 80-253\tNo. 80-300\n80-250 MAGNETOMETER (see Millikan & Mills, Exp. 2) for determination of the ratio M/H. The suspension svstem consists of five small magnets cemented to the back of an optically plane glass mirror. This system is held by a silk fibre suspended from a graduated torsion head. The brass housing is so mounted on the tripod that it may be turned about a vertical axis. The outer wall of this housing, with clear, flat glass window, may readily be removed as illustrated, without disturbing the suspension system. Magnetometer complete with suspension system................................$35.00\n80-252 MAGNET HOLDER AND METER ROD SUPPORTS. Consists of a pair of cast brass meter stick supports and a spring brass clamp for holding the magnet of No. 80-253 at any point on a meter stick. Without meter stick.................................................. 3.76\n80-253 MAGNETOMETER SYSTEM AND INERTIA RING for use with No. 80-250 in determining the value of MH. Consists of a stirrup to which is attached a plane mirror and which is designed to hold a special magnet and an inertia ring. Inertia ring, special magnet and stirrup with attached mirror.......................................................... 6.76\n80-255 MAGNETOMETER. For the determination of H (the strength of a magnetic field) and M (the magnetic moment) it is necessary to determine the value both of M/H and MH. Nos. 80-250,\n80-252 and 80-253 will all be required. For convenience in ordering, we list these three numbers under the one number. Complete........................................ 45.50\n80-270 DEFLECTION MAGNETOMETER for comparing the strength of the poles of a bar magnet. The meter rod is mounted on a polished hardwood base and is provided with a recess at the 50 cm. mark for the delicate magnetic needle. Complete as illustrated.. 5.00\n80-280 MAGNETOSCOPE (see Chute's \u201c Physical Laboratory Manual,\u201d Prob. 104 to 106). Complete\nas illustrated............................................................. 2.00\n80-300 MAGNETIC POLE ROTATION APPARATUS for demonstrating the tendency of a current and a magnet pole to rotate about each other. The mercury trough is of cast iron, electrically connected to one ca.st metal upright. The special magnet fitted with steel mercury cup is supported on a needle point and is electrically connected to the second cast metal upright. A current of\tamperes\nat 7 volts at least will be required to properly demonstrate the experiment............. 13.60","page":127},{"file":"p0128.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"128\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n80-305 PARALLEL CURRENT APPARATUS for demonstrating mutual actions of parallel currents. Parallel currents flowing in the same direction are secured by connecting both binding posts with one pole of the battery. The other pole should be connected to a binding post (not shown in the illustration) fastened to the base and in electrical connection with the mercury well. Success of the experiment depends upon amalgamating the ends of the copper rods and upon allowing the rods to just make contact with the surface of the mercury........................................ $4.25\n80-310 VIBRATING SPIRAL APPARATUS for illustrating mutual action of parallel currents. When a current is allowed to pass through the spiral, there is an attraction between the convolutions, causing the lower end of the spiral to break the electrical connection with the mercury. The weight of the spiral then causes contact again, which, in turn, sets up attraction of the convolutions. Continual making and breaking contact with the mercury causes this spiral to vibrate up and down........................................................................................ 4.26\n80-325 IMPROVED MAGNETIC DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS (see Millikan & Mills, Exp. 12) for studying the distribution of magnetism along a soft iron rod magnetized by induced currents from a magnetizing helix. For magnetizing purposes a test coil which may be clamped to any part of the bar is supplied, A small reel wound with fine wire is employed as the induction coil.\nThe range of play and the position of the test coil are determined by two brass guides between which this reel is placed. The guide and reel are each provided with screws for clamping to the rod. Complete as illustrated...................................................... 15.50\n80-350 EQUIPOTENTIAL DETERMINATION APPARATUS (see Millikan & Mills, Exp. 1) for mapping the equipotential surface of an electrical field and drawing the force lines. The apparatus consists of a field tray of a design improved by Mr. C. H. Andrews, principal of the High School of Commerce, Worcester, Mass., so that it is impossible for the salt solution to come in contact with the co-ordinate paper. It is also possible to thoroughly clean the tray without removing the glass plate, and to readily replace a broken glass plate. The potential arms are of brass rod, weighted at one end, and each with-binding post. The equipotential seeker is a brass rod with insulating handle and binding post. Without telephone receiver or induction coil, but otherwise complete\nas illustrated...................................................................... 17.60\n80-355 INDUCTION COIL, small size with modified vibrator, especially adapted for use with above. . . 7.50 58-100 BI-POLAR DISSECTIBLE TELEPHONE RECEIVER as illustrated over No. 80-360............... 2.76","page":128},{"file":"p0129.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n129\nTERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM\n81-10 MAGNETIC NEEDLE, 6-inch, brass capped, agate bearing, on stand................$1.80\n81-12-----, brass capped only....................................................... 1.10\n8L-15\tASTATIC NEEDLE, 6-inch, brass capped on stand .. ............................. 2.60\n81-50 PYLE\u2019S DEMONSTRATION DIP NEEDLE. In this design the student should magnetize one of the four steel rods supplied with the apparatus and should then balance it as illustrated in the clamp holder provided for the purpose............................................... 2.40\n81-55 DIPPING NEEDLE for showing magnetic dip. The forked metal upright supports the graduated\narc and the bearings for the delicately balanced needle.................... 4.50\nNo. 81-65\tNos. 81-76 to 81-78 Nos. 81-85 to 81-87 No. 81-95\tNo. 81-100\n81-65 MINER\u2019S COMPASS or DIPPING NEEDLE, a serviceable guide to the location of magnetic iron ore.\ninches diameter, raised, silvered, graduated dial, brass cap cover, brass ring handle. Held as illustrated, this compass is a dipping needle; horizontally, it serves as a sensitive magnetic compass.\nIn plush-lined box................................................................................$15.00\n81-75 MAGNETIC COMPASS, 12 mm. diameter, metal cap needle, brass case, card dial........................Dozen 2.25\n81-76\t ,\t25\tmm.\tdiameter, with ring......................................................................45\n81-77\t ,\t35\tmm.\tdiameter, with ring......................................................................65\n81-78\t ,\t50\tmm.\tdiameter, with ring.....................................................................85\n81-85 MAGNETIC COMPASS, 30 mm. diameter, superior quality, raised metal dial with full circle\ndivisions. Metal capped, agate bearing, brass case with stop for needle........................... 2.10\n81-87\t ,\t50\tmm.\tdiameter.............................................................................. 2.40\n81-95 MAGNETIC COMPASS, 50 mm. diameter, 37 mm. aluminum pointer, raised metal dial with full\ncircle divisions. Metal capped, agate bearing, brass case with stop for needle.................... 2.75\n81-100 MAGNETIC POCKET COMPASS, 2Jb> inches diameter, brass capped, card dial with full circle\ndivisions, brass case with stop for needle. In hinged cover mahogany box.......................... 2.50\n81-101--------, silvered metal dial, raised ring, brass capped agate bearing................................... 4.50","page":129},{"file":"p0130.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"130\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nUNIVERSAL INCLINATION EARTH INDUCTOR\nNo. 81-155\n81-165 UNIVERSAL INCLINATION EARTH INDUCTOR for exact study of the magnetic moment of the earth\u2019s pole. This improved design consists of a substantial base with uprights to which is swiveled a frame carrying a ring. The frame carrying the coil may be inclined to any angle within 180 degrees, the inclination being indicated by a pointer moving before a graduated arc. The ring has a groove in which are coiled about 1,000 turns double silk-covered wire. The leads of this wire are heavily insulated and the ends brought to binding posts shown on top of the frame. A positive throw is secured by a simple spring device shown at the bottom of the frame. This device, when set for use, is held by a projecting rod acting against the spring giving to it a tension. A release and stopping device, actuated by one button, gives to the ring a definite rotation through 180 degrees. This inductor is carefully made and must not be confused with those of lower price on the market. Our mounting is of the most substantial construction, well finished, making the instrument not only of scientific value, but one in which any laboratory will take pride.\nFeatures:\n1.\tUniversal inclination injtwo planes.\n2.\tGimbal mounting for varying the angle of inclination.\n3.\tGraduated arc and pointer for easily determining the same.\n4.\tPositive spring device for securing a definite rotation through 180 degrees.\n5.\tA release and stopping device actuated by one button.\nTo facilitate in determining the constant of the instrument, the B. & S. Gauge number of wire, the inner and outer diameter of the coil, the number of turns in the coil and the resistance are all permanently recorded on the instrument.\nPRICE, $57.50","page":130},{"file":"p0131.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n131\nGENERATION OF STATIC ELECTRICITY\nFRICTIONAL ELECTRICITY ACCESSORIES\n82-30\n82 -10\tAMBER SPECIMEN............................................................... $1.75\n82-15 GLASS FRICTION ROD, 12X14 inches. Develops a positive charge when rubbed with silk,\nnegative when rubbed with catskin or flannel....................................20\n82-20 GLASS FRICTION ROD, half length ground, half polished surface. Develops both positive and\nnegative charges, regardless of the rubber.................................. .45\n82-25\tVULCANITE FRICTION ROD. Develops a negative\tcharge...............................50\n82-30\tWAX FRICTION ROD. Develops a negative charge.....................................30\n82-35\tCELLULOID STRIP, 12 inches long. Develops a negative charge......................20\n82-40 FRICTION ROD, HALF GLASS, HALF BRASS, for showing rapid conduction of a charge\nfrom a conductor............................................................ 1.76\n82 50\tSILK EXCITING PAD................................................................76\n82-55\tFLANNEL EXCITING PAD.............................................................60\n82-57\tFLANNEL CAP WITH ATTACHED SILK CORD (see\tMillikan & Gale, Fig. 22S)............ .30\n82-60\tCATSKIN, whole skin, small cat or kitten...................................... 1.66\n82-65\tCATSKIN, whole skin, large cat................................................ 2.40\n82-77 THE IMPROVED POTENTIAL BAR. This bar is designed to maintain a constant potential difference of 1000 volts, mounted in form for convenient and satisfactory use with electroscopes, electrometers, Leyden jars and other high potential electrical instruments. This is undoubtedly\nthe most valuable single instrument obtainable for the study of electrostatic phenomena. Enables the instructor to carry on satisfactory lecture table demonstrations in static electricity regardless of atmospheric conditions................................................................. 15.50\nNo. 82-110\n82-110 RITCHIE LECTURE TABLE ELECTROPHORUS, 133^ inches diameter, for generation of static charges by induction. A hard rubber plate about 12 inches in diameter is firmly attached to a polished and lacquered metal base. The disc, 10 inches in diameter, is greatly improved in design over disc shown in illustration so that a charge can be retained for hours. 11.75\n82-115 CAST BASE ELECTROPHORUS. A resinous compound is moulded into a shallow trough casting. The disc is of heavy brass, provided with an insulating handle....\n5.00","page":131},{"file":"p0132.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"132\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS .COMP AN Y\nGEAR-DRIVE INFLUENCE MACHINES\nTOEPLER-HOLTZ \u2014 WIMSHURST\nNo. 82-150\nNo. 82-230\nIt is a fact generally recognized by all manufacturers of these machines that the simpler the machine, the better it is electrically, providing, of course, that the mechanism will hold the various parts in their proper positions during operation. The greatest drawback to obtaining this result has been the \u201c belt drive \u201d with its recognized defects in slipping, breaking, slipping off the pulley, etc., but which has been universally used because of its low cost of manufacture. In correcting this defect and to enable us to improve our product, as well as increase the efficiency electrically, we have selected the self-contained gear drive in which accurately cut gears operate in a case filled with heavy oil \u2014 a form of construction which automobile manufacturers have brought to a high state of perfection. With this mechanism the power is applied at the same rigid support which holds the main axis of the machine. There is, therefore, no tendency to change the relation of the brushes, collectors and plates, as all are mounted on this same central shaft.\nFEATURES \u2014 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION\n1.\tGlass plates of a selected quality of toughened glass, chemically treated and coated with a special varnish which\ngives to the plates a durable, hard and smooth surface.\n2.\tCollector combs are particularly efficient in collecting the plate charge with little loss. They are unusually long\nand sharp and, since centrally mounted, it is impossible for them to scrape against collector buttons.\n3.\tCollecting brushes will be found a decided innovation. The brush holder is of the spring-clamp type, giving\na positive contact and can be attached in an instant. Brushes are readily adjusted in these holders.\n4.\tPositive gear drive \u2014 accurately cut gears operate in heavy oil within the oil-tight gear casing.\n5.\tInsulation, condensers and other details of construction have been most carefully considered and all details\ncombine to enable the demonstrator to secure a machine particular^ well adapted to the most exacting requirements.\nWe wish once more to call to attention the unit method of mounting, by which all of the essential parts of the machine, together with the motive power, are attached directly to the rigidly constructed central support.\n82-150 KNOTT\u2019S GEAR-DRIVE TOEPLER-HOLTZ MACHINE, revolving plate 12 inches, stationary\nplate 14 inches in diameter; spark discharge 3 to 4 inches, depending upon weather conditions. . . $40.00\nRepair Parts\n82-151\tREVOLVING PLATE, 12 inches\tdiameter,\tcomplete. .. .................Each\t3.25\n82-152 STATIONARY PLATE, 14 inches diameter, complete.........'..............Each 4.25\n82-153\tLEYDEN JAR...........................................................Each\t1.25\n82-230 KNOTT\u2019S GEAR-DRIVE WIMSHURST MACHINE, two 8-inch counter-revolving plates; spark\ndischarge 2 to 3 inches, depending upon weather conditions............................ 16.50\nRepair Parts\n82-231\tREVOLVING PLATE, 8\tinches diameter, complete.........................Each\t1.50\n82-232\tLEYDEN JAR...........................................................Each\t.50","page":132},{"file":"p0133.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n133\n83-10 PITH BALLS, assorted plain and colored.......\u2022...................................Per dozen $0.45\n83-12\tPITH BALL STATIC ELECTROMETER, attached to silk cord, ready for use................Each\t.20\n83-15\tMETALLIC COATED PITH BALL, vastly more sensitive than the uncoated.................Each\t.15\n83-18\tPITH BALL, 20 mm. diameter, metallic coated........................................Each\t.50\n83-33 GOLD-LEAF, PURE GOLD, in book form for electroscope. . ..........................Per book 1.40\n83-35\tALUMINUM-LEAF, in neat, compact roll, especially prepared for electroscope work.Per roll .60\n83-40 TIN FOIL for Leyden Jar coatings, condensers, etc................................Per lb. .76\nNo. 83-50\n83-50 GILDER\u2019S KNIFE, PAD AND TIP for cutting gold-leaf. Frequent statements have been made us that it is almost impossible to replace broken leaf on electroscopes. This trouble arises, principally, from lack of proper tools. The outfit illustrated above will facilitate in the cutting and handling of even the finest gold-leaf. Knife, pad and tip, complete.............................................. 3.50\nNo. 83-75\tNo. 83-105\tNo. 83-135\tNo. 83-142\n83-75 PITH BALL ELECTROSCOPE for qualitative demonstration of static charges. This apparatus consists of a base on which is mounted an insulated support with arm. To this arm are suspended two pith balls, by fine silk fiber............................................................ 1.60\n83-101 PITH BALL ELECTROSCOPE, large size for lecture table demonstration. Two pith balls, 20 mm.\ndiameter, mounted as illustrated in No. 83-75...................................... 2.50\n83-105 CHRISTIAN BROTHERS\u2019 ELECTROSCOPE. The needle is provided with brass cap and is mounted as illustrated on an insulating stand. This electroscope is extremely sensitive and indications are positive!................................................................ 1.50\n83-135 STUDENTS\u2019 ELECTROSCOPE, simple flask form............................................. 1.25\n83-136 \u2014\u2014-, with sulphur insulation which by actual hard-service tests has been found superior to amber. . .\t2.25\n83-142 CAST DRUM GOLD-LEAF PROJECTION ELECTROSCOPE with sulphur insulation which by actual hard-service tests has been found superior to amber. Housing and legs are cast metal, windows front and back are dust-proof, but easily removable. A spun-metal cup, shown in dotted lines, is provided to obstruct radio-active influences. The ball top is removable when it is desired to use the condenser plate attachment for demonstrating that the plates of a galvanic cell are\nstatically charged. Complete with plates as illustrated.............................. 15.90\n83-143 -----, without condenser plate attachment but with spun-metal cup....................... 11.50\n83-144 CONDENSER PLATE ATTACHMENT for use with No. 83-143 in demonstrating that the plates of a galvanic cell are statically charged. These are heavy brass plates, one provided with a rod to replace the ball top, the other provided with an insulating handle............................. 4.40\n83-147 FECHNER\u2019S ELECTROMETER, similar to No. 83-143, but with the metal leaves adjusted between\ntwo highly-polished metal plates. With constant voltage charging box ................. 21.00","page":133},{"file":"p0134.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"134\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 83-165\tNo. 83-171\n83-165 THE WILSON RADIO-ELECTROSCOPE for research work in radio-activity. This instrument is designed for telescope reading or lantern projection. Every care has been exercised in making as nearly perfect an insulation as possible. An important feature is the method of supporting the gold leaf member. No care is required for leveling, the gimbal bearing support making it perfectly automatic. The opening in the base pillar is provided for the introduction of the substance to be tested. The substance is placed in a watch crystal which can be raised to any desired height by means of the discs seen in the illustration. These discs fix definitely the distance of the radio active substance from the gold leaf. This electroscope has for years been considered the standard for high grade work.....................................................$22.50\n83-171 TELESCOPE FOR RADIO-ACTIVE WORK for measuring the angular drop of gold leaf in electroscopes or electrometers due to gradual loss of potential under the influence of a radio-active material. The graduated dial is mounted on the eye-piece of the telescope in such a manner that the dial, eye-piece and cross-hair move as one unit. An angular movement of the cross-hair\nmay then be read by the dial and pointer. Without mounting of any kind...................... 15.50\nN. B. In use the Telescope No. 83-171 should be appropriately mounted. We suggest the following :\n5-120 Tripod with Leveling Screws :........................................... $2.76\n5-16c Support Rod, 60 cm. X13 mm............................................ 1.00\n5-725 Right Angle Clamp....................................................... 1.25\n5-920 Telescope Clamp......................................................... 7.25\n83-220 THE RAYBOURN QUADRANT ELECTROMETER with Telescoping Suspension Tube. Where an electrometer of superior sensitiveness and quality is required, this instrument will meet every\nneed'\tDISTINCTIVE FEATURES\nNo. 83-220\n1.\tA quadrant box of open construction affording easy access and view of the needle.\n2.\tA needle of very light weight, aluminum welded to the axis wire of copper, the upper end of which is bent to form a hook for attaching suspensions. This construction greatly lessens the surface resistance of the metal, which, in case of an aluminum hook ordinarily used, is very great.\n3.\tA space beneath the quadrants is ample for placing drying material.\n4.\tA very light-weight optically-plane mirror.\n5.\tPure amber insulation throughout.\n6.\tA zero adjustment, simple but most effective and impossible of accidental derangement.\n7.\tA removable metal protecting case with large rectangular opening covered by a window of uniformly thin flat glass.\n8.\tMounted on tripod and held to same by a friction clamp which permits of a rotary movement of the electrometer.\n9.\tBinding posts and links permit grounding of case or either pair of quadrants.\n10.\tSuspensions may be readily attached.\n11.\tA telescoping support allows suspensions of any desired lengths within range of from 30 to 50 cms.\n12.\tInasmuch as degree of sensibility required depends upon the nature of the work, we supply our stock instruments with a metallic suspension 50 cms. long. These suspensions will be found very durable and sufficiently sensitive for all work except where extreme sensibility is required, in which case we are prepared to furnish other types of suspensions.\nAs carried in stock, this electrometer is supplied with a 50-centimeter phosphor-bronze suspension ribbon which, while it is extremely durable, will give ample sensibility for most purposes. . 65.00\n83-222 CONSTANT VOLTAGE CHARGING BOX for easy and convenient charging of electroscopes and\nelectrometers. Maintains a constant difference of electrical potential of 250 volts................ 6.60","page":134},{"file":"p0135.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"S C\u00abI E N.T I F I C INSTRUMENTS\n135\nNo. 83-250\nNo. 84-40\nNo. 84-25\nNo. 84-30\nNo. 84-15\nNo. 84-50\nNo. 84-20\nNo. 84-70\tNo. 84-60\n83-250\n83-262\n83-\t275\n84-\t10\n84-16\n84-20\n84-26\n84-30\n84-40\n84-50\n84-55\n84-57\n84-60\n84-65\n84-70\nWATER BATTERY, 50 cell, for charging needles of electrometers and for charging electroscopes. Extremely useful when high voltage and low amperage are desired, giving real, constant and well-defined electromotive forces. Mounted as illustrated on neatly-finished wooden base....................$19.76\n----, 100 cell, a combination of two of No. 83-250 batteries\n39.50\nRADIO-ACTIVE SUBSTANCES. A set of four radio-active substances, black uranium oxide, pitch blende, thorium nitrate, and uranium metal, each in sealed glass-stoppered bottle............Set of four 4.50\nLARGE INSULATING STOOL for insuring total insulation from the earth. A substantial, finely-finished wood base, provided with four glazed porcelain legs, the insulating qualities of which are unexcelled............................................................................................... 4-ill)\nADJUSTABLE INSULATING STAND. Consists, as illustrated, of a supporting insulating plate held adjustably by two vulcanite rods to a metal base.................................................... 5.50\nPROOF PLANE, simple disc type with insulating handle.........................................................46\nGUARDED DISCHARGER, polished brass arc with ball terminals, ebonite handle with disc guard. 1.50\nTWO-HANDLED JOINTED DISCHARGER, two polished brass arcs with ball terminals. Jointed,\nwith ebonite handle............................................................. 4.26\nSHOCKING HANDLES. Two nickel-plated metal handles, one with insulated carrier, two conducting cords, each cord with connecting tip................................Per pair\nINDUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION SPHERE, 6 inches diameter, for demonstrating that a charge remains on the outer surface and does not penetrate into the interior. A highly polished hollow spun brass sphere with opening in the top, and mounted as illustrated on an insulating stand .\t9.00\n----, 4J\u00a3 inches diameter.................................................................. 6-50\nINDUCTION SPHERES, 2 inches diameter. A pair of nickel-plated hollow brass spheres, each\nmounted on insulating support, so that they can be brought in contact.....................Per pair 7.50\nINDUCTION CYLINDER, 16-inch, for illustrating electrostatic induction. A polished hollow brass cylinder, 16 inches long, mounted on an insulating support and provided with movable brass arms to which pith balls are attached........................................................................ 17.50\n\u2014\u2014, 8incheslong........................................................................... 7.75\no\nHOLLOW INDUCTION CYLINDER for demonstrating that a charge collects on the surface. Consists of a polished brass tube with pith balls mounted within and without as illustrated. On insulating support........................................................................ 4.25","page":135},{"file":"p0136.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"136\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 84-75\n84-75 FARADAY\u2019S METAL SHIELD or ELECTRIC SCREEN, 9 X534 inches, for protecting electroscopes from external electric fields to illustrate the principle of protection from lightning, also the Marconi system of selecting electric signal waves.......................................................... $1.50\n84-80 ELLIPSOIDAL CONDUCTOR, 834X312 inches, for demonstrating the tendency of static distribution. Consists of a polished hollow brass ellipsoidal body mounted as illustrated on an insulating support................................................................................. 7.50\n84-85 BIOT\u2019S HEMISPHERES for demonstrating that a static charge seeks the outer surface of a body.\nTwo polished brass hemispheres each with insulating handle. These hemispheres are designed to\nfit No. 84-55 Induction and Distribution Sphere.......................................... 6.60\n84-86 INDUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION SPHERE AND BIOT\u2019S HEMISPHERES Nos. 84-55\nand 84-86 complete as illustrated........................................................ 12.00\n84-90 RITCHIE\u2019S SURFACE AND INTENSITY APPARATUS for showing the variation of electrical density on a unit of surface as that surface is diminished or increased. Consists of a vulcanite rod to which is attached a metallic coated screen operating on a spring roller. A pith ball electrometer in metallic contact with the metallic coating indicates the quantity of electrical force. In use this apparatus may be held in the hand or mounted as suggested by the illustration. Without supporting stand...............................................................................................................\n84-100 FARADAY\u2019S CONICAL NET, 11X5 inches, for demonstrating that an electrical charge seeks the outer surface of a body. Consists of a conical bag of linen gauze supported on an insulating stand and to which are attached silk cords by which the bag may be turned inside out........................................................\n84-125 LARGE DEMONSTRATION BELL CHIMES for demonstrating electrostatic attraction and repulsion between electrified bodies. The six small bells are adjusted on chains so that all six will be in the same plane as the large bell. The six small metal balls are adjusted on silk cords so that they are all in the same plane as the bells. Cross head support is insulated from large bell which in turn is on an insulating support. When electrified the small balls will be attracted and repelled between the large bell and the small bells, causing a continuous jingle.............................................\n5.75\n2.76\n25.00\n84\u2014130 UNMOUNTED BELL CHIMES,, ordinary type................................. 1.76\n84-155 IMAGE PLATES for illustrating electrostatic attraction or repulsion. Two nickel-plated metal discs suspended one to the other by insulating cords. With metal hook and chain as illustrated. Without pith images............................ 3.75\n84-167 PITH IMAGES for use with No. 84-155.............................Per pair 1.00\n84-175 POLE TEST PAPER. When two electrical leads are placed close together upon a moistened strip of this paper, the negative pole is distinguished bv the pinkish stain which it causes............................................'........10\nNo. 84-155","page":136},{"file":"p0137.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n137\nNo. 84-200\n\u00a3\nNo. 84-202\nNo. 84-208\nNo. 84-210\nNo. 84-212\nNo. 84-214\n84-200 UNIVERSAL STAND, designed to support Nos. 84-202, 84-208, 84-210, 84-212 and 84-214......\n84-202 ELECTRIC PLUME OR BRUSH. When charged, paper strips will repel each other and stand out\nas illustrated........................................................................\n84-208 ELECTRIC WHIRL OR FLIER. When connected to static machine, charge will flow from the points,\ncausing rotary motion.................................................................\n84-210 HOLDER FOR GEISSLER TUBE OR LIGHTNING PLATE..............................................\n84-212 EBONITE LIGHTNING PLATE. Spectacular sparks across gaps in tin foil when connected with\nstatic machine........................................................................\n84-214 LIGHTNING SPIRAL TUBE. Spectacular spiral of sparks across gaps in tin foil when connected\nwith static machine...................................................................\n84-226 CONDUCTOR CHAINS for connecting accessories to static machine............................\n$1.90\n1.50\n1.25\n.75\n2.50\n2.76\n.60\nNo. 85-10\nNo. 85-15\tNo. 85-20\nNo. 85-40\nNo. 85-65\n85-10 DEMONSTRATION LEYDEN JAR for demonstrating that an electrical charge resides as potential energy in the glass of a leyden iar and not in the metallic coatings. The inner and outer metallic\ncoatings are removable, the inner provided with rod with ball terminals..............\n85-15 QUART LEYDEN JAR for storing static electricity...........................................\n85-20 TWO-QUART LEYDEN JAR for storing static electricity.......................................\n85-40 LUMINOUS LEYDEN JAR for demonstrating the distribution of static electricity over the surface of a condenser successively charged and discharged.... 6.60 85-60 LEYDEN JAR BATTERY, two-jar, for storing static\nelectricity. Box lined with heavy tin foil... 12.00\n85-65\t----, four-jar.................................. 20.00\n85-70\t----, six-jar................................... 28.60\n85-100 DISSECTIBLE DEMONSTRATION PLATE CONDENSER for study of induction in a condenser.\nThe central upright carries a glass plate; each of the other uprights supports a sliding rod at one end of which is a brass disc, at the other an insulating handl\u00e9. The base is neatly finished hardwood. . . .\n85-105 MOUNTED CONDENSER PLATES. (See Millikan, Gale and Bishop, Exp. 27)...................Per pair\n5.50\n3.50 4.25\n21.00\n.55\nNo. 85-100","page":137},{"file":"p0138.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"138\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n86-11\n86-12\n86-42\n86-76\n86-86\nGEISSLER \u2014 SPECTRUM \u2014 VACUUM *\nTUBES\nNo. 86-76\nGEISSLER TUBES, 6 inch, uranium and white glass, various shapes.............Each $1.25\n----, 8-inch................................................................Each 1.50\nLECTURE TABLE GEISSLER TUBES, 10-inch. A set of six tubes selected to show fluorescence of liquids, phosphorescence, colors through different qualities of glass and different gases, and change of color in a mercury salt. In cardboard box........ 13.76\nUNEQUALLY EVACUATED GEISSLER TUBES. A set of five tubes which may be connected as illustrated. Each tube is constructed from the same quality of glass but all are unequally exhausted. As a spark passes through the chain, it is well defined in the least exhausted tube but as the vacuum increases, this spark begins to widen out and fill the whole tube, becoming pale in tint and nebulous in form. Per set of five 11.25\nNo. 86-86\nEXPERIMENTAL BAROMETER, VACUUM, AND GEISSLER TUBE. This is the best possible instrument for teaching as a lecture table proposition the working of the Cooper-Hewitt Lamp, the Geissler Tube, Crooke\u2019s Tube, X-Ray Tube, and a'so to show' an electrical method of determining the degree of a vacuum, such as the vacuum in the top of the barometer, etc. A most valuable and easily operated lecture table device. The tube is approximately 36 inches long, with a bulb at the bottom sufficiently large to hold mercury enough to fill the entire upper portion of the tube, the air being exhausted from the upper tubulature, the mercury poured in at the lower tubulature.\nTwo platinum wires are provided, one at the top and one at the bottom, for connecting to' high tension current. Any small static machine or induction coil which will operate a small Geissler tube is adequate for producing proper results........................................... 4.60\nNo. 86-160\nNos. 77-225 to 77-236\tNo. 77-246\n77-225 GEISSLER SPECTRUM TUBE, filled with carbon dioxide \u2014 most careful\nconstruction.......................................................... 3.00\n77-226\t--,\tfilled\twith\thydrogen gas............................ 3.00\n77-227\t--,\tfilled\twith\tnitrogen gas............................ 3.00\n77-228\t--,\tfilled\twith\toxygen gas.............................. 3.00\n77-235 GEISSLER SPECTRUM TUBE, most carefully constructed, evacuated,\nand filled with pure argon gas........................................ 4.60\n77-236\t\u2014\u2014, same as above, but filled with helium................................... 4.60\n77-245 GEISSLER SPECTRUM TUBE for evacuating and filling with whatever gas\ndesired. Fitted with two carefully ground glass cocks................. 6.25\n86-110 GEISSLER TUBE HOLDER for use with our No. 21-10 or No. 21-30 Rotator to hold Geissler or\nspectrum tubes for rotation. This holder is adjustable to hold sizes up to 12 inches long. 4.60\n86-150 DE LA RIVES APPARATUS for demonstrating that magnets act on light in Geissler or vacuum tubes in accordance w'ith the laws with which they act over any other movable conductor. The apparatus consists of a highly evacuated bulb sealed into the lower end of which, and extending up into the the bulb, is a tube, into which extends a rod of soft iron. This rod, in use, is magnetized by an electro-magnet. Terminals of the bulb are connected to an electrostatic current or current from an induction coil, and a beam of light passes from one terminal to the other. When the voltaic current is turned through the electro-magnet, this beam of light turns slowly about the magnetized rod, sometimes in one direction, sometimes in the other, according to the direction of the induced current or of the induced magnetism. Complete with electro-magnet................................. 9.60","page":138},{"file":"p0139.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n139\nROENTGEN RAY APPARATUS\nNo. 87-10\n87-10 AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTED X-RAY TUBE for use with small static machines and spark coils operated by battery current. Diameter, 4 inches; with platinum target and with special attachment for maintaining automatically the proper vacuum for most efficient results.$15.50\n87-65\tAUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTED X-RAY TUBE for use with Tesla and high frequency coils.\nDiameter, 6 inches; with especially constructed platinum anode and with attachment for maintaining automatically the proper vacuum for most efficient results.... 35.00\nJ3/\nNo. 87-128\n87-100 SMALL X-RAY STAND, universal adjustment..................................... 8.75\n87-128 HAND FLUOROSCOPE, 5X7 inches, improved screen...............................25.00\nSuggestive Lists for X-Ray Demonstration\nIn view of our long association with practical X-Ray work, we are in a position to make up suggestions for an equipment suitable for demonstrating the principle and modern practice of X-Ray work.","page":139},{"file":"p0140.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"140\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n90-10\n90-15\n90-20\n90-35\n90-45\n90-50\n90-55\n90-60\n90-70\n90-75\n90-80\n57-10\n57-12\n90-100\n90-105\nELECTRICITY\nELECTRICAL SUPPLIES\nCOPPER WIRE, bare.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\nB. & S. Gauge\t\t16\t18\t20\t22\t24\t26\t27\t28\t30\nPrice per 1-oz. spool.. . Price per 4-oz. spool.. . Price per 1-lb. spool. . .\t$0.90\t.95\t$0.35 1.00\to o TjH tH iH\t.42 1.15\t.45 1.20\t.48 1.25\t.50 1.35\t$0.20 .50\nCOPPER ANNUNCIATOR WIRE, double cotton-covered, parafinned, B. & S. Gauge No. 18.\n.................................................................Per 4\u00a3-lb. coil, $0.65. Per lb. coil $1.26\nCOPPER WIRE, double cotton-covered.\n\ta\tb\tC\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\tj\nB. & S. Gauge\t\t16\t18\t20\t22\t24\t26\t27\t28\t30\t36\nPrice per 4-oz. spool.. .\t\t\t$0.50\t.65\t.75\t.85\t.95\t1.00\t1.25\t2.25\nPrice per 1-lb. spool. . .\t$1.20\t1.40\t1.60\t2.25\t2.40\t2.50\t2.70\t2.90\t\nLAMP CORD, two conductors twisted, B. & S. Gauge No. 18, rubber and cotton insulation. Per\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\nyard\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t.25\nSPRING BRASS WIRE.\ta\tb\tC\td\te\t\t\t\nB. & S. Gauge\t\t22\t24\t27\t28\t30\t\t\t\nPrice .per 4-oz, spool.. .\t$0.55\t.60\t.65\t.70\t.75\t\t\t\nFUSE WIRE.\ta\tb\tc\td v'\te\tf\tg\t\nAmperes\t\t\t1\t3\t5\t10\t15\t35\t\nPrice per yard\t\t$0.07\t.08\t.10\t.12\t.18\t.25\t.40\t\nGERMAN SILVER WIRE,\t18 per cent alloy, bare.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tC\t\t\t\t\t\nB. & S. Gauge\t\t26\t28\t30\t\t\t\t\t\nPrice per 4-oz. spool.. .\t$0.95\t1.00\t1.20\t\t\t\t\t\nGERMAN SILVER WIRE,\t18 per cent alloy, single cotton\t\t\t\tcovered.\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tbb\tc\td\tdd\t\t\nB. & S. Gauge\t\t18\t20\t24\t28\t30\t36\t\t\nPrice per 4-oz. spool . . Price per 1-lb. spool. . .\t$2.25\t$1.00\t1.25\t1.50\t1.75\t3.00\t\t\nIRON WIRE, soft drawn, bare.\nabed\nB.&S. Gauge. 24\t27\t28\t30\nPrice per 4-oz. spool.. .\t$0.30\t.35\t.40\t.45\nIRON PICTURE WIRE, No. 1\nLEAD WIRE, J^-mch diameter\nPIANO WIRE in M-lb. coils, best quality.\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\nMusic Gauge No\t\t12\t9\t7\nApproximate diameter, in.\t.028\t.022\t.0178\nPer coil\t\t$0.65\t.75\t.95\nPIANO WIRE, on spools. Music Gauge No\t\ta\tb\tc\n\t12\t9\t7\nApproximate diameter, in.\t.028\t.022\t.0178\nApproximate feet on spool\t6\t8\t8\nPer spool\t\t$0.10\t.12\t.13\nPer package .10 .... Per foot .06\nd\n5\n.014\n1.15\nd\n5\n.014\n10\nPLATINUM WIRE.\nB. & S. Gauge.\n20\nb\n22\nc\n24\n.15\nd\n26\ne\n28\nf\n30\nIn view of the continual market fluctuations in the price of platinum, we quote only on application.\nZINC WIRE, ys inch diameter\nPer foot .20","page":140},{"file":"p0141.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n141\n90-150 ARTIFICIAL LIGHT CIRCUIT for reproducing, within the laboratory, conditions similar to those of an actual incandescent lighting circuit as worked out in the Applied Electrical Laboratory of Pratt Institute. A wire of known high resistance per mil-foot, resembling in appearance an ordinary incandescent lighting wire, but having an asbestos insulation to avoid danger of fire. In use this wire is strung along the side of a room or mounted on a movable frame using standard porcelain insulators and cleats, lamp sockets and switches. Fifty-foot Artificial Lighting Circuit complete with special resistance wire, sufficient insulators, cleats, lamp sockets and switch, with full directions and diagrams for setting up....................................................................$15.00\nNo. 90-175 (Full size)\nNo. 90-175 (Various uses)\n90-175 IMPROVED RAPID CONNECTOR TIPS for soldering to wire to form connectors. The spirals can readily be separated by a slight pull and the straight end of another tip slipped in the opening to secure a positive electrical connection. Obviates a multiplicity of connectors, since they can be used with any binding post and are equally well suited for parallel or multiple connections. The spiral is made from phosphor-bronze wire Of a size and proportion to give rigidity, yet at same time to enable one to make a positive electrical connection more simply and quickly than with other connectors...................................................Per dozen, $0.50. Per hundred 4.00\n90-177 IMPROVED RAPID CONNECTOR, 6-inch. Flexible lead 6 inches long, with Tip No. 90-175\nsoldered at each end............................................................Each .16\n90-179 -----, 2-feet, flexible lead 2 feet long, with Tip No. 90-175 soldered at each end.Each\t.20\n90-180 -----, 3-feet, flexible lead 3 feet long with Tip No. 90-175 soldered at each end..Each\t.30\n90-185 \u201cPRIMO\u201d POSITIVE CONTACT LECTURE TABLE CLASP for soldering to wire to form a connector. Connections to all styles of binding posts, both bare and insulated wire, can easily be made. The grip has teeth which will pierce insulation of even heavily insulated wires and make positive electrical contact.............................:...........................Each .25\n90-187 \u201cPRIMO\u201d POSITIVE CONTACT LECTURE TABLE CONNECTOR, 4-foot. Flexible lead\n4 feet long, with Clasp No. 90-185 soldered at each end.........................Each .80\n90-190 ^UNIVERSAL CONNECTOR TIP for use in connecting to either English or American binding posts.\nThe bared end of the lead is placed in the groove and pressed firmly in place by a pair of pliers, then soldered...........................................................................05\n90-195 CADY\u2019S HIGH POTENTIAL INSULATED PINCH CONNECTOR designed for high potential currents to insure safety to the worker and to guard against short circuit. Will connect to corners of plates, and assures positive contact with any size of wire, from 5/32-inch diameter to the finest wires or thinnest ribbons. By pressing one of the insulated knobs as shown in the illustration, the spring jaw is opened and the wire inserted. When pressure is released the wire is held firmly in electrical contact. The connector is completely insulated, obviating any possibility of a short circuit or a ground through the operator...................................................... 2.25\n90-220 PORCELAIN INSULATING TUBE (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 74)................................15\n90-221 WOODEN CORE with ATTACHED BINDING POSTS for use with above................................75","page":141},{"file":"p0142.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"142\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nBINDING POSTS\nThe appearance of an instrument is often spoiled by a poorly finished or an unfinished binding post. Its utility is limited by a poorly designed binding post. We have ever given most careful thought to the design of binding posts and have made special tools and jigs which insure a uniform product. All of our binding posts are carefully polished and lacquered. We manufacture in large quantities and are able to supply finished binding posts at prices which compare favorably with similar lines of inferior material, workmanship and finish.\nIllustrations are full size.\nNo. 90-245 Each $0.95\nNo. 90-247 Each $0.45\nNo. 90-252 Each $0.35\nNo. 90-260 Each $0.25\nNo. 90-264 Each $0.22\nNo. 90-265 Each $0.20\nNo. 90-272 Each $0.40\nNo. 90-284 Each $0.25\nNo. 90-290 Each $0.30\nNo. 90-295 Each $0.36\nNo. 90-299 Each $0.40\nNo. 90-282 Each $0.48\nNo. 90-274 Each $0.33\nNo. 90-275 Each $0.22\nNo. 90-286 Each $0.20\nNo. 90-288 Each $0.20\nNo. 90-310 Each $0.18\nNo. 90-312 Each $0.16\n90-315 TRIPLE CONNECTORS\nEach $0.35","page":142},{"file":"p0143.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n143\nNEW LINE SQUARE SLOT BINDING POSTS\nLARGE CARRYING CAPACITY NON-DETACHABLE HEADS\nThe Square Slot Binding Posts have three accurately machined parts \u2014 the main body, sliding shoe and knurled screw cap. A square slot is milled the entire width of the main body, the base of the slot forming one of the contact surfaces, and the sliding shoe which operates in this slot forming the other contact surface. The knurled screw cap is spun on after all parts are assembled, and by simply tightening it with the fingers a positive contact is assured. The base of the post is tapped for standard machine screws and to eliminate doweling the base of the post is knurled. This binding post will grip lead wires or terminals as fine as No. 45 wire.\nIllustrations are full size\nNo. 90-316A No. 90-316B No. 90-316C No. 90-316D\nCat. No.\tDiameter of Base Ampere Range\n90-316A\tV\u00bb\tinch\t0-25\n90-316B\tVi\tinch\t0-50\n90-316C\t\u2022 H inch\t0-100\n90-316D\t%\tinch\t0-150\n90-316E\tVs\tinch\t0-300\n90-317 THE POTENTIAL BINDING POST. This post has same unique structural details as the above but has an added feature in that the knurled top is insulated all over and the base is equipped with a pin which prevents the post from turning. Diameter of base, % inch, ampere range 0-100 size of slot % inch, stud % inch long, threaded 8X32..................................... \u2019 Each\nNo. 90-316E\tOpen\tClosed\nNo. 90-317\nSize of Slot\tPrice, Each\n% inch\t$0.25\n\u00c2 inch\t.35\n%2 inch\t.50\n\u00ab inch\t.85\nM inch\t1.25\n.65\nNo. 90-330\nNo. 90-365\nNo. 90-370\nNo. 90-375\nNo. 90-380\n90-320 CONNECTION BOARD (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 76)................................ $5.50\n90\u2014325\tSINGLE-POLE,\tSINGLE-THROW\tKNIFE\tSWITCH,\t15 amperes, porcelain\tbase........ .90\n90-327\tSINGLE-POLE,\tDOUBLE-THROW\tKNIFE\tSWITCH,\t15 amperes, porcelain\tbase....... 1.50\n90\u2014330\tDOUBLE-POLE,\tSINGLE-THROW\tKNIFE\tSWITCH,\t15 amperes, porcelain\tbase....... 1.00\n90\u2014332\tDOUBLE-POLE\tDOUBLE-THROW\tKNIFE\tSWITCH,\t15 amperes, porcelain\tbase....... 1.60\n90-340 POINT SWITCH, one-point, wood base, brass terminals......................................28\n90-342\t\u2014\u2014, two-point....................................................................  \u201935\n90\u2014350 RUBBER BASE POINT SWITCH, one-point, binding posts on front...................... 1.50\n90-352\t-,\ttwo-point............................................................... 1_85\n90-354\t-,\tthree-point............................................................. 2.15\n90-356\t-,\tfour-point.............................................................. 2.50\n90\u2014365 BATTERY RHEOSTAT AND SWITCH, 5 ohms, six steps, polished wood base, hard rubber handle 1.75\n90-370 WOOD PUSH BUTTON, hard rubber button............................!........................20\n90-375 DESK PUSH BUTTON for \u00fc^-inch hole, nickel-plated trim, light pearl button...........\t. .\t.50\n90-380 METAL PUSH BUTTON, 2$4 inches, ornamented metal base, hard rubber button......... 1.00","page":143},{"file":"p0144.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"144\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 90-390\nNo. 90-392\nNo. 90-395\n90-390\n90-392\n90-395\n90-410\n90-470\n90-475\n90-480\n90-485\n90-490\n90-525\n90-545\nSINGLE CONTACT KEY, open circuit, wood base........................................ $1.50\nDOUBLE CONTACT KEY, open circuit, binding posts for each circuit, wood base........ 5.26\nDOUGLASS UNIVERSAL DOUBLE CONTACT KEY. This key serves about every possible use in the laboratory with the exception of high capacity condenser work. It can be used to close a single circuit, open a single circuit, close two separate circuits, close one circuit and open another simultaneously, open one circuit and close another, close one circuit, open the second and close the third in one movement, and many other ways which readily present themselves when once in use............................................................................. 9.00\nHIGH INSULATION DOUBLE CONTACT KEY. A high grade key especially designed for use when extra high insulation is required. Heavy ebonite blocks and base, extra large binding posts and heavy platinum contact. All parts well made and finished....................... 20.00\nPORCELAIN BASE COMMUTATOR or POLE CHANGER. Easily cleaned, impossible to get\nout of order..................................................................... 1-65\nSPLIT RING POLE CHANGER. Heavy phosphor-bronze contact clips..........................................................\nPALMER\u2019S PLUG FORM POLE CHANGER. Current reversal secured by tapered brass plugs. The curved brass blocks with tapered holes between are mounted on an insulating base as illustrated.\nBLOCK HANDLE POHL\u2019S COMMUTATOR. This pole changer is of the rocking type, assuring instant current reversal by merely tipping from one pair of mercury wells to the other....................\nKNIFE SWITCH POLE CHANGER, 15 amperes. Slate base with open connections...............................................\nDISSECTIBLE IRON BOX BELL, 2J4-inch gong....................\nDISSECTIBLE IRON CLAD BUZZER................................","page":144},{"file":"p0145.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n145\nBATTERIES\nNo. 91-15\tNo. 91-42\n91-10 PORCELAIN BASE GILLEY SKIDMORE BATTERY STAND for supporting the various accessories Nos. 91-16a to 91-15k in the study of principles of simple, voltaic, and various forms of primary batteries. The base is molded porcelain, glazed ; the rod is non-corrosive metal ; the element\nclamps are adjustable on the insulating strip on top of the rod. Battery stand only.$1.80\n91-12 PORCELAIN BASE GILLEY SKIDMORE DEMONSTRATION CELL. A single fluid cell consisting of Nos. 91-10, 91-15a, 91-15e and 91-15f................................. 2.10\n91-15\n91-30\n91-35\nPORCELAIN BASE GILLEY SKIDMORE BATTERY STUDY OUTFIT. Consists of No. 91-10 Stand and Accessories Nos. 91-15a to 91-16k, complete. .\nGOTHAM DEMONSTRATION CELL. Non-corrosive element holders adjustable along the top of a rectangular glass jar having a millimeter scale etched along the front. With zinc and copper elements as illustrated...........................\nGOTHAM DEMONSTRATION BATTERY STUDY OUTFIT. Consists of No. 91-30 with addition of a rectangular porous cup, round carbon and zinc elements and flat elements of aluminum, carbon, iron, lead, nickel and tin.................\n91-40 HALL\u2019S PORCELAIN-CAPPED DEMONSTRATION CELL. The cap is molded porcelain, glazed. The adjustable metal element holders are attached to this cap. With Nos. 91-43, 91-47 and 91-48, to form a simple voltaic cell.......................................... 1.55\n91-42 HALL\u2019S PORCELAIN-CAPPED BATTERY STUDY OUTFIT. Consists of glazed porcelain cap\nwith element holders and accessories Nos. 91-43 to 91-54 inclusive....... 3.10\n\t\tSeparate Parts\t\t\t\nGILLEY\tFor SKIDMORE BATTERY STUDY\tOUTFIT\t\tFor HALL\u2019S BATTERY STUDY\tOUTFIT\n91-15a\tGlass Jar\t\t. . . $0.10\t91-43\tGlass Jar\t\t\t$0.10\n91-15b\tPorous Cup, 3 X7.5 cms\t\t...\t.30\t91-44\tPorous Cup, 3X7.5 cms\t\t\t30\n91- 15c\tZinc Pencil, JHs inch diameter\t\t... .12\t91-45\tZinc Pencil\t\t\t12\n91-15d\tCarbon Pencil, jJs inch diameter\t\t... .12\t91-46\tCarbon Pencil\t\t\t12\n91-15e\tZinc Element\t\t... .10\t91-47\tZinc Element\t\t\t08\n91-15f\tCopper Element\t\t... .10\t91-48\tCopper Element\t\t\t08\n91-15g 91-15h\tIron Element\t\t... .08\t91-49\t\t.10\n\tAluminum Element\t\t... .12\t91-50\tIron Element\t\t\t07\n91-15i\tLead Element\t\t... .12\t91-51\tAluminum Element\t\t\t10\n91-15j\tPure Block Tin Element\t\t...\t.25\t91-52\tTin Element\t\t\t20\n91-15k\tCopper Cylindrical Element\t\t...\t.35\t91-53\tCopper Cylindrical Element.\t\t35\n\t\t\t91-54\tCarbon Element\t\t\t12\n91-25 TAPERING ZINC ELEMENT for use with above outfits in the study of polarization..................................08","page":145},{"file":"p0146.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"146\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 91-80 No. 91-79 No. 91-77\nNo. 91-75\nNo. 91-96\tNo. 91-105\nNo. 91-169 No. 91-170 No. 91-167\nNo. 91-165\n91-65\n91-75\n91-90\n91-105\n91-165\n91-180\n91-190\n91-205\nLECLANCHE BATTERY for \u201c open circuit \u201d work, especially for bell service. E.M.F. about 1.4\nvolts. Complete...........................................................................\n91-67\tPorous Cup....................................................................$0.86\n9} -68\tZinc Pencil......................................................................45\n91-69\tGlass Jar........................................................................35\nGALLON STANDARD DANIELL CELL for \u201copen and closed circuit\u201d work. Constant E.M.F.\nabout 1.08 volts. This is the best cell for electrical experiments. Complete..............\n31-265c Glass Jar, 6X8 inches. ......................................................$0.60\n91-77\tPorous Cup.................................................................. -55\n91-79\tZinc Element..................................................................90\n91-80\tCopper Cylinder with pocket................................................ 1.80\nQUART STUDENTS\u2019 DANIELL CELL. Copper and zinc elements, and porous cup as illustrated,\nwith glass jar. Complete..............................................................\n91-92\tPorous Cup, 2X4 inches.................................................... $0.35\n91-94\tZinc Element with Binding Post................................................25\n91-96\tCopper Element................................................................30\n31-265b\tGlass Jar, 4X5 inches.........................................................40\nGALLON CROWFOOT GRAVITY CELL for \u201copen circuit\u201d work \u2014 largely used by telegraph\nand telephone companies. Complete...................................... ..................\n91-107\tCrowfoot Zinc Element......................................................$0.75\n91-110\tCopper Element............................................................... -25\n31-265c\tGlass Jar, 6X8 inches........................................................ .60\nBUNSEN CELL, one quart, for \u201c open circuit \u201d work. E.M.F. about 1.9 volts, internal resistance\nabout 1.8 ohms. Complete.................................................................\n31-265bb Glass Jar, 4J.-2X4J/2 inches.................$0.55\n91-167\tPorous Cup, 2 J\u00a3X 5 inches......................45\n91-169\tZinc Element with Binding Post............... 1.40\n91-170 Carbon Element with Connector and Binding Post .45 GRENET BATTERY, one pint. E.M.F. 2 volts with small internal resistance giving powerful current for a short time.\nElement can be raised and clamped out of the solution, thus stopping action and preserving strength of the solution.\nComplete............................................... 3.90\n$1.25\n3.85\n1.30\n1.60\n2.85\n91-182 Zinc Element.......\n91-184 Carbon Element......\n---, quart size. Complete....\n91-192 Zinc Element.......\n91-194 Carbon Element......\n-\u2014, two-quart size. Complete.\n91-207 Zinc Element.......\n91-209 Carbon Element......\n$0.45\n.45\n$0.80\n.80\n$0.95\n.95\n5.60\n7.00\nWATER BATTERIES. See page 135.\nNo. 91-190","page":146},{"file":"p0147.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n147\nNo. 91-225\n91-225 HIGH SCHOOL PLUNGE BATTERY, six cell. Each cell is a unit in itself and will deliver about 2 volts and a powerful current for a short time. The mounting is designed so that one or more cells, connected in series or parallel, may be used as desired. The illustration shows four cells in use, the two not in use suspended to the cross rod. By turning the crank all of the cells can be raised at one time, the tops resting on the frame raised by the crank. Complete as illustrated...................................$38.00\n91-227 -----, four-cell, complete.................................................................. 30.00\n91-229\tComplete Element \u2014 top, two carbon and the zinc element.................... 4.00\n91-231\tCarbon Element.............................................................. .60\n91-233\tZinc Element................................................................ .95\n91-380A Square Battery Jar.............................................................75\nNo. 31-265\nNo. 91-380\nNo. 91-280\n91-280 MOUNTED H-FORM STANDARD CELL. Consists of No. 91-282 Standard Cell, mounted as\nillustrated.................................................................................. 4.60\n91-282 H-FORM STANDARD CELL \u2014 glass part only with sealed-in platinum electrodes, arranged so\nthat the students can make their own standard cell........................................... 3.00\n91-300 DRY CELL, standard grade, selected after years of experimentation, for length of life, high E.M.F.\nand low internal resistance, and in that it polarizes slowly and recovers rapidly.................60\n31-2651BATTERY JARS, excellent quality.\na\tb\tbb\tc\nSize,inches\t2J4X3J4\t4X5\t4J^X4J\u00a3\t6X8\nEach\t$0.28\t.40\t.65\t.60\n91-380 RECTANGULAR BATTERY JARS, excellent quality.\na\nSize, inches.... 2 X 4 J4 X 7\nEach............ $0.75\nABC\n91-410 CARBON AND ZINC BATTERY CONNECTORS.\tWo- 91-410\n. a\tb\tc\nFor plates, inches thick.......................... to %\tVi to %\t%tol}4\nEach.............................................. $0.45\t.60\t.80\n91-425 POCKET D. C. VOLTMETER, 0-10 volts, for testing voltage of a battery...... 1.40\n91-426 POCKET D. C. AMMETER, 0-35 amperes, for testing the amperage of a battery. 1.40\n91-427 POCKET D, C. VOLT-AMMETER, 0-10 volts, 0-35 amperes, for testing the strength of a battery. 1.86","page":147},{"file":"p0148.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"148\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n91-335 MOUNTED LEAD PLATES (See Millikan & Gale, Fig. 277)\nPer pair $1.90\nUNIT-SEALED GLASS STORAGE CELLS\nFully Charged\nPlates hand pasted, uniform in weight and finish. Strong soft wood separators run full length of plates. Plates and separators are supported at the bottom by a heavy cast lead bridge* properly insulated, which carries the weight of the plates, thus avoiding breaking of the cover and displacement of the plates. Connectors are heavy, the negative longer than the positive to facilitate assembling to form a battery of two or more cells (see illustration, 16 cells). Sealing compound will not crack nor will it become too soft in hot weather. It adheres to the glass jar and to lead terminals, prevents any escape of acid, retards evaporation and avoids danger of foreign substances entering the cell. The glass jar is a perfect insulator and permits the general conditions of the cell to be seen at all\ntimes.\t16 Cells\u2014 No. 91\u2014329\nEach cell is shipped fully charged ready for use.\tSet up on shallow wooden trays\nfilled with sand. Short strap positive, long strap negative\n91-327 -----, 3-plate type, 8 ampere hours at 8-hour rate, 12 ampere hours at intermittent rate. Jar measures\noutside, 4X234X6J4 inches high........................................................ $4.50\n91-328 -----, 5-plate type, 16 ampere hours at 8-hour rate, 23 ampere hours at intermittent rate. Jar measures outside, 4X234X6J4 inches high.................................................... 5-76\n91-329\t----, 7-plate type, 66 ampere hours at 8-hour rate, 95 ampere hours at intermittent rate. Jar measures 6J4X3X9J4 inches high. (Illustration shows a battery of sixteen of these cells).. 12.00\nPORTABLE STORAGE BATTERIES\nFully Charged\n91-337 FOUR-CELL PORTABLE STORAGE BATTERY. The construction of the individual cells is the same as described above, but the cells are mounted in hard rubber jars and assembled in wood cases, finished with black acid-resisting paint; 9 plates per cell, 88 ampere hours at 8-hour rate, 128 ampere hours at intermittent rate....................................$75.00\n91-338 ------, 11 plates per cell, 110 ampere hours at 8-hour rate, 160 ampere hours at intermittent rate. . 86.00\n91-339 -------, 13 plates per cell, 180 ampere hours at 8-hour rate, 260 ampere hours at intermittent rate. . . . 115.00\nNos. 91-337 91-339\nNo. 91-327\nRating of Batteries\nTwo ratings are given for each of the cells listed above. Ratings have usually been given on our 8-hour discharge basis which is a continuous discharge over one 8-hour period. The Intermittent Rating is the discharge over a 72-hour period with three rest periods.\nTUNGAR RECTIFIERS. See page 180.","page":148},{"file":"p0149.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n149\nELECTRO - MAGNETISM\n92-15\n92-17\n92-20\n92-22\n92-30\n92-35\n92-37\n92-40\n92-50\n92-60\nAMPERE\u2019S LAW STAND (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E041) for the study of the magnetic field about a current-bearing conductor. In this new design the magnetic field can be located by\nsmall compasses as illustrated or by the iron filings method. Without compasses .......\nAMPERE\u2019S LAW STAND (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 81) for the study of the magnetic held surrounding a current-bearing conductor. Without movable magnetic compass, but otherwise complete as illustrated with the four small compasses sealed into the block.\t...................t-\nOERSTED\u2019S LAW APPARATUS for study of magnetic action of currents and formulating Ampere s\nrule. Complete as illustrated with No. 81-12 Magnetic Needle..................................\n----, without No. 81-12 Magnetic Needle\t.....\u2022 \u25a0 \u2022 \u2022\u2022\t............................1\nHELIX OERSTED\u2019S LAW APPARATUS for the study of the directive action which a fixed current exerts at a distance on a magnetic needle, and for formulating Ampere s rule. The helix and one magnetic needle are movable on the upright sides of the frame; the magnetic needle is also movable along the holder. An electric current can be connected through the helix or around the frame. Complete as illustrated.................................................: :......................\u00fb 1\n____t without Helix and the Two Fixed Magnetic Needles. The movable magnetic needle can be\nadjusted along the frame as desired.....................; \u2022 \u2022 ..........._T\t..........\nHELIX ATTACHMENT for use on above. This attachment is illustrated over No. 92-30........\nBAR OF IRON and BAR OF WOOD for use within Helix Attachment No. 92-37 for study of the\nAMPERE\u2019S FRAMES AND SUPPORT. Consists of a finely finished support. with balanced and insulated holder for the various frames. Five frames are supplied: loop, plain rectangle, astatic\nrectangle, rectangular coil, and a solenoid.\t.\t,\t.\t.,\t.. c\nServes to demonstrate in a positive striking manner mutual action of magnets and solenoids, action of currents on solenoids, directive action of the Earth on solenoids, directive action of magnets on currents, \u201csucking\u201d effects of solenoids and action of a current on a pivoted magnet. Complete as\nFLOATING HELIX AND CELL for demonstrating the magnetic polarity of an electro-magnetic solenoid This combination will float upright in a jar of water. When the battery solution is placed in the small jar in the center of the cork disc, the solenoid will act the same as a magnetic needle, one end developing South and the other end North polarity............................................\n$3.75\n4.25\n5.35\n4.25\n9.75\n6.00\n2.20\n.35\n19.50\n2.60","page":149},{"file":"p0150.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"150\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 80-305\nNo. 80-310\n80-305\nPARALLEL CURRENT APPARATUS for demonstrating mutual actions of parallel currents. Parallel currents flowing in the same direction are secured by connecting both binding posts with one pole of the battery. The other pole should be connected to a binding post (not shown in the illustration) fastened to the base and in electrical connection with the mercury well. Success of the experiment depends upon amalgamating the ends of the copper rods and upon allowing the rods to just\nmake contact with the surface of the mercury...................................$4.25\n80-310 VIBRATING SPIRAL APPARATUS for illustrating mutual action of parallel currents. When a current is allowed to pass through the spiral, there, is an attraction between the convolutions, causing the lower end of the spiral to break the electrical connection with the mercury. The weight of the spiral then causes contact again, which, in turn, sets up attraction of the convolutions. Continual making and breaking contact with\nthe mercury causes this spiral to vibrate up and down.........................................\nPARALLEL CURRENT REPULSION COILS, Bi-Filar Suspension, for illustrating mutual influence of parallel currents and self induction. The coils have 1000 turns of wire, are form wound, taped, shellacked, and baked. Terminals are attached to loops for bi-filar suspension. The support for the coils consists of two hard rubber pieces, adjustable on a cross head so that the distance between the coils can be varied. This cross head is attached to a rod which fits the clamp. Two sets of binding posts for series or multiple connections; coils wound for 110 volts when connected in series. Without stand but otherwise complete as illustrated.................................................\nMAGNETIC INDUCTION COIL. A form wound coil for use with any sensitive galvanometer to conduct various experiments showing the earth\u2019s magnetic field and other induction phenomena . .\n92-75\n92-77\n12.50\n4.25\nELECTRO-MAGNETS\nFigures\n1\t2\t3\t4\t5\n6\nFigures\n7\t8\nNos. 92-110 to 92-130\n9\n92-110 GILLEY INDUCTION COILS (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exps. E042, E150 and E153) for study of electro-magnets and electro-magnetic induction. The coil is form wound, shellacked and baked. It is encased in a molded insulating compound and the ends terminate in binding posts.\nA pair of these coils with various accessories illustrated above and listed below, serve to cover a wide\nfield in the study of electro-magnetism, self and mutual induction.............Per pair $2.76\nAccessory Parts for Gilley Induction Coils\n92-115\tSOFT\tIRON\tU-SHAPED CORE (Fig. 3) for study of bi-polar electro-magnets (Exp. E042)... .50\n92-117\tSOFT\tIRON\tARMATURE (Fig. 2) for use with above........................................ 20\n92-120\tSOFT\tIRON\tCORE (Fig. 5) for study of currents induced by electro-magnetism (Exp. E153).20\n92-122 HALF-ROUND CORE PIECES (Fig. 4) for mapping lines of force (Exp. E042)............Per pair .30\n92-126 SLOTTED CARDBOARDS (Fig. 7) for mapping lines of force (Exp. E042)................Per pair .15\nFigs. 8 and 9 in the illustration show how the apparatus is used in the study of the Simple Transformer, Induced Currents and Electro-magnets.\n92-130 GILLEY INDUCTION STUDY OUTFIT \u2014 Nos. 92-110 to 92-125 inclusive, in box with directions 4.00","page":150},{"file":"p0151.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n151\n92-135\n92-136\nELECTRO-MAGNETIC COILS (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 82) for the study of the construction of an electro-magnet and to determine the conditions of its operation. A set of three coils varying in number of turns and the character of core.\nPer set of three.............................\nELECTRO-MAGNETIC COILS (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 30), a pair of coils similar to the above.Per pair\nNo. 92-135\n92-150 INSTITUTE IRON CLAD MAGNET, 300 lbs. capacity. This magnet has been patterned after the commercial types of lifting magnets. The cross sectional area of the shell is equal to that of the core, thus giving the highest efficiency per lb. Size, 4X134 inches; weight with armature, 5 lbs.; resistance, J4 ohm. Recommended for use on 4 to 6 volts...................................$9.00\n92-162 INSTITUTE IRON CLAD MAGNET, same construction as above, but smaller in size.......................... 5.00\n92-160 DEMONSTRATION ELECTRO-MAGNET, 6-inch, for battery current. The two windings can be\nconnected in multiple or series. Recommended for use on 5 to 10 volts. Complete as illustrated 4.75\n92-165 HELIX ELECTRO-MAGNET, 434-inch, N. Y. State form . .\n2.50\n92-175\n92-185\n92-200\nNo. 92-185\nHELIX AND SEPARABLE ' MAGNETIC CIRCUIT (HELIX AND RING). A form wound coil and two soft iron U-shaped cores with cast metal handles assembled as illustrated. Recommended for use on 4 to 6 volts....................................$5.00\nSOLENOID MAGNET for illustrating the principle of a solenoid magnet. Consists of a form wound coil over a heavy walled glass tube in which is placed a soft iron rod. Complete as illustrated................... 2.95\n110-VOLT LIFTING MAGNET, 300 lbs. capacity. As may be noted from the illustration, the core piece has been so designed that the magnet may be used as shown or reversed so that the poles extend vertically upward or in a horizontal position with the poles extending outward. Height of frame, 25 inches; net weight of magnet without frame,\n10 lbs; diameter of core, one inch; size of winding, X1M inches; resistance,\n220 ohms; ampere consumption, 0.5 amp. ; capacity, 300 lbs.; wound for 110 volts. Without weights..........................46.00\nNo. 92-200","page":151},{"file":"p0152.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"152\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTRICAL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS\nNo. 93-30\nNo. 93-60\n93-12 GALVANOSCOPE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, pp. 80-100),three separate circuits, 1, 25 and 100\nturns; binding post for each circuit. Without compass.............................. $2.20\n93-30 TROWBRIDGE ASTATIC GALVANOMETER. An experience of over a quarter of a century has demonstrated that this instrument is much superior to the conventional types of static galvanometers. The instrument is constructed on the close coil principle in which the magnet is suspended from a light aluminum vane hanging in front of the coil. Coils of varying resistances may be supplied if desired. The coil with which the instrument is furnished is intended for Wheatstone bridge work and other experiments where the voltage is exceedingly low. The end of the aluminum vane projects into a metal cup under the coil which, for purposes of making the instrument deadbeat, may be filled with glycerine if desired. The actuating coil is clamped in metal clips and may be easily removed. All parts of this instrument are clearly exposed. The instrument is nearly \u201cdead-beat\u201d and by use of an outside control magnet, a great variation in sensibility can be\nobtained................................................................ 11.60\n93-40 STUDENTS\u2019 TANGENT GALVANOMETER, six-inch oxidized brass ring. Arranged with binding posts which connect to 5, 10 or 15 turns of wire. All connections exposed so that the student can trace the direction of the current. With brass-capped, card-dial compass............. 3.76\n93-44\n93-60\n93-60\n93-76\nNo. 93-75\n----, with agate-bearing compass, raised metal dial with full\ncircle divisions........................................\n----, with agate-bearing compass, aluminum pointer, raised\nmetal dial with full circle divisions...................\nHARCOURT 22-CM. TANGENT GALVANOMETER, cast metal ring. Arranged with binding posts connecting 5, 10 or 15 turns of wire. Compass box is about 11 cms. diameter and is provided with 2-cm. fiber suspended magnet with aluminum pointer moving over a mirror dial. This compass box is removable by loosening two set screws which enables the instrument to be used in a variety of experiments on induction. This galvanometer has all the essentials of the higher-priced instruments.................................\nSTANDARD TANGENT GALVANOMETER with Thompson Adjustable Control Magnet. Finished brass ring, 20 cms. in diameter with coil 13 mm. wide mounted on polished hard rubber, swiveled on a tripod base with leveling screws. The suspension system consists of a needle 15 mm. long, suspended by fiber and provided with a convenient and satisfactory lift. The needle is protected by a box 12 cms. in diameter, provided with silvered engine-divided dial. Windings have been most carefully worked out to meet the conditions of the greatest variety of experiments,\u2014\n3 turns coarse wire, posts 1 and 2, wound clock-wise.\n12 turns coarse wire, posts 2 and 3, wound counter clock-wise, giving, between posts 1 and 3, 9 turns of coarse wire wound counter clock-wise.\n320 turns fine wire, posts 3 and 4, wound clock-wise,especially designed for determining the constant of a tangent galvanometer.\nThis galvanometer is one of the most carefully designed and scientifically proportioned instruments on the market.................................\"...............................\n6.20\n6.85\n11.50\n45.00","page":152},{"file":"p0153.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n153\nUNIVERSAL LECTURE TABLE GALVANOMETER\nNo. 93-130\nEight Instruments in One\n1.\tGalvanometer \u2014 one space deflection\nmeans .002 ampere or .002 volt.\n2.\tMillivoltmeter \u2014 range 25 millivolts\nreading to y millivolt.\n3.\tMilliamperemeter \u2014 range 25 milli-\namp\u00e8res reading to y milliampere.\n4.\tVoltmeter \u2014 range 0-5 volts reading to\n1/10 volt.\n5.\tVoltmeter \u2014 range 0-25 volts reading to\ny voit.\n6.\tVoltmeter \u2014 range 0-125 volts reading\nto 2J/> volts.\n7.\tAmmeter \u2014 range 0-5 amperes reading\nto 1/10 ampere.\nS. Ammeter \u2014 range 0-25 amperes reading to Yi am\u00e7ere. .\nThe original design of this Universal Lecture Table Galvanometer was offered the teaching profession over a decade ago. We offer in our present design an instrument which has gradually been improved in accordance with valuable suggestions that have been made by experienced teachers.\nMovement. Commercial D'Arsonval type, slightly modified, the moving coil adjusted for one ohm resistance, making it possible to supply at any time detachable and interchangeable shunts or resistances of any desired range.\nConnections. All connections are in plain view. Resistances and shunts are connected as shown in the illustration.\nDial. The dial is 12 inches long. Note the double scale \u2014 the lower has alternate black and white spaces and large, distinct figures which can be seen from any part of the lecture room. The back of the dial carries a scale with full and explicit directions for connecting the instrument.\nCalibration. Each instrument is hand calibrated in connection with the best standard commercial instrument.\nMechanism. The magnets are aged by the standard aging process. All bearings are jewelled. A protecting switch is provided on the base to avoid accidental burning out of the coil. The zero adjustment is simple and even the most inexperienced is enabled to adjust the pointer to the zero reading. The knurled head at the right of the case operates a device to lock the pointer.\nEducational Features. All connections and moving parts are plainly in view. Without shunts or resistances in circuit the instrument is a sensitive galvanometer, a millivoltmeter or milliamperemeter. By connecting various resistances in series the student is enabled to set up voltmeters of different ranges; by connection of shunts he is enabled to set up ammeters of different ranges.\nWe believe this instrument to be the best electrically, mechanically, and educationally that has ever been produced. Complete with full set of shunts and resistances for ranges noted above.\nPRICE, $75.00\nGentlemen: Your Lecture Table Galvanometer has been a great help in teaching the subject of current electricity to mixed classes. The fact that all connections and moving parts are plainly in view, and the scale large and open, and the ranges large make it an ideal educational instrument. The use of the ammeter shunts and of the switch shunt, and their effects on the deflection of the needle, tend to clear up the subject of divided circuits.\nI have it before my classes during our study of current electricity and use it constantly. It is a usable and extremely satisfactory instrument and one that should be in every Physics lecture room.\nVery truly,\n(Signed) ERNEST R. SMITH.","page":153},{"file":"p0154.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"154\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 93-145\nNo. 93-155\n93-145 LECTURE TABLE GALVANOMETER. This instrument is offered for use in simple lecture table experiments where high sensibility is not essential. The scale is large and open, the pointer is of aluminum, with jewel bearings; there are three sections of windings \u2014 coarse, medium, and fine wire of varying resistances, and varying ranges. Finished cast metal uprights, polished wood base............................ ................................$13.60\n93-155 THE LAMPRA PROJECTION GALVANOMETER. This instrument is especially adapted for projection work, the scale chamber being of the regulation slide holder size with glass both sides of the indicator. The galvanometer movement is encased in a compact box mounted to give adequate adjustment for any form of projection lantern, the indicator moving over an arbitrary scale. The entire instrument, including the indicator chamber, is sealed for proper protection against dust and air currents. Complete as illustrated................................. 43.76\n93-175 IMPROVED LAMINATED MAGNET LECTURE TABLE GALVANOMETER, 30 megohm sensibility. This is an instrument that one should see and use to fully appreciate its many excellent qualities. It has been designed to permit an entirely new field of experiments on the lecture table not possible with usual lecture-table instruments.\nImportant Features:\nLaminated Magnets. Four magnets horizontally mounted. By reason of the form of the magnet and the fact that the whole system is laminated, we produce a magnetic pole strength at least five times that used in any other lecture-table magnet.\nCoil. We have employed the cylindrical, close-wound coil recognized the world over as being the one form in which the deflections bear the proper relation to the current strength.\nScale Reading. We have employed a double-pointer reading on both sides of the instrument.\nThe vertical scales, front and back, have coarse divisions for students\u2019 readings. The horizontal scales are for finer readings. The vertical scales are offset in such a way that the broad pointer does not overlap the scale but is in the same line with it, thus making it possible to use the so-called \u201c straight line method of reading.\u201d\nSensibility, 30 megohms. This sensibility is possibly higher than required for some lecture-table work and can be reduced by connecting a coil in the form of a shunt.\nMechanism. The coil is adjusted to zero position by means of the knurled disc projecting slightly at the left of the base. A coil lift is also provided, operated without raising the glass dome. The method of attaching the suspension is novel. Should a suspension break, a new one can be obtained which even the most inexperienced can attach without the use of solder.\nWe believe that this instrument adequately fills a want that has made many experiments unsuccessful as lecture-table demonstrations. Electrically and mechanically, we have discovered no necessary or advisable improvement. Educationally, the instrument offers every opportunity for a careful study of the construction, since all parts are large and open to view through the glass dome..35.00","page":154},{"file":"p0155.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n155\nNo. 93-200\tNo. 93-210\nHORIZONTAL D\u2019ARSONVAL GALVANOMETER. See page 158.\n93-200 TRIPLE LAMINATED MAGNET HIGH SCHOOL GALVANOMETER, 30 megohm sensibility. The educational value of the galvanometer illustrated is apparent. The simplicity electrically and mechanically will appeal to the many teachers who wish a galvanometer that can be depended upon to give satisfactory service in the wide range of laboratory experimentation.\nThe Laminated Magnets give greater magnetic strength, enabling heavier ribbon suspensions to be used, thus decreasing the liability of breakage. The Coil is of the close-wound type and forms part of the Suspension System which can be removed by loosening one screw. Renewal of Broken Suspensions is accomplished without use of solder or screw driver. The Zero Adjustment and Coil Lift are mechanically simple and operate by merely turning a knurled screw head. Deflection Readings are made directly by the pointer moving over a 3J4-mch horizontal dial graduated in\ndegrees................................................................$9.00\n93-201\tUPPER SUSPENSION ready for attachment.......................................36\n93-202\tLOWER SUSPENSION ready for attachment.......................................76\n93-210 LAMINATED VERTICAL MAGNET GALVANOMETER, 70 megohms sensibility. It has been our purpose to construct an instrument which can be easily set up, adjusted and kept in adjustment, and one in which all working parts are constantly in view. The Unit Suspension System, shown in detail, carries the coil, upper and lower suspension, zero adjustment and coil lift, all constituting a single unit attached to the back base plate. Suspensions are supplied with metal terminals and broken suspensions can be replaced without the use of solder or screw driver, insuring a perfect electrical and mechanical contact. The Lower Suspension is now even more easily handled than the upper suspension. It is sent out as a sealed glass cartridge, the terminals passing through the upper and lower ends of the cartridge. After the coil is set in place and the adjustment made, the seal is cut away and the galvanometer is ready for use, all without touching the spiral with either tools or fingers.\nThe Reading Device is a modified form of that used on our original instruments. We employ the back target fiducial mark using a front opening wide enough for both edges to be used in their normal position without errors of parallax. By removing the reading device deflections can be read by telescope reading.\nThe Sensibility is 70 megohms, equal to all requirements for laboratory work; resistance approximately one ohm per megohm. The high sensibility, ease of reading, facility of renewing suspensions, and the electrical and mechanical features of this galvanometer, make it one that has appealed to many teachers, so that our sales have warranted quantity productions, enabling us to furnish a\nhigh grade instrument at a low price............................................. 12.60\n93-211 UPPER SUSPENSION ready for attachment............................................... .46\n93-212 LOWER SUSPENSION CARTRIDGE ready for attachment..................................... 1.26\n93-215 BALLISTIC COIL. The galvanometer No. 93-210 above is especially adapted for the use of Ballistic Coils in capacity and self-induction experiments. This coil is mounted on our unit suspension system described above all ready for replacing the system usually furnished with No. 93-210.\nUnit Ballistic System complete, ready for attachment............................. 6.26\nLaminated Vertical Magnet Galvanometer No. 93-210 can be used to excellent advantage on Galvanometer Wall Bracket No. 93-242.","page":155},{"file":"p0156.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"156\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 93-230\nNo. 93-235\nNo. 93-245\n93-230 SELF-LEVELING D\u2019ARSONVAL GALVANOMETER, 600 megohm sensibility. This is a galvanometer designed particularly for advanced laboratory work. It can be used either as a wall or table instrument; is both self-centering and self-leveling. The instrument is hung from universal gimbals so that both magnet and coil are always in correct relation.\nMagnet System. The material, form and method of treating employed produces a magnet of the greatest practical strength and permanency. The form of the coil and concentration of the lines of force have been carefully co-ordinated.\nCoil System. The Coil System is removable, making for unusual accessibility and ready replacement of suspensions.\nSensibility. Sensibility of 600 megohms, with resistance of 400 ohms is a range which we have found most serviceable in our own testing laboratories.\nSuspensions. By carefully adjusting the weight of the coil to the size of the phosphor-bronze suspension, we have practically eliminated the zero set.\nComplete as illustrated.....................................................................$75.00\n93-232 EXTRA COILS \u2014 Ballistic, Low and High Resistance Coils, will be furnished as specified ready\nfor attachment on the above galvanometer.................................................. 9.90\n93-242 GALVANOMETER WALL BRACKET for use with any mirror reading galvanometer. Heretofore sensitive galvanometers have been attached rigidly to the wall, it being necessary to level them with the greatest care. When once attached and adjusted, the galvanometer is allowed to remain on the wall permanently. Our rigid wall shelf for galvanometer work carries an arm as shown in the illustration. The vertical telescope and scale support is adjustable vertically and the whole arm is adjustable further by means of adjusting screws operating against the wall plate. The illustration pictures our Self-Leveling Galvanometer No. 93-230, Reading Telescope No. 93-480, and Galvanometer Scale No. 93-244. Any mirror reading galvanometer can be used on this wall\nbracket. Galvanometer Wall Bracket only, without galvanometer, telescope, and scale....... 35.00\n93-244 GALVANOMETER SCALE, 600 mm. divisions either side of 0 at the center, accurately graduated,\nfigures inverted and reversed, graduations and figures clear and distinct ................ 2.50\n93-480 READING TELESCOPE WITH CROSS HAIRS, objective 18 mm. diameter, focus to 1 meter,\nsliding tube focusing adjustment, especi\u00e2lly designed for use in electrical measurements.. 12.50\n93-245 SELF-LEVELING WALL GALVANOMETER OUTFIT consisting of Galvanometer Wall Bracket No. 93-242, Self-Leveling D\u2019Arsonval Galvanometer No. 93-230, Telescope No. 93-480 and Scale\nNo. 93-244, described above...............................................................125.00\n93-235 RADIO MICROMETER, an instrument long recognized as not only the most sensitive but also the most reliable heat indicator produced. In the design of this instrument we have used the fundamental parts of the D\u2019Arsonval Galvanometer, but with the moving coil replaced by the most sensitive thermo-electric couple wihch it is possible to produce. We are able, therefore, to offer an instrument of great sensibility. A candle flame 50 feet distant will cause a marked deflection.\nOur Method of Reading does not require the observer to remain at a considerable distance from the instrument when making readings. Readings by the telescope method will in some cases be found advisable yet for most of the experiments, readings can be made as in our D\u2019Arsonval Galvanometer No. 93-210. The deflecting horn is mounted on a movable ring so that the heat can be received from either side only. The heat from the body of the observer, therefore, cannot affect the readings.\nComplete as illustrated..................................................................... 32.00","page":156},{"file":"p0157.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n157\nGALVANOMETER ACCESSORIES\nNo. 93-350\nNo. 93-360\n93-350 ELEMENTARY AYRTON UNIVERSAL SHUNT. In using a galvanometer of high sensibility it is necessary both for convenience and for protection of the galvanometer to use some device for reducing the strength of the current through the galvanometer. The instrument above illustrated provides in compact form a means of sending small or large fractions of the main current through the galvanometer, merely by a movement of the contact arm. This shunt is suitable for galvanometers\nwith ranges from 50 to 500 ohms resistance....................................................$19.00\n93-360 UNIVERSAL SHUNT. A great advantage of this shunt over the one preceding is that it can be used with a ballistic galvanometer as well as with a dead-beat instrument. The contact resistance is very low, although this is not a matter of great importance in the ordinary use of the instrument, as the contact resistance does not enter the galvanometer circuit proper. The circuit arrangements in our instrument are so arranged that the resistance coils are also available as a \u201c drop wire,\u201d or simple potentiometer for subdividing a potential difference. To protect the ebonite top from air, dust, and sunlight, thus preserving its insulating properties, a brass cover with mahogany top similar in style to the box is provided. It lifts clear away from the box on loosening a bayonet catch and is laid aside while the shunt is in use.\na\tb\tc\nTotal resistance, ohms..........10,000 20,000 100,000\nEach............................$50.00 54.00\t65.00\n\nNo. 5-920 with\nNo. 93-460\tNos. 93-470 and 93-480\n93-460 LINE OR SPOT-OF-LIGHT DIRECT READING ADJUSTABLY MOUNTED LAMP AND\nSCALE for use with any reflecting galvanometer to give direct readings of the movement of the coil. The essential feature of this outfit is an incandescent lamp with ventilated housing. By means of a focusing device a brilliant line of light can be obtained that can be plainly seen in the ordinary lecture hall upwards of 75 feet away from the screen. Focused for a spot of light which is not so brilliant, the reflected spot can be plainly seen from a distance of 40 feet. If the room is slightly darkened, the spot of light or the line of light is more brilliant and, therefore, can be seen at a greater distance. The screen is opalescent and has a scale across the entire length with long centimeter divisions and shorter millimeter divisions. The screen and lamp are adjustably mounted\nas illustrated................................................................................... 48.76\n93-470 READING TELESCOPE SCALE. The scale on the front of the hardwood strip is 50 cms. long, graduated in long centimeter divisions and shorter millimeter divisions either side from zero at\nthe center, figures inverted..................................................................... 3.26\n93-480 READING TELESCOPE WITH CROSS HAIRS, Yi to 1 m. focus. Designed especially for use in electrical experiments, but can be used equally well in experiments on the magnifying power of a telescope. Objective, 18 mm. diameter; focus, J^tolm.; sliding focusing adjustment........................ 12.60","page":157},{"file":"p0158.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"158\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTRICAL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS\nD\u2019Arsonval Movement\nGALVANOMETERS \u2014 VOLTMETERS \u2014 AMMETERS\nThe line of instruments which we are offering in the succeeding pages are all made with the D\u2019Arsonval movement, the utmost care used in the construction to secure such indispensable qualities as the dead-beat feature, a strong and uniform magnetic field, and, in case of the galvanometer in particular, uniform scale, since this instrument employs a printed rather than a hand-drawn scale.\nIn the construction of the various ranges we use a drop forge magnet, made from the best magnet steel circular in form, which gives the strongest and most uniform field. Scale of such proportion that one division represents approximately one milvolt. Jewel bearings, hardened-steel pivots, hand-calibrated and hand-drawn scale, except in the case of Galvanometer No. 93-195, on which we use a printed scale. All types of instruments are provided with a zero adjustment accessible on the top of the instrument, without removing the case. Mounting finely finished, mahogany base wfith cap of punched metal, amber finish. For convenience in the use of these instruments in the laboratory, we have adapted the binding posts Nos. 90-316A to E previously listed, on account of the readiness with which this post will securely grip any size wire without danger of being accidentally loosened and causing delays in the work.\n93-195 D\u2019ARSONVAL GALVANOMETER. This instrument is the same as the ammeters, voltmeters and voltammeters listed below, except that no shunts and resistances are provided and a printed scale is employed. Each division of the scale represents approximately one milvolt, but we do not claim this \"to be an accurate milvoltmeter. The instrument is sufficiently sensitive for general laboratory practice in students\u2019 Wheatstone bridge experiments, polarization of cells, and the general range of students\u2019 laboratory work where a zero center, quick reading instrument is desired.............................. ....................................$16.60\n93-525 D\u2019ARSONVAL LABORATORY AMMETER, DOUBLE SCALE, 0-25 amperes (in black) and 0-5 amperes (in red). This instrument is fundamentally the same as No. 93-195, except that it is provided with shunts in order to transform the galvanometer or milvoltmeter into an ammeter.\nEach instrument is carefully calibrated and the scale drawn in by hand. 18.00\n93-535 D\u2019ARSONVAL LABORATORY VOLTMETER, DOUBLE SCALE, 0-120 volts, 2-volt divisions\n(in black) and 0-12 volts, 1 /5-volt divisions (in red). This instrument is fundamentally the same\nas No. 93-195 except that it is provided with resistances to transform the galvanometer into a voltmeter............................................................. 18.00\n93-650 VOLT-AMMETER, 10 volts and 10 amperes, zero at the center of scale. This instrument has same\nrefinements as above, but designed to serve both as a voltmeter and an ammeter.. 20.00\n93-670 ----, 120 volts and 15 amperes, zero at the center of scale....................... 24.50\n93-635 MULTIPLE RANGE PORTABLE D. C. ROTARY METER. Five accurate electrical measuring instruments in one \u2014 a milvoltmeter, 0-90 milvolts; a voltmeter, 0-15 volts; a voltmeter, 0-150 volts; an ammeter, 0-3 amperes; and an ammeter, 0-30 amperes. Fixed in a polished mahogany base,\n4 34X3 XI34 inches, is a set of segments each segment being properly connected to a shunt or resistance spool, also set in the base and connected with a terminal binding post. A D\u2019Arsonval milvoltmeter is pivoted in the center of the segments and as it is rotated a terminal at its base comes in contact with the copper segments, thus connecting the proper shunt or resistance to the rotating instrument. A fixed index finger on the side of the knurled meter case shows the position of this terminal, and suitable markers on the metal ring around the rotating member and attached to the base show the position of the segments.\nThe instrument is simple but rugged in construction. Readings accurate to 34 of one per cent\n28.00","page":158},{"file":"p0159.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n159\nPORTABLE\nELECTRIC MEASURING INSTRUMENTS\nThese meters answer the demand for a small, portable meter that is accurate, sensitive and moderate in price. The magnet used is a high-grade drop forging properly aged and capable of giving excellent results indefinitely. Jeweled bearings, hardened steel pivots. Zero adjustment, accessible on the top of the instrument. Polished mahogany base, 5inches. Top of brass, fan shaped, black enamel finish.\nDIRECT CURRENT\n93-680 PORTABLE D. C. VOLTMETER, 0-10 volts......................................$16.50\n93-682\t\u2014\u2014,\t0-30 volts........................................................... 16.76\n93-684\t-\u25a0,\t0-150 volts......................................................... 20.00\n93-686 PORTABLE D. C. VOLTMETER, DOUBLE SCALE, 0-3 and 0-30 volts................ 20.00\n93-688\t-,\t0-15 and 0-150 volts............................................... 23.50\n93-690 PORTABLE D. C. AMMETER, 0-100 milamperes...............*.................. 16.50\n93-692\t\u2014\u2014,\t0-10 amperes........................................................ 16.75\n93-694\t--,\t0-25 amperes............................................. 19.00\nALTERNATING CURRENT\n93-701 PORTABLE A. C. VOLTMETER, 0-15 volts...................................... $20.00\n93-703\t-,\t0-150 volts........................................................ 25.00\n93-705 PORTABLE A. C. VOLTMETER, DOUBLE SCALE, 0-15 and 0-150 volts.............. 31.60\n93-707 PORTABLE A. C. AMMETER, 0-6 amperes....................................... 20.00\n93-709\t-,\t0-15\tamperes........................................................ 20.00\n93 711\t-,\t0 50 amperes............................................. 22.60\nPORTABLE PRECISION METERS\nThese meters are larger than types listed above. They are fitted with an unusually large drop-forged magnet carefully aged and treated, pole faces accurately ground and core iron of special analysis with a patented adjustable feature to locate accurately the position of the core. They are especially dead-beat and accurate, the scale fitted with a mirror for precision work. Nothing has been spared to make these meters the most accurate and dependable instruments on the market.\nPolished mahogany base,\tinches. Top of brass, fan shaped, black amber finish.\nDIRECT CURRENT\n93-722 PORTABLE D. C. PRECISION VOLTMETER, 0-3 volts.............................$66.00\n93 -724\t-,\t0 15 volts............................................. 55.00\n93-726\t-,\t0-160 volts............................................ 55.00\n93-728\tPORTABLE\tD.\tC.\tPRECISION\tVOLTMETER, DOUBLE\tSCALE, 0-15 and 0-150 volts.\t67.50\n93-730\tPORTABLE\tD.\tC.\tPRECISION\tAMMETER, 0-100 milamperes...................... 55.00\n93-732\t\u2014\u2014, 0-10 amperes...........................................................55.00\n93-734\t-,\t0-25\tamperes............................................55.00\nALTERNATING CURRENT\n93-741\tPORTABLE\tA.\tC.\tPRECISION\tVOLTMETER, 0-150 volts........................ $66.00\n93-743\t\u2014, DOUBLE\tSCALE, 0-160 and 0-300 volts................................ 67.60\n93-747\tPORTABLE\tA.\tC.\tPRECISION\tAMMETER, 0-10 amperes.......................... 65.00\n93-749\t-,\t0-25\tamperes........................................... 56.00","page":159},{"file":"p0160.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"160\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTRICAL RESISTANCE APPARATUS\nRESISTANCE COILS\nNo. 94-80\nNo. 94-70\nNo. 94-90\n94-20 ONE-OHM RESISTANCE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 33).$0.40\n94-21 THOUSAND-OHM RESISTANCE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exps. 31 and 32).65\n94-30 SPOOL RESISTANCES, guaranteed accuracy of 1/5 of one per cent.\nabcdef\tghi\nResistance, ohms 1\t2\t3\t4\t10\t20\t30\t40\t50\nBach\t$1.00\t1.00\t1.00\t1.10\t1.25\t1.40\t1.40\t1.45\t1.50\n* j\tk\t1\tm\tn\to\tp\tq\nResistance, ohms 100\t200\t300\t400\t1000\t2000\t3000\t4000\nEach\t$1.75\t2.00\t2.15\t2.30\t2.50\t2.65\t2.80\t3.00\n94-60 TEMPERATURE COIL for study of effects of temperature upon resistance. Consists of a coil of high resistance wire wound on a molded porcelain spool designed to fit the dippers of Hypsometers Nos. 60-350 and 60-365. Ends of coil attached to binding posts. 2.26\n94-61 TEMPERATURE COIL (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E081)....15\n94-70 HYDE FORM RESISTANCE SPOOLS for use in determining resistance and in formulating laws of resistance in wires. The base has eight dowel pins on which are supported spools wound with wires of different lengths, diameters and materials, to secure the following combinations:\n2 spools (200 cms. No. 30 German Silver Wire) same material, diameter and length.\n2 spools (200 cms. No. 30 and 200 cms. No. 28 German Silver Wire) same material and length, but different diameters.\n2 spools (40 and 80 cms. No. 30 German Silver Wire) same material and diameter, but one double the length of the other.\n2 spools (120 and 160 cms. No. 30 German Silver Wire) which in addition to spools above will allow comparison of same diameter and material, but of lengths as 1:2:3: 4: 5.\n1 spool (2000 cms. No. 30 Copper Wire) same diameter, different material from one of the above (200 cms. No.30 German Silver) and ten times the length.\nLeads are attached to each spool for connecting to the Wheatstone bridge. These leads are attached\nso that there is little or no danger of the ends of the wires becoming detached from the leads.\t5.50\n94-80 RESISTANCE SPOOLS, five coils mounted as illustrated, the ends connected to binding posts.\nCoils as follows: 10 meters Nos. 22 and 28 Copper Wire, 20 meters Nos. 22 and 28 Copper Wire, and 10 meters No. 22 German Silver Wire..................................... 5.00\n94-90 ANDREWS\u2019 RESISTANCE BOARD. Four coils of wire: 300 cms. No. 36 Copper, 600 cms. No. 36 Copper, 300 cms. No. 30 Copper, and 300 cms. No. 30 German Silver Wire, wound on bobbins and connected to brass blocks so that by means of tapered plugs, combinations in series and parallel of any one or more of the coils can be secured by properly placing the plugs in their tapered holes. . 10.50\n94-95 CULLER\u2019S DOUBLE RHEOCHORD (see Culler's \u201c Laboratory Manual of Physics,\u201d Exp. XLVC)\nPer pair........................................................................... 13.60\n94-97 FULLER & BROWNLEE\u2019S RHEOCHORD BOARD (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 73).................. 7.00\n94-98 RHEOCHORD BOARD (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exps. 32 and 35)........................ 7.00","page":160},{"file":"p0161.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"No. 94-100\nNos. 94-115 to 94-117\n94-100 STANDARD RESISTANCES. The coil illustrated has been designed for use whenever the highest accuracy is not required, and the inconvenience attending the use of an oil bath can therefore be avoided. Though not intended as the highest standards, accuracy and compactness make these coils convenient for many purposes. The winding is a matter of great care; the wire used is manganin, and the core on which the coil is wound is of brass. This core is open at each end, giving ventilation as well as preventing changing of temperature; also permitting the introduction of a thermometer into the interior. The winding is arranged in a thin layer on the core and insulated with only sufficient wax to prevent access of the air to the wire.\nThe case is of brass; the terminals are heavy copper rods giving ample conductivity and contact surface. The lower ends of these rods are arranged to dip into mercury cups, while the upper ends are equipped with large binding posts screwing into the copper bars and bearing against lugs which give ample clamping surface.\nThese coils are furnished in four different sizes as listed below. They are accurately adjusted to 1/10 of one per cent. With each coil a certificate of accuracy giving the date, temperature, and precise value of the resistance at the final test is included.\nabed Capacity, ohms.................... 1\t10\t100\t1000\nEach.............................. $17.00\t18.15\t19.26\t23.20\n94-115 STANDARD RESISTANCES, universally accepted for work on high precision. The resistance material is manganin, selected not only for its approved permanence and low temperature resistance coefficient, but also for its small thermo-electro-motive force against copper. The external case is not in connection with the winding and furnishes merely a mechanical support and protection. The standard may be immersed in oil so that the coil is completely submerged, and the case, bobbin, and winding are so arranged that the oil has access to all parts of the coil, making it possible to ascertain or control its temperature with certainty. An opening through the ebonite top permits the insertion of a thermometer into the interior. Case and terminals are nickel-plated to prevent corrosion. Every operation of the construction of these standards, winding, aging, and adjustment, is most carefully carried out. Our standards will therefore be found not merely accurate in adjustment but also permanent in calibration. Each coil is adjusted to 1/100 of one per cent of the value of our copies of the United States Standard. With each, resistance sent out is a certificate of accuracy for each coil.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nCapacity, ohms. . . .\t1/10\t1\t10\t100\t1000\nEach............... $63.00\t64.00\t65.00\t67.50\t70.00\n94-117 STANDARD RESISTANCES, same accuracy and general structure as above, but arranged for air cooling only.\nabed Capacity, ohms. ...\t1\t10\t100\t1000\nEach.............. $31.00\t32.00\t34.00\t37.50\n94-125 SINGLE-COIL TENTH MEGOHM. The coil is wound non-inductively with our special \u201c B \u201d high resistance wire, which we consider for purposes of a megohm box superior to manganin as used in all of our low-range boxes. Each coil is thoroughly protected from moisture by wax and insulating covering, which also seems to give to each unit ability to withstand mechanical strains. This unit is mounted in a cylindrical brass case with raised terminals, thermometer hole, and offered in form as illustrated.\nTenth Megohm Coil as illustrated................................................. 55.00\nNo. 94-126","page":161},{"file":"p0162.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"162\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nRESISTANCE BOXES\nNos. 94-152 to 94-155\tNo. 94-160\n94-150 SCHOOL RESISTANCE BOX, range 1 to 20 ohms, guaranteed accuracy of Yl of one per cent . . $7.16\n94-162 SCHOOL RESISTANCE BOX, range 1/10 to 111 ohms, guaranteed accuracy of 1/5 of one per cent. 14.50\n94-165 ---, same as above, but with certificate from our electrical laboratory...... 17.60\n94-157 SCHOOL RESISTANCE BOX, range 1 to 1,110 ohms, guaranteed accuracy 1/5 of one per cent . . . 20.00\n94-160 SCHOOL DEMONSTRATION RESISTANCE BOX, same as No. 94-152, but with glass front and\nback, permitting view of coils and various coil connections................ 17.60\nNo. 94-190\n94-190 TRAVELING PLUG RESISTANCE BOX, range 1 to 1,110 ohms. This box is provided with extra heavy brass blocks and reinforced ebonite top. Contains 12 coils ranging from 1 to 400 ohms, with total resistance of 1,110 ohms. The usefulness of this box is increased by the addition of two traveling plugs facilitating its use in the comparison of electro-motive force of batteries, and other tests. Guaranteed accuracy of 1/5 to 1/10 of one per cent.......................................................... 52.00\n94-195 \u2014\u2014, range 1 to 11,110 ohms. This box is similar to the above but constructed for greater range.\nContains 16 coils ranging from 1 to 4000 ohms with total resistance of 11,110 ohms. Guaranteed accuracy of 1 /5 to 1/10 of one per cent......................................................... 60.00","page":162},{"file":"p0163.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n163\nCOMBINED BRIDGE AND RESISTANCE\nBOXES\nNo. 94-250\n94-250 RATIO BOX. In Wheatstone bridge work it is essential that easily accessible ratio arms be provided. This box has been designed for this particular purpose. It contains six coils as follows: 1, 10,\n100, 100, 10, and 1 ohms, which will give nine different working ratios.\nEach coil is guaranteed accurate to 1/10 of one per cent. It may there-may be used as a standard\n.......................$22.00\nfore be seen that with this accuracy the ratio box resistance of 222 ohms capacity......................\n94-270 IMPROVED COMBINED BRIDGE AND RESISTANCE BOX. Bridge coils are 1, 10, 100, 100, 10, and 1 ohms. Resistances range from 1 to 400 ohms. Total resistance 1,110 ohms. Total range of measurements from .01 ohm to 111,000 ohms. Guaranteed accuracy 1/5 to 1/10 of one per cent............. 55.00\nNo. 94-270\nNo. 94 280\nohms. Separate keys mounted as illustrated.\n94-280 ZIEGLER BRIDGE AND RESISTANCE BOX. This box has been especially designed to meet the constant demands for a reliable and conveniently arranged combined box giving a wide range, yet one which can be furnished at a price within the appropriation of most schools.\nThe first row of the resistance box contains nine 1/10-ohm coils; the second ten 1-ohm coils; the third ten 10-ohm coils. The total range of measurement, therefore, is from .001 to 11,090 properly connected for battery and galvanometer are Coil accuracy guaranteed to 1/10 of one per cent.... 85.00","page":163},{"file":"p0164.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"164\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPRECISION RESISTANCE BOX AND BRIDGE\nNo. 94-300\n94-300 STANDARD PRECISION RESISTANCE BOX, designed to give the highest degree of precision of which the plug contact form of Wheatstone bridge is capable; constructed to furnish the best that modern research has produced.\nRange. The one-ohm ratio coil can be thrown into either arm desired by means of one of the traveling plugs supplied with the box. The range of the bridge is, therefore, from .001 to 11,110,000 ohms.\nResistance Arms\u2014\n1\t10\t100\t1000 ohms\n2\t20\t200\t2000 ohms\n3\t30\t300\t3000 ohms\n4\t40\t400\t4000 ohms\nBridge Arms\u2014 1\t10\t100\t1000 ohms\nTotal. ...\t10\t100\t1000 ohms\nAccuracy. All the features tending to give permanency of calibration as well as accuracy have been studied in every detail. The coils in the ratio arms are adjusted to 1/10 of one per cent.; those in the ratio arms to 1/20 of one per cent. With a proper handling of this box, results may be secured limited only by the inherent capabilities of the plug contact form.\nSPECIAL FEATURES^\nCoils of manganin wire, aged by our special process, wound on hollow brass bobbins, securing perfect insulation and greater carrying capacity, individually tested, and attached by special arms, permitting new coils to be furnished and attached by user.\nThe Insulation is of the very highest quality, interior of box practically moisture proof to insure permanency of insulation.\nConnecting Blocks of unusually large size, of ample clearance and special provision for cleaning.\nTraveling Plugs \u2014 two furnished with each box.\nCoil Plugs, rubber handles, diamond form; tapers designed for constant use without contact error.\nGrid Support, on interior of box to prevent springing of top by excess plug pressure.\nCover. Dust-tight, provided with each box to insure life of rubber top.\nPRICE, $220.00","page":164},{"file":"p0165.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n165\nUNIVERSAL LECTURE TABLE RHEOSTAT AND RESISTANCE FRAME\nThe apparatus comprises a finished slate base carrying four metal brackets adapted to hold lamps, units, etc., in circuit without the necessity of clamps and screws. Special porcelain sockets having rigid metal terminals are provided for holding lamps, fuses, and like attachments normally fitted with the ordinary Edison Base. The Harcourt Resistance Units are complete in themselves and require no sockets.\nThe apparatus being constructed entirely of fireproof material conforms to the Rules of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and will be found of unusual merit in both elementary and the more elaborate experimental work.\nLamps, resistance units, bridge and fuse plugs are in circuit when they bridge across adjacent brackets with their terminals in the troughs.\nA wide range of ampere values may be secured by using the resistances \u2014 lamps or resistance units, in series or multiple connections. A still greater range is possible by the series-multiple arrangement. Our No. 94-385 Special Bridges have a negligible resistance and are used for facilitating connections.\nA Group Cut Illustrating the Following Numbers\n94-350\n94-363\n94-356\n94-358\n94-360\n94-365\n94-375\n94-376\n94-377\n94-378\n94-380\n94-385\n94-390\nUNIVERSAL LAMP RHEOSTAT (Resistance Frame with 110-Volt Lamps) range 0.2 to 6.00 amperes. Includes 7 No. 94-365 Mounted Sockets, 2 16-C. P. Lamps, and 5 32-C. P. Lamps___________$32.00\nRESISTANCE FRAME AND 110-VOLT RESISTANCE UNITS\nUNIVERSAL LECTURE TABLE RHEOSTAT, range 0,24 to 7.48 amperes by 0.6 ampere steps.\nIncludes 2 No. 94\u2014375, 1 No. 94\u2014376 and 2 No. 94-377 Resistance Units and Resistance Frame.. $37.76\n----, range 0.24 to 18 amperes by 0.6 ampere steps. Includes 3 No. 94-375, 1 No. 94-376, 2 No.\n9^-377 and 2 No. 94-378 Resistance Units and Resistance Frame............. ... 49.50\n\u2014\u2014, range 0.24 to 40 amperes by 0.6 ampere steps. Includes 3 No. 94-376, 1 No. 94-376, 3 No.\n94-377 and 6 No. 94-378 Resistance Units and Resistance Frame........................ 67.50\nMOUNTED D. P. D. T. KNIFE SWITCH. Capacity, 50 amperes at 250 voits. Slate base mounted\non heavy slate sub-base.............................................................. 5.60\nRIGID ARM PORCELAIN MOUNTED SOCKET for holding lamps, bridge and fuse plugs.\nHARCOURT RESISTANCE UNIT, 6 inches long, 0.6 ampere capacity. HARCOURT RESISTANCE UNIT, 8 inches long, 1.2 ampere capacity . HARCOURT RESISTANCE UNIT, 10 inches long, 2.5 ampere capacity HARCOURT RESISTANCE UNIT, 12 inches long, 5 ampere capacity . FUSE PLUG, EDISON BASE, carrying capacity 3 amperes.. . SPECIAL BRIDGE............ .... ... ...\n10.26\n3.90\n4.00\n4.16\n4.25\n.25\n.60\nSend for Special Descriptive Circular\nLAMP BOARD WITH 32 C. P. LAMPS (see Fuller & Brownlee, Exp. 77)................................. 19.50","page":165},{"file":"p0166.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"166\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSLIDE RHEOSTATS\nConnection in Series with the Load or as a Shunt Across the Line\nNos. 94-402 to 94-406\nThe popularity of slide rheostats is the natural result of the need for such instruments. Their utility for the many electrical experiments was apparent from the first introduction of the Ruhrstrat types which we formerly listed for duty-free importation. These types of rheostats have been greatly improved in this country. We can now furnish a system of wiring whereby a slide resistance may be connected in series with the load or as a shunt across the line, the change being made simply by closing a single-throw switch. By means of the slider, the resistance can be varied from zero to the maximum capacity.\nSmall Voltages and Currents. When the rheostat is connected in series with the load, this variation of the resistance produces a variation in the voltage and current, the minimum limited by the ratio of the load resistance to the total resistance of the circuit. One can then obtain very small voltages and currents.\nEntire Range of Voltage and Current. By closing the single throw switch, thereby shunting the rheostat across the line, the voltage may be varied from zero to a maximum amount which is the same as the minimum of the series connection. One secures, then, the full value of the rheostat and can run the entire range of voltage and current.\nThese rheostats are made to endure even under abuse. Oxidized resistance wire is wound on an enameled metal tube which provides for the more rapid dissipation of heat than the old slate form. A slider provides positive contact. Rating in maximum current and voltage stamped in plain figures on slider. Base of asbestos slate.\nWhen Ordering\nconsider only the available voltage and the maximum current required by the load.\nCurrent rating is for continuous service with moderate temperature rise. Overloads of 50 per cent, are permissible on intermitted service.\n94-402\n94-404\nSLIDE RHEOSTATS, maximum voltage of 110;\tlength of tube, 12 inches.\t\t\n\ta\tb\tC\nMaximum current, amperes\t\t2.5\t2.0\t1.5\nApproximate resistance, ohms\t\t65\t90\t175\nPrice, each\t\t$13.60\t13.60\t13.60\n\t, length of tube, 20 inches.\t\t\t\nMaximum current, amperes\t\t4\t3\t\nApproximate resistance, ohms\t\t35\t75\t\nPrice, each\t\t$16.00\t16.00\t\n94\u2014406 SLIDE RHEOSTAT, maximum voltage of 220; length of tube, 20 inches. Maximum current,\n2 amperes; approximate resistance, 160 ohms.............................Each $16.00\nNos. 94-402a, 94-404a and 94-406a are designed to give the maximum capacity within the limits imposed by voltage, length of tube and a moderate temperature rise and, therefore, have the lowest resistance. These rheostats should be ordered unless it is absolutely certain that the higher resistances are required.\n94-408 SLIDE RHEOSTATS, DOUBLE. Two tubes in parallel on one base.\n\ta\tb\tc\nMaximum voltage\t\t\t 110\t110\t220\nMaximum current, amperes\t\t\t 5\t8\t4\nApproximate resistance, ohms\t\t\t 32\t17\t80\nLength of tube, inches\t\t\t 12\t20\t20\nPrice, each\t\t\t $30.00\t36.00\t36.00","page":166},{"file":"p0167.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n167\nWHEATSTONE BRIDGES\nDEMONSTRATION WHEATSTONE BRIDGES\nToo little attention has been given in schools to a thorough understanding of that basic principle, fall of potential, fundamental to Wheatstone bridge work. A student\u2019s incomplete understanding of fall of potential makes it difficult for him to understand what he is striving to obtain when he uses a Wheatstone\u2019s bridge. This incomplete understanding is due, perhaps, to the word-of-mouth descriptions and the lack of adequate illustrative demonstrative apparatus. To picture for him the actual fall of potential, we heartily recommend the following apparatus. The analogy between hydraulic pressure and electromotive force is often resorted to by teachers, yet the analogy has never been worked out instrumentally except in the following apparatus.\nNo. 94-455\n(Approximately 1/12 Size)\nNo. 94-460\n(Approximately 1/10 Size)\n94-455 HYDRODYNAMIC WHEATSTONE BRIDGE for a study of the principles involved by measurements of resistances by the Wheatstone\u2019s bridge method, using fall of hydraulic pressure as an analogy to electromotive force. On a polished wooden base board is mounted a system of tubes connected to form a Wheatstone\u2019s diagram. In the \u201carms\u201d are reducing valves analogous to resistances. Pressures in the various arms are indicated by the manometers. In the \u201cbridge\u201d is a pressure indicator analogous to the galvanometer.\nBy connecting to one of the nipples noted in the illustration and allowing a flow of water through the apparatus, the fall of pressure through the different arms may readily be noted. By regulating the reducing valves in these arms, a balance may be secured when no indications of pressure can be noted in the \u201cbridge.\u201d The pressures in the arms will then be noted in the manometer. This apparatus is large in size (the base measuring 24X30 inches). Results are positive and can be seen clearly by all even in a large lecture room. Its teaching value in making clear fall of potential fully justifies its purchase.................................................................$83.00\n94-460 DEMONSTRATION WHEATSTONE BRIDGE for a study of fall of potential and demonstration of the principle of the Wheatstone bridge. This apparatus was designed for use on the lecture table, which accounts for its generous proportions. Please note that each arm of the bridge has an incandescent lamp inserted in it, so that whether current goes through that arm or not becomes evident instantly. A galvanometer is provided as part of the outfit. As a companion instrument to No. 94-455 Hydrodynamic Wheatstone bridge, demonstrations of fall of potential as utilized in the Wheatstone bridge are simply and clearly made. Complete as illustrated with incandescent lamps.............................................................................................. 65.00\n94-470\nNo. 94-470\nDEMONSTRATION WHEATSTONE BRIDGE, Diamond Form for practical application of Wheatstone diagram in determining resistance. As will be noted from the illustration, all connections and coils are mounted on a base according to the Wheatstone diagram as found in standard text books. In the \u201cratio arms\u201d are coils of 1, 10 and 100 ohms. The \u201cbalance arms\u201d are provided with gaps each with non-detachable binding posts, one pair for the \u201cknown\u201d and one pair for the\u201cunknown\u201d resistance. Binding posts and a key are provided for the battery and galvanometer circuits..................................... 13.00","page":167},{"file":"p0168.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"168\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nWHEATSTONE BRIDGES\nNo. 94-480\n94-480 WHEATSTONE STANDARD SLIDE WIRE BRIDGE, one meter long. Copper and brass leads of ample cross section, non-detachable binding posts, high resistance wire, improved positive slid-\ning contact key, mounted with scale on polished hardwood base.......... $6.25\n94-482 WHEATSTONE BRIDGE (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exps. 32 and 33) ........ 4.25\nNo. 94-495\n94-495 WHEATSTONE CAREY-FOSTER BRIDGE, half-meter long. Extra heavy brass leads, non-detachable binding posts, improved knife edge sliding contact key, mounted with improved scale on highly polished base. Superior construction and finish throughout...... 19.50\nNo. 94-526\n94-525 THE UNIVERSITY REVERSIBLE SLIDE WIRE METER BRIDGE for measuring resistances with low E. M. F. where the plug form of resistance box would be useless. With both mercury cup and binding post contact, Lattimer-Clark commutator, tension spring for bridge wire, contact slide with rack and pinion, and fine adjustment with push button locking device for holding the contact at any desired point. Four gaps are provided for ratio coils and extension coils which are also available for inserting coils in the conventional Wheatstone bridge arrangement. The commutator may be removed, leaving available two extra gaps which may be required in special work. Connecting bars are of extra large cross section. Base is of three-ply mahogany, oil and pumice finish.................................................................................150.00","page":168},{"file":"p0169.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n169\nNo. 94 - 535\nUNIVERSAL SLIDE BRIDGE\n(Improved Carey-Foster Bridge)\nThis bridge combines apparatus for resistance measurements of the highest degree of accuracy with special means for making approximate determinations with speed and convenience. It covers all ranges of [measurement from the resistance of a short copper bar of large cross section, to the highest that can be reached by the Wheatstone principle.\nNo. 94-535\nUses. This bridge was^ originally designed for modern special methods such as the Carey-Foster balance and its recent modifications. It is, therefore, a Carey-Foster bridge. It was found, however, that certain modifications could be made so that the bridge might be used for quick approximations, and this without sacrifice of accuracy and convenience.\nIt is appropriate for practically all measurements for which the Wheatstone bridge in any form can be used. It is particularly adapted for:\n1.\tMeasurements of greater accuracy than the plug form of bridge and box is capable of, such as comparison of standards, testing of resistance boxes, accurate adjustment of coils, determination of temperature, resistance coefficients, etc. A precision of one part in 100,000, or even better, can be readily obtained.\n2.\tMeasurements of very low resistances, such as plug contacts for which purpose it will be found, preferable to the Thompson double bridge.\n3.\tMeasurements of special kinds. It can be used to give the error of a coil in millimeters of wire to be-cut off or added, or to give the errors of a resistance box as percentages.\nThe bridge consists of two parts \u2014 the connector board or coil holder and the slide.\nCommutator. The commutator and its relation to the connector bars carries out the Carey-Foster equations; with absolute accuracy. This feature eliminates all thermo-electric errors and also the errors due to the resistance of the bridge.\nThe commutator is pivoted and its swing of 90 degrees is limited by stops at each end, so that its operation, does not distract the operator from his readings.\nInsulation. The insulation requirements have been carefully studied. The ebonite insulation between the connector bars is one feature of our design. It insures accurate measurement of high resistances.\nSliding Contact. The slider combines in small compass the moving contact, coarse and fine adjustments, tapping or contact key, contact locking device and vernier. Every refinement has been added, regardless of cost, to give a perfect attachment.\nSlide Wire. We employ a slide wire of uniform cross section and having a temperature coefficient so low that it can be considered negligible except for measurements of greatest accuracy. The slide wire is held by a special device always under a uniform spring tension.\nFixed Contacts. In addition to mercury cups of liberal dimensions, we furnish large binding posts which will be found more convenient when extreme precision is not required-.\nMaterials. The bases are of 3-ply mahogany, dull finish. Connector bars are of solid copper, of liberal cross section. All brass work and copper bars are heavily lacquered, a finish which we have found vastly superior to the nickel-plate finish as a protection against mercury.\nIn our own laboratory we have for years made extensive use of the Carey-Foster bridge. Many improvements have been suggested during this experience and they have been embodied in the instrument described above.\nWithout resistance coils, but otherwise complete as illustrated with calibrated Ji-inch copper leads_$325.00","page":169},{"file":"p0170.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"170\nL. E. KNOTT APPARAT Urs COMPANY\nTRANSFORMING AND INTERRUPTIVE\nAPPARATUS\nNo. 95-10\n95-10 FARADAY\u2019S RING AND DEMONSTRATION TRANSFORMER for study of self and secondary induction as applied to step-up and step-down transformers. A closed magnetic circuit within a coil of wire which is tapped and brought to binding posts dividing itself into four coils of equal number of turns. The ratios of transformations are as 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 2:1, 2:3, 3:2, 3:1 and 4:1.\nMounted on finished hardwood base................................................$6.26\n95-15 INDUCTION COIL (see Millikan, Gale & Bishop, Exp. 36). Simple coil of wire on brass spool.95\nNo. 95-30\n95-30 EDUCATIONAL DISSECTIBLE WORKING TRANSFORMER for use on any alternating-current circuit up to 115 volts. The distinctive advantage of this model over similar designs on the market is that all parts are dissectible and can be used in a multitude of ways to teach the principles and laws of self and secondary induction, electro-magnetism, etc. As will be noted in the illustration, the core is made up of punchings put together in small units for convenient handling. The primary and secondary coils are form-wound, taped, and supplied with flexible leads. These parts can readily be assembled to demonstrate various types of transformers \u2014 Faraday\u2019s ring, auto-transformer of the shell type, auto-transformer of the block or iron-clad type, primary and secondary transformer of the shell type, primary and secondary transformer of the block type, etc.\nThe ratios of the primary to the secondary coils are such that a great variety of transformations may be obtained. If the primary circuit is 110 volts, the voltages drawn from the secondary in various combinations (fully illustrated by diagrams furnished with each instrument) are 1, 15,\n30, 60, 220, 235 and 255 volts. Other ranges are obtained on other voltages in the primary.\nMany interesting and instructive experiments are shown in detailed diagrams in a special descriptive circular which may be obtained on request.\nMounted on polished hardwood base with six double binding posts which\nsimplify connections of primary and secondary coils....................19.50\n95-33 LABORATORY TRANSFORMER, 100-watt, for use on 110-volt, 60-cycle circuit, to operate small motors, light small lamps, and to operate small induction coils, etc., that are usually operated on battery current. Secondary voltages range from 2 to 28 volts by 2-volt steps. The constant voltages are 4, 6, 8, 10, 14 and 18, and any of these voltages can be used simultaneously. Length, 5 inches; width, 4 inches; height, 3% inches.\nWith connecting plug and 7 feet of connecting cord..................... 9.50\n95-33","page":170},{"file":"p0171.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n171\nPRIMARY AND SECONDARY COILS\n95-38\n95-40\nNo. 95-40\nSTUDENTS\u2019 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY COIL, 7J4 inches high.\nInner spool or primary removable, provided with soft iron core........$7.25\nLECTURE TABLE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY COIL, large size,\nfor study of current induction. Primary, 6X1J4 inches, few turns of coarse wire; secondary, 5X2J^ inches, large number of turns. Core consists of a bundle of soft iron wires moulded by iron bands to form a nearly solid rod.\nThis apparatus should not be confused with designs similar to our No. 95-38.\nIt is much larger, more ruggedly made, and has large capacity secondary, and will give efficient, positive results......17.50\n95-45\nLECTURE TABLE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY COIL WITH ELECTRO-MAGNETIC VIBRATOR,\ndifferent from No. 96-40 in that the secondary is mounted on a polished hardwood base connected in series with a simple electro-magnetic vibrator added to give positive uniform \u201c make and break \u201d in the circuit. Demonstrates a simple induction coil without condenser.. . 21.00\nNo. 95-45\nNo. 96-62\n95-62 INTERRUPTING WHEEL. Provides means for mechanically making and breaking a circuit \u2014 the rapidity of the interruptions depending upon the rate at which the toothed wheel is rotated. Mounted with binding posts complete as illustrated on finished hardwood base...................... 4.50","page":171},{"file":"p0172.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"172\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nINDUCTION COILS\nNos. 96-76 to 96-80\tNo. 95-96\n96-76 DEMONSTRATION INDUCTION COIL, }4-inch spark. This type of coil is of value in the study of the office of the primary in induction coil construction. Both primary and secondary are mounted on a polished mahogany box, but the mounting is designed so that the secondary may be adjusted to enclose varying amounts of the primary. This instrument is handsomely finished, all brass\nparts polished and lacquered...........................................$9.00\n95-80\t---, 3^-inch spark...............................\u2018 \u2018 \u2019 * * \u2019 14.50\n95\u201495 DEMONSTRATION DISSECTIBLE RUHMKORFF COIL. This coil is constructed so that all essential details of a commercial Ruhmkorff coil may be shown as units and in their relations to the rest of the instrument. Thus the condenser is mounted in a drawer slide. Connections with the secondary are secured through binding posts. The primary may be dissected and taken from the instrument. The make and break and core are of special design calculated to teach the principle, and all connections are fully in the open and may readily be noted at a glance.. 57.00\nRUHMKORFF COILS\nNos. 96-126 to 95-140\nOur small types of Ruhmkorff coils up to 1-inch spark are made for us by a prominent European manufacturer They are of standard quality designed for elementary work. Ruhmkorff coils with a capacity of 2 inches or more (see next page) are constructed by us in our own factory. We are, therefore, enabled to furnish a product superior in quality to that ordinarily furnished of European make. We secure a greater efficiency and are enabled to place in the hands of the buyer a more finished instrument. The parts of these coils are of the best proportions to give the maximum efficiency and preserve symmetry. Only the best quality of material is used in construction, and all parts are handsomely finished.\nWe are enabled to guarantee our coils up to their full capacity and warrant them against faulty construction.\nEUROPEAN COILS\n96-125 RUHMKORFF COIL, capacity 3ds-inch spark............................................. $6.75\n95-130 ----, capacity ^-inch spark.......................................................... 7,50\n95-135 ----, capacity ^-inch spark..........................................................10.75\n95-140 -----.capacity 1-inch spark..........................................................26.00","page":172},{"file":"p0173.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n173\nTHE \u201cNEW LINE\u201d INDUCTION COILS\nDesigned for Battery Current\nNos. 95-176 to 95-185\nThese coils are constructed for heavy discharge rather than length of spark. This is obtained by use of exceptionally heavy primaries in conjunction with the best possible insulation. Every feature has been worked out with the greatest care looking towards the building of a coil which cannot be broken down and which will give the desired results on comparatively low battery power. Our induction coils are constructed according to the latest and best high tension data. We have gained much valuable information during long experience in this line of manufacture, and many novel and improved features have been embodied in the \u201cNew Line\u201d Induction Coils which insure long life and maximum discharge on comparatively low battery power. Each coil is subjected to a vigorous test with a 100 per cent overload.\n95-175 \u201cNEW LINE\u201d INDUCTION COIL, 2-inch guaranteed discharge......................................$66.00\n95-180 -----, 4-inch guaranteed discharge..........................................................116.00\n95-185 -----, 6-inch guaranteed discharge..........................................................150.00\nNo. 95-230\n95-225 LIQUID INTERRUPTING INDUCTION COIL for 110-volt circuit. This coil has been designed to work on the 110-volt circuit and to withstand the entire current from Liquid Interrupter No. 95-252. We guarantee a heavy 7-inch discharge which will be found most satisfactory for general work in X-Ray and Wireless Experiments. Complete with Liquid Interrupter No. 95-252. . . . 137.60\n95-230 -----, without Interrupter..............................................................120.00\n95-250 ELECTROLYTIC INTERRUPTER, Type A, for coils from 4 to 6 inch spark discharge. Electrolytic breaks have been expensive and oftentimes a failure by reason of the difficulty in adjusting the size of the gas tube to the line voltage and the amperage which is to be drawn from the break.\nOur Interrupter contains a porcelain cylinder in which the size of the opening is carefully adjusted to the amperage of the current to be \"drawn. This cylinder is carried on a lead shelf, being part of the inner lead cylinder. The terminals are carried well out on the ends of long lead bars as shown in the illustration. The acid jar is placed in an iron receptacle which acts as a radiator and\nserves to retain the acid in case the acid jar is accidentally broken...............\n95-252 -----, Type B, for coils from 7 to 12-inch spark discharge..............................\n17.60\n17.50","page":173},{"file":"p0174.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"174\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTRO-DYNAMIC APPARATUS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENTS\n95-260 ELECTRO-DYNAMIC APPARATUS. This apparatus has been designed for the purpose of showing the repulsion and rotation efEects produced by an alternating current. It is designed to operate on a commercial circuit of 110 volts, the alternating current being recommended. The apparatus is complete, covering a full set of parts for performing a most instructive series of experiments. A few of these we note herewith :\nDiaphragm made to vibrate in unison with the alternations of the current so as to give out a distinct tone.\nRepulsion of a copper disc held in proximity to the iron core on the balance arm.\nThe rotation of the copper disc, caused by the revolving field.\nThe rotating ball. A copper ball, placed over the exposed end of the iron core and one-half of the core covered with a copper disc, will rotate. By floating the ball in a jar of water, the rotation becomes rapid.\nLighting of an electric lamp by means of the pulsations given out from the iron core, this being accomplished through the glass jar.\nThe suspension of a heavy metal ring placed around the iron core.\nThe comparative repulsion of copper and aluminum rings.\nHeating effect in a copper ring, shown by the boiling of a liquid.\nThese and many other experiments may be performed with the above apparatus. Their striking character has caused the outfit to be extensively used on the lecture table. Complete directions for operating and performing many experiments are furnished with the outfit.\nPRICE, $115.00","page":174},{"file":"p0175.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n175\n95-310 SEPARATELY MOUNTED RESONANT LEYDEN JARS for demonstration of,\u2014\n1.\tResonance between Electrical Circuits.\n2.\tOscillatory Character of the Condenser Spark.\n3.\tTuning as Applied to so-called High Frequency Circuits, Wireless Telegraphy, etc.\nThese jars make an impressive and instructive lecture table outfit. In operation one of the jars should be charged by means of a static machine or induction coil, and at each discharge a simultaneous spark will be obtained from the other jar, providing that its loop is adjusted to the same position as the loop on the first. Changing the size of the loop on either of the jars without altering the other will throw them out of tune, and the charge on one will be much less than on the other. When in tune the two parts of the outfit may be removed a considerable distance apart, thus showing in a very clear manner the wonderful sensitiveness of resonant circuits.\nThe outfit is usually equipped with one-quart Leyden Jars, but jars either larger or smaller may be used, if at hand, thereby greatly increasing the educational value of the device, for it can be shown that to obtain resonance, the value of the condenser times the inductance or loop must be the same; i.e., a large jar discharging through a small part of the loop of conductor will energize the other or smaller jar through a larger part of its circuit, etc.\nComplete as illustrated.............................................................................$37.00\nNo. 95-310\nNo. 95-335\n95-335 HIGH FREQUENCY INDUCTIVE APPARATUS. Combines open type of resonator with closed core type of transformer and silver spark gap. Designed for a comprehensive study of the high frequency field, including wireless telegraph waves and kindred subjects. Excites all types of vacuum tubes and will produce X-Rays of surprising power and penetration. Connected on a 110-volt alternating current, will furnish a discharge of any desired value up to its full capacity \u2014 about 12 inches. Highest grade material throughout; the workmanship the best that mechanical skill can produce...........................................................$210.00","page":175},{"file":"p0176.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"176\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nHIGH FREQUENCY\nExperimental work with high frequency currents has been impeded by the lack of well-designed apparatus in marketable form. The coils which are listed on the following pages are the results of fifteen years\u2019 experience in the construction of high frequency apparatus, the first coil of this general type being built by us in the early days of high frequency work. It has taken years of careful study, however, to learn how best to combine the elements embodied in these instruments to produce a compact, safely handled coil giving adequate power with a range of adaptability which would especially fit it for a scientific study of high frequency phenomena.\nNo. 95-325\nUNI-POLAR HIGH FREQUENCY COIL\nTEN-INCH CONTINUOUS DISCHARGE\nNo. 96-326\nThis instrument is a most striking outfit for general lecture work and for exhibition. It is built on lines that have proved successful in the highest grade instrument construction. Not only does its peculiar compact design protect the working parts when not in use, but it also affords an instrument that is readily transportable from place to place. Although when folded it occupies 16%X8J4X9;Ns inches, when open, it is not only large, but all the vital parts are held at a considerable distance apart, so that a very large amount of energy can be handled without overloading or subjecting the various parts to an undue strain. The instrument is entirely self-contained and after being connected to the lighting circuit by means of a cord and plug, it is ready for use.\nWe desire to call particular attention to the construction of this coil. Its design has been the result of careful investigation, and the expenditure of a great amount of time and money. It comprises no new or untried parts or material. We have watched its development and operation for several years, and when thoroughly convinced of its merits, utility, and \u201cstanding-up\u201d qualities, made arrangements with its inventor for its sale to educational institutions. We are enabled to fully guarantee this coil against accidental \u201cbreak-downs\u201d and against \u201cburn-outs.\u201d\nDesigned for alternating current, complete with carrying strap, connecting cords and Edison plug, and with pamphlet descriptive of care and use.\nPRICE, $240.00","page":176},{"file":"p0177.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n177\nNo. 95-340\nBI-POLAR HIGH FREQUENCY COIL\nTWELVE-INCH CONTINUOUS DISCHARGE Designed for Alternating Current\nNo. 95-340\n95-340 BI-POLAR HIGH FREQUENCY COIL. This coil is designed to furnish a powerful high frequency discharge, suitable for X-Ray work and general experiments requiring high voltage. It is of ample proportions and entirely self-contained. It is of the bi-polar type, i. e., each terminal is active and throws off an abundance of energy when in operation. The instrument is fitted with an experimental circuit for demonstrating the laws and performing the many interesting and instructive experiments pertaining to high frequency phenomena. Our coils are built for service, only the best of material being used in their construction. They are built on lines that positively avoid the danger of expensive \u201cbreak-downs,\u201d such as are met with in the old style of induction coils. Each coil is fully guaranteed against mechanical and electrical imperfections.\nComplete with connecting cord and Edison plug and with complete directions for care and use....\n95-360 ROTARY CONVERTER for operating above coil on 110-volt D. C. circuit. Operates on 110 volts D. C. to give an alternating current of 77 volts, 60 cycles; normal capacity 600 watts. Large size frame to withstand considerable overload. Can be used for any purpose where the alternating current is required.........................................................................................\n95-375 HIGH FREQUENCY PHENOMENA APPARATUS. For the convenience of teachers who desire to give a course in high frequency currents we have designed apparatus capable of performing all the experiments outlined on the following page and many others incapable of adequate illustration.\nHigh Frequency Phenomena Apparatus sufficient for performing all the experiments outlined on the following page. In neat wooden case but without X-Ray Tube........................................\n$200.00\n60.00\n39.60","page":177},{"file":"p0178.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"178\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nHIGH FREQUENCY PHENOMENA\nIllustrating\nTwenty-five Of The Many Possible Experiments\nMe/ting wire held in hand\nBrush Discharge Brush Discharge Discharge from Hand Ozone Generator from Wire\nMolecular '' Bombard-\nTransformation in- Destruction of to Static Electric- D,alectnc\nElectric Whirl Effect of Air Blast\n\nLighting VacuumTube Hysteresis\nwithout connection\tHpastincr Irnn\nElectro Static Field\tHeating iron\n^\tt tili.llN^tW^'\nA\nSelf Induction 'stepping up Voltage Resonance jn Marked Drop in with forced osc.lla- Resonance in Voltaffe\"\ttions in self indue-\tnelix\n\u201c\u25a0S\ttion helix\n11\nPrimary ad1 Secondary Primary Secondary Lighting Commercial Lighting Lamp Wireless Teleo-ranhv Induced Forced\tInduced Resonant Lamp through Body on\u00c4one ^ire\tWireless leiegrapny\nCurrents\nCurrents\n\"\u00c4\u00c4.lix Surface R\u00e9sista,\u00ab Ul*-\n\u00dc 25","page":178},{"file":"p0179.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n179\nELECTROLYTIC RECTIFIERS\n96-485 ELECTROLYTIC RECTIFIER, Nodon valve type, designed for use on 110-volt alternating current,\ngiving a direct current of the pulsating form, but one in which the negative part of the wave is entirely cut off, so that for most purposes this transformed current takes the place of a direct current of equal voltage. Charging of storage batteries, experiments in electrolysis, charging of electromagnets, complete series of experiments showing the mutual attraction and repulsion of currents, etc., may be performed with this current.\nThe valve here illustrated is of substantial construction, jars, lead plates, aluminum rods of generous proportions, slate top and connectors, substantial iron rod support and wooden carrying case. Large amperage may be drawn from this instrument, but for brief periods only, owing to the fact that no adequate arrangements have been made for radiating the heat. Full directions for connections and use furnished with each instrument.\nComplete........................................$39.76\nNo. 96-485\n95-490 THE NEW MULTIPLE RANGE SELF-COOLING RECTIFIER, with ammeter, designed for use on 110-volt alternating current and to deliver a direct current of varying voltages.\nNo. 95-490\nAs ordinarily furnished, 3, 6, 9, and 12 volts have been provided for, being the ranges most generally useful in laboratory work. In addition to these a 12-volt alternating current may also be drawn. As will be noted from the illustration, the instrument is provided with an ammeter so that the exact consumption on the direct current circuit may be noted constantly.\nThe terminals on the top of the case are connected to various sections of the transformer, each clearly marked so that the user can tell at a glance what voltage he is drawing.\nGeneral construction. Owing to the care which has been taken to properly dissipate the heat, large amperage may be drawn from this instrument continuously. The metal case is made with radiating vanes, the case itself serving as one of the electrodes, so that the heat generated is taken care of by conduction and radiation as fast as produced.\nThis outfit will be found not only much more convenient to use than the electrolytic rectifiers of the type No. 95-485, but is also much more efficient. The fact that multiple voltages can be drawn enables it to fill a need in laboratory work which has long been felt. These instruments should be provided in every laboratory where a direct current of low voltage is not already provided for. Complete directions furnished with each instrument.\nComplete with ammeter, mounted as shown in the illustration\n$77.60","page":179},{"file":"p0180.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"180\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTUNGAR RECTIFIERS\nfor use on\nAlternating Current Circuits, 105/125 Volts, 60 Cycles to change\nAlternating to Direct Current\nNo. 95-501\tNo. 95-507\nThe Tungar Rectifier consists of a small transformer, a Tungar bulb andf use neatly enclosed in a) black japanned sheet-metal casing. There is nothing to get out of order and the rectifiers require no attention. The life of the Tungar bulbs, however, is not guaranteed. The average bulb will run from 2000 to 5000 hours, when it is necessary to renew.\nTo start the Tungar Rectifier, the alternating current lead is connected to any ordinary lamp socket and the two direct current leads to their respective poles (red lead to positive (+) pole; black or white lead to negative (\u2014) pole), and the alternating current turned on. The rectifier may be set on a bench or chair, or fastened to the wall or a panel.\nForm A Tungar Rectifiers\nThis type has an auto-transformer in the case, the primary coil of which is not insulated from the secondary. It is, therefore, particularly adapted for automobile storage battery charging.\n95-501 TUNGAR RECTIFIER, 2/1 amperes at 7.5/15 Volts Direct Current. Will charge a 3-cell battery at 2 amperes, a 6-cell battery at 1 ampere, or an 8-cell battery at 0.75 ampere. Case measures\n8i^X6]^X5M inches. Weight 8 lbs.........................................................$20.00\n95-503 -----, 5/3 amperes at 7.5/15 Volts Direct Current. Will charge a 3-cell battery at 5 amperes, a 6-cell\nor two 3-cell batteries at 3 amperes, a 9-cell or three 3-cell batteries at 1.5 amperes. Case measures 9ii X6\u00ef%-X7\u00e2 inches. Weight 15 lbs...................................................... 32.00\nIllustrating Tungar in Use\nForm B Tungar Rectifiers\nThis type has an auto-transformer in the case, the primary coil of which is insulated from the secondary. It is, therefore, indispensable when used to charge storage batteries for call-bells, buzzers, telephones, clocks, etc.\n95-505 TUNGAR RECTIFIERS, 2/1 amperes at 7.5/15 Volts Direct Current. Will charge a 3-cell battery at 2 amperes, a 6-cell battery at 1 ampere, or an 8-cell battery at 0.75 ampere. Case measures\n8\u00c4X6\u00c4X5M inches. Weight 8 lbs.......................................................$28.00\n95-507 \u2014-\u2014, 1.25/25 amperes at 24/30 Volts Direct Current. Will charge 9-12 cells at 1.25-2.5 amperes.\nCase measures 9f\u00efX6n-X7^ inches. Weight 15 pounds................................... 46.00\n95-509\t----, 5/3 amperes at 7.5/15 Volts Direct Current. Will charge a 3-cell battery at 5 amperes, a 6-cell\nor two 3-cell batteries at 3 amperes, a 9-cell or three 3-cell batteries at 1.5 amperes. Case measures\n9\u00dc X6ts X7 inches. Weight 15 lbs.................................................... 40.00\nPrices of Other Sizes on Application\n95-511 FULL WAVE TUNGAR RECTIFIER, 10 amperes at 22/30 Volts Direct Current. The above Tungars are half-wave rectifiers and, therefore, cannot be used directly to operate small motors, electromagnets or other electrical devices requiring a low voltage direct current circuit. This Full Wave Tungar can be used directly to operate such electrical devices at an efficiency of about 58 per cent. Case measures\n8\u00c4X6\u00c4X5M inches.......................................150.00\nPrices of Other Sizes on Application\n95-\t514 TUNGAR RENEWAL BULBS for Nos. 95-501, 95-503 and\n95-505 Tungar Rectifiers.........................Each 6.00\n96-\t516 TUNGAR RENEWAL BULBS for Nos. 95-507, 96-509 and\n95-611 Tungar Rectifiers.........................Each 12.00\nTwo pairs of covered wires come with each Tungar Rectifier, one pair with an attachment plug for connection to the lamp socket.\nNo. 95-511","page":180},{"file":"p0181.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n181\nROTARY CONVERTERS\tMOTOR GENERATORS\nChanging D. C. to A. C.\tChanging A. C. to D. C.\nSpecify Line Voltage and Work for which Intended\nPrices on Application\nINDUCTANCE AND CAPACITY APPARATUS\nNos. 96-60 to 96-65\nNos. 96-135 to 96-140\n96-60 ADJUSTABLE INDUCTANCE. These inductances are made up of copper wire wound on a threaded hard rubber tube \u2014 a construction that has been found to give excellent results both mechanically and electrically. A smooth-acting slide permits any desired amount of the wire to be placed in circuit, and a scale on the slide support gives the value of the portion in use. These inductances will be found well suited and convenient to use in connection with High Frequency currents and\nWireless Telegraph outfits. Capacity 1000 Microhenrys..................................$30.00\n96-65\t----, capacity 5000 Microhenrys......................................................... 45.00\n96-105 CONDENSERS, paper and tinfoil. These condensers have an average insulation resistance of 100 megohms and not less than 50 megohms per micro-farad.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity................................... 1\t2M.F.\nEach.......................................$2.50\t3.40\t4.00\n96-110 SUBDIVIDED PAPER CONDENSER, K to 2 M. F. by V% M. F. steps. Enclosed in polished wooden\ncase....................................................................... 18.00\n96-135 VARIABLE AIR CONDENSER. Capacity .001 M.F. This is a standard instrument constructed of the highest quality material and of first-class workmanship throughout. The vanes are of aluminum, and the moving system works perfectly without interference of the plates or other objectionable features commonly met with in instruments of cheaper construction. The top is of the best grade hard rubber, insuring high insulation and durability. A binding post is provided connecting to the case for grounding in experiments where the utmost accuracy is required. These condensers will be found of great usefulness in wireless telegraphy and in experiments with currents of high\nfrequency.................................................................................... 56.00\n96-140 ------, capacity of .005 M. F.................................................................... 77.00","page":181},{"file":"p0182.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"182\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTRO-DYNAMIC APPARATUS\nDynamos and Motors Battery Current\nNo. 97-10\tNo. 97-15\tNo. 97-26\tNo. 97-30\n97-10 MOTOR PARTS, complete parts for assembling a working motor. All parts ready to wind and assemble are enclosed with simple directions in a neat cardboard box. These parts and directions may be placed in the hands of any ingenious pupil who can readily assemble a motor for himself. . . $2.25\n97-15 SIMPLE BATTERY MOTOR. Will run on a single battery cell. A compact, well-made, toy motor\nwhich, with No. 97-17, serves to demonstrate the operation of a simple motor generator.... 2.50\n97-17 SERIES-WOUND DYNAMO (GENERATOR), same type of instrument as No. 97-15, with which\nit can be used to demonstrate the operation of a simple motor generator................... 3.00\n97-60 STUDENTS\u2019 MOTOR GENERATOR. Consists of Nos. 97-15, 97-17, and 97-62.......................... 6.15\n97-62 MOTOR GENERATOR BED CLAMP. A cast metal frame to hold Nos. 97-15 and 97-17 rigidly in position for use as a motor generator. Provided with simple adjusting screws for tightening the belt.........................................................................................66\n97-25 STANDARD MOTOR. Operates on 2 to 3 cells of battery. With average load will run about 2200\nR.P.M. when connected to a current of 2 amperes at 4 volts................................ 7.50\n97-30 REVERSING LEVER MOTOR. Operates on 2 to 3 ceils of battery. About ?>l/i inches high. Note\nreversing lever designed to start, stop or reverse the motion of the armature............. 4.80\n97-40 POWER BATTERY MOTOR, similar in appearance to No. 97-30, but does not have the reversing\nlever. Is larger in size and of better workmanship and finish. A high-grade battery motor. 5.70\nNo. 97-70\n97-70 DYNAMO MOTOR. As a dynamo its output at full speed of 3000 to 3200 R.P.M. is about 30 watts (2.5 amperes at 12 volts). It will be found useful for furnishing current for many experiments in the study of electricity and magnetism. It will charge a 6-volt 40-ampere-hour storage battery in 12 hours. As a motor it operates on 6 to 12 volts of battery current, giving about 1800 R.P.M. at 8 volts and 2500 R.P.M. at 12 volts. It will develop about 1/25 H.P. This dynamo motor is furnished with a pulley 1 Vi inches in diameter, V-groove for a ,%-inch round belt ................11.00","page":182},{"file":"p0183.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n183\nDEMONSTRATION DYNAMOS AND MOTORS\n*-POLE. ARMATURE\nFig. 2\n3-POLE ARMATURE\n4-POLE ARMATURE\nFig. 3\nFig. 4\n97-100 MOTOR DYNAMO DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS. From an educational point of view, teachers will appreciate the open construction and the ease with which the student may see at a glance the various poles of either type of dynamo or motor, and in consequence be free from the perplexing problem of determining the exact position of the pole. Some of the points that may be easily studied by the student are briefly outlined as follows:\n1.\tThe two-pole magneto.\n2.\tThe two, three, or four-pole armature in a two-pole field.\n3.\tThe effect of varying the strength of-the field.\n4.\tShunt-wound motors having like or unlike number of armatures and field poles.\n5.\tSeries-wound motors having like or unlike number of armatures and field poles. (This point is rendered especially easy since all the armatures are interchangeable with all the field systems so that they are easily combined in any desired manner.)\n6.\tA study of the neutral point.\n7.\tA study of the effect of changing the direction of the current in either armature or field. Many other experiments applicable to the dynamo and motor may be readily performed. Complete as illustrated.\nPRICE, $9.75\n97-105\nMETAL MOUNTED IMPROVED ST. LOUIS MOTOR, with improved brush carrier and armature. This apparatus is an improved form of the apparatus known as the St. Louis Motor. It may be used as a dynamo or motor. Although similar to No. 97-100 in its application to principles of dynamo and motor construction, it is limited in range of experiments possible. It serves effectively, however, to teach with permanent field magnets,\u2014\n1.\tStrength of magnet field at different distances from armature.\n2.\tEffect of two like and effect of two unlike poles; with electromagnet field, series and shunt dynamo.\nIt is a simple and effective means in individual laboratory work of making simple and clear,\u2014\n1.\tPolarity of armature at different points in its revolution.\n2.\tDirection of current in armature and field.\n3.\tCommutation, position of armature, commutator and brushes.\nNo. 97-105\nComplete as illustrated, with permanent magnet and electromagnetic attachments.\nPRICE, $7.75","page":183},{"file":"p0184.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"184\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 97-115\nGILLEY GRAMME MACHINE\nThe Gramme Machine represents a type of generator now generally used in large units for power and lighting stations. The Gilley Gramme Machine is a modification so worked out that the lines of force may be easily plotted by the compass and filings method.\nNo other apparatus has yet been designed with which it is possible to show the lines of force in a working model of the dynamo and motor with the armature in position and in actual operation. Both the field and armature are designed and made in flat form, so that the upper surfaces of both are level, permitting the paper or glass upon which the lines of force by the filings method are to be mapped, to take a smooth horizontal position. The lines arrange themselves under no other influence than that of the magnetic force existing\nDissectible Features. Fig. 2 shows the three basic parts of the apparatus \u2014 the armature with the commutator, the field magnet with base, and the brush-holder. The instrument is readily dissected, as the illustration shows. Each part can be studied separately, as will be noted from the following list of experiments.\nWe desire to call attention also to the fact that the field coil is easily removed from its base and the base so designed that 6-inch permanent magnets can be substituted for the field coil, thus teaching the fundamental principle of the magneto.\nNo. 97-115\nof force are thus permitted to in the armature and field.\nWHAT THE INSTRUMENT IS DESIGNED TO TEACH\nExperiment 1. Study of the field magnet in an electromagnet, the lines of force being mapped out either by compass or filings method.\nExperiment 2. To show what effect the soft iron ring of the armature has upon field magnets. The value of this exercise is greatly increased by using the filings method of mapping the field and comparing the field with results obtained above.\nExperiment 3. A detailed study of the armature, showing that it is wound in sections and where the ends of each section are.\nExperiment 4. A detailed study of the commutator by passing the current into the armature magnet through the brushes, showing by this method the exact position of each section when polarity is reversed.\nExperiment 5. The method of answering definitely why the armature of a motor rotates. The action of the lines of force as indicated by the filings method will make this clear.\nExperiment 6. A study of the magneto generator and its relation to the regular commercial dynamo, showing\ndefinitely why the current is generated when the armature is rotated between the poles of a magnet.\nExperiment 7. A study of the magneto and its relation to the dynamo, also why the armature in a magneto\nmachine rotates.\nExperiment 8. A study of the dynamo using electromagnetic field and armature. Determining the relation\nof the armature to the field coils and the speed of the armature to the strength of the magnetic field.\nExperiment 9. The study of different types of dynamos and motors depending upon whether the armature and field are connected in series or in multiple, and what are the conditions regulating the method of connecting in any given machine.\nExperiment 10. To show what the result will be if the armature is removed and a permanent bar magnet mounted on the same bearing. This experiment teaches clearly the reason why the armature must be an electromagnet and not a permanent magnet.\nPRICE, $14.50","page":184},{"file":"p0185.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n185\nNo. 97 -125\nMILLER-COWEN DYNAMO ELECTRIC MACHINE\nFor study of Both Alternating and Direct Currents\nServes effectively to demonstrate\nAlternating Currents Direct Currents\nUse of Commutator\nEffect of Speed on Rotation\nDynamos \u2014 Separately and Self-Excited Alternators\nDirect-Current Generators\nDynamos and Motors \u2014 Series \u2014 Shunt \u2014- Compound\nThe galvanometer used should not be of high sensibility. Any milliamperemeter in good working order may be used to advantage. We recommend our No. 93-130 Universal Lecture-Table Galvanometer as especially well adapted to the work.\nThe following line drawings suggest a few of the many possible lines of study:\nAlternating Current Generator\nField Magnet shaded to show how, by removing the two knurled-headed screws, it may be dismounted.\nFig. 1 shows the open construction of the various parts. The rings and commutator large in proportion to size of armature and other parts.\nSeparately excited field coil, galvanometer to brushes in contact with collector ring.\nDirect Current Generator\nDirect Current Generator\nFig. 3\nSelf-Excited Series Connected Dynamo\nDirect Current Generator\nDirect Current Generator Fig. 4\nSelf-Excited Shunt Connected Dynamo\nDynamo Run as Motor\nSelf-Excited Compound Connected Dynamo Requires 8 to 10 volts Battery Current\nBrushes should be moved to make contact on collector rings in Figs. 3, 4 and 5, to study Alternating Current Generators. Detailed directions for study of connections shown above and other experiments may be obtained on application, and are supplied with each machine. Complete as illustrated with field magnet.\nPRICE $19.75","page":185},{"file":"p0186.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"186\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 97 -148\nDIRECT-CONNECTED HAND-POWER DYNAMO AND MOTOR\nNo. 97-148\nThis instrument is provided with coils, collecting rings and commutator so that it will work to highest efficiency in the production of either alternating or direct current. As ordinarily used on the lecture table the output may be roughly stated as 15 volts and 7 amperes, but a greater output can be obtained if desired.\nField and armature may be connected in series or shunt, making it possible to teach definitely \u2014 Direct-Current Shunt-Wound Dynamo, Self-Exciting Alternating Current Dynamo, Series Dynamo Motor, Rotary Converter or Motor Generator.\nSPECIAL FEATURES\nDissectibility. Pole pieces separated and armature removed without the use of wrench or screw driver. Can be taken apart and reassembled on the lecture table while the lecture is in process.\nEfficiency. Will easily generate 100 watts of electrical energy and is guaranteed to give 200 watts \u2014 a new accomplishment in instruments for educational work.\nDesign. Careful study has been made of commercial types which we have modified only to the extent of obtaining the dissectible and educational features which we consider of prime importance.\nDriving Mechanism. In eliminating the belt and substituting the enclosed oil-immersed, direct-connected gear drive, a long step in advance has been made in the construction of Hand-Power Dynamos. By careful estimate, this method of drive gives an increased efficiency of about 60 per cent.\nField Magnet. Two-pole type which allows the use of a large amount of iron and permits of a construction which makes the shortest magnetic circuit, at the same time allowing a clear view of the pole pieces and their relation to the armature.\nField Coils. Wound on thin spun-metal bobbins, each core designed for a definite purpose, depending upon whether the instrument is to be connected series or shunt wound, giving the greatest efficiency for each type.\nArmature. Drum type, which has proved best suited for withstanding hard usage. The coil sections are wound in slots in the laminated iron core.\nCommutator. Larger size proportionately than would be used on a regular commercial machine, for the reason that it is a part of the design of this instrument that all of the essential features be large enough for the students to readily study their functions.\nCollecting Rings. Placed on the same end of the shaft as the commutator, a design which simplifies the instrument. The attachment holding the brushes serves both for alternating and direct circuit, thus offering a ready method of comparison.\nPRICE, $85.00","page":186},{"file":"p0187.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n187\nNo. 97-160\tNo. 97-165\nNo. 97-285\n97-160 PAGE MOTOR APPARATUS. Permanent Magnet Field. Demonstrates the basic principles of the electric motor and dynamo. Can be used either as a generator or motor. Note open construction and simplicity of design. Most satisfactory results guaranteed whether used by students or instructor. Exceptionally well made and finished..................................................................$16.00\n97-165 PAGE MOTOR APPARATUS, Electromagnetic Field. Recommended as a companion instrument to the Page Motor Apparatus No. 97-160 having permanent magnet field. Open construction, clear differentiation of parts, commutator, binding posts and brushes for connecting in various series and shunt combinations are placed so that they can be clearly inspected. A most valuable instrument in the teaching of electro-dynamics. Well made and handsomely finished throughout. 19.25\n97-285 CONTROLLER MODEL. This device is designed to illustrate in a practical manner the method of controlling the speed and operation of the modern electric railroad motor. The commutator, resistances, etc., are well worked out in open construction so that the various changes that occur and their effects upon the model motor may be noted with ease and accuracy. The construction is substantial, parts clearly shown, and the whole design well suited for its didactic purpose. Complete as illustrated with motor......................................................................... 75.00\n97-305 PROJECTION FREQUENCY INDICATOR for 110 Volt A. C. Circuit. This instrument is designed primarily to show on the screen the effect produced by an alternating current on an electromagnet The length of the vibrating reed is such as to show clearly on the screen, the wave length, the wave length, and the % wave length. In use the instrument is connected directly to 110-volt circuit without additional resistance.................................. 14.50\nNo. 97-305\nMOTORS\nAlternating and Direct Current\nPrices on Application\nGENERATORS\nSpecify Line Voltage and Capacity Output Required","page":187},{"file":"p0188.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"188\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTELEGRAPHY AND TELEPHONY\nTELEGRAPH INSTRUMENTS\nNo. 98-20\tNo. 98-25\n98-10 TELEGRAPH KEY, nickel-plated lever, brass frame, gutta-percha knobs, improved adjustment\nspring holders, all parts finely finished, without legs..........................$2.50\n98-12\tTELEGRAPH KEY PARTS (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E100)...........Set 2.00\n98-15\tIMPROVED SOUNDER, unequalled for quick action, loudness, and clear tone, proportioned scientifically correct, brass lever, resistance 4 ohms................................ 3.75\n98-17 TELEGRAPH SOUNDER PARTS (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E100)........Set 2.76\n98-20 TELEGRAPH RELAY, excellent quality, finely finished and mounted on polished mahogany base\nwith ornamented metallic sub-base. Standard resistance of 4 ohms................. 5.00\n98-26 COMBINATION KEY AND SOUNDER. This instrument is designed to fulfill the requirements of a short-line apparatus. The sounder magnets, lever, anvil, and key lever are the same as used on the preceding instruments. The frames for holding the sounder lever and key lever are stamped from wrought iron and heavily japanned. The base is constructed of polished mahogany. This instrument will give entire satisfaction on lines up to five miles in length. Resistance 4 ohms. 4.50\nTELEPHONE INSTRUMENTS\nNo. 98-100\nNo. 98-105\nNo. 98-110\n98-100 DEMONSTRATION POSTLESS BI-POLAR RECEIVER. As may be noted from the illustration, this instrument is entirely dissectible, and in consequence has a value as a demonstration instrument, as well as that of a working receiver. All parts are carefully fitted and finished and the\nreceiver is high grade in every respect.......................................$2.75\n98-105 SOLID BACK WATCH CASE RECEIVER, 2j.( inches diameter, weight 6 ounces, resistance 75 ohms, rigid adjustment. This is a simple receiver sufficiently sensitive for practically all laboratory\nwork.......................................................................... 1.60\n98-110 SOLID BACK LONG-DISTANCE TRANSMITTER. This transmitter is the standard commercial type furnished on long-distance telephones. . They articulate distinctly and plainly with no up-and-down variations or sizzling............................................'........... 3.60","page":188},{"file":"p0189.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n189\nNo. 98-125\n98-125 TELEPHONIC MICROPHONE. This instrument illustrates in a clear and comprehensive manner not only the microphone but its adaptation in the articulating telephone. It is in reality two instruments in one, requiring only the simple adjustment of a thumb screw to change it from a simple contact telephone to a practical working telephone. The small induction coil on the base shows the manner of raising the potential of the telephonic circuit, which is inductively connected.\nThe results attending the connecting of the instrument with an ordinary telephone receiver and battery cell are surprising. The ticking of a watch or the fall of a feather is heard with remarkable distinctness................................ ................................................ $7.60\nSELENIUM CELLS\n98-140 SELENIUM CELL, exposed surface, 17 mm. diameter, simple block mounting with binding posts.\nThe scientific importance of the selenium cell has been recognized since the work of Bell and\nRuhmer. It was not, however, until recently that its possibilities in the commercial field were fully realized. Many experimenters now agree that it is through the medium of the selenium cell that the \u201cseeing\u201d telephone may eventually become a reality. In our work with selenium we have discovered a most satisfactory method of attaching the material to the metal backing and improved methods of annealing are employed. The object has been to obtain a permanent surface and large area for the light to act upon and an area which will give as low initial electrical resistance as possible. This selenium cell is extremely sensitive to light, dropping in resistance many thousands of ohms when illuminated by a light of average intensity. Connected in series with a relay and battery, it will cause the relay circuit to be closed when the cell is illuminated. If a screen be interposed between the light and the cell, the relay circuit will be immediately opened. A telephone receiver connected in series with the selenium cell and a suitable battery will cause fluctuations in light to be detected.\nFor example, the alternating current arc gives a tone depending upon the frequency of the current. Changes in the intensity of a direct current arc produced by superimposing on it a telephone current are audible.................................... ....................................................$17.00\n\u25a0\u25a0ini\nNo. 98-141\nNo. 98-142\n98-141 SELENIUM CELL, exposed surface 44 X19 mm., mounted in brass case as illustrated. Hard rubber light-proof cap supplied. Rod supplied for mounting on any convenient support or on No. 98-146 Universally Adjustable Support which is recommended as the most useful and convenient support for the purpose............................................................................................................ 22.00\n98-142 MOUNTED SELENIUM CELL\u2014Selenium Cell No.98-141 on Stand No.98-145........... 26.26\n98-145 UNIVERSALLY ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT, designed especially for holding Selenium Cell No.\n98-141. May be used to hold any apparatus on J^-inch rod................. 4.25","page":189},{"file":"p0190.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"190\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nELECTROLYSIS AND ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY\nNo. 99-5\n99-5\nJ\nPACKARD\u2019S ELECTROLYSIS APPARATUS.\nWe are indebted to Mr. John C. Packard of Brookline High School for this design. In simplicity of operation and cleanliness, it excels other apparatus designed for the same purpose. There are no parts which, when broken cannot readily be replaced. Con* sists of two special moulded porcelain bottle rests which are designed as electrode supports. These bottle and electrode supports can be used close together or apart to the limit of the glass tray. In use, the bottles and tray are filled with the electrolyte to a point covering the mouths. When current is connected, action immediately begins. Complete as illustrated with glass tray..........\nKNOTT BOSTON\n= 60;\n$4.50\n99-15\n99-20\nTHE H-ELECTROLYSIS OF WATER APPARATUS. This is an improved type of electrolysis apparatus so designed that the platinum electrodes may easily be replaced by those of carbon or copper. In addition the reservoir tube is directly connected without bend to the junction tube of the gas tubes.\nThis type is ungraduated, and is for use with rubber tubing and pinch-cocks.\nComplete with platinum electrodes................................... 4.76\nTHE HOFFMAN\u2019S H-FORM ELECTROLYSIS OF WATER APPARATUS. This design has the same improvements as the one above. It, however, has graduated gas tubes provided with glass stop-cocks and the reservoir is globular shaped.\nComplete with platinum electrodes................................. 22.50\n. 99-20\n99-30 OSBORNE\u2019S IMPROVED ELECTROLYSIS APPARATUS. This design has the merit of efficient use in study of principles involved in electrolytic dissociations. It consists of ah H-tube with graduated slide tubes, each with shot valve. By the improved construction of detachable electrodes the platinum electrodes may be readily replaced by those of carbon or copper as desired. With a glass stopper plug the apparatus is set up as a conductivity cell. In use for study of electrolysis of water the stopper plug is replaced by the bent end of the thistle tube. Complete as illustrated.....................................................................................\n9.00","page":190},{"file":"p0191.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n191\n99-50 CARBON ELECTRODES, for Nos. 99-15 and 99-30............\n99-52\t---, for No. 99-20....................................\n99-55 COPPER ELECTRODES, for Nos. 99-15 and 99-30 ...........\n99-57\t---, for No. 99-20....................................\n99-60 PLATINUM ELECTRODES, for Nos. 99-15 and 99-30..........\n99-62\t---, for No. 99-20....................................\n99-75 ELECTROLYSIS TUBE SUPPORT, stand with clamp and binding posts 99-80\t---, smaller in size..................................\n$0.80\n1.00\n.80\n1.00\n3.00\n5.60\n4.76\n3.40\n99-100 LANTERN ELECTROLYSIS DEMONSTRATION APPARATUS. This design consists of a U shaped trough provided with a hard rubber cover with binding posts to which are connected the platinum electrodes. Will not leak and is not constructed with cumbersome compressor clamps............................................................... 8.60\n99-105 HYDROGEN ABSORPTION APPARATUS (see Hall\u2019s \u201c Elements of Physics,\u201d Paragraph 50), for showing the Power of Palladium to Absorb Hydrogen. Consists of a palladium and a platinum wire mounted parallel in a solid vulcanite frame. Binding posts supplied for connecting to a source of electric current. The frame is placed upright in a two per cent, solution of sulphuric acid and then an electric current, strong enough to decompose the solution, is connected to the binding posts. It will be noted that there is a visible flow of oxygen bubbles from the platinum wire, but no hydrogen bubbles from the palladium wire. Palladium, when cold, absorbs several hundred times its own bulk of hydrogen. Without beaker............... 12.00\nMATERIAL FOR ELECTROPLATING\n99-110\tSILVER ANODE, sheet form. . .\t\t\t\t\t$1.90\n99-115\tNICKEL ANODE, sheet form. .\t\t\t\t\t.85\n99-120\tCOPPER ANODE, sheet form..\t\t\t\t\t.30\n\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. . Per lb.\t$0.50\tPotassium Cyanide\t\t\tPer lb*\t2.25\n\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. . Per 4 lbs.\t1.25\tPumice, powdered\t\t\tPer lb.\t.30\n\tCopper Sulphate\t\t. . Per lb.\t.20\tRouge\t\t\tPer lb.\t.75\n\tEmery, powdered\t\t. . Per lb.\t.25\tSilver Chloride\t\t\tPer oz.\t1.36\n\tNickel and Ammonium Sulphate Per lb.\t\t.65\tTripoli\t\t\tPer lb.\t.25\n99-125 ROUGE CLOTH, especially prepared........................................................60\n99 -130 CHAMOIS SKIN...........................................................................75\n99-170 ELECTROTYPING LETTERS (see National Physics Direction Sheets, Exp. E163, also Fuller &\nBrownlee, Exp. 71). Set of nine letters................................50\n99-195 ELECTROPLATING OUTFIT FOR COPPER PLATING, consisting of jar, special clamp castings, insulating support for same, two copper electrodes, chemicals and complete directions for copper plating...................................................... 2.00\n99-197 COPPER VOLTAMMETER (COULOMBMETER) similar in construction to No. 99-195 Copper Plating Outfit, but changed and improved in design to suspend three copper plates \u2014 two loss plates and one gain plate. Note that the construction of the clamping device is such that the plates may be handled without touching them with the fingers. Complete with jar. 5.80","page":191},{"file":"p0192.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"192\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COM PA N Y\nNo. 99-200\n99-200 SIMPLE ELECTRIC FURNACE. A simple practical form of electric furnace that will be found of great utility in the teaching of the electric arc, electric furnace, as well as the melting and combining properties of many elements. The construction enables a clear understanding of the many principles involved. Its open construction has great pedagogic value.\nA great variety of experiments may be conveniently performed \u2014 the melting of platinum or like refractory metals, the reduction or production of aluminum or carbides. The manufacture of calcium carbide from lime and sawdust or carbon makes a striking and interesting experiment.\nComplete ready for use.....................................................................\nNo. 99-350\n99-350 DEMONSTRATION ARC LAMP WITH REFLECTOR for use with any strong source of battery current, but excellent for use with our No. 97-148 Gear-Drive Hand-Power Dynamo in demonstrating the principle of arc lamps. It is a near approach to the automatic form, adjustment by counterpoise gravity feed. Quite simple in form and of open construction throughout. A simple reflector attached adds greatly to the effectiveness of the design. Complete as illustrated.\n$68.00\n9.25","page":192},{"file":"p0193.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n193\nTOOLS\nWe list below various tools which will be found of service in the laboratory.\n200-10 AUGUR BITS, set of thirteen, from 34 to 1 inch..................................... $6.00\n200-16\tBIT BRACE.......................................................................... 2.00\n200-20\tBLOCK PLANE, of iron, 534 inches long.............................................. 1.60\n200-22 BREAST DRILL. Chuck has three jaws which hold round shanked bits from 0 to 34 inch. Drive wheel 5 inches diameter. Gearing changeable three to one. Crank adjustable, permitting variation in length of 334 inches. A first-grade tool throughout.............................. 6.60\n200-26\tCHISEL, best Sheffield steel, one inch wide...........................................60\n200-30\tCLAW HAMMER fine quality of cast steel, weight one pound........................... 1.60\n200-40\tCOLD CHISEL, 34 inch..................................................................40\n200-50\tFILE, flat, 8 inches long.............................................................35\n200-56\tFILE, half round, 8 inches long.......................................................35\n200-60\tFILE, round, 8 inches long............................................................30\n200-62\tFILE, triangular, 8 inches long.......................................................30\n200-65\tGIMLET, large size, 5 inches long.....................................................20\n200-70\tHACK SAW, consisting of malleable steel frame and saw blade...........................90\n200-75 HACK SAW BLADES, 8 inch, to fit the above frame...........................Per dozen 1.00\n200-77\tHATCHET, STEEL CLAW, best forged steel, highly polished blade, bronze finish....... 2.00\n200-78\tNIPPER, end cutting, length 6 inches............................................... 1.50\n6248\tOIL STONE, in wooden box, 7 inches long...............................................76\n200-82 PITCH GAUGE, \u201cV\u201d threads, 22 pitches \u2014 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60,\n62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72 and 74 threads per inch................................. 1.76\n3385\tPLIERS, with side cutting blade, 5 inches.............................................85\n200-86 PLIERS, COMBINATION SLIP JOINT, best forged steel, natural finish, polished jaws, length\n634 inches ................................................................Each .95\n200-88\tPUNCH, SPRING, cast steel, first quality, full polished...............................75\n200-90\tSAW, CROSS-CUT, 26 inches long..................................................... 3.25\n200-95\tSAW, RIP, 26 inches long........................................................... 3.25\n200-100\tSAW, KEY-HOLE..................................................................... 1.00\n200-105\tSCREW DRIVER, instrument size, with small sharp blade................................36\n200-110\tSCREW DRIVER, heavy, 8 inch..........................................................75\n8524\tSHEARS, metal cutting, 234 inch blade.............................................. 3.00\n200-116 TAP AND DIE SET. Complete with stock round tap wrench, seven adjustable dies and seven taps cutting the standard threads used in the manufacture of our apparatus: 2/56, 4/32, 6/32, 8/32,\n10/32, 12/34 and 14/24. In polished hardwood case.............................. 10.00\n200-117 TOOL CABINET for wall. Contains 18-inch panel saw, smoothing plane, half hatchet, nail hammer, bit brace, % and J4-inch bits, 5-inch butt chisel, scraper, awl and tool set, 6-inch flat-nose plier, 2/32-inch nail set, 6-inch try square, folding boxwood rule, marking gauge, 4/36-inch gimlet bit, 8-inch mill file with handle, oil stone, carpenter\u2019s pencil, oil can, can of glue, 2 sheets of sandpaper, spool of wire, assorted screws, nails, brads and tacks. All tools of the highest grade of steel. Solid oak cabinet 24X16X6 inches deep, doors panelled, antique finish, varnished and hand rubbed, with brass padlock with two keys.......................................................... 65.00\n200-118 TOOL HOLDER, hollow polished cocobolo handle, containing the following tools warranted the highest grade of steel: two sizes firmer chisels, gouge, three sizes of screw drivers, gimlet, keyhole saw, scriber, reamer, finely finished throughout.......................................... 3.50\n200-119 ----, similar to above but smaller and containing ten tools, as commonly supplied. 1.50\n200-120 WRENCH (MONKEY WRENCH), 8 inches long............................................. 1.25\nFIRST-AID CABINET\n200-150 Every science laboratory should be equipped to render first aid in treating cuts and burns. That we may adequately meet this need, we have made up a first-aid cabinet containing both gauze and cotton bandages, styptic and surgical gauze, court plaster, pins and the ordinary condiments required to stop bleeding and for the proper treatment of burns, as well as for first-aid treatment in case of poisoning. Cabinet filled complete.............................................$5.26","page":193},{"file":"p0194.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"194\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNATIONAL LOOSE-LEAF NOTE-BOOKS\nBIOLOGY \u2014 CHEMISTRY By Arthur S. Dewing, Ph.D.\nThe effort has been made to prepare these laboratory instructions in a manner to give students only such assistance as will enable them to observe and think for themselves. The author has avoided most carefully the \u201cVerification Method\u201d of teaching science by which the student is told exactly what he is to find or what conclusion to draw. The pupil is guided right to follow an individual channel in constructive observation and from a suggested sequence of thought learns to observe accurately and think clearly.\nThe Loose-Leaf System has long been recognized as one that affords the greatest latitude for choice and one that is best adapted to individual requirements. A teacher is enabled to select, from a series of experiments greater than required, the experiments adapted particularly to individual conditions. One may select a series adapted to meet State requirements, local educational requirements, etc. We have endeavored to keep in file courses of laboratory instruction satisfactorily meeting in actual use the many requirements. We should be pleased, therefore, to send, upon request, a note-book containing a series of direction sheets in Chemistry, Biology or Physics, outlining a course found entirely adequate in meeting similar requirements. Such service is entirely gratis.\nNATIONAL BIOLOGY DIRECTION SHEETS\nThis series covers Botany, Zoology and Physiology, 118 sheets. A number of these direction sheets are in the nature of introductory exercises concerning the general nature of organisms and their simple chemical processes and they should, when possible, precede the work in any of the special exercises. Larger amounts of matter are given in every case than can ordinarily be undertaken, the author believing that a variety of conditions requires a variety of methods and subjects.\nA FEW NOTES AND COMMENTS\nWallace, Idaho, Independent School District No. 8.\n\u201cI believe the use of your books will do more to standardize science work than anything else; at the same time they allow for a teacher\u2019s preference and originality by providing a choice of sheets. As I am myself using the Biology Set, I shall make quite a point of that to illustrate the system.\u201d\nLouisville, Ky., High School.\n\u201cI find the Note-Book very interesting and full of practical usefulness.\u201d\nAshburnham, Mass., Cushing Academy.\n\u201cI am using he Note-Book in my class and find it most satisfactory.\"\nWebster Groves, Mo., High School.\n\u201d I have been using your National Note-Books in Botany and Physics this year, and wish to express to you my complete satisfaction in regard to same. This has been my idea of a note-book for many years, but have never before found one so well selected and arranged, so reasonable in price and so neatly put up and constructed, as the ones secured from-you.\u201d\n\u201c They are the best I know of and shall not only use them myself, but expect to speak of them to all who teach science, with whom I come in contact.\u201d\nDryden, N. Y., High School.\n\u201c The sheets of the National Biology Note-book are in use in this school and I am glad to say that they are a great help in that subject. We also use the National Physics Note-Book and find it very practicable. I thank you for your interest and your attempt to supply so many good things that schools want.\u201d\nEugene, Ore., University of Oregon.\n** I have examined with interest the Loose-Leaf Note-Book for B ology which you sent us. It seems to be an excellent plan. There has been a very wise selection of the essentials. I shall take pleasure in recommending this to teachers.\u201d\nNATIONAL CHEMISTRY DIRECTION SHEETS\nThe National Chemistry Direction Sheets were prepared to meet several demands. In the first place the experiments, exercises, and descriptive matter, when taken together, and in the order indicated by the Index, supply a clearly defined method for teaching Chemistry. Its spirit is to develop the powers of observation and inference. The series covers 145 sheets from which number the teacher is enabled to select a course adapted to individual need.\nA FEW NOTES AND COMMENTS\nBoston, Mass., Noble & Greenough's Classical School.\n\u201c The work done in my Chemistry class this year has been much simplified by the use of your Chemistry Loose-Leaf Notes. With a proper amount of selection of the notes I find I have been able to accomplish the laboratory work in less time than usual and, I think, with more satisfactory results.\u201d\nFitchburg, Mass., High School.\n\u201c I believe that by a proper use of the Notes, a good course could be given in any school, using specially adapted experiments and your notes in place of any regular text.\u201d\nAlbany, N. Y., State Normal College.\n\u201c You are at liberty to use anything that I have written commendatory of the Loose-Leaf Note-Books. I think they are the ideal plan for teaching Chemistry in the laboratory, and when accompanied by efficient supervision of the students at work, by study from a well-digested text-book, and by discussion in the classroom, and all summed up by the teacher in a weekly lecture with demonstrative experiments, the course could not, in my opinion, be surpassed.\u201d\nCincinnati, Ohio, St. Xavier College.\n\" The National Chemistry Note-Book has proved, in practise, to be all I expected it would be. The questions, observations, and exercises are very suggestive, and stimulate to thought and attention. They are well chosen, I believe, to develop a mental attitude of scientific inquiry in the pupil.\u201d\nLittle Rock, Ark., Arkansas Military Academy.\n\u201c I find both the Chemistry and Physics Sheets the most complete and most satisfactory that I have ever seen. You may expect future orders from our school.\u201d\nCanon City, Colo., High School.\n\u201cThe National Physics and Chemistry Sheets are giving eminent satisfaction. I shall use them exclusively next year.\u201d\nBarboursville, Ky., Union College.\n\u201c We are using both your Physics and Chemistry Note-Books in our work at Union College and you will doubtless be gratified to know that we are highly pleased with them. They are thoroughly practical for laboratory use.\u201d\nWilmington, Delaware, High School.\n\u201c I have used your National Physics Note-Books for nine years and your Chemistry about seven years and I like them so much that I would like to introduce the National Botany-Biology and Physiology in our classes.\u201d\nNATIONAL CHEMISTRY OR BIOLOGY DIRECTION SHEETS.........................1\nCERTIFICATION SHEETS................................................... \\\nHARCOURT BINDERS, cloth backs, with binding cord, for holding National Loose-Leaf Sheets J\nWrite for Price List.","page":194},{"file":"p0195.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n195\nALUNDUM WARE\nAlundum is fused aluminum oxide. When bonded with ceramic materials and given proper heat treatment refractory articles can be obtained that have many desirable properties. Pure alundum, which is more than 99 per cent, aluminum oxide, melts at 2050\u00b0C. and the bonded shapes at temperatures somewhat less than this, depending on the character of the mixtures.\nAlundum is a very inert substance and the bonded articles are not readily attacked by chemically active solutions.\nAlundum is a poor conductor of electricity and is, therefore, particularly valuable in electrical constructions.\nAlundum articles listed in this catalogue are carried in stock for immediate shipment. Muffles, other articles, and special pieces can be obtained. Correspondence regarding special needs is solicited.\n\u201cPYREX\u201d GLASSWARE\nOur stock of \u201cPyrex\u201d glassware, as listed through this catalogue, is complete. We offer it as resistance ware comparable with Jena glassware that cannot now be obtained.\n\u201c Pyrex \u201d Glass contains no heavy metals of the magnesium-lime-zinc group.\n\u201c Pyrex \u201d Glass does not soften below 800\u00b0C. and a rod heated to 300\u00b0 C. and then plunged into cold water will not break.\n\u201c Pyrex \u201d Glass has a very low expansion coefficient of 0.0000032 (porcelain has an expansion coefficient of\n0.0000036), allowing the construction with heavy walls, thus greatly increasing the durability of the vessels.\nFUSED SILICA WARE\nOn account of the high cost of platinum, the various laboratory vessels and utensils of Fused Silica listed in this catalogue may profitably receive the careful consideration of every chemist.\nIts unusual properties are:\n1.\tA melting point above 1500\u00b0 C.\n2.\tAn extremely small coefficient of expansion \u2014\u2022 0.00000059 (about l/17th that of glass).\n3.\tIt is not attacked by acids.\n4.\tIt is absolutely constant in weight.\n5.\tIt is insoluble in water.","page":195},{"file":"p0196.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"196\nL. E KNOTT APPARATUS COM PA NY\nNo. 3502\nNo. 3525\nNo. 3500\nNo. 3527\nNo. 3522\nNo. 3520\n3500\n3502\n3504A\n3504B\n5435g\n6313a\n6313e\n3505\n3510\n3512\n3515\n6268\n3520\n3522\n3525a\n3525b\n3525c\n3525d\n3527\n3528\nAIR TESTER, DEWING\u2019S, for testing the amount of C02 in the air (see National Biology Note-Book Sheets, Exp. P51). Complete with lime water, phenolphthalein, pipette, graduated flask, graduated\ncylinder, graduated tube and plunger, with full directions..........................\nAIR TESTER, after Dr. G. W. Fitz, for the accurate determination of C02. Consists of a carefully graduated instrument, set of storage vials, graduated flask, graduated pipette and full set of directions. A most satisfactory piece of apparatus for an accurate determination of the amount\nof C02 in a room. With reagents, in neat board case.................................\nPHENOLPHTHALEIN SOLUTION. Quantity sufficient for 100 tests............................\nLIME WATER. Quantity sufficient for 100 tests..........................................\nGRADUATED FLASK, 100 cc., for above apparatus..........................................\nGRADUATED PIPETTE, 1 cc., for above apparatus..........................................\nGRADUATED PIPETTE, 10 cc., for above apparatus.........................................\nSOLID ALCOHOL for use in the can as an alcohol stove. This alcohol is a patented product moulded in solid form in a slip cover can. Capacity of can 3 ounces. Will bum continuously from one to one\nand one-half hours..................................................................\nALUNDUM, 60 mesh, for protecting the bottoms of Alundum combustion boats from the slagging\neffect of the iron oxide during the combustion of the sample.............Per lb. bottle\nALUNDUM CEMENT, superior to other mixtures for covering wire resistors in many kinds of high\ntemperature electrical apparatus and appliances...........-................Per lb. bag\nAPRON, chemical and water-proof, 48 inches long, 36 inches wide, readily adjusted to both sexes. . .\nOVERSLEEVES, chemical and waterproof, ample size, readily adjusted to both sexes.Per pair\nAQUARIA JARS, ROUND, heavy colorless glass.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, quarts.......................... 2\t4\t8\nSize, inches............................. 6X6\t7X7\t9X9\nEach.................................... $1.60\t2.40\t3.50\nAQUARIUM JAR, RECTANGULAR, heavy colorless glass, capacity 2 gallons, IOJ2 inches long,\n6^2 inches wide, 10J4 inches high....................................................\nAQUARIUM, Enameled Metal Frame, glass bottom and sides. Length, 12 inches; width, 8 inches;\nheight, 7 inches. Capacity 2J4 gallons...............................................\n----, length, 15 inches, width, 10 inches; height, 9 inches. Capacity, 5 gallons......\n\u2022---, length, 18 inches; width, 12 inches; height, 11 inches. Capacity, 7 gallons.....\n----, length, 21 inches; width, 14 inches; height, 13 inches. Capacity, 12 gallons....\nAQUARIUM TANK, with iron frame work and stone base. This aquarium must not be confused with those where the light is blocked from the ends by stone slabs. Our tank has heavy plate glass in all four sides, these glass plates being held by substantial iron frames locked at the comers by iron castings. The base is of alberene stone 1J\u00a3 inches thick. In sealing the plates water-tight, we use a cement which we compound in our laboratories and which we guarantee will not leak nor soften by action of water. Alberene stone base measures 32JzjX21 inches. Dimensions of tank, outside, 30^X19X163^ inches deep. Complete with standing overflow and brass gauze separating partition. SUPPORTING AQUARIUM TABLE. We have frequently supplied a table support for the above aquarium. This table is built of solid oak with acid proofed built-up maple top. It is equipped with one drawer and further provided with a special long goose-neck water supply faucet. F.O.B. factory........................................................................\n$4.75\n4.50\n1.25\n.50\n.55\n.20\n.26\n.16\n1.25\n.35\n1.65\n.50\n7.50\n4.80\n6.00\n8.40\n11.00\n75.00\n55.00","page":196},{"file":"p0197.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n197\n3530 ARSENIC TEST APPARATUS after Gutzeit, for analysis for arsenic in foods. Will indicate 0.001 mg. of arsenious oxide by a yellow stain on a sensitized paper strip. With full directions; without test strips........................\n3530A ARSENIC TEST STRIPS, unsensitized.\u2019.'.'.\u2019.\u2019.'.\u2019.'.'.\u2019.'.'.\u2019.'.'.' '.\u2019.\u2019.\u2019.'.'.'.'.\u2019.\u2019.\u2019.\u2019.\u2019.'.\u2019.\u2019.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. Per *1*066\n6875 ARSENIC TUBES, hard glass.\na\tb\tcd\nEach........... $0.10\t.10\t.10\t.10\nSet of four....................................................\n$1.75\n1.50\n.35\nASBESTOS\nAsbestos is fire and acid-proof and is, therefore, particularly adapted for use in science laboratories.\n3540\n3541\n3543\n3545\nASBESTOS BOARD, 40X40 inches.\na\nThickness, inch....\nPer sheet..........\nSize, inches. Each........\nSize, inches.....\nEach.............\nASBESTOS WOOL, long selected fibre.\n1/32\t1/16\t3/32\n$0.75\t1.40\t2.00\ninch thick.\t\t\na\tb\tc\n4X4\t6X6\t12X12\n$0.06\t.08\t.35\ninch thick.\t\t\na\tb\t\n4X4\t6X6\t\n$0.05\t.06\t\nPer 4-ounce package, $1.50\nd\n3\n16\n3.50\nPer lb. $5.60\n42-150\n42-162\n42-153\n42-160\n42-162\n42-163\n42-175\n42-177\n42-178\n3550\n3555\nASPIRATORS\nASPIRATOR, CHAPMAN\u2019S, of brass, 324 inches long, J4 inch I. P. size thread, capacity 5 cubic\nfeet per hour......................................................................\nHYDRANT COUPLING for attaching above aspirator to a 24-inch hose bib or faucet.......\n----, for attaching above aspirator to a smooth faucet. This coupling cannot leak or be forced off. . .\nASPIRATOR, CHAPMAN\u2019S, of brass, 424 inches long, }4-inch I. P. size thread, capacity 18 cubic\nfeet per hour......................................................................\nHYDRANT COUPLING for attaching above aspirator to a 24-inch hose bib or faucet.......\n----, for attaching above aspirator to a smooth faucet. This coupling cannot leak or be forced off\nASPIRATOR, RICHARDS\u2019, of brass, very powerful, 7 inches\nlong, 24-inch I. P. size thread........................ 3.00\nHYDRANT COUPLING for attaching above aspirator to a %-inch\nhose bib or faucet.........................................45\n----, for attaching above aspirator to a smooth faucet. This\ncoupling cannot leak or be forced o5.......................65\nASPIRATOR, HIGH VACUUM, more powerful than preceding\nand uses less water, J^-inch I. P. size thread. Length, 424 inches 2.25 AUTOCLAVE, Steam Pressure Sterilizer or Cooker, 17-quart, of castmlumifium for sterilization or digestion under pressure. Useful in domestic science laboratories for cooking or canning foods; or in biological, bacteriological and pathological laboratories, for sterilizing. Pressure gauge reads to 30 lbs. With safety valve and pet cock.\nInside diameter, 1134 inches; inside length, 1034 inches; weight, approximately 17 lbs..................................... 37.50\n$2.00\n.45\n.65\nNo. 3555","page":197},{"file":"p0198.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"198\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS CO M P A N Y\nNo. 3660\tNo. 64-40\tNo. 3663\n3660 HARCOURT STUDENTS* AUXANOMETER. This instrument is not intended for precision work, but will be found most satisfactory in measuring the growth of plants with a reasonable degree of accuracy and sensibility. The apparatus as shown in the illustration is used on the regulation support stand and plant growth is indicated by movement of a pointer over a graduated arc. Without support stand.............................................................................. $3.80\n3663 BOVIE PRECISION AUXANOMETER, an invention by Dr. W. T. Bovie of Harvard University, for recording the growth of plants. For classroom or out-of-door use. Will indicate growth by as small as 0.1 mm.\nThe Bovie Precision Auxanometer consists essentially of a device which is carried upward as the plant grows. When the device has moved a certain distance, it closes an electric circuit which operates the recording pen of the chronograph. This arrangement makes it possible to have the recording mechanism at any desired distance from the plant and to make simultaneous records of a number of plants or of various parts of the same plant. The instrument is light, compact and quickly set up for use and, as the force of gravity is not utilized for moving any of its parts, it may be set at any angle with the vertical so that growth in any direction may be measured and recorded. Records of each 0.1 mm. of growth can be made and the instrument will be found reliable in or out-of-doors.\nThe experimental model was run by Professor Bovie the entire summer in the garden exposed to the weather, the brass case being open part of the time so that the internal mechanism was exposed.\nComplete specifications furnished upon request. Furnished in plush-lined polished hardwood box\nwith hinged cover.................................................................48.60\n64-40 CLOCK RECORDING KYMOGRAPH. This instrument was designed, at the request of Dr.\nBovie of Harvard University, to provide a simple, easily manipulated, effective device for recording the curve of plant growth in conjunction with the Bovie Auxanometer. The recording mechanism, whether it be a pencil or electrical pen, is readily clamped to the supporting upright as indicated in the illustration. The clock mechanism mounted in the base is a standard 24-hour clock movement of heavy construction. The cylinder is raised to the upper position by simply releasing the compression clamp and lifting the cylinder bodily The range of movement and the length of the cylinder is such as to permit three or four records being made at one time. This is made possible because of the position in which the cylinder is mounted, the weight of the cylinder assisting rather than retarding the clock movement. Complete with 24-hour movement...................... 27.60","page":198},{"file":"p0199.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n199\nNo. 3570\nNo. 3572\nNo. 3579\nNo. 3581\nNo. 3575\nNo. 3577\n3568 BATH, SAND, SHALLOW, of asbestos, diameter 6 inches.......\n3570 BATHS, SAND, DEEP HEMISPHERICAL, of sheet iron.\na\tb\nDiameter, inches................. 3\t4\nEach........................... $0.12\t.16\n3572 BATHS, SAND, SHALLOW, of sheet iron.\na\tb\nDiameter, inches.................. 3\t4\nEach............................ $0.12\t.14\n3675 BATH, SAND or HOT PLATE. Measures 6X8 inches. On legs.\n$0.40\nc\n6\n.30\nc\n6\n.25\nd\n8\n.50\nd\n8\n.45\n2.75\n3577 BATH, SAND or HOT PLATE, RUEDORFF\u2019S with ATTACHED BURNER. Of cast iron. Measures 11X17J4 inches; with three rows of burners that are adjustable in height. 23.50\n3579 PARAFFINE BATH, POLISHED COPPER, with tubulatures for thermometer, gas regulator and three test tubes. Dimensions, 7 inches long, 3% inches wide and 3 inches deep. With extra sheet iron bottom and iron base which is 5 inches high. Provided with a space for heating slides and two nickel-plated cups. The shallow cup is 2Jds inches diameter, % inch deep, watch glass shape, and the deep one is 2 x/% inches diameter and 1inches deep.......................................................... 17.60\n3581 PARAFFINE BATH, MILLER\u2019S POLISHED COPPER, with tubulatures for thermometer, gas regulator and five test tubes. Dimensions, 8 inches long, 4 inches wide and 4 inches deep, provided with an extra sheet iron bottom to prevent burning out; and iron base, 5 inches high. The bath has two nickel-plated cups, one shallow and one deep. The shallow cup is 2 j/g inches in diameter and % inch deep, watch glass shape; and the deep one is 2J^s inches diameter and 1J^ inches deep. Two drawers are provided for holding slides.......................................................................28.50","page":199},{"file":"p0200.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"200\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nWATER BATHS\nThe water baths listed below are of polished copper, tin-lined, most carefully made throughout.\n3582\n3583\nWATER BATHS, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, with concentric rings and steam cover.\nab\tcd\nDiameter, inches....... 5\t6\t8\t10\nNo. of Rings........... 4\t5\t7\t8\nEach................. $2.00\t2.75\t4.50\t8.00\nWATER BATHS WITH STEAM VALVE, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, most excellent and economical.\nab\tc\nDiameter, inches....... 6\t8\t10\nNo. of Rings........... 5\t7\t8\nEach................. $9.75\t11.00\t15.00\n3585 WATER BATHS, POLISHED COPPER, ON TRIPOD, tin-lined. Seamless body with concentric rings and cover, steam escape and extra plate perforated for test tubes.\nab\tc\nDiameter, inches............. 5\t6\t8\nNo. of Rings................. 4\t5\t7\nEach....................... $6.00\t6.75\t11.00\n3587 WATER BATHS, POLISHED CpPPER, tin-lined, seamless body, with concentric rings and cover, steam escape and extra plate perforated for test tubes.\nab\tc\nDiameter, inches............. 5\t6\t8\nNo. of Rings................. 4\t5\t7\nEach....................... $5.50\t6.00\t10.00\n3590 WATER BATHS, FUNNEL SHAPE, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined. With concentric rings and constant water level. Height including tripod, 8 inches.\na\tb\nDiameter, inches............. 6\t8\nNo. of Rings................. 5\t7\nEach......................   $7.00\t10.00\n3593 WATER BATH, HOFFMAN\u2019S, of heavy polished copper, with a set of concentric rings and plate\nwith five holes of different sizes, each with cover. With constant-water level. Diameter at top, 8 inches................................................................... 22.25","page":200},{"file":"p0201.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n201\nNo. 3607\nNo. 3600\nNo. 3595\nNo. 3605\n3535 WATER BATH, GRIFFIN\u2019S, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined for hot filtrations and evaporations. Provided with a constant water level, an extra sheet iron bottom and rests on four detachable legs. Size 13X7X5 inches deep. One 5-inch hole with four concentric rings and steam cover and\none opening with copper funnel......................................................................$21.00\n3600 WATER BATH, ELECTRICALLY HEATED, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined. With two removable covers, one cover with two 5-inch openings and concentric rings, the other with 36 %-inch holes for test tubes. Size 1434X634X3 inches deep. Height over all 734 inches. Provided with automatic cut-out that shuts off current if bath is allowed to run dry........................................ 49.50\n3606\tWATER BATH, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, with concentric rings and steam cover. Provided\nwith stopcock and Kekule\u2019s Water Level Regulator. With extra sheet iron bottom, and supported by four detachable legs. Size 14X14X5 inches deep. Four openings, 5 inches in diameter, with\nrings and steam cover............................................................................. 22.60\n3605A\t\u2014-\u2014, STEAM, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, same as above, but arranged with coil to be\nheated by steam..................................................................................... 30.00\n3605B----------, ELECTRIC, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, same as above, but arranged for electrical\nheating............................................................................................. 70.00\n3607\tWATER BATH, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, with concentric rings and coyer, provided with\nstopcock and Kekule\u2019s Water Level Regulator. With extra sheet iron bottom supported by four detachable legs. Size 23 X1334X5 inches deep. Seven openings, three of 6 inches diameter and\nfour of 4 inches diameter with concentric rings and steam cover..................................... 34.00\n3607A\t\u2014-\u2014-, STEAM, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, same as above, but arranged with coil to be\nheated by steam..................................................................................... 45.00\n3607B--------,\tELECTRIC, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, same as above, but arranged for electrical\nheating...........................................................................................   95.00\n3610 WATER BATH, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, with concentric rings and steam cover. Provided with stopcock and Kekule\u2019s Water Level Regulator. With extra sheet iron bottom and supported by four detachable legs. Size 28X14X5 inches deep, eight openings 5 inches in diameter with\nrings and steam cover............................................................................... 42,50\n3610A\t\u2022\u2014\u2014, STEAM, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, same as above, but arranged with coil to be\nheated by steam..................................................................................... 55.00\n3610B\t ,\tELECTRIC, POLISHED COPPER, tin-lined, same as above, but arranged for electrical\nheating ........................................................................................... 100.00","page":201},{"file":"p0202.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"202\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n3611\tWATER BATH, ELECTRICALLY HEATED, CONSTANT TEMPERATURE. Inside dimensions\n9X9 inches by 5 inches deep. Made from heavy copper, tinned on the inside and covered on the outside with a thick insulating material to prevent radiation. The heating units are in metal tubes at the bottom of the bath and temperature is regulated by the pencil type of thermostat.\nA pilot lamp indicates when the current is on or off. A snap switch controls part of the heating units and temperature of the bath may be changed as desired from 37 }4 to 56\u00b0 C.\nFurnished with two Test Tube Racks No. 3611A, each rack having a capacity of 48 test tubes, 3 X /4 inches. Maximum current consumption 2 34 amperes....................................$72.60\n3611A TEST TUBE RACK, nickeled brass with adjustable supports for suspension in bath; with two shelves. Dimensions 9X4 inches by 234 inches high. Height over all 8 inches. Capacity 48 test tubes, 3 X % inches......................................................................... 6.00\n3612\tWATER BATH, WILEY\u2019S STANDARD. This bath was devised to reduce the time used in getting\nup steam. The cup underneath holds the water and is the only part that is heated. A full head of steam evenly distributed can be obtained in three minutes to the point of supply which is 2}4\ninches above the bottom. The cup contains 250 cc. and is fed by a 1/i-\\nch copper pipe and is connected to a constant level regulator of the latest type. The bath is of heavy copper supported on a braced stand of 1-inch angle iron. Top measures 25X1434 inches. It contains 12 holes 3}4 inches diameter and 2 holes 5J4 inches diameter, fitting the standard porcelain rings. The bath is 2 inches deep on the outside edge and slopes to 4 inches deep at the center.\nPrice with copper concentric rings................................................................. 77.76\n3612A\t----, same as above, but smaller. Top measures 14X1234 inches. There are 2 openings 5?4 inches\ndiameter and 3 openings 334 inches diameter. With copper concentric rings....................... 66.00\n3612B\t----, this bath has same patented features of No. 361?, but is round in form and is mounted on a\nstand of American Ingot iron, lined with heavy asbestos. Diameter of top, 12 inches. It has one hole 3J4 inches diameter and 6 holes 234 inches diameter, each fitted with concentric rings... 29.00","page":202},{"file":"p0203.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n203\n3613\n3613A\n3615\nNo. 3613\nWATER BATH, ALSOP\u2019S, for evaporations, especially in tanners\u2019 laboratories. Made of heavy copper throughout, tinned inside, with polished brass fittings. It is mounted on a heavy angle iron stand. The condenser is mounted on the lid and the condensation may be used as distilled water. Size, 25 X 20 inches, for 60 crystallizing dishes 2% inches\ndiameter.................... ............................$260.00\nExtra for Steam Heating.................................. 15.00\n, size, 35X25 inches, for 110 crystallizing dishes 2% inches\nin diameter.............................................. 300.00\nExtra for Steam Heating.................................. 20.00\nGLASS BEADS, hollow, for filtering and drying gases by means of acid ..................................................Per lb. 1.90","page":203},{"file":"p0204.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"204\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nBEAKERS\n3625\tBEAKERS, HARCOURT\t\tGLASS,\tlow, wide Griffin form, with lip.\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\n\tNo\t\t1\t2\t3\t4\t5\t6\t7\t8\n\tCapacity, cc,\t90\t120\t250\t350\t500\t600\t750\t1000\n\tEach\t\t$0.14\t.15\t.18\t.22\t.26\t.28\tCO CO\t.40\n3626\tBEAKERS, HARCOURT\t\tGLASS,\tsame as above, but nested as follows:\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\t\tb\tc\td\t\te\tf\n\tNo. in Nest\t3\t\t4\t5\t6\t\t7\t8\n\tSize Nos.. . .\t1-3\t\t2-5\t1-5\t1-6\t\t1-7\t1-8\n\tCapacity, cc.\t.\t90-250\t120-500\t\t90-500\t90-600\t\t90-750\t90-1000\n\tPer Nest. . .\t$0.47\t\t.81\t.95\t1.23\t\t1.56\t1.96\n3628\tBEAKERS, \u201c\tPYREX\u201d GLASS.\t\t(See index,\t\u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware for characteristics.) Griffin low form,\t\t\t\t\n\twith lip.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\tJ\tk\t1\tm\tn\n\tCapacity,cc.\t50\t100\t150\t250\t400\t600 800\t1000\t1300\t1500\t2000 2500\t3000 4000\n\tEach\t\t$0.20 .21\t.24\t.28\t.33\t.39\t.45\t.60\t.72\t.82\t1.10\t1.35\t1.56\t2.00\n3629\tBEAKERS, \u201c\tPYREX \u201d GLASS, same as above, but nested\t\t\t\tas follows :\t\t\t\n\t\ta\t\tb\tc\td\t\te\tf\n\tNo. in Nest\t3\t\t4\t5\t6\t\t7\t8\n\tCapacity, cc.\t,\t50-150\t50-250\t\t50-400\t50-600\t\t50-800\t50-1000\n\tPer Nest. . .\t$0.65\t\t.93\t1.26\t1.65\t\t2.10\t2.70\n3631\tBEAKERS, HARCOURT\t\tGLASS,\tusual form, without lip.\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\n\tSize No\t\ti\t2\t3\t4\t5\t6\t7'\t8\n\tCapacity, cc.\t90\t120\t250\t350\t500\t600\t750\t1000\n\tEach\t\t$0.14\t.15\t.18\t.22\t.26\t.28\t.33\t.40\n3632\tBEAKERS, HARCOURT\t\tGLASS,\tsame as above, but nested as follows:\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\t\tb\tc\td\t\te\tf\n\tNo. in Nest\t3\t\t4\t5\t6\t\t7\t8\n\tSize Nos.. . .\t1-3\t\t2-5\t1-5\t1-6\t\t1-7\t1-8\n\tCapacity, cc.\t90-250\t120-500\t\t90-500\t90-600\t\t90-750\t90-1000\n\tPer Nest. . .\t$0.47\t\t.81\t.95\t1.23\t\t1.56\t1.96\n3634\nBEAKERS, \u201cPYREX\u201d\nlip.\na\nCapacity, cc. 100 Each....... $0.21\nGLASS\nb\n150\n.23\n(see index \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware for characteristics) usual form, without\nc\td\n200\t300\n.26\t.30\ne\tf\n400\t500\n.33\t.35\ng\n600\n.40\nh\ti\n800\t1000\n.42\t.60\n3635 BEAKERS, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS, same as above, but nested as follows :\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nNo. in Nest\t3\t4\t5\t6\t7\t8\nCapacity, cc. 100-200\t100-300\t100-400\t100-500\t100-600\t100-800\nPer Nest....\t$0.70\t1.00\t1.33\t1.68\t2.08\t2.50\ng\n9\n100-1000\n3.10","page":204},{"file":"p0205.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n205\nNo. 3646\nNo. 3686\nNo. 3687\n3638\n3640\n3643a\n3643b\n3645\n3646 3646A\n3647 3647A 3660\nBEAKERS, ALUMINUM, Griffin form, with lip.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc......................... 250\t500\nEach................................  $0.95\t1.55\nBEAKERS, SPUN COPPER, polished, Griffin form, with lip.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc......................... 250\t500\nEach................................ $1.20\t1.75\nc\n1000\n2.10\nc\n1000\n2.40\nBEAKER (DYE POT), \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware, for characteristics.)\nHeavy wall, without lip, capacity 400 cc.............................................................\n-----, capacity 600 cc..................................................................................\nBEAKERS, PORCELAIN, without lip, glazed inside and outside, extensively used in testing of dye\n$0.67\n.78\nstuffs, etc. Capacity, cc.. . Height, mm.. . Diameter, mm. Each..........\na\n340\n118\n65\n$1.33\nb\n580\n143\n78\n1.59\nc\n970\n167\n93\n2.39\nBEAKERS (DYE POTS), PORCELAIN, without lip, superior quality. Diameter, 86 mm.; diameter below flange, 87 mm.; height, 128 mm. Capacity, 290 cc.. 1.69\n---, same as above, but diameter, 127 mm.; diameter below flange, 115 mm.; height, 184 mm.\nCapacity, 1125 cc........................................ 3.63\nBEAKERS (DYE POTS), PORCELAIN, without lip. Superior quality, with socket for wooden\nhandle. Diameter at top, 86 mm. ; diameter below flange, 80 mm. ; height, 128 mm. Capacity, 290 cc. 3.20\n---, same as above, but diameter at top, 96 mm. ; diameter below flange, 118 mm. ; height, 136 mm.\nCapacity, 425 cc......................................... 4.36\nBEAKERS, FUSED SILICA. (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) With lip.\nabcdefghi\nCapacity, cc.\t50\t100\t150\t200\t250\t400\t500\t600\t800\nEach......... $2.75\t3.05\t3.40\t3.65\t4.40\t5.15\t5.90\t6.60\t8.00\nNo. 3676\nBIRDS BIOLOGY AND NATURE STUDY\nWe have made arrangements with a leading taxidermist so that we carry the following:\n3660 COLLECTION OF MOUNTED BIRDS FOR SCHOOL USE. Contains thirty of our common species representing the common orders. It includes \u201cGrebe, Tern, Teal, \u201cHeron, Rail, \u201cSandpiper, \u201cHawk, Owl, Kingfisher, \u201cWoodpecker, *Kingbird, Phoebe, \u201cBluejay, \u201cCrow, Cowbird, \u201cBlackbird, Meadow Lark, Goldfinch, Native and English *Sparrow, Towhee, Scarlet Tanager, *Barn-Swallow, Red-Eyed Vireo, \u2018Common Warbler, Catbird,\nHouse Wren, Chickadee, \u201cAmerican Robin, \u201cBluebird....................$95.00\n3661 SKINS of the above, unmounted............................................ 60.00\n3663\tFIFTEEN COMMON SPECIES representing those starred in above list......... 55.00\n3664\tSKINS, unmounted, those starred in above list........................... 40.00\n3666\tCOLLECTION OF EGGS, corresponding to collection No. 3660 (in a few\ncases not identical with it in species)............................... 7.40\n3667\tCOLLECTION OF EGGS, representing those starred in above list............ 4.25\n3675 BLAST APPARATUS, RICHARDS\u2019, for use where water pressure is available,\nin obtaining either blast or vacuum. Desirable for quick filtering and operating blast lamp. Complete with one aspirator.................. 17.50\n3685 BLAST LAMP, GASOLINE, %-pint capacity, giving a small hot flame, generating its own gas. With holder with cork-lined cap on side of the body for holding cleaner wire and nozzle when not in use. Will burn constantly\nfor about three hours with one filling................................ 2.25\n3687 BLAST LAMP, GASOLINE, one pint capacity, giving an intensely hot blue flame which can be regulated to a small pointed flame or brush flame as desired. Of seamless drawn brass and fitted with an automatic brass pump.......................................................................... 8.26","page":205},{"file":"p0206.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"206\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 3713\nNo. 3724\n3695\tBLOWER, FOOT, air reservoir above, diameter of reservoir 7inches, pressure\nof blast per inch 1 lb., cubic feet of air per hour 190. With single disc. $9.50\n3696\t-----, diameter of reservoir 9 inches, pressure of blast per inch lj4 lbs., cubic feet\nof air per hour 330. With double disc..................................... 12.50\n3697\t-----, diameter of reservoir 11 inches, pressure of blast per inch lbs., cubic feet of air per hour\n625. With three discs..................................................................... 17.25\n3699\tBLOWER, FOOT, with legs, air reservoir below. Diameter of reservoir 734 inches, pressure of blast\nper inch 1 lb., cubic feet of air per hour 190. With single disc.......................... 10.75\n3700\t-----, diameter of reservoir 9 inches, pressure of blast per inch 13\u20ac lbs., cubic feet of air per hour 330.\nWith double disc.....'.................................................................... 14.25\n3701\t-----, diameter of reservoir 11 inches, pressure of blast per inch 1 % lbs., cubic feet of air per hour 625.\nWith three discs.......................................................................... 19.50\n3702\tRUBBER DISC, made of the best quality para rubber, steam cured. 924 inches diameter, for use\nwith Blowers Nos. 3695 and 3699.....................................................Each .60\n3702A\t-----,\tsame as\tabove, but\t1134\tinches diameter,\tfor\tuse\ton Blowers Nos.\t3696\tand\t3700....Each\t.90\n3702B\t-----,\tsame as\tabove, but\t1434\tinches diameter,\tfor\tuse\ton Blowers Nos.\t3697\tand\t3701....Each\t1.25\n3702C BLOWER NETS, as used on above blowers, small..............................................Each .50\n3702D\t-----,\tmedium............................................................................Each\t.60\n3702E\t-----.large.............................................................................Each\t.76\n3710\tBLOWPIPES, of brass,\tplain.\ta\tb\nLength, inches\t8\t10\nEach\t$0.20\t.25\n3711\tBLOWPIPES, of brass,\twith\tbulb.\ta\tb\nLength, inches\t8\t10\nEach\t$0.50\t.55\n3713 INSTITUTE COMBINATION BLOWPIPE AND HAND BURNER. Special blowpipe burner is attached directly to the blowpipe. Gas tubing to be connected to burner. Recommended that one end of a piece of rubber tubing be connected to blowpipe and the other end placed in the mouth. By adjusting the flow of gas, one can obtain a perfect blowpipe flame from needle-point\nsize to a hot brush flame. The most convenient, efficient blowpipe made................... 2.25\n3720\tBLOWPIPE, AUTOMATIC\tBRAZING,\tnickel-plated, for light soldering.\tLength 10 inches.\t4.75\n3722\tBLOWPIPE, AUTOMATIC\tBRAZING,\twith pilot light. Small size,\tof\tbrass,\twith two stopcocks,\n,^-inch air tube and 24-inch gas tube.\tLength 11 inches.................................... 3.50\n3724 BLOWPIPE, AUTOMATIC BRAZING, for general work. Of brass, with two stopcocks, /g-inch\nair tube and 54-inch gas tube. Length 16 inches........................................... 5.76\n3726 BLOWPIPES, GLASS BLOWERS\u2019 FIRES OR BURNERS. Two required, one mounted opposite to other. For use with foot blowers or other forms of blast. Each with three burners. Mounted\nas illustrated on stand. Per set of two each as illustrated............................... 19.00\nBONE SAW. See No. 5214.\nBOTANICAL MOUNTS. See Specimen Mounts.\nBOTANICAL PRESS. See Plant Press.","page":206},{"file":"p0207.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n207\n3736\n3736\nNo. 3736\nBOTTLES, prescription, narrow mouth. a\nCapacity, ounces.............\nEach.........................\nBOTTLES, prescription, wide mouth.\nCapacity, ounces.............\nEach.........................\n\t\tNo.\t3735\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\n1\t2\t4\t8\t16\t32\n$0.05\t.06\t.08\t.11\t.16\t.24\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\n1\t2\t4\t8\t16\t32\n$0.06\t.07\t.09\t.12\t.16\t.24\nNo. 3737\nNo. 3738\n3737\n3738\n3740\nBOTTLES, tincture, narrow mouth, with ground glass stopper.\na\tb\nCapacity, ounces................... 1\t2\nEach............................. $0.12\t.14\nBOTTLES, salt mouth, wide mouth with ground glass stopper.\na\tb\nCapacity, ounces................... 1\t2\nEach............................. $0.12\t.16\nBOTTLES, ACID or STORAGE, with ground-glass stoppers.\nCapacity, pints.........................................\nEach....................................................\nc\td\te\tf\n4\t8\t16\t32\n.18\t.25\t.35\t.50\nc\td\te\tf\n4\t8\t16\t32\n.20\t.30\t.40\t.60\n\ta\tb\t\n\ti\t5\t\n\t$0.30\t.60\t\nNo. 3742\nNo. 3743\nNo. 3747\nNo. 3749\nNo. 3763\n3742\tBOTTLE, ASPIRATOR, with tubulature for rubber tubing, capacity 32 ounces..........\n3742A\t----, capacity one gallon.........................................................\n3743\tBOTTLE, ASPIRATOR, fitted with glass stopper and glass faucet. Capacity one gallon.\n3743A\t----, without stopper and glass faucet............................................\n3747 BOTTLE, BALSAM or DROPPING, with ground glass cap and glass rod. Capacity 2 ounces.. . . 3749 BOTTLE, DROPPING, bulb pipette, ground into the neck, forms an air-tight container. Capacity\none ounce.......................................................................\n3763 BOTTLES, DROPPING, with grooves in neck and in stopper. When the grooves coincide, the contents may be poured out drop by drop. A quarter turn of the stopper closes the bottle air tight.\na\tb\nCapacity, ounces............................. 1\t2\nEach......................................... $0.36\t.45\n3754 BOTTLES, OIL SAMPLING, 4-ounce size, fitted with cork stoppers..Per dozen 2.40\n$2.65\n4.55 7.60\n4.56 .50","page":207},{"file":"p0208.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"208\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nBOTTLES FOR REAGENTS\nRAISED LABELS\nSurfaces of Letters Ground\nThese bottles will show no free alkali. They are unusually hard and more brilliant than ordinary bottle glass. The shapes are uniform and various sizes are uniform in height.\nThe raised ground letters are clearly legible, regardless of the color of reagent or solution contained in the bottle.\nBlank Bottles\nTeachers can print any label desired on the Blank Bottles. Use No. 6292 Indelible Pencil if permanent labels are not desired; No. 6291 Diamond Pencil if permanent labels are desired.\nORDER BY CATALOGUE AND BOTTLE NUMBER\n3755 BOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 1 oz., height 3% inches............Per dozen $2.00\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n326\tCobaltous Nitrate\t\t\tCo(N03)2\t325\tSilver Nitrate (Amber)\t\t. .AgNOa\n336\tGold Chloride\t\t\tAuClj\t341\tBlank\t\n327\tPlatinic Chloride\t\t\tPtCl4\t\t\t\n3755A BOTTLES, REAGENT,\t\twide mouth, 1 oz., height, 3% inches\t\t\t\t. . . Per dozen $2.\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n374\tAmmonium Phosphate. . .\t\t(NH4)2HP04\t354\tPotassium Nitrate\t\t. ,kno3\n361\tAmmonium Sodium Phosphate NaNH4HP04\t\t353\tSodium Acetate\t\t. . NaC2Hs02\n351\tBorax\t\t\t369\tSodium Bitartrate\t\t. . NaHC4H40\n364\tCopper\t\t\tCu\t350\tSodium Carbonate\t\t.. Na2C03\n365\tFerrous Sulphate\t\t\tFeSOj\t370\tSodium Nitrate\t\t. .NaNOs\n366\tFerrous Sulphide\t\t\tFeS\t376\tSod. Pot. Carbonate\t\t. . Na2C03,K2C0:\n377\tPhenyl Hydrazine\t\t\tC6HsNH,NH2\t371\tStarch\t\n367\tPotassium Chlorate\t\t\tKCIOa\t372\tTest Paper\t\n358\tPotassium Cyanide\t\t\tKCN\t373\tZinc\t\n368\tPotassium Ferricyanide. . .\t\tK3Fe(CN).\t375\tBlank\t\n3756\tBOTTLES, REAGENT,\tnarrow mouth, 4 oz.,\theight. 5M inches\t\t\t\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n3\tAcetic Acid\t\t\tHC2Ha02\t419\tHydrochloric Acid, Con\t\t. . HC1\n30\tAlcohol\t\t\tC2H6OH\t429\tHydrochloric Acid, Dil\t\t. .HC1\n439\tAmmonium Acetate\t\t\tNH4CsH,02\t428\tHydrogen Peroxide\t\t.. H-,0.\n18\tAmmonium Carbonate. . .\t\t(NH4)2C03\t1\tHydrogen Sulphide (Amber).\t. ,H*S\n17\tAmmonium Chloride\t\t\tNH4C1\t87\tIndigo Solution\t\n15\n440\n441 82\n19\n16\n31 97 33\n20\n32 401\n406 21 23 22 83\n407\n408 36\n421\n646\n35\n58\n29\n28\n2\nAmmonium Hydroxide...........NH4OH\nAmmonium Hydroxide, Con. . .NH4OH Ammonium Hydroxide, Dil. . . ,NH4OH Ammonium Molybdate........ (NH4)5Mo7024\nAmmonium Oxalate.............(NH4)2C204\nAmmonium Sulphide (Amber) . (NH4)2S Ammonium Sulphocyanide. . . . NH4CNS\nAmmonium Sulphydrate.........NH4HS\nBarium Carbonate.............BaCOs\nBarium Chloride..............BaCl2\nBarium Hydroxide.............Ba(OH)2\nBarium Nitrate...............Ba(NOj)i\nBromine Water\nCalcium Chloride.............CaCl2\nCalcium Hydroxide............Ca(OH)2\nCalcium Sulphate.............CaS04\nCarbon Disulphide............CS2\nChloroform...................CHCla\nCochineal\nCupric Sulphate..............CuS04\nDimethyl Glyoxime............(CH3)2C2(NOH),\nEsbach\u2019s Reagent\nEther........................(C2Hs)20\nFehling\u2019s Solution\nFerric Chloride..............Fe2Cl\u00ab\nFerrous Sulphate.............FeSo4\nHydrochloric Acid............HC1\n414 27\n410 90\n438\n24\n25 86\n415\n411 435\n88\n5\n422 430\n93\n423\n412 37\n8\n96\n432\n13\n11\n6\n12\n10\nIodine Solution..............I+KI\nLead Acetate.................Pb(C2Hs02)2\nLitmus\nMagnesia Mixture\nMagnesium Chloride...........MGC12\nMagnesium Sulphate...........MgS04\nMercuric Chloride............HgCl2\nMercurous Nitrate............Hg2(N03)2\nMethyl Alcohol...............CH3OH\nMethyl Orange Millon\u2019s Reagent Nessler\u2019s Solution\nNitric Acid..................HN03\nNitric Acid, Con.............HN03\nNitric Acid, Dil.............HNO,\nOxalic Acid..................H2C204\nPhenol.......................C6H\u00e4OH\nPhenolphthalein\nPlatinic Chloride............PtCl4\nPotassium Carbonate..........K2C03\nPotassium Chromate...........K2Cr04\nPotassium Cyanide............KCN\nPotassium Dichromate.........K2Cr,07\nPotassium Ferricyanide.......K5Fe(CN)\u00ab\nPotassium Ferrocyanide.......K4Fe(CN)\u00ab\nPotassium Hydroxide..........KOH\nPotassium Iodide.............KI","page":208},{"file":"p0209.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n209\n3756 BOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 4 oz., height 5)4 inches (Continued)...........................Per dozen $3.00\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n9\tPotassium Sulphate\t\t... k,so4\t417\tSodium Thiosulphate ....\t\tNa2S203\n7\tPotassium Sulphocyanide.. .\t. . .KCNS\t81\tStannous Chloride\t\t\tSnCl2\n26\tSilver Nitrate (Amber)\t\t. . . AgNo3\t4\tSulphuric Acid\t\t\th2so4\n404\tSilver Sulphate\t\t. . . Ag2S04\t420\tSulphuric Acid, Con\t\t\tH2SO4\n60\tSodium Acetate\t\t. . .NaC,H30\u00bb\t431\tSulphuric Acid, Dil\t\t\th2so4\n59\tSodium Carbonate\t\t. . . Na2CO,\t413\tTumeric\t\n416\tSodium Cobaltic Nitrite\t\t56\tUranium Acetate\t\t\tU02(C2H30)3\n61 14\tSodium Hydroxide\t Sodium Phosphate\t\t. .. NaOH .. . Na2HP04\t38\tBlank\t\n3756A BOTTLES, REAGENT, wide mouth, 4 oz., height, 4J4 inches...........Per dozen $3.26\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n314\tAmmonium Sulphate\t\t\t(NH4)2S04\t313\tSod. Am. Hyd. Phos. . .\t.. . Na(NH4)HP04+4H20\n304\tBorax\t\t\t.\t301\tSodium Carbonate\t\t\tNa2C03\n305\tFerrous Sulphate\t\t\tFeS04\t312\tTest Paper\t\n303\tPotassium Cyanide\t\t\tKCN\t307\tBlank\t\n302\tPotassium Nitrate\t\t\tKNO,\t\t\t\n3758 BOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 8 oz., height, 6)4 inches.........Per dozen $4.00\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n131\tAcetic Acid\t\t. hc2h3o2\t152\tLead Acetate\t\t. ...Pb(C2H302):\n126\tAlcohol\t\t. C2H6OH\t153\tMercuric Chloride\t\t.... HgCl2\n110\tAmmonium Carbonate\t\t. (NH4)2C03\t103\tNitric Acid, Con\t\t. . . ,hno3\n109\tAmmonium Chloride\t\t. NH4C1\t104\tNitric Acid, Dil\t\t. . . ,hno3\n108\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t.NH4OH\t171\tPotassium Carbonate\t\t. .. ,k2co3\n155\tAmmonium Molybdate\t\t,(NH4)6Mo7024\t160\tPotassium Chromate\t\t. . . . K2Cr04\n130\tAmmonium Oxalate\t\t. (NH4)2C204\t172\tPotassium Ferricyanide. . . .\t. . .K3Fe(CN),\n158\tAmmonium Phosphate\t\t.(NH4)2HP04\t173\tPotassium Ferrocyanide. . . .\t. ...K4Fe(CN)\u201e\n122\tAmmonium Sulphide (Amber).\t. (NH4)2S\t150\tPotassium Hydroxide\t\t. . .. KOH\n163\tBarium Acetate\t\t. (C2H 302)2\t145\tSilver Nitrate (Amber)\t\t. . . .AgNO,\n114\tBarium Chloride\t\t. BaCl2\t112\tSodium Carbonate\t\t. . . . Na2C03\n151\tCalcium Hydroxide\t\t. Ca(OH)2\t111\tSodium Hydroxide\t\t. . . .NaOH\n159\tEther\t\t.(C2H6)20\t129\tSodium Phosphate\t\t. . . . Na2HP04\n154\tFerrous Sulphate\t\t,FeS04\t156\tStannous Chloride\t\t. . . . SnCl2\n162\tHydrochloric Acid\t\t. HC1\t101\tSulphuric Acid, Con\t\t. . .H2S04\n105\tHydrochloric Acid, Con\t\t. HC1\t102\tSulphuric Acid, Dil\t\t. . . .H2S04\n106\tHydrochloric Acid, Dil\t\t. HC1\t116\tBlank\t\n107\tHydrogen Sulphide (Amber). .\t,H2S\t\t\t\n3759\tBOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 16 oz.\t\t(pint), height, 7?4 inches\t\t\t\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n237\tAcetic Acid\t\t. hc2h3o2\t231\tHydrochloric Acid, Dil\t\t.... HCl\n239\tAlcohol\t\t. c2h6oh\t226\tHydrodisodic Phosphate.. . .\t. . . Na2HP04\n241\tAmmonium Acetate\t\t,ch3coonh4\t216\tNitric Acid\t\t. . ,.hno3\n235\tAmmonium Carbonate\t\t. (NH.,)2C03\t219\tNitric Acid, Con\t\t. . . . HNO,\n234\tAmmonium Chloride\t\t.NH4C1\t232\tNitric Acid, Dil\t\t. . . .HNO,\n204\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t,nh4oh\t238\t.Potassium Chromate\t\t. . . .K2Cr04\n227\tAmmonium Hydroxide, Dil. . .\t. NH\u201eOH+Aq\t259\tPotassium Dichromate\t\t\n258\tAmmonium Oxalate\t\t. (NH4)2C204\t221\tPotassium Hydroxide\t\t.... KOH\n229\tAmmonium Sulphide, Dil\t\t. (NH4)2S+Aq\t240\tSilver Nitrate\t\t. .. . AgN03\n236\tAmmonium Sulphide (Amber).\t. (NH4)2S\t260\tSodium Carbonate\t\t. . .. Na2CO,\n218\tBarium Chloride\t\t. BaCl2\t233\tSodium Hydroxide\t\t. . . . NaOH\n223\tCalcium Hydroxide\t\t.Ca(OH)2\t228\tSodium Hydroxide, Dil\t\t. . . . NaOHAq\n225\tCalcium Sulphate\t\t. C3.SO4\t215\tSulphuric Acid\t\t. . . .h2so4\n230\tEther\t\t. (C2H5)20\t220\tSulphuric Acid, Con\t\t. . . ,h2so4\n224\tFerrous Sulphate\t\t.FeSo4\t242\tSulphuric Acid, Dil\t\t. ,h2so4\n217\tHydrochloric Acid\t\t. HC1\t211\tBlank\t\n222\tHydrochloric Acid, Con\t\t. HC1\t\t\t\n3761\tBOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 32 oz.\t\t(quart), height, 9)4 inches\t\t\t. . . Per dozen\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n512\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. NH4OH\t504\tNitric Acid, Dil\t\t...HNO,\n505\tHydrochloric Acid, Con\t\t. HC1\t501\tSulphuric Acid, Con\t\t.. ,h2so4\n506\tHydrochloric Acid, Dil\t\t.HCl\t502\tSulphuric Acid, Dil\t\t.. ,h2so4\n503\tNitric Acid, Con\t\t.HN03\t511\tBlank\t","page":209},{"file":"p0210.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"210\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n3762\tBOTTLES, REAGENT,\tnarrow mouth,\t4 oz., Laboratory Desk Equipment.\t\t\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\t\n15\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. ,.NH4OH\t61 Sodium Hydroxide\t\t.NaOH\t\n2\tHydrochloric Acid\t\t... HC1\t4 Sulphuric Acid\t\t,H2S04\t\n5\tNitric Acid\t\t. . . HN03\tSet of five bottles\t\t\t$1.25\n3762A BOTTLES, REAGENT,\t\tnarrow mouth,\t8 oz., Laboratory Desk Equipment.\t\t\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\t\n108\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. . . NH4OH\t102 Sulphuric Acid, Dil\t\t,H2S04\t\n106\tHydrochloric \u00c4cid, Dil\t\t. . . HC1\t312 Test Paper (4 oz.) wide mouth\t\t\n104\tNitric Acid, Dil\t\t. . ,HNOs\tSet of six bottles\t\t\t$2.00\n111\tSodium Hydroxide\t\t... NaOH\t\t\t\n3762B BOTTLES, REAGENT,\t\tnarrow mouth,\t16 oz., Laboratory Desk Equipment.\t\t\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\t\n204\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. . . NH4OH\t242 Sulphuric Acid, Dil\t\t. h2so.\t\n231\tHydrochloric Acid, Dil\t\t. . . HC1\t312 Test Paper (4 oz.) wide mouth\t\t\n232\tNitric Acid, Dil\t\t.. ,hno3\tSet of six bottles\t\t\t$2.38\n233\tSodium Hydroxide\t\t. . .NaOH\t\t\t\n3765\tBOTTLES, REAGENT,\tnarrow mouth,\t, 4 oz., Lecture Desk Equipment.\t\t\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\t\n3\tAcetic Acid\t\t. . ,HC2H302\t27 Lead Acetate\t\t. Pb(C2H302)\t2>\n15\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t... NH40H\t5 Nitric Acid\t\t,hno3\t\n16\tAmmonium Sulphide\t\t. . . (NH4)2S\t26 Silver Nitrate\t\t.AgNOs\t\n20\tBarium Chloride\t\t. ..BaCb\t61 Sodium Hydroxide\t\t.NaOH\t\n23\tCalcium Hydroxide\t\t. . . Ca(OH).\t4 Sulphuric Acid\t\t.H2S04\t\n2\tHydrochloric Acid\t\t. . . HC1\tSet of twelve bottles\t\t\t$3.00\n1\tHydrogen Sulphide (Amber)\t. . . H2S\t\t\t\n3765A BOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 4 oz., selection according to Fresenius.\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n3\tAcetic Acid\t\t.HC2H302\t27\tLead Acetate\t\t...Pb(C2H302)*\n18\tAmmonium Carbonate\t\t. (NH4)2C03\t25\tMercuric Chloride\t\t. . HgCls\n17\tAmmonium Chloride\t\t.NH4C1\t5\tNitric Acid\t\t. . .HN03\n15\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t,NH40H\t13\tPotassium Dichromate\t\t. . . K2Cr207\n19\tAmmonium Oxalate\t\t. (NH4)2C204\t6\tPotassium Ferrocyanide....\t. . . K4Fe(CN)t\n16\tAmmonium Sulphide (Amber).\t. (NH4)2S\t7\tPotassium Sulphocyanide.. .\t. . .KCNS\n20\tBarium Chloride\t\t, BaCl2\t26\tSilver Nitrate (Amber)\t\t. . .AgN03\n32\tBarium Hydroxide\t\t. Ba(OH)2\t59\tSodium Carbonate\t\t. . . Na2C03\n23\tCalcium Hydroxide\t\t. Ca(OH)2\t61\tSodium Hydroxide\t\t. . . NaOH\n22\tCalcium Sulphate\t\t. CaS04\t14\tSodium Phosphate\t\t. . . Na2HPO(\n36\tCupric Sulphate\t\t,CuS04\t4\tSulphuric Acid\t\t. . ,h2so4\n29\tFerric Chloride\t\t.Fe2Cl5\tSet of twenty-four bottles\t\t\t\t$6.00\n2\tHydrochloric Acid\t\t. . HC1\t\t\t\n3765B BOTTLES, REAGENT, narrow mouth, 4 oz., most commonly used chemical labels.\nNo.\tName\tSymbol\tNo.\tName\tSymbol\n3\tAcetic Acid\t\t .\t.HC2H302\t27\tLead Acetate\t\t. . . Pb(C2H302)2.\n30\tAlcohol\t\t,c2h6oh\t24\tMagnesium Sulphate\t\t. . . MgS04\n18\tAmmonium Carbonate\t\t. (NH4)2C03\t25\tMercuric Chloride\t\t. . . HgCl2\n17\tAmmonium Chloride\t\t.NH4\u00d61\t5\tNitric Acid\t\t. . ,hno3\n15\tAmmonium Hydroxide\t\t. NH40H\t8\tPotassium Carbonate\t\t. . .K2C03\n19\tAmmonium Oxalate\t\t. (NH4)2C204\t13\tPotassium Dichromate\t\t. . . K2Cr207\n16\tAmmonium Sulphide (Amber).\t. (NH4)2S\t11\tPotassium Ferricyanide. . . .\t. . .K3Fe(CN)\u201e\n31\tAmmonium Sulphocyanide.. . .\t,nh4cns\t6\tPotassium Ferrocyanide....\t. . .K4Fe(CN)3.\n33\tBarium Carbonate\t\t. BaC03\t12\tPotassium Hydroxide\t\t. . . KOH\n20\tBarium Chloride\t\t. BaCl2\t10\tPotassium Iodide\t\t. . .KI\n32\tBarium Hydroxide\t\t. Ba(OH)2\t9\tPotassium Sulphate\t\t. . . K2S04\n21\tCalcium Chloride\t\t. CaCl2\t7\tPotassium Sulphocyanide.. .\t. . .KCNS\n23\tCalcium Hydroxide \t\t. Ca(OH)2\t26\tSilver Nitrate (Amber)\t\t. . . AgN03\n22\tCalcium Sulphate\t\t. CaSO,\t59\tSodium Carbonate\t\t. . . Na2C03\n36\tCupric Sulphate\t\t.CuS04\t61\tSodium Hydroxide\t\t. . . NaOH\n35\tEther\t\t. (C2H6)20\t14\tSodium Phosphate\t\t. . . Na2HP04\n29\tFerric Chloride\t\t. F e2Cl3\t4\tSulphuric Acid\t\t. . .H2S04\n28\tFerrous Sulphate\t\t. FeS04\t38\tBlank (three bottles'!\t\n2\tHydrochloric Acid\t\t .\t. HC1\tSet of forty bottl\u00ebs\t\t\t\t$10.00\n1\tHydrogen Sulphide (Amber). .\t,H2S\t\t\t","page":210},{"file":"p0211.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n211\nNo. 31-125 No. 31-130C 31-125\nNo. 3775\nNo. 3777\nNo. 3782 No. 3784\nNo. 3770\n31-130\n31-132\n3770\n3775\n3777\n3782\n3784\nBOTTLE, SPECIFIC GRAVITY (PYKNOMETER), with GROUND-IN CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER. With stoppered capillary tube. Capacity 50 cc..............................$4.60\nBOTTLES, SPECIFIC GRAVITY (PYKNOMETERS), accurately adjusted, with perforated stoppers ground into necks.\tabed\nCapacity, cc............. 10\t25\t50\t100\nEach....................... $2.20\t2.40\t2.70\t3.00\n>\u2014%\u2014, not adjusted, with perforated stopper ground into neck. Capacity 25 cc.......... 1.45\nBOTTLES, SPECIMEN, bent neck, square \u2014 will lie flat.\na\tb\tc\nSmall\tMedium\tLarge\nSize, ounces............. Yi\t1\t2\nPer dozen................   $1.16\t1.50\t2.20\nBOTTLES, WASHING, DRECHSEL\u2019S, with tubes ground into the neck.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc................. 125\t250\t500\nEach....................... $1.35\t1.75\t2.00\nBOTTLES, WASHING, with antimony rubber stoppers and two bent tubes as illustrated.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc................. 250\t500\t1000\nEach.....................   $0.40\t.70\t1.00\nBOTTLES, WEIGHING, cylindrical, light blown glass, with shoulder and ground-in glass stopper.\na\tb\nDiameter and length, mm.\t25 X 50\t40 X 50\nEach....................... $0.65\t1.00\nBOTTLES, WEIGHING, flat bottom, ground glass stopper.\nDiameter, mm\t\t\t 30\t40\nLength, mm\t\t\t 50\t50\nEach\t\t\t $0.66\t.85\nNo. 3786\nNo. 3787\nNo. 3792\nNo. 3790\n3786\tBOTTLES, WOULFF\u2019S,\twith two necks a\tb\tc\td\n\tCapacity, cc\t\t\t 250\t500\t1000\t2000\n\tEach\t\t\t $2.75\t3.00\t4.00\t5.00\n3787\t\t, with three necks.\ta\tb\tC\td\n\tCapacity, cc\t\t\t 250\t500\t1000\t2000\n\tEach\t\t\t $3.00\t3.50\t4.50\t5.50\n3790 BREEDING CAGE, HARCOURT, FOR INSECTS. Wooden frame, solid bottom, gauze front,\nback, top and sides. One end hinged and provided with clasp. Outside 24X18X12 inches.\t9.50\n3792 BREEDING CAGE, KNOTT\u2019S, FOR AQUATIC INSECTS. Can also be used for wood boring larv\u00e6, etc. This outfit is in reality a combination aquarium and breeding cage. The lower part is a substantially constructed aquarium 13j^X8J4X8 inches deep, inside dimensions. With glass front, back and ends, and provided with stopcock. The upper part measures 14X11X9 inches over all and is provided with glass front and gauze back and ends. One end is hinged and provided with clasp. Substantially framed in metal and painted throughout. Top removable. Dimensions\nover all 14% inches long, 10 inches wide, 20M inches high\n25.00","page":211},{"file":"p0212.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"212\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n3802\n3803 3805 16-250 3808\n3810\n3811 3813 3820 3821A 3821B 3821C\n3822\n3823\n3824\n3825\n3826\n3827 3830 3840\n3845\n3850\n3852\n3853 3861 3865\nNo. 3822\nBRUSH, BEAKER or FUNNEL, with long wooden handle........................\nBRUSH, BOTTLE, with wood handle.........................................\nBRUSH, BURETTE, or TUBE, with 3-foot wire handle. \u25a0.....................\nBRUSH, CAMEL\u2019S-HAIR, M-inch wide, best quality..........................\nBRUSH, \u201cCOUNTER,\u201d best quality. Should be in every laboratory..........\nBRUSH, TEST TUBE, bristle end, wire handle..............................\nBRUSH, TEST TUBE, sponge end, wire handle...............................\nBRUSH, TUBE, for narrow tubes, wire handle..............................\nBULB, CONNECTING, Hopkins\u2019 New Form.....................................\nBULB, POTASH (Alkalimeter) after Berzelius..............................\n----, after Fresenius and Wills.........................................\n\u2014-\u2014, after Kipp.........................................................\n----, after Liebig, with five bulbs. . .................................\n\u2014-\u2014, after Mohr.........................................................\n-----, after Mohr, improved by Geissler.................................\n----, after Mohr, improved by Geissler, with drying tube attached.......\n----, after Rohrbeck....................................................\n----, after Rose........................................................\nBULB AND TUBE EXPANDER, for stretching necks of rubber bulbs............\nBURETTES, MOHR\u2019S, for pinchcock. Without fittings. Subdivided into tenths.\na\tbe\nCapacity, cc............ 10\t25\t50\nEach...................$0.70\t.75\t1.00\nATTACHMENT, Glass Tips, Rubber Tubing and Pinchcock for use with No. 3840, above BURETTES, GEISSLER\u2019S, with straight glass stopcocks. Subdivided into tenths.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc............ 10\t25\t50\nEach...................$1.80\t1.90\t2.10\nBURETTE, FRESENIUS\u2019, 25cc.Xl/10 cc.............................................\n----, 50 cc. Xl/10 cc..........................................................\nBURETTE FLOAT, Erdmann\u2019s. When ordering state the accurate inside diameter of the burette. BURETTE FUNNELS............................................................Each\nd\n100\n1.50\nd\n100\n2.50\n$0.20\n.55\n.18\n.22\n1.15\n.10\n.12\n.05\n.75\n1.75\n1.50\n3.50 .75\n2.00\n1.75\n2.75\n3.75\n2.76 .75\n.25\n2.20\n2.50\n.50\n.20","page":212},{"file":"p0213.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n213\nBUNSEN BURNERS\nOur selection of BUNSEN BURNERS from the many designs on the market, has been based upon greatest laboratory utility. Thus, there will be found in this list only burners which have given entire satisfaction and which have shown, from experience, that they are well worthy a place in this edition of our catalogue. Each burner is carefully constructed and rigidly tested. The finish is durable, and designed to withstand rough usage and the corrosive action of chemicals in the chemical laboratories. We have given a considerable latitude for choice, and there will be found in this list burners to meet every need.\n60-10 INSTITUTE BUNSEN BURNER for gasoline or illuminating gas. Gives intense, hot flame; gas and air\nregulator. We have greatly improved the design of this burner, and employ extra heavy gauge metal.\nIt has every refinement and is handsomely finished. Tube, 7/16-inch diameter.......................$1.70\n60-12 HARVARD BUNSEN BURNER for gasoline and illuminating gas. Gas and air regulation by knurled screws; gas mixes at all angles, insuring perfect mixture. Tube has threaded top for screwing on Burner Star for holding a Burner Chimney..................................................................... 1.80\n60-17 PILOT LIGHT BUNSEN BURNER for illuminating gas. Screw regulator for pilot, stopcock for shutoff, air regulator, tube 7/16-inch diameter.................................................................... . 2.60\n60-20 SCHOOL BUNSEN BURNER for illuminating gas. Air regulator; tube, 7/16-inch diameter...................... .45\n3872 BURNER, MEKER TYPE, for coal gas. These burners are very powerful, requiring a reasonably high' '\ngas pressure; temperature nearly uniform throughout. Top or grid, 24 mm. diameter; height, 155 mm. 3.00\nNo. 60-27\nNo. 60-30\nNo. 60-36\n60-27 LOW FORM BUNSEN BURNER for illuminating gas. Air regulator; tube, 7/16-inch diameter;\nheight, 3 inches.............................................................................60\n60-30 GILLEY LOW FORM BUNSEN BURNER designed especially for use with Hypsometer No. 60-350.\nGives hot flame and can be generally used....................................................65\n60-35 ACETYLENE GAS BUNSEN BURNER. Gives intense flame; tube, 9/16-inch diameter................... 2.90","page":213},{"file":"p0214.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"214\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 60-40\n60-46\nNo. 60-120\n60-40 SEMI-BLAST WYNNE BURNER, supplying either a very hot Bunsen flame or a semi-blast flame\u2014 in some respects preferable to the ordinary blast flame. The original Wynne Burner has been unsuccessfully copied by other manufacturers who have used lighter weight materials and cheaper construction, disregarding the form of the inner combustion chamber, the correct design for which, in our burner, has made it so prominent a success. The original design of which we are the originators is by far the most efficient inexpensive heat source ever put on the market. By proper adjustment of air and gas we can procure a flame from that of an ordinary Bunsen flame to an intense flame which for some purposes is superior and more easily obtained than from blast lamps. By reference to the illustration it will be noted that one may adjust the direction of the flame to any direction. To insure the greatest utility accept only that burner which follows exactly the design of which we are\nthe originators. At the present time no reproductions have given equally good results..........$3.60\n60-46\t----, similar to, but without the universal adjustment obtainable in our No. 60-40 .............. 3.00\n60-120 HOT BLAST ALCOHOL STOVE. More efficient than regular alcohol burner. Weight approximately 5 oz. Complete with tripod support as illustrated.....................................................46\n60-121-------, without tripod support.........................................................................30\nNo. 60-160\n60-136 GASOLINE BURNER, J^-pint, flame adjustable from very small height to 5 or 6 inches. Will burn\nlJi hours with one filling......................................................................... 9.60\n60-160 UNIVERSALLY ADJUSTABLE BUNSEN BLAST LAMP, stable and durable in construction, capable of the most exacting service. Will produce the maximum intensity of heat with the minimum consumption of gas. Both air and gas pipes supplied with stopcock................................................. 8.26\n60-162 BUNSEN BLAST LAMP, ordinary type with T-handle stopcocks................................................ 7.60\n60-160 DOUBLE CONCENTRIC BUNSEN BLAST LAMP for illuminating gas only.\nThis type of lamp has an inner air jet and an inner tube which may be used either for air or gas, and an external gas tube. The gas and air are changed automatically from the larger to the smaller tube by a slight movement of the lever at the back, the same movement also adjusting both gas and air to each other for each tube. This combination of practically two blowpipes gives a great range of power from a small-pointed jet to a brisk flame, using approximately 35 feet of gas per hour.................................................................................................14.60","page":214},{"file":"p0215.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n215\nNo. 60-75\nNo. 3890\nNo. 60-80\nNo. 3900 No. 3903\nNo. 3904\tNo. 3905\nNo. 3906\tNo. 3907\n3881\tTHREE-TUBE BURNER with air regulators. Tubes, 7/16-inch diameter; height, 6 inches......$3.30\n3882\tFOUR-TUBE BURNER with air regulators. Tubes, 7/16-inch diameter; height, 6 inches....... 3.80\n3890a RING BURNER for heating funnels, etc. May be attached to any support. Diameter, 3 inches. .. . 2.20\n3890b-------, 4 inches diameter................................................................. 2.40\n3890c\t----, 6 inches diameter................................................................. 3.30\nBURNERS, GLASS BLOWERS\u2019. See BLOWPIPES.\nBURNERS FOR SOLDERING IRONS. See SOLDERING IRON HEATERS.\nBURNER ATTACHMENTS\nfor\nBurners with Tubes 7/16-Inch Diameter\n3900\tBURNER TUBE for blowpiping with yellow flame. Fits inside the burner........$0.20\n3901\tBURNER\tTIP with rest for blowpipe............................................16\n3902\tBURNER\tCROWN for heating small dishes. Gives a round\tflame...............66\n3903\tBURNER\tGAUZE TOP giving a large round flame..................................30\n3904\tBURNER\tWING TOP for bending glass tubing, etc...............................12\n3905\tBURNER\tSTAR.................................................................30\n3906\tBURNER\tTRIPOD...............................................................20\n3907\tBURNER\tCHIMNEY of sheet iron, 2 inches diameter at the\tbottom...............20\n60-75 SOLID BUNSEN FLAME STOVE. The advantage of this burner is a broad flame of uniform temperature. It is especially desirable for heating water in quantities; also for rapid heating of No. 60-365 Hypsometer.................................................................. 4.00\n60-75A GAUZE TOPS for above.....................................................Each .55\n60-80 INSTANTANEOUS HOT WATER HEATER. This apparatus consists of a coiled copper tube enclosed in a Russia iron case. Cold water enters at one end of tube; hot water is delivered at the other end \u2014 instantaneous in action.\nComplete as illustrated with Burner No. 60-75 .............................12.00\n60-81 INSTANTANEOUS HOT WATER HEATER without Burner................................8.00","page":215},{"file":"p0216.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"216\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nEMERSON FUEL CALORIMETERS\nThe Emerson Calorimeter is of the so-called \u201c bomb \u201d type, with its essential elements of operation the same as the original Berthelot type of instrument. It, however, embodies improvements in design over the older types of bomb calorimeters which tend to increase the durability of the instrument and greatly facilitate its operation.\nThe bomb calorimeter outfit for the determination of the heat values of fuels and combustibles consists primarily of a strong steel receptacle (called a bomb) into which the sample of combustible is placed, and within which it is completely burned. The sample is prepared in a finely divided condition, and to insure complete combustion it is placed in the bomb in the presence of pure oxygen under high pressure. At the desired time the fuel is ignited by means of a fuse wire dipping into the sample, which wire is brought to incandescence by means of the passage of an electric current.\nDuring combustion the bomb is entirely immersed in a known amount of water, and the rise in temperature of the water is accurately measured with a standard thermometer. The product of this rise in temperature and the known weight of water (plus the water equivalent of the bomb and other immersed metal parts) gives us directly the heat units given off by the burning of the sample, whose weight has been previously determined. From this data the British Thermal Units per pound, can be determined, which is the commercial value desired for industrial purposes.\nThe Emerson Fuel Calorimeter outfit, equipped with bomb having one valve at the top, is the standard type of calorimeter suitable for the determination of the heat of combustion of fuels and other combustibles. The instrument also offers the quickest possible method for determining the sulphur in combustible materials when the bomb to the outfit is equipped with acid-proof linings. This above instrument can be furnished with either nickel or gold-lined bomb. The internal capacity of the single valve bomb is 400 cc.\n66-140 CALORIMETER, EMERSON FUEL, standard type of bomb calorimeter for determining the heat value of solid and liquid fuels. The outfit includes the following parts: single-valve steel bomb with spun-nickel linings and nickel interior fittings; calorimeter jacket with cover and posts; calorimeter bucket; double oxygen piping for two cylinders of oxygen, and with high pressure gauge (piping to regular outfit fits oxygen cylinders of S. S. White Dental Manufacturing Co.; single oxygen piping, with high pressure gauge to fit the Linde Air Products Co.\u2019s cylinders, delivered with outfits where so specified) ; ball-bearing stirring device with belt-driven motor ; special 3-foot spanner and cast-iron holder; thermometer holder; thermometer reader; ignition wire; gaskets; wire leads, etc. The water equivalent factor of the outfit is supplied without\nextra charge..................................................................................$245.00\n66-140A ------, same as above, with gold-lined bomb......................................................... 360.00","page":216},{"file":"p0217.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n217\nNo. 66-142\nThe Emerson Fuel Calorimeter Outfit, equipped with bomb having two valves at the top, is suitable for the determination of the heat of combustions of fuel, etc., and for the determination of the sulphur content of combustibles, and is used in the same manner for this work as the standard outfit with the single-valve bomb.\nIn addition to these above uses the double-valve bomb offers opportunity for analyzing the products of combustion which are formed in the bomb during ignition of the material under test. A particular application of this instrument used in this manner is the determination of the percentage of carbon in steel, by burning the same in the bomb in the presence of an excess of oxygen under pressure, in the same manner as a fuel, and subsequently analyzing the gases as they are exhausted from the bomb.\nThe above instrument can be furnished with either nickel or gold-lined bomb. The internal capacity of this double-valve bomb is 500 cc.\n66-142 CALORIMETER, EMERSON FUEL DOUBLE-VALVE BOMB, standard type of bomb calorimeter for determining the heat value of solid and liquid fuels, and for determining the carbon in steel. The outfit includes double valve steel bomb, with spun-nickel linings, and nickel interior fittings; calorimeter jacket with cover and posts; calorimeter bucket; double-oxygen piping for two cylinders of oxygen, and with high pressure gauge (piping to regular outfit fits oxygen cylinders of S. S. White Dental Manufacturing Co. Single oxygen piping, with high pressure gauge, to fit the Linde Air Products Co.\u2019s, cylinders, delivered with outfits where so specified); ball-bearing stirring device with belt-driven motor; special 3-foot spanner and cast-iron holder; thermometer holder; thermometer reader; ignition wire; gaskets; wire leads, etc. The water\nequivalent factor of the outfit is supplied without extra charge.............................$266.00\n66-142A--------, same as above, with gold-lined bomb...................................................... 386.00\nADIABATIC CALORIMETERS\nVacuum-walled Jacket. A calorimetric test is always made under idea! conditions when the calorimeter bucket is surrounded with a jacket, or with suitable heat insulating material or conditions, so that there will be a minimum exchange of heat between the bucket and its surroundings. A vacuum wall furnishes, as is well known, an almost perfect heat insulating medium, and has therefore a very admirable application when used as a calorimeter jacket.\nThis is the simplest type of jacket to operate, which practically eliminates radiation and is quite satisfactory for general calorimetric work. If the temperature in the calorimeter with a vacuum-walled jacket, however, is not fairly close to that of the room temperature, an appreciable exchange of heat does take place.\nIn addition to radiation when a test is made in a vacuum-walled jacket at a temperature considerably above the room temperature, the condensation of vapor on the cover and upper walls of the jacket may introduce considerable cooling effect. A vacuum-walled jacket when operated in proximity to room temperature gives satisfactory results and except for the fragile nature of the jacket is very desirable for commercial work.","page":217},{"file":"p0218.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"218\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nDANIELS\u2019 ADIABATIC JACKET. Dr. Farrington Daniels of the Worcester Polytechnic Institute has perfected an adiabatic jacket in which he eliminates the radiations by carrying the temperature of the jacket along with the temperature of the calorimeter and obtains the rise of temperature in the jacket without the use of electric heating coils. In the Daniels\u2019 Jacket the jacket water itself is the heating unit, and by passing an electric current through the water its temperature is raised simultaneously with the calorimeter temperature. With the application of the current to the water jacket the temperature rises immediately and uniformly throughout the jacket.\nIn this manner the lag of the resistance wires of the heating coils is eliminated, as is also the stirring of the jacket water as the heat is not localized. It is a modification of Dr. Daniels\u2019 Jacket which has been applied to the Emerson Calorimeters, which are shown in the accompanying illustrations.\n66-143 CALORIMETER, EMERSON FUEL, Vacuum Walled Jacket, Single Valve Bomb. This outfit is complete as described under No. 66-140, but with Vacuum Walled Jacket in place of the regular\ncalorimeter jacket. Bomb with spun nickel linings.......................................$286.00\n66-143A ------, same as above, but with gold lined bomb............................................. 406.00\nN.B. VACUUM WALLED ADIABATIC JACKET CANNOT BE USED WITH CALORIMETER OUTFIT WITH DOUBLE VALVE BOMB (No. 66-142).\n66-144 CALORIMETER, EMERSON FUEL, Daniels\u2019 Adiabatic Jacket, Single Valve Bomb. This outfit is complete as described under No. 66-140, but with Daniels\u2019 Adiabatic Jacket in place\nof the regular calorimeter jacket. Bomb with spun nickel linings................. 286.00\n66-144A -----, same as above, but with gold lined bomb...................................... 406.00\n66-146 CALORIMETER, EMERSON FUEL, Daniels\u2019 Adiabatic Jacket, Double Valve Bomb. /.< The\noutfit is complete as described under No. 66-142, but with Daniels\u2019 Adiabatic Jacket in place of regular calorimeter jacket. Bomb with spun nickel linings..................... 296.00\n66-146A -----, same as above, but with gold lined bomb...................................... 426.00\nN.B. THE DANIELS\u2019 JACKET IS DESIGNED TO OPERATE ONLY ON ALTERNATING CURRENT CIRCUIT OF 110 VOLTS.\nFor use on 220 volt circuit, use step-down transformer.","page":218},{"file":"p0219.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n219\nEMERSON CALORIMETER OUTFITS\nAND\nADIABATIC JACKETS\nOwners of the regular calorimeter outfits may have them equipped with adiabatic jackets. Outfits with double valve bomb CANNOT BE FITTED WITH VACUUM-WALLED JACKET.\n66-147 VACUUM-WALLED ADIABATIC JACKET for single bomb calorimeter outfits. Cover and\ncalorimeter bucket................................................   $76.00\nADDITIONAL COST FOR EQUIPPING the regular calorimeter outfit, single valve bomb type with vacuum-walled adiabatic jacket............................... 40.00\n66-148 DANIELS\u2019 ADIABATIC JACKET for either single valve or double valve bomb. Cover, calorimeter bucket, felt lagging, etc............................................... 76.00\nADDITIONAL COST FOR EQUIPPING the regular calorimeter outfit with Daniels\u2019 Adiabatic Jacket........................................................... 40.00\nSEPARATE PARTS EMERSON FUEL CALORIMETER\n66-160\tBOMB, nickel lined, single valve, with nickel interior fittings.......$105.00\n66-150A\t ,\tsame as above, gold lined, with nickel interior fittings......... 220.00\n66-151\tBOMB, nickel lined, double valve, with nickel interior fittings....... 120.00\n66-161A\t ,\tsame as above, gold lined, with nickel interior fittings......... 250.00\n66-152A\tNICKEL LININGS for single valve bomb (including upper and lower cup)... 12.00\n66-162B\t ,\tfor double valve bomb (including upper and lower cup)............. 12.00\n66-152C\tGOLD LININGS for single valve bomb (including upper and lower cup).... 120.00\n66-152D\t ,\tfor double valve bomb (including upper and lower cup). .......... 140.00\n66-153A\tLOWER CUP of gold lining for double valve bomb.......................   85.00\n66-153B\tUPPER CUP of gold lining for double valve bomb......................... 55.00\n66-153C\tFUEL PAN SUPPORT, nickel................................................ 2.40\n66-153D\tFUEL PAN, nickel.......................................................... 60\n66-163E\tBINDING POST, nickel (for the interior of bomb)......................... 1.35\n66-153F\tDEFLECTOR, nickel..........................................................25\n66-153G\tDEFLECTOR SCREW, nickel....................................................35\n66-153H\tSTIRRING DEVICE, complete with motor................................... 34.00\n66-1531 3-INCH LEAD WASHERS..............................................Per dozen 1.80\n66-153J\tCALORIMETER BUCKET...................................................... 4.40\n66-153K\tINSULATION PLUG (fitting into lower cup of bomb)........................ 4.40\n66-153L LEGS for bomb (hard rubber, with screws)............................Each .20\n66-153M\tOXYGEN PIPING with Gauge............................................... 40.00\n66-153N\tTHERMOMETER CLAMP AND HOLDER complete................................... 7.25\n66-1630\tTHERMOMETER TELESCOPE................................................... 4.00\n66-153P\tVACUUM WALLED FLASK for adiabatic jacket............................... 12.00\n66-153Q\tVALVE TO BOMB, without handle........................................... 5.50\n66-153R\tSPECIAL 3-FOOT SPANNER................................................. 14.00\n66-153S\tCAST IRON PLATE HOLDER.................................................. 7.00\n66-153T\tWIRE LEADS with binding posts........................................... 2.50\n66-153U IRON FUSE WIRE, .004 inch diameter...............................Per spool .60","page":219},{"file":"p0220.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"220\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n3915\n3925\n3926\n3927\n3929\n3930\n$0.50\ng\th\n40\t75\n2X1 3KX1\n1.84\t1.84\nCAGES, BREEDING. See Breeding Cages.\nCALCIUM CHLORIDE TUBES. See Tubes.\nCALCIUM CHLORIDE HOLDER for balance cases (see illustration below).........................\nCAPSULES, CIRCULAR, FUSED SILICA. (See index, il Fused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Plain, glazed.\ta\tbed\te\tf\nApproximate capacity, cc.\t10\t15\t20\t30\t35\t40\nDiameter X depth, inches\t13AX}4\t13AXV2\t2XM\t2}ixH\t2%XH\t2%XYs\nEach\t$0.95\t.95\t1.28\t1.28\t1.50\t1.84\nCAPSULE, CIRCULAR, FUSED SILICA, 1% inches diameter X 34 inch deep,\n30 cc. capacity, same as above, but with handle, duplicating in shape the standard\nplatinum dish for sugar analysis.........................................$1.85\nCAPSULES, IGNITION, ALUNDUM.\nteristics.)\nDiameter, inches.................. lj^\nHeight, inches....................\nCapacity, cc......................\nEach..............................\nCAPSULES, RECTANGULAR, FUSED __________________ \u201e\u201e\t____________\nWare,\u201d for characteristics.) Glazed.\t'\tNo. 3915\n(See index,\t\u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for charac-\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\nm\t1M\tm\tWa\n7/16\t\t%\tVs\n7\t10\t18\t25\n$0.33\t.45\t.55\t.55\nSILICA.\t(See index,\t\u201c Fused\tSilica\nApproximate capacity, cc.............. 7\nLength X width X depth, inches....... 2\u00c4XifX ^s\nEach.................................. $1.50\nCARBON DIOXIDE APPARATUS for growing a plant without carbon dioxide (see National Biology Direction Sheets, Exp. F53).......................................................\u2019. $3.50\nb\n20\niVsxmxVs\n1.50\nc\n20\n2>2X1^X^\n1.84\n3931\n3934\n3938\n3940\nCASSEROLES, AGATE WARE, with attached handle.\nabed\nCapacity, cc. 250\t500\t750\t1000\nEach... $0.45\t.50\t.55\t.75\nCASSEROLES, PORCELAIN, with porcelain handle.\nCapacity, cc....\nEach............\nCASSEROLES, FUSED\na\n150\n$0.65\nSILICA.\nb\n210 .94\n(See index,\nc\n375\n1.20\ncc\n500\n1.54\nd\n750\n1.86\n\u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Glazed.\ne\n1250\n2.68\nApproximate capacity, cc. Diameter X depth, inches Each.................\nCASSEROLES, TRANSPAR\nApproximate capacity, cc. Diameter X depth, inches Each....'............\na\tb\tc\td\te\n30\t75\t150\t200\t350\n2X1\t2HX1%\t3MX1M\t3MX2\t4MX23^\n$2.60\t3.25\t3.90\t5.00\t6.60\nNT, FUSED\tSILICA.\t\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\n30\t75\t150\t200\t350\n2X1\t2MX1 %\t3MX1%\t3^X2\t4M X2J4\n$4.25\t8.30\t12.20\t14.76\t20.75","page":220},{"file":"p0221.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n221\nNo. 3945\nCENTRIFUGES\nNo. 3950\tNo. 3955\n3945 CENTRIFUGE, DOUBLE ARM, HAND DRIVE, accurately cut phosphor-bronze gears with Babbitt metal bearing and ball-bearing rest. Entirely dust-proof. Relief clutch in handle makes it impossible to stop suddenly and disturb sediment in the glass tubes. New style holder eliminates danger of breaking the tubes. Speed, 2000 to 2500 R.P.M., obtained with ease and entire safety. Complete\nwith two plain and two graduated 15-cc. glass tubes......................................$19.75\nCENTRIFUGE, ELECTRIC, for use on 110 or 220 volts direct current and alternating current circuits on direct current approximately 1500 R.P.M., on alternating current, approximately 1300 R.P.M.\nPrices include attachment cord and plug, with rotating head with metal tubes. Glass parts are\nextra as listed.\n3948\t ,\tfor 110 volts direct current. With\tRheostat.................................................. 55.00\n3950\t ,\tfor 110 volts alternating current.\tWithout Rheostat (not required)........................... 65.00\n3957\tPLAIN GLASS TUBES, 15 cc. for above centrifuges.................................................Each\t.15\n3958\tGRADUATED GLASS TUBES, 15 cc. for above centrifuges.............................................Each\t.55\n3952C\tRUBBER CAPS for above tubes....................................................................Each\t.15\n3954\tCENTRIFUGE, VENTILATED MOTOR, ELECTRIC,\tdouble arm, ball-bearing support for arma-\nture of motor, current consumption % ampere, maximum speed 1800 R.P.M. With speed regulating rheostat and two 15 cc. tubes. For 110 volts direct current...................... 42.50\n3954A -------, for 110 volts, 60 cycle, alternating current................................................ 42.50\n3954B ------,\tfor 220 volts direct current................................................................. 48.00\n3954C ------,\tfor 220 volts alternating current............................................................ 48.00\n3955\t-----, four-tube head. With speed-regulating rheostat and four 15-cc. tubes. For 110 volts direct\ncurrent.......................................................................................... 47.50\n3955A -------, for 110 volts, 60 cycle, alternating current................................................ 47.50\n3955B ------,\tfor 220 volts direct current................................................................. 52.50\n3955C ------,\tfor 220 volts alternating current............................................................ 52.50\n3957\n3958\n3969\n3970\n3975\n3976\n3980\n6895\nCENTRIFUGE ACCESSORIES\nPLAIN GLASS TUBE, 15 cc...................................................... $0.15\nGRADUATED GLASS TUBE, 15 cc......................................................55\nHAEMATOKRIT, with tubes for examination of blood and sputum................. 7.50\nCHARCOAL BLOCKS for blowpipe work......................................Per dozen 1.16\nCHART, ATOMIC WEIGHT, compiled by Dr. F. W. Clarke and reported to the American Chemical\nSociety. Corrected to 1911. Length 62 inches; mounted on common rollers... 4.60\nCHART, PERIODIC LAW, according to Mendelejeff, on basis of 0 = 16. Revised and corrected by Dr. F. W. Clarke, up to 1911. American nomenclature. Length 62 inches; mounted on common rollers..........................................................................  4.50\nCHIMNEY, STUDENTS\u2019 LAMP..................................................................20\nCHLORINE TUBE (see Newell\u2019s \u201c Descriptive Chemistry,\u201d Exp. 23, and \u201c General Chemistry,\u201d\nExp. 29).......................................................................... 1.00","page":221},{"file":"p0222.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"222\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nIllustration of the Utility Dust-proof Spring Roller Case with Plate drawn down.\nAMERICAN FROHSE LIFE SIZE ANATOMICAL\nCHARTS\n7 Plates. Size, 42X66 Inches\nEdited, Revised and Augmented by MAX BRODEL Professor of Medical Drawing Johns Hopkins University\nThis entirely new series of seven plates comprises seventeen illustrations, life-size or larger. They are lithographed in non-fading oil colors, natural colors being slightly accentuated to improve contrast. Durably cloth-backed and conveniently mounted. A complete set should be in every school where anatomy or physiology forms a part of the instruction.\nHuman Skeleton, Front and Back\nView...........................\nThe Muscles, Front and Back View The Nervous System and Circulatory System......................\nSchematic Diagram Circulation\nThe Heart, the Skin............\nThe Ear and the Eye...........\nViscera of Chest and Abdomen Four Successive Stages in Dissection .........................\nMedian Section through Head The Throat and Neck..............\nOn\tIn\n. On\tDust-proof\tRoller Steel Spring Roller\nPlain Mouldings and Board\tCase\nCat. No. Each\t\tCat. No.\tEach\tCat. No.\tEach\n3972A 3972B\t$9.00 9.00\t3973A 3973B\t$11.00 11.00\t3974A 3974B\t$12.50 12.50\n3972C\t9.00\t3973C\t11.00\t3974C\t12.50\n3972D 3972E\t9.00 9.00\t3973D 3973E\t11.00 11.00\t3974D 3974E\t12.50 12.50\n3972F\t9.00\t3973F\t11.00\t3974F\t12.50\n3972G\t9.00\t3973G\t11.00\t3974G\t12.50\n3977 AMERICAN FROHSE ANATOMICAL CHARTS, set of seven\ncharts, Nos. 3972A-G in Utility Spring Roller Case.$73.60\nJOHNSTON\u2019S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY CHARTS\n13 Plates. Size 30X40 Inches\nBeautifully lithographed in permanent oil colors, true to life, these charts visualize and make interesting this all-important subject. They are unexcelled as companion charts to the Frohse listed above.\nOn\tOn\tIn\nPlain Mouldings Dust-proof Roller Steel Spring Roller Muslin Back\tand Board\tCase\n\tCat. No.\tEach\tCat. No.\tEach\tCat. No.\tEach\nSkeleton and Structure of the Bone\t3990A\t$2.75\t3991A\t$4.50\t3992A\t$5.40\nJoints, Ligaments and* Cartilage.. . Muscular System and Structure of\t3990B\t2.75\t3991B\t4.50\t3992B\t5.40\nthe Muscles\t\t3990C\t2.75\t3991C\t4.50\t3992C\t5.40\nThe Heart, Arterial and Capillary Blood Vessels\t Veins, Organs of Respiration, Cir-\t3990D\t2.75\t3991D\t4.50\t3992D\t5.40\nculatory System\t\t3990E\t2.75\t3991E\t4.50\t3992E\t5.40\nLymphatics and Organs of Digestion\t3990F\t2.75\t3991F\t4.50\t3992F\t5.40\nBrain, Nervous System and Skin..\t3990G\t2.75\t3991G\t4.50\t3992G\t5.40\nOrgans of Sense and Voice\t Showing Effects of Acohol on the\t3990H\t2.75\t3991H\t4.50\t3992H\t5.40\nBody\t\t39901\t2.75\t39911\t4.50\t39921\t5.40\nShowing Effects of Tobacco on the Body\t Showing Cause for Typhoid Fever\t3990J\t2.75\t3991J\t4.50\t3992 J\t5.40\nand Consumption\t Showing Cause for Malaria and\t3990K\t2.75\t3991K\t4.50\t3992K\t5.40\nAgue\t Showing Rats and Their Relation\t3990L\t2.75\t3991L\t4.50\t3992L\t5.40\nto Disease\t\t3990M\t2.75\t3991M\t4.50\t3992M\t5.40\n3993 JOHNSTON\u2019S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY CHARTS, set of eight (A to H) on heavy white\ncoated paper, edges tape bound. Charts firmly mounted with stand...................Set $12.75\n3993A ----, each chart hand mounted, cloth backed. Set of eight charts (A to H) with stand.Set 19.76\n3993B JOHNSTON\u2019S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY CHARTS. Complete set of 13 plates, each on\nheavy white coated paper, edges tape bound. Charts firmly mounted with stand.......Set 16.00\n3993C ----, each chart hand mounted, cloth backed. Complete set of 13 plates with stand....Set 27.00\n3993D JOHNSTON\u2019S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY CHARTS. Set of eight (A to H), each chart\nhand mounted, cloth backed. Two charts on a roller in Utility Spring Roller Case...Set 25.50\n3993E ----, complete set of 13 plates, hand mounted, cloth backed, two charts on a roller in Utility Spring\nRoller Case...................................................................\n39.75","page":222},{"file":"p0223.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n223\nNo. 4000\tNo. 4002\nNo. 4004\nNo. 4008\tNo. 4013\nNo. 4026\nNo. 4030\nNo. 4032\nNo. 4036\nNo. 4040\nNo. 4016\nNo. 4034\nNo. 4006\nNo. 4017\nNo. 4020\n4000 CLAMP, BURETTE, WITH ATTACHED CLAMP. Check nut to adjust to any position, jaws open\nto lj/2 inches......................................................................\n4002 CLAMP, DOUBLE BURETTE, closes automatically by means of coiled springs................\n4004 CLAMP, DOUBLE BURETTE, HOFFMAN\u2019S, opening 1)4 inches, length 7 inches..................\n4006 CLAMP, BUNSEN\u2019S, for attaching to support rods of ring stands by means of clamp holder. Round\njaws open to inches. Without clamp holder........................................\n4008 CLAMP, BUNSEN\u2019S, for attaching to support rods of ring stands by means of clamp holder. One\nflat and one V-shaped jaw. Opens to 2 inches. Without clamp holder..................\n4013 CLAMP, BUNSEN\u2019S QUICK ACTING, compound lever adjustment. Jaws open to 1J4 inches.\nAdjustment to full opening of the jaws by one-half turn of the turn buckle..........\n4015 CLAMP, BUNSEN\u2019S CONDENSER, for attaching to support rod of ring stands by means of clamp holder. With swivel jaws which adapt themselves to regular or irregular shapes. Jaws open to 2XA\ninches. Without clamp holder........................................................\n4017 CLAMP HOLDER for use with any of above clamps.........................................\n4020 CLAMPS, CABINET MAKERS\u2019, of malleable iron, japanned, with ball and socket, swivel cap and\n4022\n4026\n4026\n4030\n4032\n4034\n4036\n4040\n8306\nOpen, inches. Each.......\nCLAMPS, HAND\nscrew.\na\tb\tc\n3.4\t6\n$0.90\t1.46\t2.00\nSCREW, of wood, superior quality.\na\tb\tc\nLength of jaws, inches...\t7\t8\t10\nOpen, inches............. 3\t5J4\nEach........................ $0.70\t.85\t1.00\nCLAMP, \u201c CUT-OFF,\u201d of brass, nickel-plated, for tubes up to j^-inch diameter............\n\u2014\u25a0\u2014, for tubes up to ^-inch diameter....................................................\nCLAMPS or SCREW COMPRESSORS, of brass, nickel-plated. Can be placed upon tube without disconnecting the apparatus.\na\tb\nSize, inches............. X M\t/4 X1K\nEach........................ $0.28\t.35\nCLAMPS, HOFFMAN\u2019S SCREW COMPRESSORS, nickel-plated.\na\tb\nSize, inches................. j^XM\tX1\nEach........................ $0.26\t.30\nCLAMP, LEVER SCREW COMPRESSOR, for heavy walled tubing, of brass, nickel-plated, nicely\nfinished with rounded edges. Size, A inch.........................................\nCLAMPS, MOHR\u2019S PINCHCOCKS, of brass, nickel-plated.\na\tb\tc\nSmall\tMedium\tLarge\nLength, inches............... 2J4\t2%\t3)4\nEach........................ $0.13\t.16\t.18\nCLAMP, TEST TUBE, of spring wire. Will hold test tubes from XA to 1J4 inches diameter. Will\nnot burn............................................................................\nCLAY PIPES......................................................................Per dozen\n$0.40\n.95\n1.46\n.45\n.66\n2.40\n1.00\n.28\n.10\n.12\n.60\n.10\n.60","page":223},{"file":"p0224.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"224\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nHARCOURT CLINOSTATS\nSTUDENTS\u2019 \u2014 ADVANCED\nNo. 4050\nNo. 4050\nShowing Pot mounted vertically\nShowing Pot mounted horizontally\n4050 HARCOURT STUDENTS\u2019 CLINOSTAT for small pots or especially for seeds growing in moss.\nConsists of a 24-hour clock enclosed in a practically dust and moisture-proof case of cast metal. Designed so that shaft may be used horizontally or vertically......................................$23.50\nNo. 4052\tNo. 4052\nShowing Pot mounted horizontally\tShowing Pot mounted vertically\n4052 HARCOURT ADVANCED CLINOSTAT for pots up to 3 inches horizontally or larger vertically or for seeds growing in moss. This clinostat consists essentially of an 8-day clock enclosed in a practically dust and moisture-proof casing of cast metal. A 3-inch pot is recommended, as the instrument works best with this size. A 4-inch pot may be used, however, especially in the vertical position. Complete with set of clamps for holding pot as illustrated....................................................... 36.75","page":224},{"file":"p0225.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n225\n\nTO OXYGEN\nNo. 4055\n4055 COMBUSTION APPARATUS, FLEMING\u2019S, for the rapid determination of carbon in all grades of steel by direct combustion. (A steel sample may be accurately analyzed within ten minutes.) Complete as illustrated with No. 5513 Electric Furnace and Rheostat and Nos. 4056A to 4055F,\n5705, 6868M and 6661................................................................... $71.85\n4055A\tMERCURY\tPRESSURE GAUGE (K)................................................. $2.00\n4055B\tWASHING\tBOTTLE (P).......................................................... 1.50\n4055C\tMERCURY\tVALVE (G)..............................................................75\n4055D\tZINC TAR\t(Z)....................................................................75\n4055E PHOSPHORIC ANHYDRIDE TAR (O)................................................... 2.75\n4055F FLEMING ABSORPTION TUBE (W). With this tube there is no possibility of CO2 or moisture escaping, even though the oxygen current passes at the rate of 600 cc. per minute. One filling of this tube will last\nfor 75 combustions............................................................ 3.50\n5705 CALCIUM CHLORIDE JAR (T)........................................................ 1.75\n6868M\tSILICA TUBE, 30\tinches long, 22 mm.\tdiameter (S')............................. 8.45\n6661\tTWO-WAY\tSTOP\tCOCK (C)...................................................... 2.00\n5511\tELECTRIC\tTUBE\tFURNACE without\tRheostat..................................... 33.35\n5513\tELECTRIC\tTUBE\tFURNACE with Rheostat........................................ 46.65\n4065\n4067\n4067b\n4069\n4071\n4072\nCOMBUSTION BOATS, ALUNDUM. (See index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Valuable for all kinds of determinations involving combustions at high temperatures, particularly well suited for conditions met in the determination of carbon in iron and steel. Wall, 1/16 inch.\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\nLength, inches\t\t\t\t3)4\t. 3M\t4)4\t5\t5)4\nWidth, inches\t\tM\t%\t\t%\t\nHeight, inches\t\t5\t%\t16\t7 .\t5 16\nEach\t\t\t $0.33\t.40\t.45\t.45\t.45\nCOMBUSTION BOAT SHIELDS, ALUNDUM (see index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics).\nFor protecting combustion boats from the spattering of overheated metal. Wall 1 /32-inch, length 4)4\ninches (114 mm.), bore 11/16 inch (18 mm.). ...................... 3.30\n---, length 5)4 inches (140 mm.), bore 13/16 inch (21 mm.).*....... 3.30\nCOMBUSTION BOATS, PORCELAIN, glazed inside and outside.\na\tbed\nLength, mm\t\t60\t76\t88\t97\t\nWidth, mm\t\t10\t11\t12\t18\t\nEach\t\t$0.28\t.33\t.35\t.37\t\nCOMBUSTION BOATS, FUSED\tSILICA. (See index, \u201c Fused Silica Ware,\t\t\tfor characteristics.)\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\nLength X width X depth, inches\t1MX34X\u00c4\t3X)4Xfk\t3xysxys\t4 XVsXVs\t6 X)4X)4\nEach\t $0.76 COMBUSTION BOATS, TRANSPARENT, FUSED\t\t1.10 SILICA.\t1.25\t1.65\t2.20\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\nLength X width X depth, inches\t1MX34X\u00c4\t3 X)4X\u00c4\tBXHXM\t4 XHXVs\t6 X)4X)4\nEach\t\t$2.10 Above furnished\t3.80 on order.\t4.15\t6.20\t7.60\nCOMBUSTION FURNACES. See Furnaces.\nNo. 4075\n4075\n4076\n4077\n90-310\n90-316\nCONDENSERS, LIEBIG\u2019S, GLASS, with rubber connections and adapters.\na\tb\tc\td\nLength, inches..... 12\t15\t18\t24\nEach............... $1.20\t1.50\t1.65\t2.00\n---, \u201c PYREX \u201d GLASSWARE. (See index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware for characteristics.)\nbed\nLength, inches..................... 12\t20\t24\nEach............................. $2.90\t4.00\t4.50\nCONDENSER, LIEBIG\u2019S, METAL, for the distillation of liquids, made entirely of brass, highly polished. Length 30 inches; diameter 1)4 inches. This form prevents breakage........................\nCONNECTORS, DOUBLE............................. Each\nCONNECTORS, TRIPLE.........................................\u00cf^Each\n6.10\n.18\n.35","page":225},{"file":"p0226.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"22\u00fc\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNos. 5014 and 5016\nNo. 5005\nNo. 5017\nNo. 5013\n4095\n4096\n4095\n4096\n4095\n4096\n4095\n4096\n4097\n4099\n5001\n5003\n5005\n5007\n5010a\n5010b\n6013\n5014\n5016\n5017 5020\nCORKS, REGULAR LENGTH,\nSize Nos...................\nLength, inches.....;.......\nDiameter large end, inches.. .\nRegular Quality,\tPer 10\nPer 100\nBest Quality, XXXX, Per 10\nPer 100\nSize Nos...................\nLength, inches.............\nDiameter large end, inches.. .\nRegular Quality,\tPer 10\nPer 100\nBest Quality, XXXX, Per 10\nPer 100\nSize Nos...................\nLength, inches............ \u25a0\nDiameter large end, inches. .\nRegular Quality,\tPer\t10\nPer 100\nBest Quality, XXXX, Per 10\nPer 100\nSize Nos...................\nLength, inches.............\nDiameter, large end, inches. .\nRegular Quality,\tPer\t10\n............\tPer\t100\nBest Quality, XXXX, Per\t10\nPer 100\nCORKS, SPECIE,\nTAPERED.\n0\n$0.03\n.22\n.06\n44\n6\n.08\n.50\n.16\n1.00\n12\n1\nm\n.16\n1.10\n.32\n2.20\n18\n1\nlh\n.30\n2.25\n.60\n1\nH\n7\n16\n.04\n.25\n.08\n.50\nH\n13\n16\n.09\n.55\n.18\n1.10\n13\n1\n1 16\n.17\n1.16\n.34\n2.32\n19\n1\n1\u00c4\n.32\n2.40\n2\nX\n.05\n.32\n.10\n.64\n8\n4.50\nFLAT or JAR, regular quality, a\tb\nDiameter, large end, inches 1\t1M\nPer 10......................$0.16\t.22\n48\n.10\n.66\n.20\n1.32\n14\n1\n1M\n.18\n1.32\n.36\n2.64\n20\n1\nm\n.36\n2.64\n.72\n5.20\n! inch thick.\nc\td\nm\tm\n3\nH\n9\n16\n.06\n.35\n.12\n.70\n9\n.12\n.80\n.24\n1.60\n15\n1\n1 jc\n1 16\n.20\n1.52\n.40\n3.00\n22\n1\nIH\n.48\n3.35\ne\n2\n.50\nf\n2M\n.60\n.32\t.40\nCORKS, ASSORTED, Regular Quality, Regular Length, tapered, Nos. 0 to 11.\nCORKS, RUBBER. See Rubber Stoppers.\nCORK BORERS, of hard metal with sharp cutting edge; polished, m sets with punch.\nabed\nNo. in set.......... 3\t6\t9\t12\nper set........... $0.90\t1.60\t2.75\t3.95\nCORK BORERS, of hard drawn metal with sharp cutting edge, each borer with handle.\nabed\nNo. in set.......... 3\t6\t\u00ae\tJ-%\nPer set...........  $1.25\t2.36\t4.00\t5.75\nCORK BORER SHARPENER, a steel blade, and cone of brass, wood handle.\nCORK KNIFE, good steel blade, wood handle...........................\nCORK MAT, 4 inches diameter, for supporting beakers, flasks, etc.\n---, 6 inches diameter.....................................\nCORK PRESS, lever form, japanned...........................\nCORK PRESS, ROTARY, wheel form, taking corks up to % inch diameter, japanned. .\n---, taking corks up to 1M inches diameter, japanned................\nCORK SCREW, excellent quality, wood handle.......................\nCORK SHEET for lining insect boxes and cabinets, 9 X30 cm. X 5 mm. thick.\nCOVER GLASSES. See Nos. 5985 to 5989.\n4\t5\nH\tH\nVs\tfs\n.06\t.07\n.38\t.46\n.12\t.14\n.76\t.90\n10\t11\n1\t1\n1\t\n.14\t.15\n.90\t1.00\n.28\t.30\n1.80\t2.00\n16\t17\n1\t1\nIH\t1*\n.22\t.26\n1.95\t2.04\n.44\t\n3.90\t\n24\t' 26\n1\t1\n1 Vs\t2\n.55\t.70\n4.20\t4.96\ng\th\n2^2\t\n.76\t.95\n. . . Per 100\t$0.60\n$2.00\n.26\n.20\n.30\n1.00\n2.26\n2.50\n.50\n.26","page":226},{"file":"p0227.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n227\n6030 CRUCIBLES, ALUNDUM. (See index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) For general laboratory use where an ignition of carbonaceous material is involved. Without covers.\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\nDiameter at top, inches. . .\t1*\t1*\t134\t1^\tm\tV/s\t. m\t2}4\t2^\nHeight, inches\t\tm\t1M\t1A\t1^\tm\t\tm\t1M\t3\nCapacity, cc\t\t10\t15\t20\t25\t30\t40\t70\t80\t95\nEach\t\t$0.38\t.38\t.38\t.38\t.46\t.46\t.65\t.72\t1.45\n6031 CRUCIBLE COVER, ALUNDUM, diameter 1 ^ inches..................................... $0.84\n6031A ----, diameter 1inches..............................................................84\n6033 CRUCIBLES, GRAPHITE, Dixon\u2019s genuine. Capacities given are actual total, not working capacities, which are variable.\tabode\nCapacity, ounces............ 2\t4\t8\nHeight X diameter, inches... . 234Xlif\t3%X3}4\nEach........................ $0.76\t.76\t1.00\n5036 CRUCIBLES, SHEET IRON, with covers.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc............. 20\t50\nEach.................. $0.26\t.38\n6039 CRUCIBLES,\nCapacity, cc. Each......\nSHEET NICKEL, with covers.\na\tb\n......\t20\t30\n......\t$1.10\t1.36\nNos. 6036 and 5039\nCRUCIBLES, PLATINUM. See Platinum Ware.\n6037\nCRUCIBLE, SKIDMORE\u2019S IRON, for making oxygen from Mn02, calcination of chalk with recovery of the expelled CO2, manufacture of soda from cryolite, preparation of ammonia, destructive distillation of coal, wood or other organic substance, or for any use in which the materials employed or evolved do not act destructively on hot iron. Can be used equally well as an open crucible, closed crucible or retort. Capacity 1 Yl ounces..............\n12\t16\n4HX3M\t5MX4J4\n1.10\t1.30\nC\td\n100\t200\n.47\t.65\nc\td\n50\t100\n1.45\t2.90\n\tG\n\t\tD\n\"MBbet\u00e4\u00bb\t\u25a0C.., 'ttSir\n$1.75\nNo. 6037\n6040\nCRUCIBLES, PORCELAIN, high form, glazed inside and outside with exception of outside bottom surface. Each crucible with cover.\nSize No..................     00\t0\t1\t2\nDiameter rim X diameter\nbottom\tX height, mm. 30X14X25\t35X17X27\t41X20X35\t52X25X43\nCapacity,\tcc............... 10\t15\t30\t57\nEach..................... $0.22\t.26\t.40\t.62\n6042\n----, low form.\nSize No......... 00\t0\t1\t2\t3\t4\t5\nDiameter rim X diameter bottom\nX height, mm. 37X15X21 41X15X25 46X18X29 56X18X36 67X23X44 81X29X52 96X35X65\nCapacity, cc.....\t12\t17\t30\t50\t90\t145\t265\nEach............. $0.26\t.33\t.42\t.68\t.74\t.86\t1.06","page":227},{"file":"p0228.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"228\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n5045\n5046\n5048\n5048T\n5049\n6050\n5050T\n5051\n5052\n5055\n5055A\n5055B\n5056\n5056A\n5056B\nCRUCIBLES, GOOCH, PORCELAIN. Thin wall, bottom unglazed, outside and inside glazed.\na\tb\tc\nApproximate capacity, cc................ 10\t25\t35\nDiameter at top X diameter at bottom\nX height, mm....................... 27X18X30\t35X22X40\t40X25X43\nEach.................................. $0.40\t.54\t.80\nGLASS SUPPORTING FUNNELS for above, a\tb\tc\nEach.................................. $0.40\t.56\t.70\nCRUCIBLES, FUSED SILICA. (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Glazed. Berlin porcelain shape. Measurements given are outside measurements.\nApproximate capacity, cc..\nDiameter X height, inches\nCrucibles, each........\nLids to fit, each......\nApproximate capacity, cc..\nDiameter X height, inches . . .\nCrucibles, each...........\nLids to fit, each.........\nCRUCIBLES, FUSED SILICA.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\n4\t15\t25\t40\t65\t145\n1\u00c4XM\t1^X1\tIVsXIVs\t2KX1*\t2^X1M\t3\u00c0X2\n$0.72\t.94\t1.10\t1.28\t1.82\t2.25\n.60\t.60\t.72\t.94\t.94\t.94\nent. a\tb\tc\td\te\tf\n4\t15\t25\t40\t65\t145\nInXM\tmm\tiv&xivs\t2MX1\u00c4\t2^X1M\t3\u00c2X2\n$1.40\t2.75\t3.50\t5.20\t6.95\t9.00\n1.40\t2.25\t2.75\t4.15\t4.70\t6.96\n(See index,\t\u201c Fused Silica Ware,\u201d\t\tfor characteristics.) Unglazed.\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\n350\t500\t925\t1400\t1875\t2500\t5000\t8000\t22500\n3%\t4\t4)d\u00e4\t5\t5%\t6M\t7%\t10^\t12\n4%\t4K\teVs\t7 X\t7%\tm\tio\u00ab.,:\t12%\t20\n$3.25\t3.25\t4.60\t5.55\t5.95\t7.40\t11.15\t14.75\t25.80\nCA.\t(See index,\t\u201c Fused\tSilica Ware,\u201d\t\tfor characteristics.)\t\tGlazed.\t\nApproximate capacity, cc.\nDiameter at top, inches Height, inches Each\nCRUCIBLES, FUSED SIL1\nPlatinum shape.\nApproximate capacity, cc...........\nTop diameter X height, inches......\nCrucibles, each....................\nLids to fit, each..................\n----, same as above, but transparent.\nApproximate capacity, cc...........\nTop diameter X height, inches......\nCrucibles, each....................\nLids to fit, each..................\nCRUCIBLE, FUSED SILICA, GOOCH,\nSilica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Outside measurements \u2014 height 1 Yt, inches (41 mm.), diameter\nat top 1% inches (41 mm.). Glazed.......................................................\nCRUCIBLE, FUSED SILICA, SPECIAL. (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.)\nGlazed. Outside measurements \u2014 height inches (81 mm.), diameter at top 2]/% inches (73 mm.) CRUCIBLE, FILTER, ALUNDUM, for the separation of liquids from solids in laboratory practice. Special glass funnels and rubber gaskets are necessary to give the proper fit between the container and filtering medium. Three degrees of porosity may be obtained \u2014 36.9 per cent., 40.7 per cent, and 47.4 per cent. We carry in stock, however, 40.7 per cent. only. Diameter 1% inches, height\n1 Yi inches, capacity 25 cc.............................................................\nGLASS SUPPORTING FUNNEL, for use with Nos. 5055 and 5055B.................................\nRUBBER GASKET for use with Nos. 5055 and 5055A............................................\na\tb\tc\n50\t20\t30\n2X2\tIVsXIVs\tmxiH\n$1.84\t1.50\t1.50\n.72\t.60\t.60\na\tb\tc\n50\t20\t30\n2X2\tIVsXIVs\t1\u00dcX1V2\n$6.60\t3.10\t3.50\n3.50\t2.25\t2.65\nhole in\tbottom, without disc.\t(See index, \u201c Fused\n$1.26\n6.95\n.40\n.66\n.06\nCRUCIBLE, FILTER, ALUNDUM, same as No. 5055, but 1% inches diameter, lj| inches high and\n35 cc. capacity............................................................46\nGLASS SUPPORTING FUNNEL for use with Nos. 5056 and 5056B.....................78\nRUBBER GASKET for use with Nos. 5056 and 5056A...............................06","page":228},{"file":"p0229.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n229\nNo. 5063\nNo. 5067\nNos. 5075 and 5076\n5060\n5063\n$1.40\nNo.5060\n5065A\n5065E\n5065C\n5067\n5069\n5075\n5076\nCRUCIBLE, ROSE\u2019S, with perforated cover and delivery tube, unglazed, vitreous.\nCapacity 30 cubic cms.............................................\nCRUCIBLES, SAND, round form with lip.\n\u00e2\tb\tcd\t6\nHeight, inches...\t2%\t3\t334\t4\t4J4\n. Diameter, inches..\t.\t1%\t1J4\t234\t2%\t2%\nPer dozen........ $1.50\t1.75\t2.00\t2.25\t2.60\nBLOCKS, 6X6X1 inch, 34-inch hole...............................Per dozen 1.60\n----, 4 X4 X 34 inch, 34-inch hole........................................Per dozen 1.50\n----, 6X6XH inch, 34-inch hole............................................Per dozen 1.60\nCRUCIBLE FUNNEL, of glass, according to Dr. Lyman C. Newell...........................30\nCRUCIBLE RUBBER TUBING for connecting Gooch Crucible and Funnel..............Per foot .30\nCRUCIBLE TONGS, steel, double bend, 9 inch............................................26\nCRUCIBLE TONGS, steel, nickel-plated, double bend, 9 inch.............................40\nCULTURE TUBES. See Tubes, Culture.\nCRUCIBLE\nNo. 31-250\nNo. 6095\nNo. 6098\n31-250\n5095\n5096\n5098\nCUPS, POROUS.\nCat. No............. 91-16b\t91-92\t91-167\nDiameter, inches. . .\t134\t2\t2J4\nHeight, inches..\t3\t4\t5\nEach................ $0.30\t.35\t.45\nCYLINDERS or HYDROMETER JARS for use where a tall jar of small diameter is desired. Of clear white glass with foot and rim. abed\nSize, inches..... 12X134\t12X2\t15X2\t15X3\nEach............. $1.15\t1.25\t1.75\t2.00\nCYLINDERS, GRADUATED, of glass, broad base, with lip, graduated in cubic centimeters.\na\tbed\te\tf\nCapacity, cc. 10\t25\t50\t100\t250\t500\nEach......... $0.42\t.60\t.65\t.70\t1.00\t1.35\nCYLINDERS, GRADUATED, double graduations, reading up and down, of glass, broad base, with lip. Graduated in cubic centimeters.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nCapacity, cc.............. 25\t50\t100\t250\t500\nEach...................... $0.60\t.70\t.75\t1.15\t1.60\nCYLINDERS, MIXING, GRADUATED AND STOPPERED, double graduations, serviceable when making standard solutions. Of glass, broad base, round glass stoppers, graduated in cubic centimeters.\ta\tb\te\td\te\tf\nCapacity, cc.................... 25\t50\t100\t200\t250\t500\nEach......................... $1.20\t1.45\t1.50\t1.90\t2.10\t3.15\n91-77\n3\n7\n.55\n18X3\n3.00\ng\n1000\n2.00\nf\n1000\n2.20\ng\n1000\n4.20","page":229},{"file":"p0230.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"230\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 5112A\nDEFLAGRATING SPOONS\nNo. 5118\nSee Spoons, Deflagrating.\n5112 DESICCATOR, SCHEIBLER\u2019S, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware\nfor characteristics.) Diameter, inside, 8 inches. With cover and knob like No. 5118. . . . $12.75\n6112A -----, cover with neck to take rubber stopper K30................................ 13.90\n6113 ------, cover with ground-in \u201c Pyrex \u201d glass stopcock............................. 20.00\tgggj\n5118A DESICCATORS, SCHEIBLER\u2019S, of glass, with covers ground air-tight. Diameter 4 inches....... 1.60\n5118B ---, diameter 6 inches................................\n6120 DESICCATOR PLATES, glazed, on three small feet, for use in above.\na\tb\nDiameter, mm......................................... 95\t140\nNo. of holes......................................... 3\t5\nEach............................................... $1.00\t1.70\n2.25\n6291 DIAMOND for writing on glass. Excellent quality\n3.50\nNo. 6126\n5125\n6127\n5134\n5136\n6137\nDIGESTING SHELF, KJELDAHL\u2019S, oblong form of sheet iron, with rod to support the flasks. The shelf is supported on adjustable legs. Size 24 inches long, 5% inches wide, 9% inches high. Complete with six burners, each with stopcock...................................... 27.60'\nDIGESTING SHELF, ELECTRICALLY HEATED, KJELDAHL\u2019S, oblong form of sheet iron, with rod to support the flasks. Each heater, 3% inches in diameter, is a unit, and either one or all may be used at one time, as desired. Size 24 inches long, 5)4 inches wide, 9 inches high. With six heaters. 85.00\nDISHES, AGATE WARE.\nDimensions, inches.....\nCapacity, quarts.......\nEach...................\nDISHES, CRYSTALLIZING.\ney8xi y2\ny2\n$0.35\nb\n7X1%\n1\n.45\nc\n8% X2 2\n.60\nOf clear white glass, flat bottoms, straight sides.\nabode\nDiameter, inches.\t\t2\t3\t4\t5\t6\t\tNo. 6136\nEach\t\t. $0.18\t.24\t.32\t.45\t.60\t\t\n\t, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS.\t(See index a\t\u201cPyrex\u201d b\tGlassware for characteristics.) c\td\t\t\te\tf\nDiameter, mm\t\t70\t100\t125\t150\t\t170\t190\nHeight, mm\t\t50\t50\t65\t75\t\t90\t100\nEach\t\t$0.50\t.60\t.95\t1.28\t\t1.40\t1.65\nNo. 5137a is recommended for Tanners\u2019 use.","page":230},{"file":"p0231.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n231\nEVAPORATING DISHES\n5138 DISHES, EVAPORATING, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware for character-\n5139\n5141\n5146\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\t\tf\nDiameter, mm\t\t80\t90\t105\t125\t150\t\t200\nHeight, mm\t\t45\t50\t55\t65\t80\t\t100\nEach\t\t$0.40\t.45\t.50\t.84\t1.10\t\t1.45\nDISHES, EVAPORATING\t, PURE SHEET NICKEL, with lip, polished.\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\t\t\t\t\nDiameter, inches\t\t2\t234\t334\t\t\t\t\nCapacity, cc\t\t40\t100\t200\t\t\t\t\nEach\t\t$1.30\t1.80\t2.65\t\t\t\t\nDISHES, EVAPORATING,\t, PORCELAIN,\texcellent quality, well adapted to general chemical work\t\t\t\t\t\nin the laboratory. Thin,\tuniform, glazed inside and outside.\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\t\tf\nSize, No\t\t00\t0\t1\t2\t3\t\t4\nDiameter, cm\t\t7\t8\t834\t9\t10\t\t11\nCapacity, cc\t\t60\t80\t100\t140\t175\t\t210\nEach\t\t$0.24\t.27\t.40\t.46\t.53\t\t.60\n\tg\th\ti\tj\tk\t\t1\nSize, No\t\t5\t6\t7\t8\t9\t\t10\nDiameter, cm\t\t12\t14J4\t183^\t2134\t2634\t\t30J4\nCapacity, cc\t\t300\t385\t765\t1285\t2200\t\t3250\nEach\t\t$0.73\t.93\t1.20\t1.60\t2.40\t\t4.00\nDISHES, EVAPORATING,\t, FUSED SILICA. (See index, \u201c :\t\tFused Silica\tWare,\u201d for characteristics.)\t\t\t\nGlazed. Measurements given are inside measurements.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\t\td\t\nDiameter, inches\t\t\t2\t234\t334\t\t334\t\nDepth, inches\t\t\t13\t1\t1 -3-\t\t34\t\nCapacity, cc\t\t\t25\t45\t80\t\t90\t\nEach\t\t\t$1.50\t1.65\t1.82\t\t2.05\t\n\t\te\tf\tg\t\th\t\nDiameter, inches\t\t\t3Vs\t4M\t5/4\t\t534\t\nDepth, inches\t\t\t1*\tm\t234\t\t234\t\nCapacity, cc\t\t\t100\t200\t400\t\t500\t\nEach\t\t\t$2.40\t2.80\t6.80\t\t7.05\t\n5146 DISHES, EVAPORATING, FUSED SILICA. (See index, \u201c Fused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.)\nUnglazed.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nDiameter, inches\t\t534\t534\t6\t6\t7\t7\t8\nDepth, inches\t\t234\t234\t234\t3\t234\t334\t334\nCapacity, cc\t\t400\t500\t600\t700\t800\t1200\t1400\nEach\t\t$4.25\t4.45\t4.60\t5.15\t5.55\t5.70\t(6.60\n\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\tn\nDiameter, inches\t\t8\t9\t9\t12M\t1534\t18\t18\nDepth, inches\t\t434\t334\t4 34\t534\t4\t7\t834\nCapacity, cc\t\t1800\t1800\t2500\t3000\t3000\t15,000\t22,500\nEach\t\t$7.35\t8.35\t9.30\t13.90\t16.50\t19.75\t21.00","page":231},{"file":"p0232.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"232\nL . E. KNOTT APPARATUS COM P? A N Y\nNo. 5148\nNo. 5150\n5148\n5150\n6151\nDISHES, FILTER, ALUNDUM. (See index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Porosity 40.7 per cent, carried in stock. Porosities of 36.9 per cent, and 47.4 per cent, can be obtained at same prices.\ta\tb\tc\nDimensions, inches............................. 2)^X1\t4X2\t5%X2\nCapacity, cc........................... 50\t300\t400\nEach........................................... $1.00\t1.40\t2.20\nDISH, INCINERATING, ALUNDUM. (See index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Rectangular form.\ta\tb\tc\nDimensions, inches..................... 4J^X4J^X1\t9MX4 XM\t1254X6^X2^\nEach........................................... $1.66\t3.30\t6.65\n-----, round form, 2% inches diameter, fg inch deep............................................ .......\n$0.56\nNo. 6165\nNo. 5167\nNo. 5159\nNo. 5169a~c\tNo. 5169d\n5154\n6155\n5157\n5159\n5161\nDISHES, LEAD, of heavy sheet lead.\nDiameter, inches..................\nEach..............................\nDISH, LEAD, rectangular, for etching. . DISHES, MILK, ALUMINUM, flat bottom,\na\n2\n$0.16\nb\n3\n.20\nc\n4\n.32\nstraight sides.\na\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches..................... 2\t3\t4\nEach................................. $0.25\t.40\t.60\nDISHES, PETRI or DOUBLE, glass cover, diameter 10 centimeters......................................\nDISHES, PETRI or DOUBLE, porous porcelain cover, according to Boston Board of Health. Diameter 10 centimeters.................................................................................\n.40\n.32\n.40\nNo. 5166\n5165\n5169\nDISHES, FUSED SILICA. (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Flat, with lip, glazed.\tabed\nApproximate capacity, cc. 20\t30\t75\t150\nDiameter, inches....... 2J^\t2%\t3%\t4J^\nDepth, inches............ K\tVi\t\u00fc\tii\nEach................. $1.65\t1.82\t2.05\t2.76\nDISHES, STENDER or PREPARATION, of clear white glass, covers grooved and ground on.\nabed\nDiameter, inches......... 1%\t2\t2^s\t3J-6\nHeight, inches...... %\t1\t\u2019\tIjg\t3}4\nEach................. $0.22\t.30\t.40\t.45","page":232},{"file":"p0233.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n233\nDISSECTING INSTRUMENTS\nNo. 5196 No. 5182 No. 5184 No. 6186 No. 5188 No. 6192 No. 5201 No. 5208\tNo. 5214\nI\u00ab\nNo. 5220\nNo. 5238\n\nNo. 5240\nNo. 5217\nNo. 5218\nNo. 5216\nNo. 6230 No. 5232 No. 5231\n5180\tBLOWPIPE, 2J4 inches, for inflating arteries, etc........................... ...............$0.1fr\n5181\tDISSECTING PAN, BUSSEY\u2019S, 7 34 X11 inches, with black wax....................................60\n5182\tFORCEPS, steel, 5-inch, nickel-plated, straight, heavy corrugated points, corrugated handles.55\n6184 FORCEPS, FINE, STRAIGHT, steel, 4-inch, nickel-plated, corrugated points, corrugated handle,\nwith guide pin.............................................................................66\n5186 FORCEPS, FINE, CURVED, steel, 4-inch, nickel-plated, corrugated points, corrugated handle, with\nguide pins.................................................................................95\n5188\tFORCEPS, FINE POINTS, plain, 4J4-inch, smooth handles.......................................30\n5192\tFORCEPS, COVER-GLASS, STEWART\u2019S, 434-inch, nickel-plated\tsteel\twire......................25\n5196 HOOKS AND CHAINS, triple hooks and connecting chains, nickel-plated...........................18\n5198\tNEEDLES,\tSTRAIGHT, wood handle................................................Per dozen\t.60\n5199\tNEEDLES,\tBENT, wood handle....................................................Per dozen\t.60\n5201 NEEDLE HOLDER, bone handle with clamping holder for straight or bent needles, 3 34-inch.......20\n5203\tNEEDLES,\tSTRAIGHT, for use with above holder..................................Per dozen\t.48\n5204\tNEEDLES,\tBENT, for use with above holder......................................Per dozen\t.48\n5208 RAZOR, SECTION, folding handle, superior quality, 3-inch blade, one side flat, straight edge. 2.40\n6214 SAW, BONE, superior grade, 4 inches long..................................................... 1.90\n5216\tSCALPEL, 124-inch blade, excellent quality steel, ebony handles riveted to the blade.........65\n5217\t---,\t134-inch blade.......................................................................60\n6218 ----,\t1-inch blade.........................................................................60\n5220\tSCALPEL, CARTILAGE (Cartilage Knife), 634-inch, all steel; blade 2\tinches long; corrugated handle .75\n6224\tSCISSORS, 434-inch, medium heavy, straight, fine cutting points.............................75\n5226\tSCISSORS, 434-inch, fine sharp straight points; heavy pattern..........................   1.25\n5227\tSCISSORS, 434-inch, fine sharp curved points; heavy pattern.............................. 1.25\n5230\tSECTION LIFTER, thin flexible blade, 1J4 X24 inches, ebony handle\triveted to blade..........65\n6232 \u2014,\tblade, 124X34 inches.................................................................70\n6234 ----,\tblade, 2 X134 inches.................................................................76\n5238\tTENACULUM, steel shank with sharp hook, ebony handle riveted to\tblade.......................70\n5240\tTENACULUM AND NEEDLE, solid steel, sharp hook, sharp point..................................50","page":233},{"file":"p0234.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"234\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nDISSECTING SETS\nOur sets of dissecting instruments have been made up with great care. The instruments are of finely-tempered steel and the shapes and sizes chosen for the various sets have met with complete approval of teachers of the natural sciences.\nThe cases are of the folding pocket form with separate loops for each instrument. The leatherette cases are strong and durable. They are lined with cloth, with cloth flaps. The leather cases are made of black morocco and are lined with leather with chamois flaps to protect the instruments.\nNo. 5255\nNo. 5267\nNo. 5269\nNo. 5261\tNo. 5263\n5265 HARCOURT FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS\u2019 DISSECTING SET, one-fold leatherette case containing ruler and six high-grade instruments as follows: 2 dissecting needles, forceps, scissors, scalpel and pipette...................................................................................................Set $2.00\n6257 HARCOURT ADVANCED STUDENTS\u2019 DISSECTING SET, one-fold leatherette case containing five high-grade instruments \u2014 2 bone-handled clamping needle holders with needle for each, forceps, scissors and scalpel......................................................................................Set 2.26\n6269 HARCOURT SUPERIOR DISSECTING SET, two-fold leatherette case containing cartilage knife,\nscalpel, tenaculum, forceps, blowpipe, scissors and hooks and chains.............................Set 4.76\n5261 THE UNIVERSITY DISSECTING SET, \u2014 morocco leather case, leather-lined, chamois flaps, containing the following extra fine-grade instruments : two bone-handled clamping needle holders, each with needle, fine-pointed curved forceps, fine-pointed scissors, medium scissors, blowpipe, hooks and chains, tenaculum, heavy forceps and three sizes of scalpels. Twelve instruments in case..................Set 8.76\n5263 HARCOURT RESEARCH DISSECTING SET, leatherette-covered case with clasp, containing the following extra fine-grade instruments: cartilage knife, four sizes of scalpels, tenaculum, forceps, hooks and chains, blowpipe, scissors and bone saw. Eleven instruments in case.............................Set 9.00","page":234},{"file":"p0235.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n235\n5276\n5277\n5279\n6279A\n5416\n5416\n5418\n5285 5285A 5285B\n5286 6286A\nDISTILLING APPARATUS, HEAVY POLISHED COPPER, for destructive distillation of heavy oils and other liquids or solids requiring high heat. The distillation may be made by live steam or by direct heat with or without agitation by hot air blown through, as desired. Capacity Yl\ngallon...................................................................................\nDISTILLING APPARATUS, SALLERTON\u2019S, POLISHED COPPER, for determining percentage\nof alcohol in wine, beer, cider, etc. Capacity Y pint....................................\nDISTILLING APPARATUS, VACUUM, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware\nfor characteristics.) Complete as illustrated with dome and distilling tube..............\n----, without distilling tube..............................................................\nDISTILLATION FLASKS, FRACTIONAL, with side tubes.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nCapacity, cc.............. 15\t30\t125\t250\t500\t1000\nEach.................... $0.25\t.33\t.45\t.55\t,68\t1.10\n\u2014-\u2014, \u201c PYREX \u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware for characteristics.) With side tube in middle of neck.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nCapacity, cc............. 100\t200\t250\t500\t1000\t2000\nEach................. $0.50\t.60\t.66\t.78\t1.30\t1.80\nDISTILLATION FLASKS, ENGLER\u2019S, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware, for characteristics.) For fractional distillation of creosote and petroleum. Made to standard dimensions according to the American Society for Testing Materials and the United States Bureau of Mines.\ta\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc............. 100\t200\t250\nEach.................... $0.65\t.74\t.78\nDISTILLATION TUBE, FRACTIONAL. Plain, with side tube.......................................\n\u2014-\u2014, with one bulb.........................................................................\n----, with two bulbs.......................................................................\nDISTILLATION TUBE, FRACTIONAL, after Lebel and Henninger. With three bulbs.................\n----, with four bulbs......................................................................\n$24.00\n16.60\n11.65\n8.35\n.42\n.66\n.81\n2.36\n3.96\nDRYING OVENS\nThese ovens are of polished copper, with tubulatures for thermometer and gas regulator. Extra sheet iron bottom, single and double wall, as listed below.\nNo. 5295\tNo. 5299\n6295 DRYING OVEN, single wall, on iron stand 8 inches high, with set screw by which oven is held firmly.\nInside dimensions, 6X8X6 inches deep. With one removable shelf.............................. $9.00\n5297 DRYING OVEN, double wall, otherwise same as above. With one removable shelf..................... 14.00\n5299 DRYING OVEN, double wall, same as No. 5297, but with the addition of water bath top. With\none removable shelf.......................................................................... 17.00\n6301 DRYING OVEN, double wall, same as No. 6297, but inside dimensions 8X10X8 inches high. With\none removable shelf.......................................................................... 17.76","page":235},{"file":"p0236.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"236\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n5303\n5303\u00c0\n5303B\n5303C 5304\n5304A\n5304B\n6304C\n5304D\n6305\n5305A'\n5306\n5306A\n5306B\n6306C\n6306D\n5306E\nNo. 6303\tNo. 6304\nCONSTANT TEMPERATURE SINGLE WALL ELECTRIC DRYING OVEN, 10x10 X12 inches. Bi-metallic temperature control. Constant temperature maintained up to 160\u00b0 C. Base, cast iron, aluminum painted; transite asbestos walls; cast aluminum door frame and shelf racks. Heating element is a removable wire wound resistance plate placed in the bottom of the oven. A switch is provided to turn the current \u201c on \u201d or \u201c off \u201d and a pilot lamp outside the oven enables the operator to quickly adjust the regulator to the desired temperature without opening the door. Adjustable ventilators are provided in the top and door, also an opening in the top for a thermometer. With two adjustable shelves, detachable cord and plug.......................$65.50\n\u25a0\u2014-\u2014, 18X12X14 inches, chamber accessible through double doors.......................\nCONSTANT TEMPERATURE DOUBLE WALL ELECTRIC DRYING OVEN, 10X10X12 inches high. Same as No. 5303 but double-walled......................................\n----, 18X16X9 inches high. .. , .,, ,,., . . . . . .. m\t,s,\nFREAS\u2019 CONSTANT TEMPERATURE DOUBLE WALL ELECTRIC DRYING OVEN, 12 X 12X12 inches. Constant temperature maintained up to 180\u00b0 C. and guaranteed to remain constant indefinitely with a single degree variation. Walls of heavy transite asbestos with cast aluminum doors and door frames. Air space between walls filled with insulating material. A small tube electric lamp within the oven acts as a pilot and can be lighted at will so that the parts of the chamber can be inspected without opening the door. Adjustable ventilator on the side; opening in the top for a thermometer. Heating element, placed in the base, consists of a wire-wound resistance plate. Regulator made entirely of metal, and cannot get out of order. With two adjustable\nshelves, flexible cord and plug.......................................................150.00\n----, on heavy cast-iron base with legs. Chamber 16X14X16 inches, otherwise same as No. 5304.. 272.25\n\u2014-\u2014, same as No. 5304A, but chamber 14X17X18 inches..................................... 295.50\n----, same as No. 5304A, but chamber 26X14X22 inches.................................... 366.50\n----, same as No. 5304A, but chamber 32 X18 X22 inches.................................. 444.50\n----, same as No. 5304, but with inside removable glass door\tand low-wattage heating plate in\naddition to the regular heating plate. This change allows the oven to be used as a combination drying oven, incubator, dry sterilizer and paraffine bath. Designed to stand on the table.178.00\n----, on heavy cast-iron base with legs. Chamber 14X17X18 inches........................ 295.50\n----, for drying a large number of samples simultaneously or samples containing considerable\nmoisture. This is the same oven as No. 5304, but provided with a flue in the back wall above which is placed a centrifugal fan driven by a motor supported on the outside of the oven. This arrangement provides a forced circulation of heated air and a forced withdrawal of moisture-laden air, thereby creating more perfect conditions and shortening the time for the drying operation. Size of\nchamber 12 X12 X12 inches. With direct current motor......................................... 250.00\n----, same as No. 5306, but for alternating current......................................... 250.00\n----, same as No. 5308, but for temperatures up to 260\u00b0\tCentigrade.\tWith\tdirect\tcurrent motor.\t.\t272.25\n----, same as No. 5306B, but for alternating current........................................ 272.25\n----, same as No. 5306, but size of chamber 12X14X16 inches\tfor temperatures\tup\tto\t180\u00b0\tCentigrade, and with direct current motor\t 366.50\n-----, same as No. 5306D, but for alternating current.......................................... 366.50\n77.75\n66.75\n88.76","page":236},{"file":"p0237.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n237\nNo. 5308\nNo. 6309\n5308 FREAS\u2019 ELECTRIC VACUUM DRYING OVEN with Removable Vacuum Chamber. Consists of a constant temperature drying oven 12X12X12 inches (No. 5304), with a vacuum chamber of heavy bronze, 9 inches diameter by 9 inches deep, properly supported in the chamber of the oven proper. This vacuum chamber is provided with racks for shelves and four perforated metal shelves and with connections for vacuum and for passing through the chamber a current of warm air, hydrogen or other reducing gas. The door of the vacuum chamber and the front are held vacuum-tight by ground surface contact held by sturdy spring clips. The central part of the door and the back of the chamber is constructed of a cast grid on which rests a mica plate made vacuum-tight with its frame \u2014 a construction which permits inspection of the contents of the vacuum chamber by means of an electric lamp at the back of the oven beyond the vacuum chamber. The oven proper is provided with two perforated aluminum shelves and is equipped with cast aluminum racks allowing the shelves to be placed at any height desired, when the vacuum chamber is removed.\nWith cord and plug and high-grade thermometer on which graduations are etched to 200\u00b0 C. When ordering, specify voltage...............................................................$295.60\n\u00a3309 -----, similar to above, but 12X12X28 inches, with cast bronze vacuum chamber, inside measure-\nments, 9 inches diameter by 18 inches deep, properly supported and provided with connections for vacuum and passing of a current of hydrogen or other reducing gas. The body of the chamber is square, with rounded comers. It is provided with cast ribs on the side to accommodate up to ten shelves \u2014 six shelves only supplied.\nWith cord and plug and high-grade thermometer on which graduations are etched to 200\u00b0 C. When ordering, specify voltage............................................................... 416.50\nFREAS\u2019 ELECTRIC CONDITIONING OVENS for the determination of moisture in textile materials, paper, etc., also for chemical work when it is desirable to weigh the dried samples without exposure to the exterior atmosphere. Description and prices on application.\nDRYING PAPER. See No. 6324.","page":237},{"file":"p0238.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"238\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n5311\n5312\n5314\n6325\n3830\n6330\n6331\nELECTRIC IRON, 6-lb., for use on 120 volts direct current or alternating current. Consumption,\n. 550 watts. With detachable plug and 6 feet of cord and reversible stand.......\nELECTRIC STOVE, PORTABLE, THREE-HEAT, 6 inches diameter, for use on 110 volts direct current or alternating current. Consumption, 500 watts. For use with any flat-bottom vessel.\nWith plug and cord............................................._................\nELECTRIC SOLDERING IRON, 12-ounce, y g X 12 inches, for use on either direct current or alternating current circuits of 120 volts. Consumption, 75 watts. With cord and plug...\nELECTROLYSIS APPARATUS. See pages 190 and 191.\nEUDIOMETERS, BUNSEN\u2019S, with platinum electrodes, graduated to 1/5 cc.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc............................... 50\t100\nEach.................................... $3.50\t5.00\nEVAPORATING DISHES. See Dishes, Evaporating.\nEXPANDER, TUBE AND BULB, for stretching necks of rubber bulbs and tubes...........\nEXTRACTION APPARATUS, SOXHLET\u2019S. Complete with flask, extractor and condenser.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc............................... 70\t100\t200\nEach....................................   $3.45\t4.35\t6.40\n----, with bulb condenser and ground joints in place of cork stopper. Capacity 100 cc. Complete as\nillustrated.........................................................................................\nNo. 5332\nNo. 6333\n$7.50\n9.50\n9.75\n.75\n8.00\n6332\tEXTRACTION APPARATUS HEATER, 23 inches long, 4 inches deep, 4^ inches wide. Polished\ncopper, tinned inside. Six holes, 2j^ inches diameter; racks adjustable; extreme height, including rods, 31 inches............................................................... 32.00\n6333\tEXTRACTION APPARATUS HEATER, ELECTRIC, 30J4 inches long, 5J4 inches wide, height\nincluding legs, 7 inches. Constructed of fire-proof asbestos wood; six holes 1% inches diameter with electric lamp with switch beneath each opening. Extreme height, including rods, 31inches. Six sets of adjustable extension spring clamps for extractors and condensers. Complete as illustrated with cord and plug............................................................ 72.60","page":238},{"file":"p0239.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"5335\n6337\n5338\n5338a\n5338b\n5424\n5340\n5342\n5344\n6350\n5351\n5355\n5356\u00c2\n5356B\n5356C\nSCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n239\nNo. 5335\nNo. 5337\tNo. 5338\nEXTRACTION APPARATUS, Teas, as used in tanning laboratories. Extractor flask (1 quart\ncapacity) and condenser of heavy copper............................... $33 00\nEXTRACTION APPARATUS, Reed\u2019s, for bark and wood extracts, widely used in tanning laboratories. Polished copper. Complete with Soxhlet spherical condenser.......... 60.00\nEXTRACTION APPARATUS, Underwriters\u2019 Laboratories Pattern, for use with rubber compounds, etc. Complete with metallic spiral reflux condenser, \u201c Pyrex \u201d glass flask, and glass siphon tube,\nall of special dimensions recommended by the Joint Rubber Insulation Committee. 3.76\nMETALLIC SPIRAL REFLUX CONDENSER as used in above............................. 2.76\nSPECIAL GLASS SIPHON as used in above.............................................70\nRUBBER EXTRACTION FLASK, 400 cc., as used in above................................36\nEXTRACTION THIMBLES, WHATMAN\u2019S FAT-FREE, absolutely seamless; can be used repeat-\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nSize, mm.............. 10X50 19X90 22X80 26X60 25X80 25X100 33X80\nBox of 25............. $3.50\t3.50\t3.50\t3.50\t4.00\t4.90\t4.00\nEXTRACTION FLASKS. See Flasks, Extraction.\nEXTRACTION THIMBLES, ALUNDUM. (See index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Alundum thimbles are preferable to paper thimbles in that they remain constant in weight and may be used an indefinite number of times and permit the ignition of the extracted residue without removing the residue from the thimble. Thickness of wall, about one mm.\nThree degrees of porosity may be obtained \u2014 36.9 per cent., 40.7 per cent, and 47.4 per cent. We carry in stock, however, only 40.7 per cent.\nh\n33X94\n4.90\n43X123\n7.90\nOutside diameter, mm..\nHeight, mm..........\nRound bottom, each. . . Flat bottom, each...\nEXTRACTION TUBES,\na\n6\n___\t32\n___ $0.28\nSOXHLET\u2019S.\nCapacity, cc............... 70\nEach....................... $1.85\nb\n19\n90\n.65\nb\n100\n2.50\nc\n25\n70\n.78\nc\n200\n3.50\nd\n30\n80\n.84\ne\n34\n100\n1.00\nf\n35\n55\n.90\nFILE, ROUND, rat-tail, good quality, 5 inches long........................................\nFILE, TRIANGULAR, glass cutting, good quality, 5 inches long..............................\nFILTER CONES, ALUNDUM, for use with the ordinary 60 degree funnel to which it is held firmly by stretching a rubber gasket over the top of the funnel before introducing the cone. Light aluminum stands are supplied, without extra charge, with the cones for supporting them on the balance pan. Three degrees of porosity may be obtained \u2014 36.9 per cent., 40.7 per cent, and 47.4 per cent. Our stock, however, contains filter cones 40.7 per cent. only.\nabed\nDiameter, inches... .\t1%\t2\t3\t4J^\nHeight, inches. 1A\t1 %\t2Jk\t3}4\nCapacity, cc... 20\t50\t60\t100\nEach... $0.33\t.65\t.95\t1.65\nRUBBER GASKETS for use with above filter cones in making the proper connections with the\nfunnels. For use with No. 5355a................................................................\n-----, for use with No. 5355b.....................................................................\n----, for use with No. 5355d......................................................................\nFILTER DISCS. See Plates, Filter.\n$0.18\n.16\n.06\n.06\n.11","page":239},{"file":"p0240.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"240\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nFILTER PAPERS\nHARCOURT FILTERS\nfor\nQualitative Work\nThese filters are made from a pure white paper of exceptional quality, of tough texture and very rapid. This grade of paper is suggested for general use in the laboratory and for all qualitative work.\n5365\tHARCOURT FILTERS, round, a\tin boxes containing 100 filters. b\tc\t\td\te\tf\n\tDiameter, inches\t3\t4\t5\t6\t8\t10\n\tPer box\t$0.17\t.21\t.25\t.34\t.65\t.75\n5366\t\t, in sheets 19X19 inches. . .\t\t\t\t\t\nPer ream 12.00\nArthur D. Little, Inc.\nDOUBLE ACID WASHED ASHLESS FILTER PAPER\nfor\nGeneral Quantitative Work\nThis paper is an American product produced only after two years\u2019 careful experimentation and research by one of the leading consulting organizations of the country \u2014 a concern with 35 years\u2019 experience in the application of chemistry to industry. It is made by chemists for chemists in a building devoted exclusively to industrial chemistry.\nIt is a paper made for General Quantitative Work and its combination of properties permits the elimination or many of the special purpose papers formerly required. It is superior to any American or foreign made paper for allround laboratory work.\nThis paper is \u201c ashless \u201d \u2014it is washed with both hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acid and is made in the only mill in the world operating on distilled water.\nIt retains Barium Sulphate and precipitates of equal fineness, but its close texture does not sacrifice speed of filtration. It is faster than any paper on the market with equal retention of filtrate and may be used for commercial work where time is important. This paper is stronger than any rapid quantitative filter on the market. Its great strength permits its use for ordinary Buchner funnel work and, except for \u201c crude fiber \u201d analyses, eliminates the necessity for a specially treated paper for this purpose.\nIt is subjected to a system of rigid inspection and test that insures a high degree of uniformity. Each filter ^inspected before a bright light before it is packed so that every circle can be used without hesitation.\nCat. No. 5368\nDiameter of Circle, cms.\nAsh Content Per Circle, gram Per Sealed Box, 100 Circles\na\tb\tc\n5.5\t7\t9\n.000015\t.000024\t.00004\n$1.10\t1.20\t1.70\nd\te\tf\n11\t12.5\t15\n.00006\t.00008\t.00011\n2.00\t2.30\t2.70\ng\n18.5\n.00017\n3.60","page":240},{"file":"p0241.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n241\nWHATMAN FILTER PAPER\nfor\nQualitative and Quantitative Work\nMessrs. W. & R. Baiston of Springfield Mill, Maidstone, England, manufacturers of the well-known, widely used, genuine hand-made Whatman Drawing Papers, are producing a range of filter papers the remarkable merits of which have made them the standard of excellence. The applications mentioned in the following listings will convey to the chemist the grade best suited to his requirements.\nAll Whatman Filters are packed in cardboard boxes sealed with a band and distinctly labeled. Each box contains 100 filters.\n5370 FILTER PAPER, Whatman No. 1, round, a high-grade rapid filter paper for general qualitative work when the weight of the ash is of no consequence. It is widely used in the determination of phosphorous\ndigestion. It is a popular grade for general work a\tb\t\t\tin sugar laboratories. c\td\t\te\tf\tg\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.00017\t.00028\t.00046\t.00076\t.0011\t.0016\t.0021\nDiameter, cms.\t4.25\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\nPer Box\t$0.18\t.19\t.22\t.27\t.32\t.42\t.56\n\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\tn\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.0032\t.0054\t.0068\t.0096\t.0138\t.0150\t.0233\nDiameter, cms.\t18.5\t24\t27\t32\t38.5\t40\t50\nPer Box\t$0.78\t1.40\t1.64\t2.56\t3.06\t3.48\t4.88\n5370A------, in sheets, 18J4 X22J4 inches.........................................................Per hundred 4.95\n6371 ------, Whatman No. 2, round, a stout paper which filters rapidly. Especially suited for use in the quali-\ntative analysis of the alkaline earths.\t\tUsed extensively in\t\tfertilizer, cement, steel and ore mining\t\t\t\nlaboratories.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.00028\t.0004\t.0007\t.0012\t.0018\t.0024\t.0034\nDiameter, cms.\t4.25\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\nPer Box\t$0.22\t.23\to CO\t.38\t.47\t.58\t.82\n\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\tn\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.0052\t.0089\t.0113\t.0158\t.0229\t.0247\t.0387\nDiameter, cms.\t18.5\t24\t27\t32\t38.5\t40\t50\nPer Box\t$1.16\t1.98\t2.40\t3.66\t4.45\t5.05\t6.65\n5372 -----, Whatman No. 3, round, a very stout filter paper for general qualitative work. Slightly slower\nthan Nos. 1 and 2, but very retentive. Will withstand considerable washing. Especially adapted for filtering such fine precipitates as metastannic acid, properly precipitated calcium oxalate, ammonium-phospho-molybdate when rapidly precipitated by mechanical shaker as in iron and steel laboratories, etc. Very satisfactory for filtering the solution of a fusion made with Eschka\u2019s mixture in determining sulphur in coal and coke. Valuable for use in the recovery of small quantities of silver from solution, giving an excellent separation if not too great an excess of the chloride precipitating salt is present.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\t18.5\nPer Box\t$0.38\t.45\t.55\t.63\t.81\t1.16\t1.64\n\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\t\nDiameter, cms.\t24\t27\t32\t38.5\t40\t50\t\nPer Box\t$2.81\t3.44\t6.23\t6.33\t7.22\t9.55\t\n5373 ------, Whatman No. 4, round, a soft paper of open texture. Extremely rapid but not recommended\nfor use with the finest precipitates. For the very rapid and perfect filtration of gelatinous and large-particle precipitates such as ferric hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, etc. Excellent for filtering fruit juices, syrups, oils, etc. Very popular in copper and other ore mining, sugar and cement laboratories.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\t18.5\nPer Box\t$0.30\t.33\t.45\t.55\t.72\t1.00\t1.44\nhi\tj\tk\t1\tm\nDiameter, cms.\t24\t27\t32\t38.5\t40\t50\nPer Box\t$2.46\t3.00\t4.55\t5.50\t6.33\t8.33\n5373A---, in sheets 18J4 X22J^ inches...................................Per hundred 9.70\n5374 -------, Whatman No. 5, round, a very tough, hard paper, close in texture, that will retain the finest\nprecipitates, such as barium sulphate and lead sulphate, even when freshly precipitated. Particularly adapted for use with solutions that are filtered with difficulty; slow filtering with cold solutions, but surprisingly rapid with hot solutions considering its retentiveness. Suitable for vacuum filtrations with Buchner funnel, etc.\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\t18.5\nPer Box\t$0.22\t.30\t.38\t.45\t.60\t.83\t1.23\n\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\t\nDiameter, cms.\t24\t27\t32\t38.5\t40\t50\t\nPer Box\t$1.98\t2.41\t3.72\t4.45\t5.11\t6.65\t\n5374A \u2014\u2014, in sheets, 1834 X 22 inches.............................................................Per hundred 7.72\nContinued on Following Page","page":241},{"file":"p0242.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"242\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nWHATMAN FILTERS\nContinued from Preceding Page\n5375\nFILTER PAPER, Whatman No. 30, round, a single-acid-washed rapid and retentive paper of low ash content. For the filtration of ammonium-phospho-molybdate precipitate, properly precipitated barium sulphate, in volumetric lime determinations, and for general quantitative work when the lowest ash is not important. Very popular in cement and metallurgical laboratories.\nb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.000077\t.00012\t.0002\t.0003\t.0004\t.00057\t.00087\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\t18.5\nPer Box\t$0.60\t.75\t1.00\t1.35\t1.65\t2.11\t3.00\n5376\n-----, Whatman No. 31, round, a single-acid-washed paper, similar to No. 30, but more open in texture,\nmaking it a very rapid filter. F or the very rapid filtration of gelatinous and large-particle precipitates, volumetric determinations of phosphates, also for determining silicon, etc., in iron analysis, etc., when the lowest ash is not of importance. A very popular grade in metallurgical laboratories.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.000077\t.00012\t.0002\t.0003\t.0004\t.00057\t.00087\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\t18.5\nPer Box\t$0.60\t.75\t1.00\t1.35\t1.65\t2.11\t3.00\n6377\n----, Whatman No. 40 (\u201cAshless\u201d), round, standard double-acid-washed for analytical purposes\nhaving been subjected to the treatment of hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acids, which extract all traces of silicious matter. Very low ash. Filters rapidly and retains fine precipitates. For general gravimetric quantitative work. Especially recommended for crystalline precipitates such as magnesium-ammonium-sulphate, etc.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.00003\t.00005\t.000082\t.00012\t.00016\t.00023\t.00035\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\t18.5\nPer Box\t$1.22\t1.35\t1.89\t2.25\t2.56\t3.00\t4.02\n6378 -------, Whatman No. 41 (\u201c Ashless \u201d), round, double-acid-washed, but more open in texture, therefore\nfiltering more rapidly than No. 40. For rapid quantitative work with such precipitates as do not readily pass through the paper. Widely used in determining silicon in iron and steel analysis.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.00003\t.00005\t.000082\t.00012\t.00016\t.00023\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\nPer Box\t$1.22\t1.35\t1.89\t2.25\t2.56\t3.00\n5379 ------, Whatman No. 42 (\u201cAshless\u201d), round, double-acid-washed, similar in its chemical qualities to\nNos. 40 and 41, but differing in physical properties, being much harder and extremely close in texture. Adapted especially for the finest precipitates that ordinarily are filtered with difficulty, and for such precipitates as barium sulphate, etc., when circumstances do not allow them to be precipitated\nin hot solution.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nAsh per Circle, gram\t.00003\t.00005\t.000082\t.00012\t.00016\t.00023\nDiameter, cms.\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\nPer Box\t$1.22\t1.35\t1.89\t2.25\t2.56\t3.00\n6380 ------, Whatman No. 44 (\u201c Ashless \u201d) round, double-acid-washed, of thinner substance than No. 40,\nand of lower ash content. This paper is recommended for use when the greatest possible degree of accuracy in quantitative work is required.\nAsh per Circle, gram Diameter, cms.\nPer Box\na\n.00002\n5.5\n$1.49\nb\n.00003\n7\n1.65\nc\n.00005\n9\n2.25\nd\n.000077\n11\n2.83\ne\n.0001\n12.5\n3.11\nf\n.00014\n15\n3.99\n5381 -------, Whatman No. 60 (hardened), round, specially hardened by treatment with nitric acid. Very\ntough. Will resist great pressure and retain the very finest precipitates. Can be used repeatedly, the hard, smooth surface admitting of precipitates being scraped or washed off without injury to the paper. Especially adapted for use with vacuum. As substitutes for platinum cones and for use as supports in large folded filters to prevent them bursting at the points, the small sizes of No. 50 up\nto 7 cms. are very useful.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nDiameter, cms.\t4.25\t5.5\t7\t9\t11\t12.5\t15\nPer Box\t$0.61\t1.00\t1.33\t1.89\t2.22\t2.56\t3.00\nFILTER PLATES. See page 281.","page":242},{"file":"p0243.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"5405\n5407\n5408\n5409\n5411\n5413\n5415\n5416\n5417\n5418\nSCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n243\nFLASKS, FLAT\nCapacity, cc. . Each........\nFLASKS, FLAT\nBOTTOM,\na\n30\n$0.12\nBOTTOM,\nCapacity, cc.......\nTakes Stopper No...\nEach................\nFLASKS, RING NECK,\nb\n60\n.14\n\u00ab\u2018PYREX\u201d a b 50\t100\nK13\tK15\n$0.19\t.20\nc\n120\n.15\nd\n250\n.18\ne\n500\n.24\nf\n1000\n.34\ng\n2000\n.50\nh\n4000\n1.25\n(See index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware, for characteristics.)\nc\n150\nK17\n.22\nFLAT\na\nCapacity, cc.....\t500\nTakes Stopper No.\tK23\nEach.......... $0.42\nFLASKS, FLAT\tBOTTOM,\nglazed. Split\nCapacity, cc. Each.........\nBOTTOM,\nb\n700\nK25\n.52\nd e f 200\t300\t400\nK21\tK23\tK23\n.24\t.28\t.30\nPYREX\u201d GLASS, c\n1000\nK30\n.60\ng\n500\nK25\n.33\nh\n700\nK25\n.40\nl\tj\tk\t1\n1000\t1500\t2000\t3000\nK28\tK33\tK37\tK37\n.48\t.56\t.65\t.84\n\u2018FUSED SILICA.\u201d Bulb transparent,\nd\n2000\nK33\n.86\nneck\nFLASKS, ROUND\nCapacity, cc..\nEach..........\nFLASKS, ROUND neck glazed.\nCapacity, cc..\nEach..........\nFLASKS, FRACTIONAL\nl shape. a\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\n50\t100\t150\t200\t250\t500\t1000\n$4.78\t6.27\t7.27\t8.33\t9.38\t14.61\t25.00\nBOTTOM, a 120 $0.13 BOTTOM\tspherical. b 250 .15 , \u201cFUSED\t\tSILICA.\u201d\tc 500 .21 Bulb\td 1000 .34 transparent,\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\n50\t100\t150\t200\t250\t500\t1000\n$4.78\t6.28\t7.28\t8.33\t9.40\t14.60\t25.00\nDISTILLATION,\na\nwith side tubes.\nb\tc\nCapacity, cc..........\nEach..................\n----, \u201c PYREX \u201d GLASS.\nCapacity, cc..........\nTakes Rubber Stopper No.. Each\nFLASKS, DISTILLATION,\n15\t30\t125\t250\t500\t1000\n$0.25\t.33\t.45\t.55\t.68\t1.10\n(See index,\t\u201c Pyrex \u201d\tGlassware for\tcharacteristics.)\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\n100\t200\t250\t500\t1000\t2000\nK17\tK19\tK19\tK21\tK25\tK37\n$0.50\t.60\t.65\t.78\t1.30\t1.80\nFUSED SILICA.\u201d Bulb transparent, neck and side arm glazed. Spherical\nwith side arm.\ta\tb\tc\td\nCapacity, cc\t\t\t 50\t100\t150\t200\nEach\t\t\t $6.90\t8.35\t9.40\t10.45\n\te\tf\tg\t\nCapacity, cc\t\t\t 250\t500\t1000\t\nEach\t\t\t$11.45\t16.65\t29.15\t\nFLASKS, ENGLER\u2019S DISTILLATION, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS.\n(See index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware, for characteristics.) For fractional distillation of creosote and petroleum. Made to standard dimensions according to the American Society for Testing Materials and the United States Bureau of Mines.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc..................... 100\t200\t250\nEach........................... $0.65\t.74\t.78\nNo. 5418","page":243},{"file":"p0244.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"244\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6435\nNo. 5437\n5419 FLASKS, ERLENMEYER.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc..................... 60\t120\t250\nEach............................. $0.14\t.16\t.18\nd\te\n500\t1000\n.24\t.35\n5421\n5423\n5424\n5425\n5427\n5429\n5430\nFLASKS, ERLENMEYER, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware, for characteristics.)\nabcdefghijkl\nCapacity, cc... 50\t100\t150\t200\t250\t300\t500\t600\t750\t1000\t1500\t2000\nTakes Stopper No.\tK17\tK19\tK21\tK23\tK23\tK25\tK28\tK28\tK30\tK33\tK40\tK40\nEach..... $0.18\t.20\t.21\t.22\t.24\t.28\t.32\t.34\t.38\t.46\t.56\t.66\nFLASKS, ERLENMEYER, WIDE MOUTH, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS.\nabed\nCapacity, cc... 250\t500\t750\t1000\nTakes Stopper No. K33\tK47\tK51\tK51\nEach.......... $0.24\t.32\t.38\t.46\nFLASK, EXTRACTION, RUBBER, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware for\ncharacteristics.) Capacity 400 cc. Takes Rubber Stopper No. K37.................... $0.35\nFLASKS, EXTRACTION, SOXHLET\u2019S, large mouth.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nCapacity, cc..................... 50\t100\t250\t500\t1000\nEach............................. $0.15\t.20\t.28\t.33\t.60\nFLASK, EXTRACTION, \u201cPYREX.\u201d Round bottom, capacity 100 cc. Height 3 Js inches, diameter\n2% inches, diameter of neck 1% inches ...........................................22\n----, round bottom, capacity 2000 cc. Height inches, diameter 6,^ inches, diameter of neck\n22\u00fc2 inches....................................................................................78\nFLASKS, FILTERING, conical form with side neck, heavy glass, uniform.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc................... 250\t500\nEach........................... $0.50\t.70\n6430A--------, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware for characteristics.)\ns.\tb\tc\td\t0\nCapacity, cc........................... 250\t500\t1000\t2000\t4000\nTakes Rubber Stopper No..........\tK25\tK25\tK30\tK37\tK37\nEach.................................. $0.78\t1.05\t1.60\t2.65\t4.45\n6431 FLASK, KJELDAHL or DIGESTION, for nitrogen determinations. Capacity 200 cubic\ncentimeters.....................................................................28\n6433 FLASKS, KJELDAHL or DIGESTION, \u201cPYREX.\u201d Round bottom, long neck.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc.................. 300\t500\t800\nEach.......................... $0.32\t.41\t.50\n5434 FLASK, VISCOSIMETER, \u201cPYREX\u201d GLASS. (See index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware\nfor characteristics.) Capacity 60 cc........................................ $1.40\n6435 FLASKS, VOLUMETRIC, without glass stopper, graduated with one and two marks as follows :\nNo. 5434\n5437\na\nCapacity, cc.\t5\nEach\t$0.35\nFLASKS, VOLUMETRIC,\nCapacity, cc.......\nEach...............\nb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\n10 20\t25\t50\t50 & 55\t100\t100 & 110\t200\t200 & 220\t250\t500\t1000\n.40\t.40\t.45\t.60\t.55\t.55\t.60\t.60\t.75\t.75\t.80\t1.25\nwith glass stopper, graduated as follows:\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\na\tb\tc\t\td\te\tf\t\tg\t\n25\t50\t100\t\t200\t250\t500\t\t1000\t\n$0.80\t.85\t1.05\t\t1.10\t1.20\t1.35\t\t1.60\t","page":244},{"file":"p0245.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"6-270\n6-272\n6-274\n5445\n5450\n3865\n6452\n6462\n5464\n5466\n5468\n6472\nFLUSH PLATE, nickel-plated, for inserting in any table flush with the top surface. When fitted to a table and screwed into place, it offers an excellent socket for a support rod for funnel and filter rings,\nclamps, etc. Tapped }4 X20 for 10 mm. rods. (See illustration, page 9.).........................\n----, tapped %X16 for 13 mm. rods. (See illustration, page 9.).....................................\n----, tapped J^X12 for 19 mm. rods. (See illustration, page 9.)....................................\nFORCEPS, STEEL, 5-inch, for handling phosphorus, potassium, etc....................................\nFUNNELS, BUNSEN\u2019S, stem cut at an angle of 60\u00b0.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nDiameter, inches......\t2\t23^\t3\t4\t5\nEach...................... $0.31\t.32\t.36\t.45\t.55\nFUNNELS, BURETTE..................................................... .........................Each\nFUNNELS, GLASS, without stems, for sugar analysis. Useful for various salts.\nf\n6\n.78\ng\n8\n1.08\nh\n10\n1.80\n\t\ta\tb\t\tc\n\tDiameter, mm\t\t70\t90\t\t100\n\tEach\t\t\t$0.42\t.46\t\t.50\n5453\tFUNNELS, RIBBED GLASS, for quick filtering.\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\t\tc\n\tDiameter, inches\t\t7M\t8M\t\t1034\n\tEach\t\t$1.45\t1.80\t\t1.95\n5455a\tFUNNEL, SEPARATORY, s\t30 degree, heavy glass, with stopcock. Diameter\t\t\t\n6455b\t\t, diameter 10 inches. . . .\t\t\t\t\n5457\tFUNNELS, SEPARATORY,\tcylindrical.\ta\t\tb\t\n\tCapacity, cc\t\t\t30\t\t60\t\n\tEach\t\t$1.40\t\t1.50\t\n5459\tFUNNELS, SEPARATORY,\tglobe shape.\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\t\n\tCapacity, cc\t\t\t 60\t125\t250\t\n\tEach\t\t\t $1.40\t1.65\t2.10\t\n5460\tFUNNELS, SEPARATORY,\t, SQUIBB\u2019S, pear shape, with glass stopper.\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\t\tc\n\tCapacity, cc\t\t125\t250\t\t500\n\tEach\t\t\t $2.00\t2.25\t\t3.25\nc\n125\n1.90\nd\n500\n2.70\ne\n1000\n3.50\nFUNNEL, GRADUATED, SEPARATORY, CYLINDRICAL. Long stem, capacity 250 cc......\nFUNNEL, POLISHED COPPER, DOUBLE WALL, for hot filtrations...................\nFUNNEL, KOCH\u2019S, POLISHED COPPER, single wall for hot filtrations. With legs.\n---, double wall, for hot filtrations. With legs............................\nFUNNELS, BUCHNER, PORCELAIN, fixed perforated porcelain plates.\nabed\nDiameter, mm..... 82\t102\t138\t200\nEach............. $2.00\t2.60\t4.80\t7.20\n$0.85\n1.06\n1.25\n.17\n.20\n4.80\n8.50\n4.00\n7.60\n5.60\n8.00","page":245},{"file":"p0246.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"246\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 5478\nFurnace Open Ready for the Introduction of a Tube\nNo. 5480\nNo. 5479\nNos. 54.82 and 5484\n5478\tFURNACE, CRUCIBLE with Injector Gas Burner. Operates with illuminating gas, natural gas or\ngasoline gas. Takes No. 00 clay or lead crucibles. Clay parts, outside, measure 4)4 inches X 5)4 inches high. Pot inside, measures 2fg inchesX2)4 inches deep. Furnace on stand is 6)4 inches high over all. Without foot blower, but complete with one No. 00 clay crucible............ $7.60\n5479\tFURNACE, CRUCIBLE AND MUFFLE. Operates with illuminating gas, natural gas or gasoline\ngas. Takes muffle 3)4X234X6)4 inches and No. 3 clay or lead crucible (3M inches diameterX4 inches high.) Pot and cover, outside, measures 9)4 inchesX 11 inches high; inside, 6)4 inches deep X6 inches diameter. Without blower, but complete with muffle and clay crucible............ 27.76\n5479A PLUMBAGO MUFFLE, 3)4X2)4X634 inches........................................................... 3.00\n5480\tFURNACES, TUBE, for combustions. Using the ordinary foot blower, this furnace will heat an iron\ntube % to 1 inch in diameter, to its softening point in 10 minutes. Without the blast it will heat the same tube to redness. Can be used with natural gas, coal gas or gasoline gas.\na\tb\tc\nFor tubes of\tlength, inches.................... 12\t18\t24\nEach......................................... $24.50\t30.00\t34.50\n5482 FURNACES, ELECTRIC, CRUCIBLE, for work up to 1000\u00b0 C. (1832\u00b0 F.). Operates on 110 or 220 volt alternating current or direct current. The heating element of \u201c Chromel \u201d wire is wound on an alundum core, surrounded by a packing of special heat insulating material, enclosed in a sheet iron case. The maximum working capacity is 1000\u00b0 C. (1832\u00b0 F.) and by means of a controlling rheostat should be kept within this limit.\na\tb\tc\nChamber, diameter, inches.................... 2\t4\t5'\nChamber, depth, inches...................... 2)4\t4\t5\nCurrent comsumption, watts.................. 370\t1000\t1200\nWithout controlling rheostat............... $31.10\tSI.10\t94.45\nA wire stand for using furnace in horizontal position is furnished with No. 5482a.\n5484 FURNACES, ELECTRIC CRUCIBLE, same as above., but with controlling rheostat.\na\tb\nChamber, diameter, inches................... 2\t4\nChamber, depth, inches..................... 2)4\t4\nCurrent consumption, watts................. 370\t1000\nWith controlling rheostat................. $44.45\t78.85\nA wire stand for using furnace in horizontal position is furnished with No. 5484a.\nREPAIR PARTS. PRICES ON APPLICATION Fused Silica Combustion Tubing No. 6868m (22 mm. (J4-inch) bore) is recommended for\nc\n5\n5\n1200\n112.25\nall tube furnaces.","page":246},{"file":"p0247.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"6494\n6496\n6600\n5500A\n6601\n5501A\n6602\n6602A\n6503\n5603A\n6604\n5606\n5606\n6507\n6611\n5513\n5616\n5516A\n6618\nSCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n247\nNos. 5494 and 6496\tNos. 6611 to 5513\nFURNACES, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, for work up to 1000\u00b0 C. (1832\u00b0 F.). Operates on 110 or 220 volts alternating current or direct current. The heating unit of \u201c Chromel \u201d wire is wound on an alundum muffle surrounded by a packing of special heat insulating material, enclosed in a sheet-iron case. The maximum working capacity is 1000\u00b0 C. (1832\u00b0 F.) and by means of a controlling rheostat,\nWithout controlling rheostat.\ta\tb\tc\td\nChamber, length, inches\t\t7\t10\t12\t14\nChamber, width, inches\t\t3Vs\t4M\t5M\t7M\nChamber, height, inches\t\t2 H\t3\t3M\t5M\nCurrent consumption, watts, full load\t850\t1300\t2100\t3400\nPrice, 110 or 220 volts, A. C. or D. C.\t$77.75\t94.45\t127.75\t166.65\n7\t10\t12\t14\n3M\t4M\t5M\t7M\n2M\t3\t3M\t5M\n850\t1300\t2100\t3400\n$93.35\t112.25\t151.00\t206.50\nNote.\u2014When ordering, specify line voltage and whether alternating current or direct current. FURNACES, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, same as above, but with controlling rheostat.\nabed\nChamber, length, inches.\nChamber, width, inches..\nChamber, height, inches....\nCurrent consumption, watts.\nPrice, 110 or 220 volts, A. C. (60 cycle)\nor D. C................\nNote.\u2014When ordering, specify line voltage, and whether alternating current or direct current.\nREPAIR PARTS AND CHARGES\nImmediate renewals can be made easily with the repair parts listed below.\nALUNDUM MUFFLE for Furnace Nos. 5494a and 6496a.\n---, wound ready for use......................\nALUNDUM MUFFLE for Furnace Nos. 5494b and 5496b.\n---, wound ready for use........................\nALUNDUM MUFFLE for Furnace Nos. 5494c and 5496c\n---, wound ready for use........................\nALUNDUM MUFFLE for Furnace Nos. 5494d and 5496d.\n---, wound ready for use........................\nCHROMEL WIRE for Furnace Nos. 5494a and 5496a\n---, for Furnace Nos. 5494b and 5496b...........\n---, for Furnace Nos. 5494c and 5496c...........\n-, for Furnace Nos. 5494d and 5496d.\n. Lot . Lot . Lot . Lot\n$11.10\n17.75\n16.66\n27.20\n22.26\n40.00\n33.36\n68.90\n6.65\n10.66\n17.75\n26.56\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC TUBE, for work up to 1000\u00b0 C. (1832\u00b0 F.). Operates on 110 or 220 volts alternating current or direct current. The heating unit of \u201c Chromel \u201d wire is wound on an alundum tube, surrounded by a packing of special heat insulating material enclosed in a sheet iron case. The maximum working capacity is 1000\u00b0 C. (1832\u00b0 F.) and, by means of a controlling rheostat, should be kept within this limit. Current consumption 550 watts. Without controlling rheostat, chamber\n1M inches diameter by 12 inches long. Current consumption 550 watts.............................\nFURNACE, same as No. 5511, but with controlling rheostat..........................................\n33.35\n46.65\nREPAIR PARTS AND CHARGES\nImmediate renewals can be made easily with the repair parts listed below.\nALUNDUM TUBE, for Furnace Nos. 5511 and 5513.......................... $6-65\n---, wound ready for use............................................... 11.10\nCHROMEL WIRE for Furnace Nos. 5511 and 6513.........................Lot 4.46\nFused Silica Combustion Tubing No. 6868m (22 mm. (M inch) bore) is recommended for all tube furnaces.","page":247},{"file":"p0248.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"248\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6521\tNos. 5530 to 6537\nFURNACES, ELECTRIC CRUCIBLE, for work requiring temperatures up to 1100\u00b0 C. (2000\u00b0 F.) for use on alternating current only. These furnaces operate on low voltages (10 to 57 volts) and as regularly supplied for 110, 220 or 44\u00d6 volts (60 cycles) circuit, require a transformer and controlling rheostat.\nb\tc\nDiameter, chamber, inches....................................... 2\t4\nDepth, chamber, inches........................................ 21.-j\t6\nCurrent consumption, watts..................................... 1000\t2000\n5521\tFurnace, only.................................................... $33.35\t$83.35\n6622\tTransformer...................................................... 38.85\t61.10\n5523\tControlling Rheostat............................................. 17.75\t23.35\n5624\tComplete Equipment, for 110, 220 or 440 volts (60 cycles) A. C..\t89.95\t167.80\nEXTRA HEATING UNITS\nWhen not heated above 1100\u00b0 C. (2000\u00b0 F.), the life of a heating unit should be at least 1000 hours.\n6626\t----, for Furnace No. 5521b................................................................ $6.15\n6527\t----, for Furnace No. 5521c................................................................ 13.36\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, for work up to 1100\u00b0 C. (2000\u00b0 F.) for use on alternating current only. The heating unit is in the shape of heavy hairpins which are distributed around the top, bottom and sides of a refractory muffle. Surrounding the heating units is a layer of special fire-brick heat insulation and outside of this, a sheet iron case. This furnace operates on low voltage and as regularly supplied, for 110, 220 or 440 volts (60 cycles) alternating current circuits, requires a transformer and a controlling rheostat. Chamber 4J4 inches wide, 3 inches high, 9 inches long. Current consumption 2750 watts.\n5530A\tFurnace, only................................................................................122.26\n5530B\tTransformer.................................................................................. 72.25\n6530C\tControlling Rheostat......................................................................... 23.35\n5530D\tComplete Equipment, furnace\twith\ttransformer and controlling rheostat........................217.85\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, same as No. 5530, but designed so that temperature regulation is secured by regulating transformer. Does not require a controlling rheostat. Chamber 7^\u00a7 inches wide, 5 inches high, 12J--2 inches long. Current consumption, 6000 watts.\n6533A\tFurnace, only................................................................................173.36\n5533B\tRegulating Transformer......................... .............................................216.66\n6533C\tComplete Equipment, furnace\twith\tregulating\ttransformer..................................... 390.00\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, same as No. 5533, but chamber 12 inches wide, 8 inches high, 19 inches long. Mounted on an angle iron stand which brings the shelf 40 inches above the floor. Current consumption 12,500 watts.\n5535A\tFurnace, only...............................................................................  383.35\n5535B\tRegulating Transformer.......................................................................316.66\n5535C\tComplete Equipment, furnace\twith\tregulating\ttransformer...................................... 700.00\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, same as No. 5635, but chamber 12 inches wide, 8 inches high, 26 inches long. Current consumption 15,000 watts. Does not require a controlling rheostat.\n6537A\tFurnace, only..............................................................................  455.56\n5537B\tRegulating Transformer.......................................................................361.00\n6537C\tComplete Equipment, furnace\twith\tregulating\ttransformer.......................................816.56\nNote.\u2014 When ordering any of the above furnaces, specify line voltage.\nEXTRA HEATING ELEMENTS\nWhen not heated above 1100\u00b0 C. (2000\u00b0 F.) the life of a heating unit should be at least 1000 hours.\n6540\tEXTRA HEATING UNITS for Furnace No. 5530A (10 per set)...................Each unit $1.66\n6541\t ,\tfor\tFurnace\tNo.\t5533A\t(10\tper\tset).................................Each unit\t3.86\n5542\t ,\tfor\tFurnace\tNo.\t5535A\t(14\tper\tset).................................Each unit\t5.56\n5543\t ,\tfor\tFurnace\tNo.\t5537A\t(14\tper\tset).................................Each unit\t7.75","page":248},{"file":"p0249.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n249\nNo. 5547\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC TUBE, for work up to 1100\u00b0 C (2000\u00b0 F.) for use on alternating circuits only, 110,220 or 440 volts (60 cycles) alternating current. The heating unit is of \u201c Chromel \u201d wire, in the form of a coil which radiates heat directly on the contents of the furnace. Surrounding the heat unit is a layer of special fire-brick heat insulation, and outside of this, a sheet iron case.\nThe temperature regulation is by means of a controlling rheostat. Diameter of chamber 1inches, length 12 inches. Current consumption 1000 watts.\n5547A\tFurnace, only............................................$38.85\n5547B\tTransformer.............................................. 33.36\n5547C\tControlling Rheostat..................................... 15.66\n5547D\tComplete Equipment, furnace with controlling rheostat\nand transformer........................................ 87.75\nREPAIR PARTS\nWhen not heated above 1100\u00b0 C. (2000\u00b0 F.) the life of the heating unit should be at least 1000 hours. By having at hand extra heating units, immediate repairs can be made by the operator.\n5551 EXTRA HEATING COIL for Furnace No. 5547A\n5.55\nNo. 5555\nNos, 5556B to 5559B\n8556 FURNACE, ELECTRIC, MULTIPLE COMBUSTION TUBE, for work up to 1100\u00b0 C. (2000\u00b0 F.)\nfor use on alternating currents, 110, 220, or 440 volt, 60-cycle lines. The combustion tubes are heated by direct radiations from \u201c hairpin \u201d heating units between which the tubes lie. Temperature regulation is accomplished by means of a regulating transformer. With this furnace, five carbon combustions can be run simultaneously and will be found of great convenience and economy where a\nlarge number of carbon determinations are to be made. Complete with transformer.. 372.50\n5555A EXTRA HEATING UNITS for above (8 per set)..................................Each unit 3.86\nFURNACE, ELECTRIC CRUCIBLE, for use on work requiring temperatures up to 1800\u00b0 C. (3300\u00b0\nF.). Adapts itself to melting point determinations and may be used for melting metals up to 50 lbs. weight. Heating chamber is in a vertical position. Carbon which serves as the heating element is in the form of plates and these are arranged around the two opposite sides of the heating chamber. Temperature regulation is accomplished by adjusting carbon plates upon each other by means of two hand screws as shown in the illustration. Furnished for 110, 220 or 440 volts and 60 cycle circuits. Auxiliary equipment consists of a transformer and switchboard upon which are mounted a switch, circuit breaker and ammeter.\nChamber Dimensions Current Consumption Furnace Only\tComplete Equipment\nWidth\tLength\tDepth\tat Full Load\tCat. No.\tPrice\t110 volts, 60 cycles Cat. No.\tPrice\t\n4 inches\t4 inches\t4J/2 inches\t12.5 K.W.\t5556A\t$416.65\t5556B\t$776.65\n6 inches\t6 inches\t6^2 inches\t20.0 K.W.\t5557A\t555.50\t5557B\t1034.46\n10 inches\t10 inches\t10 Y2 inches\t45.0 K.W.\t5559A\t888.85\t5559B\t1767.75\nPrices on application for windings other than 110 volts.\nFused Silica Combustion Tubing No. 6868m (22 mm., (J/% inch) bore) is recommended for all Tube Furnaces.","page":249},{"file":"p0250.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"250\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNos. 5661B and 5662B\nNo. 5563\nFURNACES, ELECTRIC MUFFLE, for use on work requiring temperatures up to 1400\u00b0 C. (2500\u00b0 F.). Minimum temperature, 1000\u00b0 F. This furnace is especially adapted for heat-treating high-speed and carbon tool steels.\nAuxiliary equipment consists of a transformer and switchboard equipped with line switch, circuit breaker, ammeter and a pyrometer with three feet thermo-couple.\nComplete Equipment\nChamber Dimensions Current Consumption Furnace Only\t100 volts, 60 cycles\nWidth\tHeight\tLength\tat Full Load\tCat. No.\tPrice\tCat. No.\tPrice\n6 Yi inches\t5 inches\t12 inches\t15.0 K.W.\t6561A\t$444.45\t6561B\t$917.76\n12 inches\t8 inches\t18 inches\t30.0 K.W.\t5562A\t611.10\t6562B\t1341.10\nPrices on application for windings other than 110 volts\n6663 FURNACE, ORGANIC COMBUSTION, 4, 8 and 12-inch sections, for lj^-inch diameter tube, for work up to 1000\u00b0 C. (1830\u00b0 F.). Operates on 110 volts direct current or alternating current. Lateral adjustment for each furnace about 11J4 inches; length of combustion tube required, 48 inches. Complete as illustrated with rheostats................................................. 180.0(1\nOrganic Combustion Furnaces are built on order only. Sections of different lengths, voltages of 220 or 440 direct current or alternating current, and for tubes up to 3 inches diameter, can be obtained.\nPrices Upon Receipt of Detailed Specifications\n6566 FURNACE CORES, ELECTRIC, ALUNDUM. Alundum refractory cores have high heat conductivity and do not become electrical conductors when at the highest temperature obtained in the furnace. The wires should be protected by embedding them in alundum cement. Thus fully protected, they do not corrode under the most severe conditions since the alundum mixtures are chemically inert.\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\tj\tk\nBore, inches\t1\tiys\t2\t2*\t2 tV\t\t3\t3\t3 M\t5\t5\nLength, inches\t10\t12\t10\t2\u00c4\t2\u00c4\t5\t6\u00a5\t24\t5\tm\t12\nPitch, inch Both Ends Open One End Closed\tVs $5.28\t5 16 5.84\tV 9 6.10\t5 16 $2.50\t5 16 2.20\t5 16 2.50\tT6 6.10\tK 13.33\t5 16 5.55\t5 16 8.36\t9.50","page":250},{"file":"p0251.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n251\nGAS ANALYSIS APPARATUS\nNo. 6576\nNo. 6677\n5676 TRIPLE ORSAT GAS ANALYZER for C02, Oa and CO, especially in flue and furnace gases.\nThis design is equipped with a master valve control whereby one valve controls all gas passages. The special valve seat has been so perfected that there is no metal-to-metal wear and leakage is absolutely prevented. Turning the indicating dial to the indicated point, opens communication between the burette and the desired container, gas inlet, vent, etc., with absolute precision. Metal vent tubes with shut-off valves are a feature that does away with rubber tubes and glass plugs found on other Orsats.\nThe levelling bottle always remains in vertical position, making it unnecessary to empty the water each time. Arrangements arc provided whereby this Orsat automatically levels at zero without removing the levelling bottle.\nCarrying case is well made and neatly finished. The inside is enamelled white. Complete directions and a list of duplicate repair parts (individually numbered) are attached to the inside of the case. Case. 3 X12 X IT inches...............................................................................\n5576 SINGLE ORSAT GAS ANALYZER for C02 only. This apparatus has same exclusive features as No. 5575, but has but one absorption pipette and is used for determining CO\u00bb only. Case, 3X8X14 inches...............................................................................................\n5677 WILLIAMS MODEL \u201c A \u201d ORSAT APPARATUS for the Complete Analysis of a Combustible Gas, containing carbon dioxide, illuminants, oxygen, carbon monoxide, hydrogen, methane and nitrogen.\nExtensively used as the best of the modifications of the original Orsat, by reason of its many advantages of accuracy, speed, ease of adjustment and manipulation. The special form of bubbling pipette increases the rapidity of absorption. All parts easily cleaned.\nComplete with directions, in finest quartered oak case, 12X4Xl~}/2 inches, rubbed finish, with inside exposed portions rubber-covered. Without explosion coil...............................................\n5678 WILLIAMS MODEL \u201c B \u201d ORSAT APPARATUS for Analysis of C02, 02 and CO, especially designed for analysis of flue gases.\nComplete with directions, in quartered oak case, 9J4X4X17J4 inches, rubbed finish, with inside exposed portions rubber-covered......................................................................\n$57.60\n45.00\n75.00\n50.00\n5579 PORTABLE EXPLOSION COIL with batteries, in quartered oak case, same finish as above\n12.00","page":251},{"file":"p0252.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"252\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n5590 GAS APPARATUS for sulphur determinations, according to Mr. C. D. Jenkins, Massachusetts\nState Inspector of Gas and Meters..........................................................$19.75\n5590A GAS SAMPLE TUBES, according to Mr. C. D. Jenkins............................................... 1.46\n6590B GAS AMMONIA BULBS, according to Mr. C. D. Jenkins.............................................. 1.46\n6596\tGAS BOTTLE GENERATOR, capacity 8 ounces, complete with fittings...................................66\n6597\t----, capacity 16 ounces, complete with fittings..................................................75\n5605 GAS COLLECTOR (Beehive Shelf) of unglazed porcelain, 2 inches high, for use in a sink or dish\nas the bottle rest for collecting gases over water..............................................46\n6607 GAS COLLECTOR (Packard\u2019s Glazed Porcelain Beehive Shelf). This collector is provided with a recessed top for holding the neck of the bottle, and since it is but one inch high, requires very little water, thus permitting the use of a shallow dish. Excellent for lecture desk.......................30\n5R10 GAS GENERATOR, GASOLINE, constructed wholly of brass, polished and nickeled. Height 7 inches, diameter 4 inches. Interior contains 14 lineal feet of evaporating surface. Turret valve at top controls both gas and air outlets, also controls the size of the blowpipe flame. Built absolutely proof against any danger of flashing back of the flame. An air check is attached at the end of the\nfiller tube to prevent over filling. Without rubber tubing........................... 15.55\n5611 GAS GENERATOR,'KIPP\u2019S, 500 cubic centimeters (pint) capacity.............................. 10.00\n5611A ----- 1000 cubic centimeters (quart) capacity............................................ 12.50\n5612\tGAS GENERATOR, OXYGEN, of polished metal, 9Jdj inches high, weighing but 2J\u00a3 pounds.\nCapacity at one charge 27 liters \u2014 nearly one cubic foot. The charge consists of an \u201c Oxone Cartridge,\u201d a hermetically sealed tin which is to be punctured on top and bottom.\nProdue^pure oxygen instantaneously. This oxygen is at low pressure and as it leaves the generator is 99.3per cent. pure. As it leaves the wash bottle it is considered 100 per cent, pure oxygen.\nSimple and easy to handle, quickly recharged and always a source for obtaining pure oxygen instantly. Complete outfit is packed in a finished portable case and comprises the generator with wash bottle,\nawl for perforating the tin, four oxone cartridges and rubber tubing lead............. 27.76\nNote.\u2014 The above outfit, using \u201c Hydrone \u201d in place of \u201c Oxone,\u201d may be used to generate pure hydrogen.\n5613\t\u201c OXONE,\u201d sold only in two-pound tins..............................................Per tin 2.60\n5614\t\u201c HYDRONE,\u201d sold only in two-pound tins\nPer tin\n4.00","page":252},{"file":"p0253.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n253\nNo. 5616\tNo. 5642\nNos. 5628 No. 6620 and 5629\nNo. 5626\nNo. 12-295\n5616 GAS HOLDER, Gasometer, Berzelius\u2019 and Pepy\u2019s, improved form of heavy copper. Capacity,\n5 gallons....................................................................................  $38.50\n6617\t----, capacity 10\tgallons......................................................................... 49.00\n5620 GAS MEASURING TUBES for collecting gases over mercury.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc........................ 50X1/5\t100 XJ4\nEach................................ $1.25\t2.00\n5625\tGAS PRESSURE REGULATOR, Murrill\u2019s Improved, for use with a thermostat. A constant tem-\nperature can be maintained regardless of the pressure variations in the gas supply. With two outlets as illustrated.................................................................................. 16.60\n5626\tGAS REGULATOR, Reichert\u2019s, adapted for water baths, drying ovens, incubators, sterilizers, etc.\nSecures constant temperature at any desired point from 1\u00b0 C. up to the boiling point of mercury. 5.00 5628 GAS REGULATOR, Roux Bi-Metallic, an accurate gas regulator, simple in construction, easily operated and adjusted to regulate an even temperature more constantly than any other thermoregulator. Not liable to leak as it is made entirely of metal. Particularly well adapted for ovens\nand sterilizers. Length 10 inches. Complete with directions................................... 13.25\n6629\t----, same as above, but for high temperatures................................................... 19.60\n12-295 GAUGE, POLISHED STEEL, INSIDE TAPER, for inside measure of tubes, holes, etc. Made\nof hardened polished steel and about 18 cms. long. Will measure from 1/10 to 15 mm............ 1.25\n5632 GAUZE, ASBESTOS CENTER, tinned iron wire, 5X5 inches with asbestos compressed in the\nmesh. Excellent for slow evaporations.....................................................Each .16\n5634\tGAUZE, COPPER, thick wire, mesh selected for use in heating chemical ware.\na\tb\tc\nSize, inches............................. 4X4\t6X6\tSq.\tFt.\nEach................................ $0.12\t.22\t.85\n5635\tGAUZE, COPPER, 80 mesh, 4X4 inches...................................................................30\n6637 GAUZE, IRON, thick wire, mesh selected for use in heating chemical ware.\na\tb\tc\nSize, inches............................. 4X4\t6X6\tSq.\tFt.\nEach................................ $0.05\t.10\t.35\n5640 GERMINATING BOX, Ganong pattern..................................................................... 1.50\n5642 GLASSES, TEST, on foot, clear colorless glass.\na\tb\nCapacity, ounces.......................... 2\t4\nEach.................................... $0.90\t1.00\n3615 GLASS BEADS, hollow, for filtering or drying gases by means of acid..........................Per lb. 1.90","page":253},{"file":"p0254.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"254\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n5615\n5646\n5647\n5649\n5650\n5651\n5652\n5653\n5664\n5660\n5662\n5664\n5666\n5667\nGLASS BLOWERS\u2019 FIRES. See Blowpipes.\nGLASS CUTTER, single steel wheel, with metal handle..............................................$0.10\nGLASS CUTTER, TURRET HEAD. Turret contains six high-grade steel wheels, hardened and\ntempered and carefully tested. Ebony-finished handle, nickeled ferrule, highly polished..........35\nGLASS CUTTER, Glazier\u2019s Diamond with wheel guide, especially adapted for the unskilled. A high-\ngrade cutter with good-sized diamond.......................................................... 7.60\nGLASS CUTTING DIAMOND, excellent quality......................................................... 7.50\nGLASS TUBE CUTTER, BUNSEN\u2019S, a practical tool with steel wheel, hardened and tempered. . .\t.60\nGLASS TUBE CUTTER for tubes up to J/g-mch diameter, inexpensive but efficient, rapid and practical .25\nGLASS TUBE CUTTER, DIAMOND, for cutting glass tubes, water gage glasses, etc. A good sized diamond exceptionally well mounted............................................................. 7.50\nGLASS CUTTER FOR CIRCLES. Cuts circles from to 22 p2 inches in diameter, is interchangeable, allowing renewal of cutters, and is secured firmly to the graduated rod marked to J/g inches. All parts nickel-plated. Hardwood handles and base with felt-covered bottom... 1.66\nGLASS CUTTER, DIAMOND, FOR CIRCLES.\nFor circles from Yi inch to 14 inches in diameter.\nFurnished with a good-sized diamond. A well-made machine of wide range of usefulness.... 28.00\nGLASS PLATES for covers. See No. 6330.\nGLASS RODS. See Rods, Glass, No. 6480.\nGLASS RODS, stirring rods, finished ends. See No. 6482.\nGLASS TUBING. See Tubing, Glass.\nGLASS WOOL for filtering acids, etc. Per ounce .45 GOLD BEATERS\u2019 SKIN.................................10\nGRADUATES, CONICAL, graduated in ounces.\na\tb\tc\nCapacity, ounces.....\t1\t2\nEach................. $0.35\t.40\t.42\nCutter head\nGRADUATES, CONICAL, graduated in cubic centimeters.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nCapacity, cc..... 30\t60\t100\t250\t500\nEach........... $0.48\t.60\t.70\t.95\t1.50\nGRADUATES, CONICAL, graduated in both ounces and cubic centimeters.\nabode\nCapacity, ounces.\t1\t2\t4\t8\t16\nCapacity, cc..... 30\t60\t125\t250\t500\nEach........... $0.60\t.75\t.95\t1.35\t2.00\nGRADUATES, CYLINDRICAL, of glass. See page 229.\nf\n1000\n2.15\nf\n32\n1000\n3.25","page":254},{"file":"p0255.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n255\n5670M\n5670N\n5671\nNo. 5671\nHEATER, ^ELECTRIC, WATER. Seepllectric Appliances. HEATERS, SOLDERING IRON. See Soldering Iron Heaters. HOT\u00df PLATES, See Stoves, and Baths, Sand.\nHYDROMETERS\nOur line of hydrometers has been selected with unusual care to cover the requirements not only of commercial, but also of educational laboratories as well. We believe we have covered general requirements. We most respectfully solicit correspondence relative to special individual requirements which are not met in the following listings.\n31-170 HYDROMETER for light liquids, double scale, Beaume, 100 to 10, Specific Gravity,\n0.6000 to 1.000...............................................$1.00\n31-171 HYDROMETER for heavy liquids, double scale, Beaume', 0-70, Specific Gravity, 1.000\nto 2.000...................................................... 1.00\n31-175 HYDROMETER, Specific Gravity Scale only, for both light and heavy liquids. Range\n0.7000 to 2.000............................................... 2.26\n5668\tHYDROMETERS, Twaddle scale,\u2019graduation.\nabed\te\tf\nRange 0-24\t24-48\t48-72\t72-100\t100-134\t134-180\nEach; $1.25\t1.25\t1.25\t1.25\t1.25\t1.25\n5669\t, HYDROMETERS, Specific Gravity Scale.\nk\t1\tm\nRange\t0.700-0.800\t0.800-0.900\t0.900-1.000\nDivisions\t.002\t.002\t.002\nEach\t$1.70\t1.70\t1.70\nq\tr\ts\tt\tu\nRange\t1.000-1.200\t1.200-1.400\t1.400-1.600\t1.600-1.800\t1.800-2.000\nDivisions\t.005\t.005\t.005\t.005\t.005\nEach\t$1.70\t1.70\t1.70\t1.70\t1.70\n5670E HYDROMETER, Beaume, heavy liquids, 0-70\u00b0 in 1\u00b0 divisions.........$1.76\n5670F\t---,\t0-50\u00b0 in 1\u00b0 divisions...................................... 1.76\n5670G\t---,\t0-25\u00b0 in J4\u00b0 divisions..................................... 1.96\n5670H\t---,\t0-10\u00b0 in 1/10\u00b0 divisions.................................   1.95\nHYDROMETER (Coal Oil) Beaume, light liquids, 10-100\u00b0 in 1\u00b0 divisions..............;. 1.76\n----, 10 to 45\u00b0 in YY divisions................................................... 1.86\nHYDROMETER for storage batteries, consisting of the hydrometer proper inside a glass tube with a rubber bulb at the top and a rubber tube at the bottom. The rubber tube may be inserted in the storage battery, a quantity of acid withdrawn into the glass tube, the reading taken and the liquid replaced within a few seconds, and with great convenience. Outfit complete. 1.75\n5672 HYDROMETERS, Specific Gravity Scale, 4-ounce size, 6 inches long. Divisions .005.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\nRange\t.70-80\t.80-.90\t.90-1.00\t1.0-1.2\t1.2-1.4\t1.4-1.6\t1.6-1.8\t1.8-2.0\nEach\t$1.50\t1.50\t1.50\t1.50\t1.50\t1.50\t1.50\t1.60\n6136\tLACTOMETER, Spence\u2019s, New York Board of Health pattern, 0\u00b0 to 120\u00b0, 2\u00b0 graduation. 1.25\n6137\tLACTODENSIMETER, Quevenne\u2019s Pattern, scale 15\u00b0 to 40\u00b0 (1.015 to 1.040 Specific Gravity), 1\u00b0\ngraduation................................................................ 1.26\n31-250 HYDROMETER JARS or CYLINDERS, of clear white glass, with foot and rim.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nSize, inches]\t12X1)4\t12X2\t15X2\t15X3\t18X3\nEach\t$1.15\t1.25\t1.75\t2.00\t3.00\nHYPERDERMIC [SYRINGE. See Syringe, Hyperdermic.","page":255},{"file":"p0256.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"256\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nINCUBATORS\nNos. 5680 and 5682\nNo. 5683\n5680 INCUBATOR, POLISHED COPPER, double wall, sheet iron base 9 inches high \u2014 otherwise the same\nas the Triple Wall Incubators Nos. 5685 to 5688. Inside dimensions 10 inches high, 8 inches wide,\n8 inches deep; outside, 13 inches high, 1134 inches wide, 1134 inches deep. With one shelf.$67.60\n6682\tINCUBATOR, POLISHED COPPER, double wall, same as above, but inside dimensions, 12 inches\nhigh, 10 inches wide, 10 inches deep; outside, 15 inches high, 13J4 inches wide, 1334 inches deep.. . . 78.00\n6683\tINCUBATOR, POLISHED COPPER, double wall, the outer one covered with insulating material.\nTwo-inch water space, water gauge and stopcock. Base is of sheet iron and is 9 inches high. A glass plate in the top permits of examination of contents without opening the top. Inside measurements,\n8X9 inches; outside, 12X12 inches. With one perforated tray.............................. 27.50\n6686 INCUBATOR, POLISHED COPPER, three wall, having both air and water space, the outer surface being covered with insulating material to insure an even temperature. Double doors, the inner one of beveled glass to permit observation of cultures without disturbing the temperature. Tubulatures for gas regulator, thermometer and for filling water space.\nSupported on a sheet iron base, 10 inches high, finished in durable black, having a door with an opening covered with mica for observation of the flame. Inside dimensions, 9 inches high, 7 inches wide, 7 inches deep. Outside dimensions, 13 inches high,\n11 inches wide and 10J4 inches deep. With one shelf....... 63.\n6686 INCUBATOR, POLISHED\tNos. 5685 and 5686\nCOPPER, three wall, having\nboth air and water space. Same as above, but inside dimensions 12 inches high, 9 inches wide, 9 inches deep. Outside dimensions, 17 inches high, 14 inches wide, 13 inches deep. With one shelf. 87.50","page":256},{"file":"p0257.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n257\n5687\tINCUBATOR, POLISHED\nCOPPER, three wall. Same as No. 5685, but inside dimensions,\n14 inches high, 12 inches wide,\n10 inches deep. Outside dimensions, 19 inches high, 17 inches wide, 14 inches deep. With two shelves.................. $100.00\n5688\tINCUBATOR, POLISHED\nCOPPER, three wall. Same as above, but inside dimensions, 20 inches high, 18 inches wide, 10 inches deep. Outside dimensions,\n25% inches high, 23 % inches wide, 14% inches deep. With two shelves..............160.00\nNos. 6687 and 5688\nINCUBATORS, ELECTRICALLY HEATED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL\nCan be used on Direct or Alternating Current\nNos. 5690 to 5690c\nThe following incubators are the same sizes and have the same points of excellence as Nos. 5685 to 5688. They are, however, built with proper insulation for electrical heating. If at any time it should be desired to use these incubators on gas, the electric attachment may readily be removed.\nThe electric regulator is simple and practical in construction, and quite easily operated. When once set, it requires absolutely no attention and there will hardly be a noticeable variation in temperature. Operation by expanded mercury positively insures the finest adjustment.\n5690 ELECTRIC INCUBATOR, 9X7\nX7 inches, inside measurements.\nWith one shelf.......... ...$123.75\n5690A------, 12X9X9 inches, inside\nmeasurements. With one shelf 150.00\n5690B------, 14 X12 X10 inches, inside\nmeasurements. With two shelves 183.00\n5690C------, 20X18X10 inches, inside\nmeasurements. With two shelves 225.00","page":257},{"file":"p0258.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"258\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nAUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED ELECTRIC INCUBATORS\nFor Temperatures of 37degrees Centigrade\nNo. 5692\nNo. 5692B\nThese incubators are made of wood, not because they can be made cheaper than those constructed of metal, but because wood by far excels metal as an insulating medium, thus permitting direct application of heat instead of indirect heating through a water jacket. With the exception of No. 5692 which is single-ply, all cabinets are of five-ply well-seasoned quarter sawed oak, and have an attractive\nhand-rubbed light oak finish. The insulation consists of tar paper, animal hair and transite. The heat medium is one or more electric carbon lamps and in the larger sizes these lamps are provided with a steel shield. An electrothermostat is used for automatically controlling the temperature.\nAll incubators listed operate on either direct current or alternating current circuits, 110 or 220 volts.\nThe electric current and voltage should be clearly stated.\n6692\t-----, height 9 inches, width 7 inches, depth 7 inches, inside; one shelf, single door, without stand,\nyi ampere consumption........................................................................$38.85\n5692A ------, height 12 inches, width 9 inches, depth 9 inches, inside; one shelf, single door, without stand,\nYi ampere consumption........................................................................ 44.46\n5692B ------, height 15 inches, width 12 inches, depth 10Y inches, inside; one shelf, double doors, without\nstand, Y ampere consumption.................................................................. 72.25\n5692C \u2014\u2014, height 26 inches, width 18 inches, depth 18 inches, inside; one shelf, double doors, without\nstand, 1 ampere consumption..................................................................110.00\n5692D ------, same as No. 5692C, but with stand.......................................................126.00\n5692E ------, height 30 inches, width 20 inches, depth 18 inches, inside; three shelves, double doors, without\nstand, 1 ampere consumption..................................................................138.85\n5692F ------, same as No. 5692E, but with stand.......................................................152.26\n5692G ------, height 30 inches, width 36 inches, depth 18 inches, inside; three shelves, two double doors,\nwithout stand, 2 ampere consumption.......................................................... 250.00\n5693\t-----, same as No. 6692G, but with stand................................................................. 266.65\n5694\t-----, height 50 inches, width 18 inches, depth 18 inches, inside; four shelves, two inner and one outer\ndoor, with stand as illustrated, one ampere consumption.............................................. 222.26","page":258},{"file":"p0259.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n259\n6695 CONSTANT TEMPERATURE ELECTRIC INCUBATOR\nThis incubator is built of clear well-seasoned, kiln-dried wood finished in white laboratory enamel. An inner glass door is provided to allow inspection without exposing the contents to the cold outside temperature.\nThe heating element is removable and covers the bottom of the chamber. It cannot get out of order or burn out. The control element or regulator, which is adjusted from outside the chamber, will maintain the temperature to within a half degree of that desired. A pilot lamp is fitted outside the chamber to enable the operator to quickly adjust the regulator to the temperature desired.\nSize of chamber 12 X12 X12 inches. Mounted on cast iron base to set on the table. With detachable cord and plug. $83.25\n5695A-------, same as above, but size of chamber, 18x18x26\ninches............................................122.25\n5695C-------, same as No. 5695, but size of chamber, 28X36X18\ninches............................................177.75\n5695D\t----, same as No. 5S95C, but mounted on angle iron stand\nto rest on the floor (see illustration of No. 5696A). . . 200.00\nNo. 5696A\n5696 FREAS\u2019 CONSTANT TEMPERATURE ELECTRIC\nINCUBATOR, constructed of heavy asbestos wood with cast aluminum door and door frame.\nThe interior is fitted with aluminum racks for perforated metal shelves. Inner door is of heavy glass fitted in an aluminum frame, cushioned with felt to exclude air.\nHeating element is a removable wire wound resistance plate wound for 75 watts. Temperature range is from one degree above surrounding air to 70\u00b0 C. The Freas\u2019 Regulator will maintain the desired temperature indefinitely to within a fraction of a degree.\nTwo switches are provided \u2014 one for the current \u2014 the other for the electric lamp for illuminating\nthe chamber. Size of chamber, 12X12X12 inches..........................................$155.75\n5696A--------, same as above, but size of chamber, 16X14X16 inches, and mounted on iron stand as illustrated................................................................................................. 261.26\n5696B--------, same as No. 5696A, but size of chamber, 18X16X18 inches.................................. 290.00\n5696C--------, mounted on stand. Same as No. 5696A, but size of chamber,\t26X14X20 inches, with two\ndoors meeting at a center column dividing the front opening................................. 366.76\n5696D\t----, same as No. 5696C, but size of chamber, 40X18X25 inches.................................. 433.50\n6697 CONSTANT TEMPERATURE ELECTRIC \u201c LOWTEMP \u201d INCUBATOR for gelatine culture cultivations at 20 degrees Centigrade. May be used equally well at temperatures from 10 to 40 degrees Centigrade and lower than 10 degrees Centigrade by employing suitable cooling mixtures.\nThe working chamber consists of a double-walled heavy copper vessel provided with three perforated metal shelves and suitable racks for adjusting the shelves to different heights. The chamber is fitted with a glass door cushioned with felt.\nThe incubator body is made of wood insulated with felt, dead air spaces, etc., ten walls in all. The outside is entirely sheathed with steel plate covered with porcelain fused on at high temperature. Trimmings are polished cast aluminum.\nThe heating element consists of a wire wound resistance plate situated directly under the working chamber.\nThe regulator is operated from the outside of the chamber. A pilot lamp is fitted outside to enable the operator to quickly adjust the regulator to the desired temperature. A switch is provided for turning the current \u201c on \u201d or \u201c off.\u201d\nThe insulation of this incubator is so perfect that one filling of the ice chamber will last for several days under normal summer laboratory temperatures. The regulator will maintain indefinitely a constant temperature to a degree Centigrade.\nThe incubator is mounted on a heavy iron base. Size of working chamber, 18X15X12 inches. 438.75 When ordering Incubators, state voltage of current.","page":259},{"file":"p0260.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"260\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n5717\n6945\n5720\n5727\n6730\nNo. 5730\n.. IM\nNo. 5727\nNo. 5705\nNo. 5715\n5700\n31-265\n91 380\n5705\n5095\n5096\n5098\n31-250\n5715\nINK, DIAMOND, for writing on glass, labelling bottles, beakers, etc.Per oz.\nIRON, ELECTRIC. See Electric Appliances.\nJARS, AQUARIA. See Aquaria.\nJARS, BATTERY, of excellent quality.\na\tb\tbb\tc\nSize, inches......... 2}4X31A\t4X5\t4^X4^\t6X8\nEach................. $0.28\t.40\t.55\t.60\nJARS, BATTERY, RECTANGULAR, of excellent quality.\na\tb\nSize, inches................. 2J\u00a3X4MX7\t4X4X8\nEach......................... $0.75\t1.00\nJAR, CALCIUM CHLORIDE (Drying Tower). Clear white glass, 10 inches high\nNo. 5717\n$0.85\na b c No. 6945\nd\n8X12\n2.25\nOf glass, broad base, with lip, graduated in cubic cms.\nJARS, GRADUATED, CYLINDRICA\u201dl.\n.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\nCapacity, cc.......... 10\t25\t50\t100\t250\nEach................ $0.42\t.60\t.65\t.70\t1.00\nJARS, GRADUATED, CYLINDRICAL, double graduations, reading up broad base, with lip, graduated in cubic centimeters.\n$1.75\nf\n500\n1.36\nand down.\ng\n1000\n2.00\nOf glass,\na\nCapacity, cc..... 25\nEach............. $0.60\nJARS, GRADUATED, MIXING,\ngraduated in cubic centimeters.\nCapacity, cc.. Each.........\nb\tc\n50\t100\n.70\t.75\nSTOPPERED.\nOf\nd\n250\n1.15\nglass, broad\ne\n500\n1.60\nbase,\nf\n1000\n2.20\nround glass stoppers,\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\t\tg\n25\t50\t100\t200\t250\t500\t\t1000\n$1.20\t1.45\t1.50\t1.90\t2.10\t3.15\t\t4.20\nof clear white glass, with foot and rim.\t\t\t\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\t\te\t\n12X1M\t12X2\t15X2\t15X3\t\t18X3\t\n$1.15\t1.25\t1.75\t2.00\t\t3.00\t\nSize, inches......\nEach..............\nJARS, MUSEUM, for preserving and displaying specimens in laboratories and museums. Of clear \u00aelass' ^4\u00b0uth same width as inside diameter. Contents securely sealed by a metal clamp which binds the glass cover to jar with thin rubber gasket between. On the under side of the cover are two glass rings from which specimens may be suspended.\nHeight, without lid, inches. .\nWidth of mouth, inches......\nApproximate capacity, pints.\nEach........................\nJAR, STAINING, COPLIN\u2019S, for use in staining sections for microscopic work. With glass lid\nground on shoulder. For ten slides......................................................; . . .\nJARS, NESSLER, for ammonia tests in water analysis; of colorless glass.\na\tb\tc\td\te\n4\t8\t8\t8\t12\n2M\t2M\t\t5\t5\n\t1\t\t5H\t8\n$1.65\t1.85\t2.50\t4.60\t5.50\n.50\nGraduated, cc. Each.........\nCapacity, pints. Each...........\na\tb\tc\t\n50\t100\t50 and 100\t\n$0.75 lorless glass.\t.90\t1.10\t\na\tb\tc\td\na\t1\t2\t4\n$0.50\t.60\t.90\t1.60\nCapacity, pints........\nEach...................\nJAR, WASTE, stoneware.\nnmg Sealing,\u201d for chemical, biological and botanical specimens, abed\n....... Jz\t1\t2\t4\n$0.18\t.22\t.24\t.28\nCapacity 3 gallons, with cover and handles.....................\n1.80","page":260},{"file":"p0261.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n261\nNo. 5765\n5750 LABELS, GUMMED, red border, in boxes.\nTrade No.\t217\t213\t209\t205\t201\t2004\t2007\t2002\t2001\t2005\t2003\nLength,inches\t1\t1M\tVA\t1M\t2K\t2M\t3\t3Vs\t3Vs\t\tm\nWidth, inches\tVs\t1\tm\tIVs\tm\t1\tm\tIVs\tIVs\t2\t2\nPer box\t$0.10\t.10\t.10\t.10\t.10\t.20\t.25\t.25\t.30\t.35\t.45\n5753\nLABELS, GUMMED, perforated, in rolls, 1000 labels in a roll. Numbers given are same sizes as above. Each roll contained in a special box with slot opening so that labels can be drawn out as needed without opening the box.\nabed\nTrade No. 205\t209\t217\t223\nPer roll. $1.25\t1.15\t1.10\t1.00\n5758 LABELS, CHEMICAL, in book, names and symbols for all chemicals and reagents in general use in laboratories. Gummed and perforated so that any label may be removed without destroying the book.......................................................................................................Per book $0.75\n5760\tLABELS, MICROSCOPIC SLIDE, AXVs inch, gummed..................Per box\t.16\n5761\tLABELS, MICROSCOPIC SLIDE, AXVs inch, gummed, black border....Per box\t.15\nLACTOMETERS. See Milk-Testing Apparatus.\n5765 LADLE, COPPER with wood handle. Diameter of bowl 1A inches, depth 1 A inches, extreme length\n8 inches........................................................................65\n5766 LADLE, IRON, for melting. Ladle and handle are one casting; bowl 4 inches diameter............................75\nNo. 5769\nNo. 5770\nNo. 5773\n5769\tLAMP, ALCOHOL, wick feed, for denatured alcohol. This lamp produces perfect combustion and\nburns with an intensely hot blue flame. Regulates perfectly, is odorless and sootless............. 3.25\n5770\tLAMPS, ALCOHOL, of colorless glass, with ground glass cap, wick and wick holder.\na\tb\nCapacity, ounces................................. 4\t8\nEach............................................. $0.40\t.60\n5770A LAMP WICKS for above glass alcohol lamps...............................Per dozen\n5773 LAMP, POLISHED BRASS, ALCOHOL, nickel-plated. Capacity 2 ounces................\nLEAD DISHES. See Dishes, Lead.\n5780\tLITMUS PAPER, red, in sheets..............................Per sheet. .10 Per quire\n5781\tLITMUS PAPER, red, in books of strips..................................Per book\n5782\tLITMUS PAPER, blue, in sheets.............................Per sheet .10 Per quire\n5783\tLITMUS PAPER, blue, in books of strips.................................Per book\n5789 LITMUS PENCIL..................................................................\n.50\n1.00\n.75\n.10\n.75\n.10\n.35\n5795 LOGARITHM TABLES, a heavy board card, WAX\u00a7A inches, with four place tables of logarithms and anti-logarithms, with table of atomic weights, also Factors for Analysis. Computed by Dr. Hubert G. Shaw. This card is of convenient size for students\u2019 use in the laboratory. Used extensively and for years at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology........................................Each .45","page":261},{"file":"p0262.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"262\nL. E. KNO\u00cfT APPARATUS COMPANY!\nMAGNIFIERS\nOur line of magnifiers has been selected with the greatest care. We list below types that have succeeded best in meeting the diversified requirements of science laboratories and feel, therefore, that our customers will be able to select the type or types best suited to their particular needs.\n5815 MAGNIFIER, TRIPOD, giving a large, clear field and a magnification sufficient for elementary work.\nThe lens may be focussed by screwing it up and down in its frame....................... $0.85\n6819\tMAGNIFIER,1' POCKET, single, 1 inch in diameter, mounted and encased in vulcanite......... 1.50\n5821\t\u2014\u2022\u2014, double, % and 1-inch lenses, mounted and encased in vulcanite........................ 1.86\n5824\t----, triple, % and\u2019M-inch, lenses mounted and encased in vulcanite ...................... 2.50\n74-235 MAGNIFIER, FOLDING (linen tester), brass mounted, short focus, J4-mch aperture............. .60\n74-230 MAGNIFIER, READING (Reading Lens) , diameter 3 inches, in nickel-plated brass mount, polished\nwood handle............................................................................ 2.00\nNos. 5835 to 5839\nNos. 5847 to 5851\nDoublet Magnifiers. These magnifiers are composed of two separate plano-convex lenses, very carefully and accurately ground and polished and substantially set in their mounts. Nos. 5835 to 5839 are black lacquered and Nos. 5847 to 5851 are nickel-plated. Excellent definition and an exceptionally flat field with greatest focal length are characteristics of these lenses.\nFor use on Dissecting^Stands.\n5335 6X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 41.6 mm. (1.6 inches) focal distance, working distance 22 mm., field 22\nmm...............................................................................$1.75\n5836\t9X DOUBLETj MAGNIFIER, 27.8 mm. (1.1 inch) focal distance, working distance 15 mm., field 16 mm. 1.76\n5837\t12X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 20.8 mm. (0.8 inch) focal distance, working distance 12 mm., field 11\nmm............................................................................... 1.75\n5838\t18X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 13.9 mm. (0.5 inch) focal distance, working distance 8 mm.t field 8 mm. 1.76\n5839\t24X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 10.4 mm. (0.4 inch) focal distance, working distance 6 mm., field 5.5\nmm............................................................................... 2.25\nIn Folding Pocket Cases.\n5847 6X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 41.6 mm. (1.6 inches) focal distance, working distance 22 mm., field 22\nmm................................................................................ 2.00\n5348\t9X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 27.8 mm. (1.1 inches) focal distance, working distance 15 mm., field 16\nmm...............................................................................   2.00\n5349\t12X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 20.8 mm. (0.8 inch) Ifocal distance, working distance 12 mm., field 11\nmm................................................................................ 2.00\n5850\t18X DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 13.9 mm. (0.5 inch) focal distance, working distance 8 mm., field 8(mm. 2.25\n5851\t24X! DOUBLET MAGNIFIER, 10.4 mm. (0.4 inch) focal distance, working distance 6 mm., field 5.5 mm. 2.50","page":262},{"file":"p0263.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n263\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPES\nNo. 5870\nThe microscopes listed as follows with the exception of Nos. 5868 and 5870 are the product of the Spencer Lens Company. The best of material is used and is worked by the best modern machinery .in the hands of men of skilled mechanics, carefully trained, each to his particular work.\nThe stands are for the most part in a neat black finish which is baked in at a high temperature and which is resistant to wear, to acid, to alcohol, and all the common reagents. This effect is heightened by the yellow finish of the smaller parts. This yellow finish is also alcohol and reagent proof.\nWe call particular attention to features which are peculiar to these microscopes.\nUnexcelled Optics.\nFine adjustments are automatically lubricated and protected from dust.\nAll fine adjustments are so protected that no harm can come to them from handling the microscope by the arm.\nAllifine^adjustments cease to work when the objective rests on the cover glass.\nNo*lostJmotion or lateral displacement in either type of fine adjustment.\nUnusually large stages on which the vulcanite stages are vulcanized directly to the metal stage.\nUnexcelled opticahand mechanical workmanship throughout.\n5868 COMPOUND MICROSCOPE, SMALL. This microscope, though but 7 inches high, is an efficient compound microscope for the general work of a school laboratory. Constructed of brass throughout and handsomely finished. Stage is large and provided with nickel-plated spring clips. Furnished with ocular and three objectives giving magnifications of 30, 50 and 80 diameters. In box with receptacle for slides and forceps...........................................................$15.00\n5870 COMPOUND MICROSCOPE, a low-priced instrument of exceptionally fine quality well adapted for school laboratories. It is a full size instrument conforming to standards by Royal Microscopical Society, and objectives and oculars of any other make conforming to the same standards, may be added to its equipment.\nStage, 23/4 X2% inches, has attached to it a supplementary micrometer stage affording a very delicate fine adjustment with nickel-plated spring stage clips.\nStand is made entirely of brass, handsomely finished in lacquer and black enamel. \u2019The draw tube is 160 mm. long and is nickel-plated and polished where it slides in the main tube.\nMirror is plane, l^y inches diameter, so mounted that it can be adjusted to any angle.\nWith a 7X ocular and a 2/3 and 1-inch divisible objective in case\u2019].\n23.50\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPES, suggested for commercial, household or elementary school purposes where the magnification required is not great.\nFocussing adjustment, coarse adjustment only, by rack and pinion.\nStage of brass, black lacquered. Measures 112X108 mm. and distance of optical axis to base of arm is 75 mm.\nMirror,plano-concave, 50 mm. diameter, on swing bar.\n5873\t-----, with divisible objective 32-14 mm. and U0X ocular giving\nmagnifications of 35 and 130 diameters............................... 31.50\n5873A\n5873B\n-\u2014-, with divisible objective 32-14 mm. and 5 \u2019mm. special objective and 6X and 10X oculars giving magnifications of 17, 35, 65, 130 and 360 diameters...................................\n42.50\n\u2014, same as above, but with revolving dust-proof double nose-piece ..........................................................'49.50\nNo. 5873","page":263},{"file":"p0264.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"264\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 5876E\tNo. 5878E\tNo. 5880F\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPES, side fine adjustment. Stage 108 mm. deep by 112 mm. wide, with iris diaphragm in the stage. Plano-concave mirror, 50 mm. diameter. Coarse and fine adjustments. The fine adjustment located on the side is of the simplest possible construction and cannot get out of order \u2014 one complete revolution of the shaft raises or lowers the body tube 0.2 mm.\n6876A ------, with revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 10X ocular giving\nmagnifications of 100 and 440 diameters........................................................ $64.00\n5876C -------, with revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 6X and 10X oculars\ngiving magnifications of 60, 100, 264 and 440 diameters......................................... 66.50\n5876D ------, with Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.20) and revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm.\nobjectives and 10X ocular giving magnifications of 100 and 440 diameters........................ 76.00\n5876E ------, same as above but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60\nand 264 diameters................................................................................ 78.50\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPES, top lever type, fine adjustment. Stage 112X108 mm., with iris diaphragm beneath the stage. Plano-concave mirror, 50 mm. diameter. Coarse and fine adjustments \u2014 one complete revolution of fine adjustment raises or lowers the body tube 0.5 mm.\n5878A-------, with revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 10X ocular, giving\nmagnifications of 100 and 440 diameters.......................................................... 6C.60\n5878C-------, same as above, but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60 and\n264 diameters.................................................................................... 63.00\n5878D ------, with Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.20) and revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm.\nobjectives and 10X ocular giving magnifications of 100 and 440 diameters........................ 72.50\n6878E-------, same as above, but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60 and\n264 diameters.................................................................................... 75.00\n6878F-------, with Substage Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.20) revolving dust-proof triple nosepiece, 16 and 4\nmm. objective, 1.8 mm. oil immersion objective, and 6X and 10X oculars, giving magnifications of 60, 100, 264, 440, 570 and 950 diameters.....................................................119.50\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPES, side fine adjustment of simple and practical construction \u2014 cannot get out of order. One complete revolution of shaft moves body tube 0.2 mm. Stage, 112X108 mm. Optical axis to arm is 80 mm. Plano-concave mirror, 50 mm. diameter. Condenser, when supplied, is standard quick screw form with iris diaphragm beneath. The upper iris diaphragm is automatically locked open when condenser is in place.\n5880A-------, with revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 10X ocular, giving\nmagnifications of 100 and 440 diameters........................................................ 73.00\n5880C\n, same as above but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60 and 264 diameters..................................................................................... 75.50\n5880D-------\u2014, with Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.20), revolving dust-proof double nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 10X ocular giving magnifications of 100 and 440 diameters....................................... 85.00\n5880E\t, same as above, but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60 and\n264 diameters................................................................................... 87.50\n5880F ------, with Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.20) revolving dust-proof triple nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm.\nobjectives, 1.8 mm. oil immersion objective and 6X and 10X oculars, giving magnifications of 60,\n100, 264, 440, 570 and 950 diameters............................................................132.00","page":264},{"file":"p0265.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n265\nNo. 6883D\tNo. 5885D\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPE suggested for advanced laboratory research work and clinical work of the most exacting character.\nSide fine adjustment having no lost motion and no side thrust, automatically taking up for any wear as it may occur. Each of the one hundred divisions of the graduated button represents a movement of 1 micron.\nStage, 120 mm. diameter, is of brass, covered top and edges with rubber vulcanized directly to the stage plate.\nSubstage. A sextuple screw, protected from dust, carries the substage arm up and down on a perpendicular axis, around which the arm is free to revolve when at the lower limit of the screw. When at the lower limit, the arm may be swung out of the optical axis, carrying with it the small iris diaphragm fastened to its upper surface, and also the condenser with its larger iris. The small upper iris is automatically locked open when the condenser is in place.\n5883A COMPOUND MICROSCOPE with Abbe Condenser (N. A. 1.20), revolving dust-proof double\nnosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 10X ocular, giving magnifications of 100 and 440 diameters$121.00\n5883C ------, same as above, but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60\nand 264 diameters............................................................................ 123.50\n5883D-------, with Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.20), revolving dust-proof triple nosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objec-\ntives, 1.8 oil immersion objective and 6X and 10X oculars, giving magnifie tions of 60, 100, 264,\n440, 570 and 950 diameters................................................................... 168.00\nCOMPOUND MICROSCOPE suggested to micro-biologists who demand a large and very efficient instrument where critical work is a necessity.\nSide fine adjustment having no lost motion and no side thrust; automatically taking up for any wear as it may occur. Each of the one hundred divisions of the graduated button represents a movement of 1 micron.\nRevolving Stage, 120 mm. in diameter, is covered with vulcanite; axis of revolution is 90 mm. from the arm. Provided with mechanical stage, buttons of which are on concentric axes; lateral movement 60 mm., to-and-fro movement 38 mm.\nSub-stage. May be moved up and down on its bearing by rack and pinion. The iris diaphram beneath the condenser is located on one arm, which swings to the right and on which provision is made for oblique light, the decentering secured by rack and pinion. The condenser is of the drop swing type. The upper iris diaphragm is located on one arm which swings to the left. The mirror is mounted on a swing arm mounted independent of the stage.\n5885A COMPOUND MICROSCOPE with Abbe Condenser (N.A. 1.40), revolving dust-proof double\nnosepiece, 16 and 4 mm. objectives and 10X ocular, giving magnifications of 100 and 440 diameters $198.00\n5885C-------, same as above, but with the addition of a 6X ocular giving additional magnifications of 60 and\n264 diameters.................................................................................. 200.50\nobjectives 1.8 mm. oil immersion objective, and 6X and 10X oculars, giving magnifications of 60,\n100, 264, 440, 570 and 950 diameters.......................................................... 245.00","page":265},{"file":"p0266.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"266\nt . E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 5890\nWith stage removed and arm extended over board covering base.\nBINOCULAR MICROSCOPE, CONVERTIBLE \u2014 a binocular microscope whose adaptability and utility has not been equalled.\nFeatures. The patent cast metal unit mount of the objectives protects them so that it is impossible for them to get out of adjustment \u2014 an arm composed of two jointed sections The joints may be securely locked in any position, which feature with the use of inclination joint, also, provides for examining surfaces.\nNo. 5895\nThe stage, 127 X 114 mm., is a metal frame work which may easily be removed or attached to the base just above the inclination joint and securely set with a single set screw.\nPupillary distance of 48 mm. A shutter which automatically remains open may be turned to shut off the light from either eye. Objectives accurately paired.\n5890\t------, with 40 mm. paired objectives and 10X paired oculars.........................................$120.00\n5890A -------,\twith\t48\tand\t32\tmm.\tpaired objectives and 6X and 10X oculars.................................. 146.00\n5890B -------,\twith\t55.\t40\tand\t25\tmm, paired objectives and 4X, 6X and 10X oculars........................... 170.00\n6890C -------,\twith\t55,\t48,\t32\tand\t25 mm. paired objectives and 4X, 6X and 10X oculars....................... 190.00\n5890D -------,\twith\t55,\t48,\t40,\t32\tand 25 mm. paired objectives and 4X, 6X and 10X oculars.................... 210.00\nMETALLURGICAL MICROSCOPE, lever type top, fine adjustment\u2014one complete revolution of the shaft moves the body tube 0.5 mm. Arm and pillar give a working radius of 85 mm. from optical axis to the arm. Stage is^l20 mm. in diameter. A removable disc at the center may be racked up and down through a distance of 45 mm. If desired, this stage may be removed entirely.\nWith the outfits listed below, the Vertical Illuminator No. 5971 and a small frame by which metals may be held\nwith the polished side upwards are included.\n5895\t ,\twithout nosepiece, with 16 and 4 mm. objectives and\t10X\tocular................................$180.00\n5895A\t\u2014\u2014, with revolving dust-proof double nosepiece............................................................................................... 186.25\n5895C\t\u2014-\u2014,\tsame as above but with the addition of a 6X ocular............................................ 188.75\n5895D\t ,\twith revolving dust-proof triple nosepiece, 32, 16 and\t4 mm. objectives and 6X and 10X oculars\t198.00\n5905 DISSECTING MICROSCOPE, Regent\u2019s Type, complete with lens.................................... 4.26\nDISSECTING MICROSCOPE, BLOCK, with hollow center designed as a receptacle for dissecting tools and magnifiers. This is closed by a door hinged at the lower end. Heavy glass stage with a black and a white background for use beneath the stage.\n6907 \u2014\u2014, with 9X Doublet Magnifier giving a magnification of 9 diameters, equivalent focus 27.8 mm., working distance 15 mm.. . $5.50\n5908 \u2014\u2014, with 6X and 12X Doublet Magnifiers\ngiving magnifications of 6 and 12 diameters, equivalent foci 41.6 and 20.8 mm. and working distances of 22 and 12 mm. respectively.......................... 7.25\nNo. 5907 Back View","page":266},{"file":"p0267.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n267\nDISSECTING MICROSCOPES\nNos. 5910 to 5910C\tNos. 6912 to 5912C\nDISSECTING MICROSCOPES\nRack and Pinion Focussing Adjustment\nStage 75X100 mm. Covered by a heavy polished glass plate with a black and a white background to fit beneath the plate. Metal hand rests ; jointed lens carrier permits of use of lens on any part of the stage; planoconcave mirror 50 mm. in diameter. In handsome cabinet.\n5910 DISSECTING MICROSCOPE, with 9X doublet magnifier, magnification 9 diameters. Equivalent\nfocus of 27.8 mm. and a working distance of 15 mm...............................................$16.25\n5910A -------, with 6X and 12X doublet magnifiers, magnifications of 6 and 12 diameters. Equivalent foci of\n41.6 and 20.8 mm. respectively, and working distance of 22 and 12 mm. respectively.................. 18.00\n5910B ------, with 9X Triple Aplanat Magnifier, magnification 9 diameters.' Large flat field and great working\ndistance, equivalent focus 27.8 mm., working distance 24.5 mm................................... 20.75\n6910C ------, with 6X and 12X Triple Aplanat Magnifiers having magnifications of 6 and 12 diameters. Large\nflat fields and great working distances. Equivalent foci 41.6 and 20.8 mm. and working distances of 36.8 and 18.4 mm. respectively...............................,........................... 27.00\nDISSECTING MICROSCOPES\nFocussing Accomplished by Button on Side of Pillar\nStage 75 X100 mm. Covered by a heavy polished glass plate with a black and a white background to fit beneath the plate. Metal hand rests; jointed lens carrier permits of use of lens on any part of the stage; plano-concave mirror 50 mm. in diameter. In handsome cabinet.\n5912 DISSECTING MICROSCOPE, with 9X doublet magnifier giving a magnification of 9 diameters,\nequivalent focus 27.8 mm., working distance 15 mm...............................................$14.50\n5912A \u2014\u2014, with 6X and 12X Doublet Magnifiers, giving magnifications of 6 and 12 diameters, equivalent\nfoci 41.6 and 20.8 and working distances 22 and 12 mm. respectively............................. 16.50\n5912B ------, with 9X Triple Aplanat Magnifier, giving magnification of 9 diameters. Large flat field and long\nworking distance, equivalent focus 27.8 mm., working distance 24.5 mm........................... 19.00\ntionally sharp definitions, large, clear and flat fields and long working distances. Equivalent foci 41.6 and 20.8 mm., working distances 36.8 and 18.4 mm. respectively................................. 26.26","page":267},{"file":"p0268.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"268\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES\nThese objectives are all corrected for a tube length of 160 mm. and for a cover glass thickness of 0.18 mm. They give a sharp critical definition to the edge of the field and at the same time give exceptional long working distance and unusual flatness of field. All objectives are made with the Society Screw furnished by the Royal Microscopical Society and are interchangeable with those of European manufacture. All objectives are mounted directly into the model and are thus unharmed when cleaned with a solvent.\nCatalogue No.\tEquivalent Focus\t\tNum. Aperture\tWorking Distance*\tDiam. of the f real field\tPrice\n\tmm.\tinches approx.\t\tWith 160 mm. tube length and lOx eye piece mm.\tmm.\t\tFixed Mount.\n5920\t48\t2\t0.10\t28.0\t6.5\t$6.50\n5922\t32\t15\u00ab\t0.10\t15.0\t4.7\t6.50\n5925\t25\tl\t0.25\t9.5\t3.3\t8.50\n5926\t16\t%\t0.25\t5.0\t2.1\t8.50\n5928\t8\tX\t0.50\t1.5\t1.0\t13.00\n5930\t4\t1/6\t0.85\t0.46\t0.40\t13.00\n5931\t3\t1/8\t0.85\t0.26\t0.30\t13.00\n5933\tOil-Im. 1.8\t1/14\t1.25\t0.13\t0.20\t42.00\n5934\tOil-im. 1.5\t1/16\t1.25\t0.10\t0.14\t56.00\n\tFluorite 2\t\t\t\t\t\n5936\tOil-im.\t1/12\t1.25\t0.17\t0.16\t75.00\n*Working distance is the distance between the front lens and cover glass.\nfReal field is the distance of the circular area seen through the microscope and measured in the plane of the object.\nHUYGHENIAN OCULARS. These oculars all fit the standard tube adopted by Royal Microscopical Society and are interchangeable with those of European manufacture. The terms 4X, 6X, 8X, 10X, etc., designate the magnification based on the size of the image projected the distance of distinct vision, i.e. 250 mm. (10 inches).\nCat. No.\t5940\t5941\t5942\t594S\t5944\t5945\nEquivalent Focus 62.5 mm. (2)4\") 50 mm. (2\")\t40 mm. (1 Vs\") 30 mm. (l'/s\") 25 mm. (1\")\t20 mm. (Vs\")\nEach\t$2.50\t2.50\t2.50\t2.50\t2.50\t2.50\nREVOLVING DUST-PROOF NOSEPIECES, most carefully made and greatest care exercised to see that they are perfectly centered and are strong enough to remain so. Neatly finished in alcohol-proof enamel, with the focal lengths of the objectives used neatly engraved on the edge of the revolving portion.\n5952\tREVOLVING DUST-PROOF NOSEPIECE, double..................................................... $6.50\n5953\t----, triple........................................................................................... 9.00\n5954\t----, quadruple........................................................................................ 11.00\nSUBSTAGE ABBE CONDENSERS. These are non-achromatic lenses mounted with an iris diaphragm beneath to modify the amount of light and with a ring beneath the iris to hold a blue glass for cutting out the yellow rays of artificial light.\n5960\tABBE CONDENSER, N.A. 1.20\n5961\t----, N.A. 1.40...........\n$12.00\n14.50","page":268},{"file":"p0269.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n269\nMICROSCOPE ACCESSORIES\nNo. 5971\n5968\n5969\n5971\n5972\n5975\nABBE CAMERA LUCIDA. Shows the whole of the field, the object, and the pencil point. Adjustment provided for securing exact focus, for centering prism, and for modifying the light. Mirror, 70X105 mm., adjustable on a graduated mirror bar. In case.................................\nsimilar to above, but prism is permanently centered, and there is no adjustment for modifying\nthe light from the ocular..................................................................\nVERTICAL ILLUMINATOR. This instrument is constructed to screw into the nosepiece, between it and the objective. The light is directed into the opening in the side until it strikes the silvered surface from which it is reflected down through the objective to the object to be examined. It is then reflected back through the objective to the eye. The opening in the side is so arranged that\nit can be turned in any direction. With Silvered prism for reflecting the light............\n----, with silvered cover glass for reflecting the light. Provided with three openings of different sizes\nMECHANICAL STAGE, new construction, so made that the vernier reading designating the locations of objects taken on one microscope will register with the readings for the same objects taken on any other microscope. This feature is made possible from the fact that the vernier for the vertical movement and the arms holding the slide are adjustable. The stage will handle a slide 3X2 inches. Range 85 mm. lateral motion and 65 mm. vertical. In mahogany case............................\n$30.00\n18.00\n13.25\n13.25\n30.00\nNo. 5979\nNo. 5980\n6979\n6980\n5980A\n6980B\n5980C\nMICROSCOPE ILLUMINATOR. Can be used in ordinary way as illustrated, but originally designed (embedded in the top of the table) for obtaining direct light. When used as illustrated for reflected light, the hinged leg support is used which can be folded out of the way when not in use. When embedded in table top, a cover is provided for closing the hole in the top.\nDimensions \u2014 length, 4 inches; largest diameter, 2^ inches; smallest diameter, 2 inches.\nIllumination from 15 watt gas-filled filament lamp with reflector. With attachment plug and cord. 7.25 MICROSCOPE LAMP. It works on any incandescent circuit, but must always be provided with a ^ rheostat suitable for the voltage. Provided with one blue and one ground-glass plate, both of which\nfit into a groove in front of the condenser. Complete with five feet of connecting cord. 23.50\nFIXED RHEOSTAT for 110 volts \u2014 5 amperes................................................... 8.75\n\u2014\u2014, for 220 volts \u2014 5 amperes.............................................................. 12.00\nCARBONS for use in above lamp................................................Each .06","page":269},{"file":"p0270.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"270\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nMICROSCOPIC SLIDES AND ACCESSORIES\nNo. 6014\nNo. 6005\nCOVER GLASSES\nWe have long been headquarters for the greatest variety of cover glasses, round, square or rectangular. Our stock, despite the shortage due to unusual conditions, is quite complete. Specify not only by catalogue number,but give also shape, thickness number, size and quantity.\nCIRCULAR COVER GLASSES\n5985B\n5986D\n5986\n5988B\n5988C\n5988E\n5988F\n5988G\n59881\n5989\n5990 5992 6995\n6000\n6005\n6010\n6012\n6014\nThickness No.\n2\n2\nDiameter 15 mm. (5^-inch) 12 mm. (J^-inch)\nPer Fifty\n$0.30\n.20\nCOVER GLASSES, CIRCULAR, 18 mm. (Ji-inch) diameter..............Per ounce $1.10\nRECTANGULAR COVER GLASSES\nThiel ness No.\tDimensions\n1\t12X12 mm.\n2\t12X12 mm.\n1\t32X32 mm.\n1\t35X35 mm.\n1\t22X40 mm.\n1\t15X45 mm.\nPer Fifty\n$0.20 .20 1.00 1.35 1.30 1.10\nCOVER.iGLASSES, SQUARE, 18X18mm. (%XM-inch)...................................Per jounce $1.10\nSLIDES, MICROSCOPIC, GLASS, 3 X1 inch, ground edges..............................Per gross 2.50\nSLIDES, GLASS, concave centers...................................................Per dozen 1.60\nLIFE SLIDE, HOLMAN\u2019S, a deep cylindrical cavity connected by a small channel with a more shallow beveled cavity. Complete with cover......................................................\nSLIDE BOX AND COVER, GLASS, fi>r use in staining sections. Width 2^ inches, length 3 ,3fr inches\nSTAINING JAR. See Jars.\nTURN TABLE, finely centered, all adjustments for preparing microscope slides............. 6.60\nSLIDE BOX, of white wood, with closely fitting cover, grooved, to hold 25 slides, numbered and indexed...................................................................................\nSLIDE BOX for 100 slides. Covered with a heavygcloth. Hinged cover with two catches......\nSLIDE CABINET, MINOT\u2019S METAL, a most compact fire-proof receptacle for storing slides. Constructed of metal throughout, neatly finished, inside and outside, with japan. Contains 30 japanned metal trays, each having a capacity for 24 slides. Each tray with knob and card holder. The cabinet is provided with brass lock. Size 36.5 cms. high, 32.5 cms. deep and 17.5 cms. wide, outside measurements.\nComplete with 30 trays................................................................... 45.00\n2.50\n.46\n.17\n1.1C","page":270},{"file":"p0271.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n271\nSLIDES, PREPARED MICROSCOPE MOUNTS\n6020\n6021\n6023\nZOOLOGY\nKnott\u2019s Prepared Microscope Mounts for Zoology:\na\tSkeleton of Commercial Sponge.............. $0.60\nb Transverse section of Sponge Grantia showing\nflesh and spicules..........................60\nc\tFresh Water Hydra, entire......................70\nd Transverse section of Fresh Water Hydra Ectodern Mesodern\nEndodern....................................90\ne\tCampanularian Hydroid (Obelia).................60\nf\tTubularian Hydroid (Pennaria)..................60\ng Transverse section of Sea Anemone (Metridium marginatum) showing plan of body structure\nof coral polyp..............................60\nh\tPedicellaria of Echinoderm (Starfish or Sea\nUrchin).....................................60\ni\tAmoeba...................................... 1.25\nj\tTransverse section of Earthworm................60\nk Circum\u0153sophageal nerve ring and part of ventral nerve-cord of Earthworm................... 1.20\n1\tTransverse section through heart of Clam.......60\nm\tTransverse section through gill of Clam........70\nn\tMouth parts of biting Insect; Labrum, Man-\ndibles, Maxillae., Maxillary palpi,| Labium,\nand Labial palpi............................85\no\tProboscis of House Fly.........................60\np\tWing of Fly....................................60\nq\tSpiracle of Cricket.......................... .60\nr\tTrache\u00e6 of Insect..............................60\ns\tScales on Wing of Moth....................... .60\nt\tSection through Compound Eye...................70\nu\tGizzard of Cricket.............................60\nv\tMouth Parts of Honey Bee.......................80\nw\tBlood of Fish..................................70\nx\tBlood of Frog................................ .70\nComplete Set, as listed above................... 15.00\no\tNerve Cells, from Cerebrum, showing protoplasmic processes and nuclei....................... $0.60\nCartilage, hyaline.................................60\nSpinal Cord, transverse section....................60\nr\tLarge Intestine, double stained....................70\ns\tSciatic Nerve, transverse section\tshowing axis-\ncylinder, medullary substance, supporting\nconnective tissue, etc...........................60\nt Scalp, section of, showing hair, follicles, and\nsebaceous glands................................ 85\nu\tSkin, section of, showing sweat glands.............85\nv\tLung, section of...................................60\nw Liver, section of, with blood vessels injected\nwith red gelatin.................................70\nx\tKidney, section of, injected........................70\ny\tRetina of Eye, showing coats........................95\n6024 Complete Set, as listed above......................... 15.00\nBOTANY\n6026 Knott\u2019s Prepared Microscope Mounts for Botany:\na Longitudinal section of root tip of onion, showing\n1\tRoot Cap.\n2\tCell division and various karyokinetic\nnuclear stages....................... $0.80\nb\tLongitudinal section through\tapical cell of\nNitella................................... 1.00\nc\tCell formation by budding........................60\nd\tSpirogyra showing\n1\tProtoplasm and nucleus.\n2\tChlorophyll bands........................ .80\ne\tSpirogyra in conjunction.........................70\nf\tSpores of Corn Smut..............................60\ng\tMucor (black mould of bread).....................60\nh\tSection through archegonium of\tmoss.............95\ni\tSection through antheridium of\tmoss.............95\nj\tPeristome of moss (Polytricum)..................60\nk\tProthallium of fern (Polypodium) showing\n1\tReproductive organs.\n2\tChlorophyll bodies.........................75\nPHYSIOLOGY\nKnott\u2019s Prepared Microscope Mounts for Physiology:\na\tBlood, Human....................... $0.85\nb\tBlood, Frog, double stained............70\nc\tBone, longitudinal section, showing Haversian\ncanals, canaliculi and lacunas.... 1.00\n1\tSection through archegonium of fern prothallium ........................................... 1.20\nm\tProthallium with young fern attached........ 1.00\nn Transverse section of rhizome of fern (Pteris) showing\n1\tClosed concentric fibro-vascular bundles.\n2\tScalariform vessels.\n3\tParenchyma.\n4\tParenchymatous sclerenchyma.\n5\tProsenchymatous sclerenchyma...............70\nd Bone, transverse section, showing Haversian\nsystems, etc..............................\ne Cerebrum, section showing white and gray\nmatter, etc................................\nf Cerebellum, showing\n1\tCortical layer of gray matter.\n2\tWhite matter of medulla, white medullary\nsubstance, the granule layer, the molecular stratum, and the layer of the cells\nof Purkinji...........................\ng Stomach, transverse section, showing the general arrangement of its coats.\n1\tMucosa containing tubular peptic glands\nand acid cells\n2\tSub-mucous coat.\n3\tBlood vessels.\n4\tCircular and longitudinal muscular layers.\n5\tFibrous tunic covered with peritoneum.. h Small, intestine, transverse section, showing\nvilli, unicellular glands, mucosa, etc....\ni Section of Spleen..............................\nj Adipose tissue.................................\nk Connective tissue..............................\n1 Heart muscle, double stained, showing cross striations, nuclei, and characteristic branching of cardiac muscle cells..................\nm Voluntary , muscles, double stained, showing\ncross striations, nuclei sarcolemma, etc...\nn Involuntary muscle, teased preparation, showing isolated muscle cells with nuclei............\n1.00\n.60\n.60\no Longitudinal section of n, showing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,\nin longitudinal view..........................70\np\tSporangia and Spores of Fern....................60\nq Longitudinal tangential section of wood of Pine\nshowing cut ends of Medullary Rays...........60\nr Longitudinal Radial section of wood of Pine showing\n1\tPitted tracheids.\n2\tMedullary rays.............................60\ns Transverse section of vine stem showing first\nyear's growth and arrangement of fibro-\nvascular bundles..............................60\nt\tTransverse section of wood of Pine...............60\nu\tEpidermis of leaf showing stomata................60\nv\tTransverse section of leaf of Trillium...........60\n.60\tw\tTransverse section of ovary of Trillium\t\t.60\n.95 .75 .60\tX\tTransverse section of stem of Indian Corn showing 1\tConjoint, collateral, closed vascular bundles 2\tParenchyma. 3\tSclerenchyma\t\t.95\n.60\ty\tTransverse section of exogenous stem showing\t\n.60 .60\t\t1\tCortex 2\tCamnium 3\tRings of growth. 4\tPith 5\tMedullary rays\t\t.60\n.75\t6027 Complete Set, as listed above\t\t\t15.00","page":271},{"file":"p0272.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"272\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nSPECIAL MICROSCOPIC SLIDES\nThese slides are very valuable in indicating a wider range of structures than the previous sets. They will be found especially valuable to all teachers who are using or intend to use THE NATIONAL BIOLOGY NOTEBOOK. To assist such teachers the numbers of the sheets in the note-book, in which slides are particularly useful, are indicated at the right.\n6030 BOTANY.\na\tSpirogyra in Conjugation (B30)............ $0.90\nb\tConceptacles of Fucus (F10)...................90\nc Section of Cotyledon showing starch grains\n(F20).......................................60\nd\tSection of Wheat (F21)........................90\ne\tSection of Oats (F21).........................90\nf\tSection of Nut (F21)..........................90\ng\tSection of Pine (F21).........................90\nh\tRoot-tip of Barley (F30)......................80\ni\tRoot-tip of Dandelion (F30)...................80\nj\tLeaf-bud of Sycamore (F40)....................80\nk\tFlower-bud of Wallflower (F40)................80\n1\tFlower-bud of Lily (F40)......................80\nm Section through Anther showing pollen chambers (low power) (F60)............................80\nn Varieties of Stamens showing methods of\ndehiscence (low power) (F60)............. 1.20\no Different types of Pollen Grains (low power)\n(F60). ..................................   80\np Cross-section of Simple Ovary showing ovules\n(low power) (F60)...........................80\nq Sections of Compound Ovary showing types\nof placent\u00e6 (low power) (F60).......... 1.20\n6032 BACTERIA SLIDES\na Diplococcus (Y20) b Staphylococcus (Y20) c Streptococcus (Y20)\nd Bacillus (Tetanus with spores, an excellent type form) (Y20) e Comma Bacillus (Y20) f Streptobacillus (Y20) g Streptothrix (Y20)\nComplete Set........................... $8.50\n6033 ZOOLOGY.\na\tParam\u0153cium (Rll)........................... $1.00\nb\tParam\u0153cium in Conjugation (Rll)............. 2.50\nc\tCarchesium, double stained (Rll)............ 2.00\nd Mitosis in Protozoa (Opalina), beautiful slide with two large nuclei in mitosis, triple stained. One of the most admirable specimens for showing the metotic cell division\n(Rll)...................................   2.50\ne Hydra showing both reproductive organs\n(Rll)..................................... 2.00\nf\tHydra showing ovary and bud (Rll)........... 2.50\ng\tHydra showing bud (Rll)..................... 2.00\nh\tSlides showing mitosis in Spermary (Rll) ...\t2.50\nWe frequently have been requested to supply a series of slides particularly adapted to the requirements of schools which do not differentiate between the biological sciences. We offer, therefore, for those schools the following lists of slides selected as best adapted to a general biology course of Botany, Physiology and Zoology.\n6036 GENERAL BIOLOGY COLLECTION, 40 microscopic slides selected to accompany a general course in Botany, Physiology and Zoology.\nI ALG\u00c6:\tX PLATYHELMINTHES\nChlorophyceae (Green Alg\u00e6)\tCestoda\nConjugales\na Spirogyra; (Conjunction and zygospores), V. T. of glyc............ $0.75\nII\tFUNGI\nPhycomycetes\nb Mucor (or Rhizopus), zygospores. ...\t.75\nIII\tMUSCI (MOSSES)\nc Funaria, small plants with rhizoids,\nwhole...............................60\nIV\tFILICALES\nLeptosporangiat\u00e6\nd Pteris, T. S. and L. S. of the rhizone .75\nV\tGYMNOSPERM\u00c6(Gymnosperms, cyads,\nconifers, etc.)\nConiferales\nPinace\u00e6\nAbietine\u00e6\ne Pinus, L. S. of the staminate cone ...\t.75\nf Pinus, cross section of the leaf...60\ng Pinus, Ra., Ta., and Tr. sections of\nthe wood..........................75\nVI\tANGIOSPERMS\nStems\nMonocotyledones\nh Zea Mays, L. S. and T. S. general stem\nstructure with coll\u00e2t, bundles....60\nLeaves\nSections showing structure\ni Lilium pardalinum, T. S. (general\nstructure)........................60\nThe Flower\nStamens, anthers, pollen, male game-tophytes\nj\tLilium, T. S. of anther............75\nVII\tPROTOZOA\nRhizopoda\nLobosa\nk Amoeba, 1st class............... 1.20\nVIII\tPORIFERA\n1 Skeleton of Commercial Sponge......60\nIX\tC\u0152LENTERATA\nHydrozoa\nLeptolin\u00e6\nm Hydra, E...........................90\nn Hydra, T. S........................75\n6036 Complete Set as listed above........................\no T\u00e6nia solium, proglottis, E..... $0.75\nXI\tNEMATHELMINTHES\nNematoda\np Trichinella spiralis, in flesh......75\nXII\tECHINODERMATA\nEchinoidea\nq Echinus, pedicellaria........... .60\nXIII\tANNULATA\nCh\u00e6topoda\nOligoch\u00e6ta\nr Lumbricus, earthworm, T. S...... .60\nXIV\tARTHROPODA\nInsecta\nMusca domestica (House Fly)\ns Insect, proboscis......................90\nLepidoptera\nBombyx (Silk Moth)\nt Imago, scales..........................60\nColeoptera\nDytiscus marginalis (Water Beetle)\nu Insect; trachea........................75\nv Insect; macilla and palpus.............75\nXV\tCHORDATA\nMammalia Cat Tissue, D. S.\nw Cerebrum...............................75\nx Duodenum, T. S.........................75\ny Eye, retina ;..........................75\nz Heart; cardiac muscle, striations, etc. .60\naa Liver.................................75\nbb Lung; Alveolar structure, bronchi, etc. .60 cc Muscle, voluntary, T. S. and\tL. S...\t.75\ndd Nerve Cells, multipolar...............75\nee Nerve fibers, medullated (Sciatic\nNerve...............................75\nff Pad of Toe............................75\ngg Stomach, T. S., Cardiac...............75\nhh Trachea, T. S....................... .60\nRabbit Tissues, D. S.\n\u00fc Kidney, T. S...........................75\nOx Tissues\njj Ear; yellow elastic cartilage.........75\nkk Ligamentum nuchae.....................75\nHUMAN HISTOLOGY\n11 Blood, leukaemia, D. S................60\nmm Scalp: white...........................60\nnn Skin: white, sweat glands, etc.\t.60\n$26.60\n6038 SLIDE MAKING MATERIAL. Teachers of Biology oftentimes have considerable difficulty in assembling material for mounting on slides. We have arranged for a careful selection of 50 packages of materials, diatoms, pollens, seed spores, parts of plants, insects, hairs, etc., prepared especially for mounting. Pet set of 50 packages........................................................................\n2.60","page":272},{"file":"p0273.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n273\nNo. 6040\nNo. 6042\nNo. 6046\n6040 MICROTOME, HAND. The object is placed in a clamp in the upper end of the tube and is raised through the hole in the glass plate by an accurately cut screw which is entirely enclosed from dust and injury. The feed is accurate and finely graduated, each division representing 10 microns. The plate at the top is 3 inches in diameter and makes a firm support for the knife...................................$10.00\n6042 MICROTOME, TABLE. Can be readily attached by a screw clamp to the laboratory table or other support. Object clamp sets in a vertically moving socket held as illustrated. Feed regulated by micrometer screw with graduated disc and index plate. Glass surface plates provide traveling ways\nwhich are extra long, so that the knife will not be drawn off from the ends. Without knife. 18.00\n6043\t----, fitted with COj Freezing Attachment No. 6069 ..................................... 31.60\n6044\t----, fitted with Ether Freezing Attachment No. 6067.................................... 27.00\nMICROTOME, AUTOMATIC LABORATORY, for attaching to the edge of the table. The upper part of the casting of which the table clamp is a part is designed as a frame which forms a support for the laterally swinging arms which carry the knife holder. By an ingenious method of mounting this holder, the knife is given a movement which utilizes the entire length of the cutting edge, thus insuring uniform wear and permitting the cutting of large sections. Absolute uniformity of thickness in all sections is insured.\nFeed secured by a vertical feed screw with fine micrometer thread. This feed screw is keyed to an accurately cut ratchet wheel in the teeth of which a hardened steel pawl engages. This pawl may be thrown out or may be set to cut sections of any desired thickness. Each division of the graduated scale marks 5 microns.\nThe drop pan beneath the object clamp may be removed if desired (it will be found desirable to remove it when the freezing chamber is attached).\n6046 MICROTOME, AUTOMATIC LABORATORY. Complete with one knife and object clamp for par-\naffine or celloidin. In case......................... ........................................$85.00\n6047\t-----, fitted with COa Freezing Attachment No. 6069 ............................................. 98.50\n6048\t-----, fitted with Ether Freezing Attachment No. 6067........................ ................... 94.00\nNo. 6050\nROTARY MICROTOME\nNew Construction\nThis microtome is the result of a most careful investigation of the requirements for a rotary microtome and a thorough study of the inaccuracies inherent in the earlier types. There are, in this new instrument, a number of points of advantage which will readily recommend themselves to the most exacting operator.\nAn accurate and reliable feed mechanism acting entirely independent of any inaccuracies due to the up-and-down movement of the object.\nA modified escapement in connection with the ratchet wheel insures against momentum \u2014 a cause for inaccuracy in the older models.\nThe feeding is done when the object is above the knife.\nFeed adjustment is convenient and definite and may be set for any thickness from 1 micron to 60 microns.\nContinued on Next Page","page":273},{"file":"p0274.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"274\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6050\nNo. 6060 Rotary Microtome Continued from Preceding Page\nTotal excursion of the feed is 37 mm. \u2014 double that of most microtomes.\nThe feed pawl is automatically raised above the teeth on the return stroke and feeding is automatically stopped when the feed nut has reached its limit.\nThe adjusting of the object to the knife can be done more delicately than on any other microtome.\nThe object clamp is absolutely rigid, of great capacity and is most easily and carefully oriented.\nAn up-and-down stroke of 50 mm. is possible \u2014 sufficient for cutting very large sections, also for cutting celloidin sections.\nThe knife may be attached at each end at the edge as well as at the back. These clamps may be moved towards one another to provide additional rigidity when desired and to permit using practically the whole of the cutting edge of the knife before resharpening.\nThe whole mechanism is covered dust-proof.\nThe microtome may be run by a motor.\nWith three object discs, one knife and handle and back for sharpening, all in case...............$180.00\n6050A KNIFE HOLDER for celloidin sections\nExtra 20.00\n6050B KNIFE for paraffine sections\n6060C KNIFE for celloidin sections.\nExtra............................. $9.60\n6061 MOTOR with enclosed speed regulator, mounted on neat microtome table 38X26 inches. For 110 volts.\nExtra..........................100.00\n6053 RIBBON CARRIER, an aluminum cylinder, 4J4 inches long by 2^ inches diameter. It is mounted in an aluminum frame work under the base of which are little rollers rolling in the direction of the long dimension of the frame. The end of the ribbon adheres to the cylinder, which in use is slowly turned by the buttons as the ribbon lengthens. At the same time the cylinder and frame are gently pushed forward on the rollers to place the ribbon on the cylinder in the long spiral.......................................... 10.00\nExtra 9.60\nNo. 6063","page":274},{"file":"p0275.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n275\nMICROTOME ACCESSORIES\nNo. 6067\n6067 MICROTOME FREEZING ATTACHMENT FOR ETHER. Consists of a freezing chamber of hard rubber which so prevents the radiation of the cold that the tissue is quickly frozen. The ether is held in a metal tank which for filling may be unscrewed from the support from which it is suspended. This attachment will freeze tissue 15 mm. in diameter and 3 mm. thick in one minute, using only 5 cubic cms. of ether................................................ $9.00\n6069 MICROTOME FREEZING ATTACHMENT FOR CARBON DIOXIDE, for use on Microtomes Nos. 6042 and 6046. The freezing chamber is provided with a pin like that on the object clamp which fits into the same socket on the microtome. The chamber is connected with the CO2 chamber by a flexible copper tube. With this freezing attachment it is possible to cut, stain and mount a section ready for examination in one and one-half minutes from the time the tissue is put in the chamber. Complete with copper tube connections........................................... 13.60\nNos. 6073 to 6081\tNo. 6084\nMicrotome Knives. These knives are broad and heavy, steel most carefully selected, evenly tempered throughout their lengths. They are ground perfectly true so that when one is placed on an absolutely plane surface, the edge touches along its whole length, while the back does the same.\n6073\n6074 6076\n6078\n6079 6081 6082 6084\nMICROTOME KNIFE, 50 mm. cutting edge..........................................................\n----, 110 mm. cutting edge, used on Microtomes 6046 and 6060..................................\n\u2014\u2014-, 185 mm. cutting edge.....................................................................\n\u2014\u2014, 250 mm. cutting edge......................................................................\n----, 110 mm. cutting edge, ground especially for celloidin...................................\n----, 150 mm. cutting edge, with handle.......................................................\n----, special Wald make, 240 mm. cutting edge, curved metal shank.............................\nMICROTOME KNIFE HANDLE for holding the knives while sharpening. Handles ebonized, metal parts finely nickel-plated...................................................................\n$6.00\n9.50\n14.50\n20.00\n9.60\n6.00\n12.00\n2.25\n6085\n6088\n6090\n6092\nMICROTOME KNIFE BACK. In order that the knife may rest upon the honing stone at the proper angle when being sharpened, a special steel honing back has been designed. This slips over the back of the knife.\nMICROTOME KNIFE STROP, a flat piece of wood with a handle at one end. At one side of this strop is cemented a piece of leather 1% inches wide and 11 inches long, into which a very fine carborundum powder has been rubbed. The other side is covered by a very fine grade of leather for finishing....................\nPITH for cutting sections...................Per package\nWARMING TABLE for use in embedding objects in paraffine. Copper plate, 14X4 inches on stand 8J4 inches high.............................................\nPARAFFINE BATHS. See Baths, Paraffine.\n$1.75\nNo. 6092","page":275},{"file":"p0276.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"276\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nMILK TESTING APPARATUS\n6100 HAND DRIVE TWO-BOTTLE BABCOCK MILK TESTER. Consists of but two castings forming the gear case united at a ground joint, forming an air-tight gear case. Drive secured by one large steel gear and the steel vertical spindle which has spiral teeth directly milled into it. Bottle carriers of heavily tinned malleable iron are removably attached to the top of the spindle. Rotating pockets are seamless brass.\nComplete for milk testing, including test bottles, pipette, acid measure, test bottle brush, pint bottle\nof acid and full directions for making tests............................................ .............$9.00\n6101 ------, with addition of cream test bottles, for making both milk and cream tests........................ 10.00\n6102 HAND DRIVE FOUR-BOTTLE BABCOCK MILK TESTER, same as No. 6100, but with bottle carrier for four bottles and four seamless brass pockets.\nComplete for milk testing with test bottles, pipette, acid measure, test bottle brush, pint bottle of\nacid, and full Wirections....................................................................... 10.00\n6103 ------, with addition of cream test bottles, for making tests for both milk and cream............... 11.00\n6105 BABCOCK TEST TRAVELING OUTFIT. Comprises No. 6102 four-bottle Babcock milk tester,\n3 Babcock full milk test bottles, 2 cream test bottles, 2 double-neck skim milk bottles, 1 pipette, graduated for both milk and cream, 1 test bottle brush, 1 acid measure, 1 small Quevenne lactometer,\n1 glass thermometer, 1 bottle testing acid, all with full directions for making milk, cream and butter tests.\nIn hardwood carrying case with separate compartments for \u25a0 glass ware and acid. Weight complete,\n15K lbs............................................................ 18.00\n6107 HAND DRIVE ENCLOSED BABCOCK MILK TESTERS for 6-inch long test bottles. Bottle carriers are solid malleable iron castings heavily tinned, swinging pockets of seamless brass with tinned malleable hangers. Solid cast iron case is 16 inches in diameter; cover split and hinged. Rotation is secured through a pair of steel worm or spiral gears and a pair of steel spur gears which are mounted on a separate frame detachably secured to the under side of the body.\nThese machines turn with remarkable ease and run with that smoothness and freedom from jar that are required to make an accurate test.\nPrices include milk test bottles, pipette, acid measure, test bottle brush, pint of acid and full directions, all securely packed.\nabed 6 8 10 12\n$18.00\t20.00\t22.00\t24.00\nNo. of bottles Complete. . . .\nNo. 6107d","page":276},{"file":"p0277.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n277\nElectric Gear Driven\tNos. 6112a-d\tMotor Belt Driven\n6109\tMOTOR-DRIVEN TWO-BOTTLE BABCOCK MILK TESTER, for 6-inch long test bottles. This\nmachine consists of a 1/30 H.P. vertical spindle electric motor which carries directly on the extended spindle the bottle carriers with swinging pockets.\nComplete with regular equipment of glassware and sundries as ordinarily supplied. (When ordering state whether for direct current or alternating current and voltage. If alternating current, state also the number of cycles and phases.)..................................................$60.00\n6110\tMOTOR-DRIVEN FOUR-BOTTLE BABCOCK MILK TESTER, same as above, but with four\nbottle carriers and necessary extra glassware and sundries........................ 61.00\n6112 MOTOR-DRIVEN ENCLOSED BABCOCK MILK TESTERS, direct connected, for 6-inch long test bottles. In these machines the motor has a vertical shaft on which the bottle carrier is directly mounted. This brings the motor underneath the machine. In this construction the weight of the bottle carrier and its load of bottles is, of course, directly on the motor. The motor belt driven style, while not so compact, will be found the most desirable, all things considered.\nWhen ordering, specify style desired, also whether for alternating current or direct current circuits and voltage. If alternating current, state number of cycles.\tabed\nNo. of Bottles....................................... 6.8\t10\t12\nComplete, Direct Connected Type or Motor-Belt Driven.\t$65.00\t66.00\t67.50\t69.00\n\n\nV\nNo. 6115 No. 6123 No. 6125 No. 6130 No. 6132 No. 6136 No. 6139 No. 6141 No. 6145 No. 6147\n6115\n6118\n6119\n6120 6123 6125\n3803\n6130\n6132\n6134\n6136\n6137 6139\n6141\n6142\n6143 6145\n6147\n6151\n6152\n6155\nCREAM TEST BOTTLES, 6-inch, 9-gram, 30 per cent. X A per cent....Per dozen\nCREAM TEST BOTTLES, 6-inch, 18-gram, 30 per cent. X Jig per cent.Per dozen\n-----, 40 per cent. X 34 per cent..................................................................Per dozen\n-----, 50 per cent. X \u00c4 per cent...................................................................Per dozen\nMILK TEST BOTTLES, 6-inch, 18 gram, 10 per cent. X 1/5 per cent...........Per dozen\nSKIM MILK TEST BOTTLE. Gives readings down to one hundredth, each space representing five\nhundredths or 1/20 per cent, fat..............................................\nTEST BOTTLE BRUSH for cleaning Babcock bottles....................................\nACID BURETTES in 17.5 cc. divisions.\tabed\nNo. of Charges...................... 3\t6\t12\t25\nEach................................ $2.75\t3.50\t4.00\t5.00\nCREAMOMETER JAR, 12X2 inches, graduated 0-30 and M or PM..........................\nFUNNEL, ACID, for filling milk and cream test bottles with acid...................\nLACTOMETER, SPENCE\u2019S, New York Board of Health pattern; 0\u00b0 to 120\u00b0 by 2\u00b0 divisions.\nLACTOMETER, QUEVENNE\u2019S. Scale 15\u00b0 to 40\u00b0 by single degrees. Sp. gr. Scale 1.015 to 1.040 . .\nACID MEASURE, 17.5 cc.............................................................\nACID PIPETTE, accurately graduated, 17.6 cc........................................\n----, accurately graduated, 18 cc.................................................\n----, with two marks, 17.6 and 18 cc..............................................\nAUTOMATIC PIPETTE. To operate, squeeze rubber bulb, then insert point of pipette in milk, release\nbulb and the pipette fills, the overflow going into the large glass bulb........\nIMPROVED PIPETTE. By suction milk is drawn up until it is above the glass top, the stopcock\nis then closed and the measured milk is put in the test bottle..................\nCORROSIVE SUBLIMATE TABLETS for preserving and coloring samples.............Per 50\nFARRINGTON\u2019S ALKALINE TABLETS for determining the degree of acidity of milk, cream or\nwhey.......................................................................Per 50\nRICHMOND\u2019S SLIDE RULE for determining total solids in milk. With full directions for use ....\n$4.00\n4.00\n4.00\n4.00\n4.00\n.80\n.55\n.95\n.12\n1.25\n1.25 .15 .30 .30 ,40\n2.75\n3.25 .50\n.50\n6.50","page":277},{"file":"p0278.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"278\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nMINERAL COLLECTIONS\n6170\tWASHINGTON SCHOOL COLLECTION, 20 Minerals, 20 Rocks, in clothboard case, printed label\nlist on lid...............................................................Per set\t$6.00\n6171\tHARDNESS COLLECTION, 9 specimens, each in tray, all in oak box. With small diamond Per set\t4.26\n6172\tSPECIFIC GRAVITY COLLECTION, 25 specimens, large size, in improved trays..Per set\t46.00\n6173\tLUSTER COLLECTION, 16 specimens, large size, in improved trays..............Per set\t17.60\n6174\tMISCELLANEOUS COLLECTION, 16 specimens, selected especially to show play of colors, change\nof colors, opalescence, iridescence, tarnish, asterism, schillerization. fluorescence, phosphorescence.\nLarge size specimens, in improved trays...................................Per set\t35.60\n6175\tFUSIBILITY COLLECTION, 6 specimens, large size, in improved trays...........Per set\t3.75\n6176\tCOLLECTION ILLUSTRATING TASTE, ODOR AND FEEL, 20 specimens, large size, in improved\ntrays...........................................................   Per\tset\t17.60\n6177\tBLOWPIPE COLLECTION, 50 most important species each in tray, all in oak box.Per set\t6.00\n6178\tNEW YORK STATE PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY COLLECTION, 64 specimens, each in tray, all in\npine box..................................................................Per set\t5.00\n6179\tCOLLECTION OF SOILS, 20 specimens, each in quarter-pint glass\u2019 show bottle, then in improved\ntrays.....................................................................Per set\t15.00\n6180\tCOLLECTION OF FUELS AND USEFUL HYDRO-CARBONS (with Associated Rocks and\nFossils), 40 specimens, extra large size, in improved trays.............Per set 27.50\n6181\tORES OF GOLD, SILVER, PLATINUM AND IRIDIUM, 50 specimens, each in tray, all in oak\ncase....................................................................Per set\t60,00\n6182\tCOPPER ORES AND MINERALS, 50 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case.....Per set\t16.00\n6183\tIRON ORES AND MINERALS, 50 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case.......Per set\t8.00\n6184\tORES AND MINERALS OF THE LEAD AND ZINC GROUPS (Lead, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium and\nMercury), 60 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case...................Per set 18.00\n6185\tORES AND MINERALS OF METALS USED FOR ALLOYING STEEL (Chromium, Cobalt,\nManganese, Molybdenum, Nickel, Titanium, Tungsten and Vanadium), 50 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case.........................................................Per set\t26.00\n6186\tORES AND MINERALS OF THE ALUMINUM AND MAGNESIUM GROUPS. (Aluminum,\nBarium, Calcium, Magnesium and Strontium), 50 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case.. . Per set 6.00\n6187\tORES AND MINERALS OF THE ALKALI METALS (C\u00e6sium, Lithium, Sodium, and Potassium),\n25 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case.............................Per set\t5.00\n6188\tORES AND MINERALS OF THE NON-METALLIC AND SEMI-METALLIC ELEMENTS\n(Arsenic, Antimony, Bismuth, Boron, Carbon, Selenium, Silicon, Sulphur and Tellurium), 50 specimens each in tray, all in oak case.................................Per set 18.00\n6189\tORES AND MINERALS CONTAINING THE RARE EARTH ELEMENTS (Beryllium, Cerium,\nDidymium, Erbium, Lanthanum, Niobium, Scandium, Tantalum, Thorium, Uranium, Yttrium, and Zirconium), 72 specimens, each in tray, all in oak case.............Per set\t40.00\n6190\tROUGH PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES, 25 specimens, each in tray, all in oak\ncase..... ..............................................................Per set\t28.00\n6191\tMISCELLANEOUS NON-METALLIC ECONOMIC MINERALS, 50 specimens, each in tray, all in\noak case................................................................Per set\t7.50\nMODELS\u2014PHYSIOLOGICAL\nENLARGED SIZES \u2014 NATURAL COLORS\n6200 HUMAN HEART: The anterior wall may be removed, exposing the four cavities of the heart, and\ntheir openings and valves.......................................................................$17.60\n6201\tHUMAN EYE: The upper portion, containing a microscopical representation of the layers of the\nretina, can be removed, when the cornea and the iris, the lens and the vitreous body may be taken out 12.50\n6202\tHUMAN EAR: Separates into parts, showing the membrana tympani, the ossicles of the tympanum,\nthe labyrinth and the half-opened cochlea....................................................... 10.00\n6203\tHUMAN SKIN : Transverse section, showing the organs of perspiration, a hair and its follicles, the\npulp, sebaceous glands and tactile corpuscles................................................... 7.50\n6204\tHUMAN TEETH: The anterior portion of the left maxillary bone is removed to show the develop-\nment and structure of the teeth................................................................. 8-00\n6205\tHUMAN BRAIN: Four views :\na\tView of upper portion......................................................................... 6.50\nb\tView of lower portion (basis of cerebral nerves)............................................. 6.50\nc\tView of perpendicular section along the median line.......................................... 6.50\nd\tView of transverse section of the head, showing the cavities................................. 6.50\n6206\tHUMAN HEAD: Three Views:\na\tHead with muscles, nerves and blood vessels of one side...................................... 9.50\nb\tCavities of skull and eye, upper and lower jaw............................................... 9.60\nc View of perpendicular section of the head, showing the brain, cavities of the mouth and nose,\nand the larynx and pharynx divided along the median line.................................. 9.50\n6207\tHUMAN LUNGS with the heart in normal position:\na Anterior view of the lungs and heart. The pericardium opens and the anterior portion of the left\nlung may be removed, showing the bronchial ramifications, aveoli, etc......................\t6.75\nb Posterior view of the lungs and heart, with a representation of the bronchial ramifications, air\ncells, blood vessels and lobuli........................................................... 6.75\n6208\tORGANS OF RESPIRATION, AIR PASSAGES, LUNGS AND HEART: The anterior part of\nboth lungs and heart removes, laying open the lungs and showing the ramifications of the windpipe,\nand the connection of the pulmonary blood vessels with the heart............................... 19.50\nContinued on Next Page","page":278},{"file":"p0279.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n279\nPHYSIOLOGICAL MODELS \u2014 Continued\n6209\tHUMAN LARYNX: Anterior and posterior views:\na\tIs an anterior aspect, showing\tbase\tof tongue,\thyoid bone, thyroid gland, etc........... $4.76\nb\tPosterior aspect, showing the glottis\tand vocal cords.................................... 4.76\nC Larynx in connection with the tongue and pharynx, the latter is opened from behind, and parts\nshowing mucous membrane................................................................ 4.75\n6210\tHUMAN JOINTS: Partially opened, showing their bones and ligaments :\na Arm-joint of the shoulder, opened.........................................'............. 6.00\nb\tElbow-joint, a, anterior view............................................................ 4.60\nc\tElbow-joint, b, lateral view............................................................. 4,60\nd\tWrist-joint and hand..................................................................... 6.00\ne\tHip-joint................................................................................ 6.00\nf\tKnee-joint............................................................................... 6.00\ng\tAnkle-joints and foot.................................................................... 6.00\n6211\tHUMAN\tTRUNK\t(Torso), with viscera of the chest and abdomen laid open.................. 42.00\n6212\tHUMAN\tSKULL\tAND BRAINS, the various parts of which can be taken\tout.................... 17.50\n6213\tLARYNX\tPHANTOM, mask of the face with mouth open.......................................... 13.00\n6215\tPHYSIOLOGICAL\tMODELS. Set complete, 28 models as above listed.......................... 250.00\nNo. 6222\nNo. 6224\n6220\tMORTARS,\tPRESSED GLASS,\twith pestles.\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\n\tCapacity,\tounces\t2\t4\t8\t16\n\tDiameter,\tinches\t2%\t4\t5\t5M\n\tEach\t$0.45\t.65\t.80\t1.35\n6222\tMORTARS\tAND PESTLES, IRON, urn shape.\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\tc\t\n\tCapacity,\tpints\t1\t2\t4\t\n\tEach\t$1.40\t1.90\t2.75\t\n6224\tMORTARS\tAND PESTLES, PORCELAIN, with porcelain\t\t\tpestles.\n\t\ta\tb\tc\td\n\tDiameter,\tinches\t2%\t4K\tm\t6M\n\tEach\t$0.46\t1.20\t1.80\t3.40\nMOUNTING PAPER. See Paper, Mounting, page 281.\n6235 MUFFLES, FUSED SILICA. (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Highly refractory, will not crack with sudden and extreme changes of temperature, absolutely gas tight. For assaying, ash determinations, ignition of precipitates, and general analytical and chemical work, they are unequalled. Especially valuable for enamelling small work, hardening and annealing small\nparts and for general testing and experimental use.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nLength, outside, inches\t6)^\t9J4\t18)4\nWidth,\toutside, inches 2%\t4%\t5%\t4.%\t6J4\u00ce\nHeight,\tinches\t2%\t3}^\t5\t2%\t4J^\t5\nEach\t$3.50\t4.62\t7.67\t4.62\t6.95\t11.55\nMUSEUM JARS. See Jars, Museum.\n6245 NEEDLE, INOCULATING, platinum point sealed in glass handle.................................. $0.80\n<8945 NESSLER\u2019S JARS OR TUBES for ammonia tests in water analyses.\na\tb\tc\n50\t100\t50 & 100\n$0.76\t.90\t1.10\nGraduated, cc. Each","page":279},{"file":"p0280.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"280\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6295\n6248 OIL STONE, high grade, an excellent stone for scalpels.............................................\n6255\tOIL TESTER, Cleveland Open Fire Tester, for high grade lubricating oils. Made of very heavy\ncopper and brass casting, nickel-plated.......................................................\n6256\tOIL TESTER, ELLIOT\u2019S, POLISHED COPPER for flash-point determinations, adopted as stand-\nard by the States of New York, New Jersey, Iowa, Michigan, and in general use everywhere.....\n20-215 OSMOSIS APPARATUS, STUDENTS\u2019, for qualitative as well as quantitative work in osmosis.\nThe apparatus consists of an osmosis tube of design illustrated, held adjustably in a nickel-plated clamp which may be clamped to the side of a jar. One end of the osmosis tube is closed by a thin porous membrane which may be removed and replaced from time to time as needed.\nApparatus complete as illustrated...............................................................\n6268 OVERSLEEVES, chemical and water-proof, ample in size, readily adjusted to both sexes.. . . Per pair\n5134\tPANS, AGATE WARE.\ta\tb\tc\nDimensions, inches\t634X134\t7X1%\t834X2\nCapacity, quarts\tJ4\t1\t2\nEach\t$0.35\t.45\t.60\n6280\tPAPER, SAND.\ta\tb\tc\nFine\tMedium\tMedium Coarse\nPer dozen sheets\t$0.30\t.35\t.45\nPAPER, FILTER. See Filter Paper.\n6285 PAPER, GLAZED, for use in laboratory, in color reactions.\na\tb\tc\nColor\tWhite\tBlack\tBlue\nPer quire ,\t$1.00\t1.00\t1.00\n5780\tPAPER, LITMUS, red, in sheets...............................Per sheet $0.10 Per quire\n5781\tPAPER,\tLITMUS, red, in books of strips........................................Per\tbook\n5782\tPAPER, LITMUS, blue, in sheets................................Per sheet .10 Per quire\n5783\tPAPER,\tLITMUS, blue, in books of strips.......................................Per\tbook\n6290\tPAPER,\tPARCHMENT, best grade of vegetable parchment...........................Per\tsheet\n6990\tPAPER, TUMERIC................................Per book $0.10 Per sheet .10 Per quire\n6291\tPENCIL, DIAMOND , for etching on glass and marking on metal. Made from a good-sized diamond.\nWill be found unusually handy in laboratory or tool room. (For illustration see page 230).\n6292\tPENCIL, INDELIBLE, for marking glass utensils..................................\n6789 PENCIL, LITMUS...................................................................\n6295 PETRI DISH HOLDER, POLISHED COPPER, with inside tray to lift out. Size 9 inches high\nby 434 inches diameter.......................................................\n6297 PHOTOSYNTHESIS APPARATUS. (See National Biology Direction Sheets, Exp. F53)......\nPINCHCOCKS. See Clamps.\n6300 PINS, INSECT, special, double japanned black, finely tempered steel, needle points, absolutely fast\nheads.\ta\tb\tc \u201dd\te\tf\tg\th\nSize No.\t00\t0\t1\t2\t3\t4\t5\t6\nPer 100\t$0.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\n6301\tPINS, INSECT, special, double plated white steel pins, finely tempered steel, needle points, absolutely\nfast heads.\tabcdefgh\nSize No.\t00\t0\t1\t2\t3\t4\t5\t6\nPer 100\t$0.50\t.50\t.50\t.50\t.50\t.50\t.50\t.50\n6302\tPINS, INSECT, with yellow heads, japanned steel pins, needle points, absolutely fast heads.\nabcde\tfgh\nSize No.\t00\t0\t1\t2\t3\t4\t5\t6\nPer 100\t$0.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\t.40\n6305 PIPES, CLAY..-.........................Per dozen\n$0.76\n15.00\n15.50\n2.50\n.50\n$0.75\n.10\n.75\n.10\n.16\n.76\n3.50\n.25\n.35\n4.75\n2.25\ni\n7\n.40\ni\n7\n.50\ni\n7\n.40\n$0.60","page":280},{"file":"p0281.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n281\nI)\nI:\n)\u25a0'\nw\nNo. 6308\nJ KNOTT\n\nNo. 6309\nNo. 6322\nNo. 6314\nNo. 6317\n6308\tPIPETTES, Medicine Droppers, straight tubes with pure rubber bulbs. Per dozen $0.60\n6309\t--, bent tubes with pure rubber bulbs......Per dozen .60\n6312 PIPETTES, MOHR\u2019S, accurately graduated.\nNo. 6312 No. 6313\ta\tb\tbb\tc\te\tf\nCapacity, cc.\t1X1/100\t2X1/10 5X1 TO 10X1/10 25X1/10\nEach\t$0.45\t.30\t.40\t.50\t.85\n6313\tPIPETTES, VOLUMETRIC, accurately graduated with one mark.\nabcdefghi Capacity, cc.\t1\t2\t3\t5\t10\t15\t20\t25\t50\nEach\t$0.20\t.20\t.20\t.20\t.25\t.33\t.35\t.40\t.55\n6314\tPIPETTES, VOLUMETRIC WITH STAND, a set of above pipettes, 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50 and 100 cc.,\nwith improved stand.......................................Set 5.50\n6317 PIPETTE, OVERFLOW, AUTOMATIC, with patent three way stopcock and reservoir for collecting\nthe excess liquid. Capacity 25 cubic centimeters............ 4.76\n, capacity 100 cubic centimeters........................... 6.25\n}\n75\n.60\n50X1/10\n1.20\nk\n100\n.70\n6318\n6090\n6322\n6322A\n6323\n6324\n6325 6327\n6330\n6332\n6332a\n6334\n6337\n6339\n6342\n6345\n6346\nPITH for cutting sections..........................................................Per package .26\nPLANT PRESS. This press is a simple contrivance by which a plant is dried in a few hours without the troublesome changing of blotters and shifting of specimens. Consists of a series of layers of tubular paper inserted between sheets of blotting paper and absorbent cotton so that all the moisture\nis carried off by a current of hot air passing through the tubes. Size 9 X12 inches......... 3.00\n----, size 12 X19 inches......................................................... 6.00\nMOUNTING PAPER, 11X17 inches..........................................................Per quire .75\nDRYING PAPER, 11X17 inches............................................................Per quire .65\nGENUS COVERS for mounting specimens; 1134X1734 inches when folded................ Per quire 1.26\nPLATES, FILTER, ALUNDUM, for filtering where a small amount of solid matter is present in a large amount of liquid. May also be used for filtering dust from air or flue gases. Porosity 43.9 per cent, carried in stock. (Porosity 47.4 per cent, may also be obtained on application.) 60\u00b0 bevelled edge.\tabed\nInches\tMXA\tIXts\t2X%2\t3X34\nEach\t$0.45\t.50\t.56\t.67\nPLATES, GLASS for covers of bottles, beakers, etc.\na\tb\tc\nSize, inches\t4X4\t5X5\t6X6\nEach\t$0.05\t.07\t.09\nPLATES, GLASS, blue cobalt glass. 2X4 inches......................... $0.25\tNo. 6334\n\u2014-\u2014, 4X4 inches...................................................... .35\nPLATE, PORCELAIN, glazed, 11X9 centimeters, with twelve cavities for color reactions..............93\nPLATE, STREAK, unglazed porcelain, 634X5 cms., for arsenic test, etc..............................30\nPLATES, PORCELAIN, porous, square, for drying crystals and precipitates. 10 mm. thick, size\n6X6 inches................................................................................. .60\nPLATES, PERFORATED GLAZED PORCELAIN, for use in funnels.\na\tb\tc\n25\t38\t50\n$0.27\t.40\t.50\nSILICA, UNGLAZED. (See index, \u201c Fused Silica Ware \u201d for characteristics.)\na\tb\tc\nThickness, inch\t1/10-34\tA\t34\nPer square inch\t$0.07\t.10\t.12\nPLATES, FUSED SILICA, GLAZED, A_34 inch thick, in plates up to 6 inches square. Per square inch .24\nDiameter, mm. Each\nPLATES, FUSED","page":281},{"file":"p0282.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"282\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPLATINUM WARE\nAll of the following ware is hammered to shape, tested and finished in the best manner. _ It is guaranteed free from flaws and blisters and to give entire satisfaction in competent hands. Approximate weights are given without price. Prices will be governed by the market price of platinum.\nNos. 6364a-i\nNo. 6355\n6350 PLATINUM FOIL.\nThickness, inch......................... .001\nThickness, mm................................ .03\nApproximate weight per\tsquare inch.......... 0.353\nPLATINUM WIRE. Platinum loops for chemical laboratory work are usually made of No. 28 wire, platinum triangles of Nos. 24 or 26, platinum inoculating needles of No. 24 and sometimes of No. 20.\n6352\n6355\n6357\n6361\n6363\nB. & S. Gauge No.\nDiameter, inch......\nDiameter, mm........\nWeight per foot, grams..\nPLATINUM ANODE, spiral ;\n6366\n6367\n6368\n6369\n6370\n6371 6373 6375\n6377\n6379\n18-\t20\t22\t24\t25\t26\t28\t30\t32\n.0403\t.0319\t.0253\t.0201\t.0179\t.0159\t.0126\t.01\t.0079\n.81\t.64\t.51\t.45\t.40\t.32\t.26\t.20\n5.365 .\t3.404\t2.081\t1.330 #\t1.077\t0.851\t0.480\t0.332\t0.213\n\u201e j inch in diameter, made of .040 inch wire, 6-^ turns, weight approximately 7 grams. This is the standard form and designed particularly for use with Cathode No. 6357 following.\nPLATINUM CATHODE, diameter of cylinder l inch, height 2 inches, height of stem 2 inches, height over all 4 inches.\nDiameter of stem .040 inch. Approximate weight 11 grams.\nPLATINUM FILTER CONES, seamless, 60\u00b0, perforations .016 to .025 inch.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\nDiameter, inches...\t%\t%\t1 l'/t 1%\t2\nApprox, weight, grams 1\t1.5\t2.1\t3.1\t5.3\t7.5\t9.2\nPLATINUM CRUCIBLES centimeters.\nDiameter, cms......\nDepth, cms.........\nCapacity, cc.......\nApprox, weight, grams PLATINUM CRUCIBLES,\nDiameter, cm.......\nDepth, cms.........\nCapacity, cc.......\nApprox, weight, grams\nPLATINUM DISHES, rou\nDiameter, cms......\nDepth, cms.........\nCapacity, cc.......\nApprox, weight, grams\nPLATINUM DISHES, without lip, a to 1, same sizes and weights as above.\nPLATINUM DISH for iron, steel or water analysis, capacity 45 cc., approximate weight 15 grams.\nPLATINUM DISH for milk analysis, capacity 45 cc., approximate weight 17 grams.\nPLATINUM DISH for sugar analysis, capacity 35 cc., approximate weight 16 grams.\nPLATINUM DISH for water analysis, capacity 100 cc., approximate weight 20 grams.\nPLATINUM TIPPED FORCEPS for blowpipe work and general laboratory use.\nPLATINUM INCINERATING DISHES.\n* a\nCapacity, cc.................... 15\nApprox, weight, grams........... 10\nPLATINUM SPATULAS.\ta\nLength, cms..................... 7\nApprox, weight, grams........... 5\nPLATINUM TRIANGLES, solid ends\nWITH\tCOVERS.\tA crucible with cover weighs approximately as many grams\t\t\t\t\t\t\tas it holds cubic\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\ti\tj\tk\t\n2.2\t2.5\t3.0\t3.3\t3.5\t4.0\t4.2\t4.4\t4.7\t5.0\t5.3\t\n2.2\t2.5\t3.0\t3.3\t3.5\t4.0\t4.2\t4.4\t4.7\t5.0\t5.3\t\n8\t10\t15\t20\t25\t30\t40\t50\t60\t70\t80\t\n8\t10\t15\t20\t25\t30\t40\t50\t62\t65\t68\t\nGOOCH, WITH\t\tCOVERS.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n2.7\t3.2\t3.3\t3.6\t3.9\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n2.7\t3.2\t3.3\t3.6\t3.9\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n10\t15\t20\t25\t30\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n13\t18\t22\t29\t3*4\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\nnd bottom, with lip.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\t\tg\th\t\t\u00ee\tk\t\n3.8\t4.2\t4.4\t4.8\t5.6\t6.5\t6.5\t7.2\t7.8\t8.4\t8.9\t9.4\n1.0\t2.0\t2.2\t2.4\t2.7\t3.0\t3.3\t3.5\t3.7\t3.7\t4.1\t4.3\n15\t20\t25\t35\t50\t65\t75\t100\t125\t150\t175\t200\n5\t6\t8\t12\t17\t22\t25\t33\t42\t50\t55\t67\nb\n20\n14\nb\n10\nFor crucible, capacity cc..\nSize of wire, inch......\nWeight in grams..........\n6380\nFor crucible, capacity cc....\nSize of wire, inch..........'.\nWeight in grams..............\n6381\tPLATINUM TRIANGLES WITH\ncrucible up to 100 cc.\nFor crucible, capacity cc....\nSize of wire, inch...........\nWeight in grams..............\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\t\n10\t15\t20\t30\t40\t60\t\n.045\t.045\t.055\t.055\t.064\t.064\t\n5 ends.\t8\t11\t12\t15\t18\t\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\t\n10\t15\t20\t30\t40\t60\t\n.045\t.045\t.055\t.055\t.064\t.064\t\n5\t6\t11\t12\t18\t20 \u2022\t\nHOLDERS, holders nickel-plated and will\t\t\t\t\taccommodate any\tsize triangle\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\tg\th\n10\t15\t20\t30\t40\t60 80\t100\n.047\t.047\t.050\t.050\t.062\t.062\t.064\t.064\n2\t2.5\t4.5\t5\t7.5\t8\t9\t10","page":282},{"file":"p0283.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n283\nNo 6385\n6385 PLIERS, SIDE CUTTING, good quality..................................Each $0.86\nPNEUMATIC TROUGHS. See Troughs, Pneumatic.\nPOROUS CUPS.\t91-15b\t91-92\t91-167\t91-77\nDiameter, inches\t1.4\t2\t24\t3\nHeight, inches\t3\t4\t5\t7\nEach\t$0.30\t.35\t.45\t.55\nPOTASH APPARATUS. See Bulbs, Potash. PRESSES FOR CORKS. See Cork Presses. PRESSES FOR PLANTS. See Plant Presses\nNo. 6391\tNo. 6388\n6388 PRESS, LABORATORY FILTER, Iron, closed delivery washing type. This press is 7 inches square outside, makes cakes 6 inches square, and contains the following units \u2014 four plates, four V^-inch frames, two 1-inch frames, two 14-inch frames, and two 2-inch frames.\nThe filtering area of this press is 72 square inches per chamber, and the greatest filtering area, using four j^-inch chambers, is 2 square feet. The holding capacity can be varied from 18 cubic inches using one 4-inch frame, to 252 cubic inches using two ijg-inch frames and two 2-inch frames.\nThe press is of the four-eyed closed delivery washing type and is equipped with a direct connected hand pump, press and pump mounted on a pan.\nWithout Filter Cloth or Paper.....................................................$150.00\n6388A FILTER CLOTHS for above........................................................Each .25\n6388B FILTER PAPER for above.........................................................Per lb. 1.00\n6390 PRESS, LABORATORY FILTER, Iron, for filtering oils, soap, extracts, sugar, etc. This is by far the most complete laboratory filter press built along lines o'f a commercial machine.\nThere are five plates, each plate so proportioned that the combined filtering area of the two sides is one square foot. There are six 1-inch frames in the press, giving a capacity of 4-cubic foot.\nPlates and frames are easily arranged for plain, simple or thorough washing with or without separate discharge for wash. The filtrate can be caused to flow out by cocks or through one head cock, the latter being called \u201c closed discharge.\u201d\nMaterial is fed into the press by means of the Montejus No.\n6391 or by a steam or hand pump.\nThe press is made of cast iron with a substantial cast iron table provided with a drain.\nWithout Filter Cloth or Paper.......................... 135.00\n6390A FILTER CLOTHS for above............................Each .25\n6390B FILTER PAPER for above...........................Per lb. 1.00\n6391 MONTEJUS. Material can be fed into the Filter Press No.\n6390 by means of a Montejus. The material to be filtered is placed in the Montejus and air pressure applied above the mixture (use our No. 42-76 Air Pump). The pipe running to\nthe filter press extends nearly to the bottom of the Montejus and the mixture is thus displaced through it into the filter press. Complete as illustrated...........................\n55 75","page":283},{"file":"p0284.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"284\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6395\nNo. 6396\n6395\tPULVERIZER or CRUSHER, One-jar Ball Mill, hand or power, for reducing to powder cement, coal,\nlime, and any material, hard or soft. Widely used in assay, cement, gas and soils laboratories. Porcelain jar, capacity gallons; pulley 9X1 inch. Equipped with handle for hand drive, and complete with pebbles......................................................................$35.00\n6396\t----, Two-jar Ball Mill, similar to above, but two jars mounted on same axis, giving double the\ncapacity of No. 6395................................................................... 65.00\nPYROMETERS\nINDICATING METERS \u2014 THERMO-COUPLES\nA Pyrometer of two essential parts \u2014 the Meter which indicates or records the temperature and the Thermo-Couple which, on being placed in the heat to be measured, generates the electromotive force that actuates the meter. We have listed below two different types of meters each of which can be obtained with different ranges and graduated in Fahrenheit or Centigrade divisions. We have also listed various types of thermo-couples. From among these listed it will be possible to select types and ranges suited to individual requirements. To insure getting the proper outfit, it is advisable to inform us in regard to the service for which it is to be used.\nPORTABLE INDICATING METERS. These are the highest grade D\u2019Ar-sonval type Milli-voltmeters designed especially for pyrometer work. They are very sensitive high-torque meters, provided with:\n1\tZero Temperature Adjustment which insures meter indicating correctly regardless of the temperature of the surrounding media.\n2\tZero Adjustor which is a simple device for setting the pointer to agree with the cold end temperature of the Thermo-couple.\n3\tResilient Pivot Mounting which permits the utmost delicacy in adjustment of the . movement, and by protecting it from the effects of jars and vibrations, preserves its\naccuracy.\nThe case is of aluminum, finished in black enamel. Over all dimensions are Nos. 6397 to 6400C\t6J4X6X3 inches. Scales are 5Yi inches.\nThe Low Resistance Meter can be used when the resistance of the lead wires is not over jqj ohm. This is the resistance offered by 100 feet of No. 14, or 150 feet of No. 12, or 250 feet of No. 10 copper wire. Generally speaking, if the lead wires are to be more than 200 feet, the High Resistance Meter must be used. High Resistance Meters are\nequipped with both milli-volt and temperature scales and they also carry a mirror.\n6397\tLOW RESISTANCE\tPORTABLE\tMETER,\trange 32-1000\u00b0 F.,\t10 degrees per\tdivision.$66.65\n6397A\t , range 0-550\u00b0 C.,\t5 degrees per\tdivision.......................................... 66.65\n6397B HIGH RESISTANCE PORTABLE METER, range 32-1000\u00b0 F., 10 degrees per division......... 83.36\n6397C-----,\trange 0-550\u00b0 C.,\t5 degrees per\tdivision.......................................... 83.35\n6398\tLOW RESISTANCE\tPORTABLE\tMETER,\t32-1500\u00b0 F.,\t20 degrees\tper division....... 66.65\n6398A------, 0-800\u00b0 C., 10 degrees per division.......................................... 66.65\n6398B HIGH RESISTANCE PORTABLE METER, 32-1500\u00b0 F., 10 degrees per division............... 83.35\n6398C-----,\t0-800\u00b0 C., 10 degrees per division................................................ 83.35\n6399\tLOW RESISTANCE PORTABLE METER, 32-2000\u00b0 F., 20 degrees per division................ 66.65\n6399A ----,\t0-1100\u00b0 C., 10 degrees per division............................................... 66.65\n6399B HIGH RESISTANCE PORTABLE METER, 32-2000\u00b0 F., 20 degrees per division............... 83.35\n6399C ----,\t0-1100\u00b0 C., 10 degrees per division............................................... 83.35\n6400\tLOW RESISTANCE PORTABLE METER, 32-2500\u00b0 F., 25 degrees per division................ 66.65\n6400A ----,\t0-1400\u00b0 C., 20 degrees per division............................................... 66.65\n6400B HIGH RESISTANCE PORTABLE METER, 32-2500\u00b0 F., 20 degrees per division............... 83.35\n6400C -----, 0-1400\u00b0 C., 10 degrees per division..................................... .. 83,36s","page":284},{"file":"p0285.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n285\nWALL INDICATING METERS. Low Resistance Type. These meters are essentially the same as the Portable Meters above listed, except that they are designed with wall mounting. The cases are of aluminum, finished in black enamel. Diameter, 6 inches, depth 3)4 inches. Scale arc, 534 inches.\nFAHRENHEIT SCALES\tCENTIGRADE SCALES\ndogue No.\tRange\tDegrees per Division\tCatalogue No.\tRange\tDegrees per Division\n6402\t32-1000\t10\t6402A\t0-550\t5\n6403\t32-1500\t20\t6403A\t0-800\t10\n6404\t32-2000\t20\t6404A\t0-1100\t10\n6405\t32-2500\t25\t6405A\t0-1400\t20\nPrice, with any of the above standard scales\t\t\t\t\t\t\t$66.65\nWALL INDICATING METERS, High Resistance Type.\non Application.\nPrices\n6407\nNos. 6402 to 6405A\nTHERMO-COUPLES. \u201c CHROMEL,\u201d Low Resistance. These thermo-couples generate an electro-motive force five times greater than the costly platinum-rhodium couples, have a practically straight line temperature \u2014 E.M.F. relation, are heavy in cross section and are inexpensive. No. 14 B. & S. Gauge elements; length of couple 3 feet. Price includes handle and 10 feet of flexible leads.\nFor maximum temperature of 1000\u00b0 F. (550\u00b0 C.)...........................................\n6408\t----, for maximum temperature of 1500\u00b0 F. (800\u00b0 C.).....................................\n6409\t----, for maximum temperature of 2000\u00b0 F. (1100\u00b0 C.)....................... ............\nFor Extra Length Couples add.....................................................Per foot\n6410\tTHERMO-COUPLES, \u201c CHROMEL,\u201d same as above, but No. 8 B. & S. Gauge elements and with\nflexible leads 20 feet long.\nFor maximum temperature of 1000\u00b0 F. (550\u00b0 C.)...........................................\n6411\t----, for maximum temperature of 1500\u00b0 F. (800\u00b0 C.).....................................\n6412\t----, for maximum temperature of 2000\u00b0 F. (1100\u00b0 C.)....................................\n6413\t----, for maximum temperature of 2500\u00b0 F. (1400\u00b0 C.)....................................\nFor Extra Length Couples add.....................................................Per foot\n6414\tTHERMO-COUPLES, \u201cCHROMEL,\u201d same as No. 6407 but No. 6 B. & S. Gauge elements and with\nflexible leads 20 feet long.\nFor maximum temperature of 2000\u00b0 F. (1100\u00b0 C.)..........................................\n6416\n----, for maximum temperature of 2500\u00b0 F. (1400\u00b0 C.)..\nFor Extra Length Couples add..........................\nTHERMO-COUPLES, High Resistance Type. Prices on Application.\n. Per foot\n8.36\n8.35\n8.36\n.66\n9.46\n9.46\n9.46\n9.46\n.86\n11.16\n11.16\n1.40\n6420 PYROMETER TUBES, ALUNDUM. (See index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Supplied in lengths of 8, 12, 18, 24, 27, 30, 36, 39, 42 and 48 inches. When ordering specify catalogue number, length, bore, and wall.\nBore, inch.............. n-\nWall, inch.............. 34\nPer inch................ $0.33\n.33\nc\n34\n34\n.33\n.45\ne\nX\n34\n.46\nf\n34\n34\n.55\ng\n1\n34\n.55\nh\n134\n7\n16\n.55\n6425 RECALESCENT OUTFIT\u2014 a simple and reliable apparatus for determining the proper hardening temperatures of carbon steel (high carbon steels only). The apparatus consists of an Electric Furnace without controlling rheostat and a Pyrometer with Thermo-Couple.\nThe operation is to clamp two small pieces of steel to the end of the thermo-couple, place them in the electric furnace and heat until the \u201c recalescent \u201d or \u201c critical \u201d point is passed as indicated by the pyrometer.\nOutfit complete with Electric Furnace No.\n6482A (see page 246), for 110 or 220 volts alternating current (60 cycles) or direct current.............. .... ...............$106.10\nNote. When ordering specify line voltage and whether alternating or direct current.\nPYKNOMETERS. See Bottles, Specific Gravity.\nNo. 6425","page":285},{"file":"p0286.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"286\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNos. 6435 a-c\nNos. 6445 a-c\nNos.6440a-d\nNos. 6446 a-f\nNo. 6490\n6435\n6440\n6445\n6445^\n6446\n6446 M\n6448\n6480\n6482\n6484\n6486\n6490\nRECEIVERS, RETORT.\nCapacity, ounces...\nEach...............\na\n4\n$0.40\nRETORTS, COPPER, for generation of oxygen, etc.\na\nCapacity, ounces................. 8\nEach............................. $3.00\nCapacity, ounces. Each.............\na\n8\n$1.10\n8\t16\n.50\t.60\nb\tc\n16\t32\n3.50\t4.25\nrs.\t\nb\tc\n16\t32\n1.25\t1.65\nd\n64\n5.70\n'PYREX\u201d GLASS (see index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware for characteristics). With tubulature\nCapacity, cc. Each.........\nCapacity, ounces. Each.............\na\n4\n$1.50\na\tb\tc\t\t\n125\t250\t500\t\t\n$1.80\t2.26\t3.35\t\t\n.d in.\t\t\t\t\nb\tc\td\te\tf\n8\t16\t32\t48\t64\n1.60\t1.80\t2.20\t3.50\t4.00\n---, \u201c PYREX \u201d GLASS (see index,\nfitted with ground-glass stoppers.\n1 Pyrex \u201d Glassware for characteristics). With tubulatures\n\ta\tb\tc\t\nCapacity, cc\t\t125\t250\t500\t\nEach\t\t$2.90\t3.35\t4.46\t\n\t, IRON, for distilling mercury, etc.\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\t\nCapacity, ounces\t\t8\t16\t32\t\nEach\t RINGS FOR RING STANDS. See page\t$4.50 297.\t5.00\t5.50\t\nRODS, GLASS, in lengths of one meter.\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\nDiameter, mm\t\t4\t5\t6\t7\nPer pound\t\t$0.60\t.50\t.50\t.60\nRODS, STIRRING, fire-polished ends.\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\nSize, inches\t\ti^> X6\tHX6\tii\u00ef X8\tMX10\nPer dozen\t\t$0.45\t.56\t.56\t.80\n-----, FUSED SILICA (see index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Can be used for\nstirring and pouring at high temperatures, particularly in the case of high melting metals and alloys which do not form basic oxides. In lengths up to 3 feet\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nDiameter, inch................ A\tA\tM\tA\t/is\nPer foot...................... $0.56\t.72\t1.10\t1.50\t1.73\t2.00\nRUBBER BANDS, assorted sizes..................................................................Per box $0.20\nRUBBER POLICEMEN for scraping precipitates t rom the sides of beakers, etc. For use on glass rods. Pure rubber, without glass rod.............................................................Each .16","page":286},{"file":"p0287.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n287\nTHE KNOTT QUALITY\nANTIMONY RUBBER TUBING AND STOPPERS\ni f-WiCTMCIMSAT-,7. :' j\nMany laboratories have not yet appreciated the fact that cheap rubber is, in the end, the more expensive. Both economy and efficiency in laboratory organization make it eminently desirable to use the best rubber obtainable. In ordering, specify Knott\u2019s \u201c 317 \u201d Antimony Rubber, and thus be sure of obtaining a rubber of the highest quality. 6500 KNOTT\u2019S \u201c 317 \u201d ANTIMONY R\u00dcBBER TUBING, regular thickness of wall, extraordinary quality.\nInside diameter, inch.......... Ys\tfg\t}4\t\u00c4\tVs\tYv\t%\nPrice per foot................. $0.06\t.09\t.12\t.16\t.21\t.35\t.75\n6601 ------, in lots of not less than 50 feet..........?.............................................Per lb. $3.50\n6502\tKNOTT\u2019S \u201c317\u201d ANTIMONY RUBBER TUBING, same quality as above, but extra thickness to\nwithstand pressures.\nInside diameter, inch.......... Yi\tA\tM\tis\nPrice per foot................. $0.10\t.16\t.22\t.30\n6503\t----, in lots of not less than 50 feet........................................................Per lb. 3.50\n3830 RUBBER TUBING STRETCHER. One of the most serviceable tools for the laboratory (see illustra-\ntion page 212)..........................................................................................76\n6610 FLEXIBLE STEEL GAS TUBING, for gas supply, connections to hot plates, gas stoves, gas burners, etc.\nThis tubing is practically indestructible, is gas tight and will not kink. Inside diameter J^-inch, and carried in stock in two and three-foot lengths only, each length with rubber ends for connecting to gas cock and burner nipples.\ta\tb\nLength, feet........................................... 2\t3\nPer length...........................................  $0.25\t.36\nKNOTT\u2019S \u201c317\u201d\nSize\tDiameter Small End\tMean Diameter\tLength\t\tPrice\nNo.\tmm.\tmm.\tmm.\t\tPer 100\nKll\t11\t12\t22\tsolid or 1 hole\t$4.00\nK13\t13\t15\t22\tsolid or 1 hole\t5.00\nK15\t15\t17\t25\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t6.00\nK17\t17\t19\t25\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t7.00\nK19\t19\t21\t25\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t8.00\nK21\t21\t23\t25\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t10.00\nK23\t23\t25\t30\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t13.00\nX25\t25\t28\t30\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t16.00\nSpecial Quantity\nANTIMONY\nRUBBER\nSTOPPERS\nNo. 6515\nIn order to simplify the method of determining the size of rubber stopper desired for a specific purpose, our stoppers are given a number corresponding to the small diameter in millimeters. Hence, the stopper K25 means a stopper 25 millimeters in diameter.\nIn ordering specify the number according to our list and insist on Formula \u201c 317 \u201d if you wish a stopper of the very highest grade.\nWe carry in stock rubber stoppers, solid, and with one hole and with two holes as indicated below.\nSize\tDiameter Small End\tMean Diameter\tLength\t\tPrice\nNo.\tmm.\tmm.\tmm.\t\tPer 100\nK28\t28\t30\t30\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t$18.00\nK30\t30\t33\t30\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t22.00\nK33\t33\t37\t28\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t25.00\nK37\t37\t41\t28\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t33.00\nK40\t40\t44\t30\tsolid, 1 or 2 holes\t44.00\nK43\t43\t46\t32\tsolid only\t50.00\nK47\t47\t. 50\t32\tsolid only\t55.00\nK51\t51\t5*\t32\tsolid only\t60.00\n\u00bb Upon Request.\t\t\t\t\t\nCork Stoppers. See page 226.","page":287},{"file":"p0288.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"288\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n6923\n6520\n6522\n6524\n6626\n6530\n6531\n6532\n6633\n6635\nSACCHAROMETER, DR. EINHORN\u2019S FERMENTATION, with graduated test tube............... $1.10\nSCISSORS, of general utility, fine grade.......................................... 1.26\nSCOOP, HORN..........................................................................26\nSHEARS, METAL CUTTING, superior quality. Cutting blade 2J^ inches................. 3.00\nSHEARS, PAPER, superior quality. Cutting blade 10 inches long..................... 2.60\nSIEVES, SEAMLESS BRASS FRAMES, BRASS GAUZE, substantially constructed for mixing or separating substances into different grades of fineness. These sieves are made so that one will nest with the other. Five inches diameter. abed\te\tf\nMesh............................. 10\t20\t40\t60\t80\t100\nEach............................. $1-76\t1.80\t2.00\t2.26\t2.36\t2.60\nSIEVES, SEAMLESS, BRASS FRAMES, BRASS GAUZE, same as above but 8 inches diameter.\na\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nMesh........... 10\t20\t40\t60\t80\t100\nEach........... $3.00\t3.10\t3.26\t3.60\t3.76\t4,00\nSIEVES, SEAMLESS, BRASS FRAMES, BRASS GAUZE, nested, 5 inches in diameter, 20,40,60,\n80 and 100 mesh, with brass pan and cover. Same sieves as Nos. 6530b-f.Per set of five 13.00\n----, 8 inches in diameter, 20, 40, 60, 80 and 100 mesh, with brass pan and cover. Same sieves as\nNos. 6631b-f...........................................................Per set of five 18.60\nSIEVES, WOOD FRAME, BRASS GAUZE, diameter 6 inches\tabed\nMesh............................................... 30\t40\t60\t80\nEach............................................... $1.00\t1.10\t1.26\t1.76\nNo. 6642\n32-200 SIPHON, GLASS, plain...........................................................\n32-206 SIPHON WITH SUCTION TUBE, glass................................................\n32-210 SIPHON, AUTOMATIC, simple demonstration form...................................\nSLEEVES. See Oversleeves.\n6642\tSOLDERING OUTFIT. Comprises one bar of solder, one box of resin, scraper and a special solder-\ning copper of sufficient size to retain heat and designed so that it may either be heated as an ordinary soldering copper, or, when attached to a gas burner, the gas will pass through a hollow tube within the length of the handle and is ignited at emission holes immediately beneath the copper. In wooden box................................................................\n6643\tSOLDERING OUTFIT, similar to above, except that the soldering copper is not adapted to a gas\nburner and is not quite so highly finished. In wood box...................\n6544 SOLDERING COPPER, with handle, one-half pound size...........................\n6646\tSOLDER, stick form....................................................Per lb.\n6646\tSOLDER, Wire Form with Resin Cutter. No flux required.................Per lb.\n6647\tSOLDERING PASTE, ACID...................................................Box\n6548\tSOLDERING FLUID, ACID.................................................Bottle\nSOLDERING IRON, ELECTRIC. See Electric Appliances.\n6660\tSOLDERING IRON \u00c7EATER, for coal gas, a necessity for the laboratory work room\n6661\t\u2014 , same as above for gasoline gas..................... .........................\nSOXHLET\u2019S APPARATUS. See Extraction Apparatus.\n.46\n.76\n.60\n2.26\n2.00\n.76\n.60\n2.00\n.36\n.46\n2.76\n3.76","page":288},{"file":"p0289.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n289\nNo. 6538\n6538 SOIL TESTER. A simple equipment by which any one without a knowledge of chemistry can accurately gauge the resources and values of land. A quantitative test for lime, humus, acidity and phosphates in soils. With this outfit one can accurately show (1) whether the soil is in the right chemical and physical condition; (2) different degrees of acidity; (3) how much lime is needed per acre to counteract the acidity; (4) what quantity carbonates (lime and magnesia) is contained in a soil;\n(5) whether a soil lacks humus; (6) whether a soil is in need of a green manure crop; (7) whether a soil will respond to artificial inoculation with commercial bacteria cultures, etc. This is a practical outfit which any one without special skill or training can operate.\nWithout chemicals which can be found in any chemical laboratory or can be obtained from the local druggist, but otherwise complete as illustrated. With full instructions for use..........................$17.60\ni\t-in.mS'\tCb=-----\u2014 ^\t-<ZZ)\nNo. 6586\tNos. 6580a-c\tNos. 6582a-c\n6560\n6562\n6564\n6570\n6572\n6674\n6576\n6578\n6580\n6582\n6586\nSPATULAS, HORN, double.\ta\tb\tc\nLength, inches.............. 4\t5\t6\nEach...................... $0.30\t.40\t.50\nSPATULA, RUBBER, OSTWALD\u2019S. This is a superior instrument and will be found practically\nindestructible.......................................................................\nSPATULAS, STEEL with wood handle. Flexible polished steel blade.\na\tb\tc\nLength, inches.............. 3\t4\t6\nEach...................... $0.40\t.45\t.60\nSPLINTS, 100 in package, selected lengths....................................Per package\nSPONGES for general laboratory use. These sponges are of excellent quality, selected of convenient\nsize and to give long service....................................................Each\nSPOONS, DEFLAGRATING, of heavy iron, handles 16 inches long.\na\tb\nDiameter of spoons, inch ..Vi\tY\nEach...................... $0.12\t.16\nSPOONS, DEFLAGRATING, of heavy brass, handles 16 inches long.\na\tb\nDiameter of spoons, inch..\tYi\tY\nEach...................... $0.18\t.20\nSPOON, HORN, with Spatula End, length 5 inches.........................................\nSPOONS, PORCELAIN, with Spatula End, glazed.\na\tb\tc\nLength, mm................. 120\t160\t190\nEach...................... $0.33\t.67\t.80\nSPATULAS, PORCELAIN, with Spatula on each end, glazed.\na\tb\tc\nLength, mm................. 105\t120\t150\nEach...................... $0.33\t.46\t.65\nSPOON, SODIUM, Sodium Capsule, after Brownlee and others. With ramrod...................\n.46\n.30\n.18\n.60\n.76","page":289},{"file":"p0290.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"290\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\n6610 SPECIMEN MOUNTS, KNOTT\u2019S, PROTECTED BOTANICAL. Consist of two parts \u2014 a thin plate of photographic glass to which narrow flaps of linen morocco paper are neatly fastened, and a cardboard back to which is glued a thin layer of sterilized surgical cotton in which the specimens may be embedded.\nab\tcd\nSize, inches.... 5X6\t6J4X8J/\u00a3\t8X12\t12X16\nEach............ $0.40\t.45\t.70\t1.35\n6611 SPECIMEN MOUNTS, KNOTT\u2019S PROTECTED ENTOMOLOGY, suitable for mounting and preserving specimens of butterflies, beetles and insects of all kinds, or of plants too large for botanical mounts. Consist of two parts \u2014 the mounting part a heavy cardboard tray lined with a heavy pad of cotton, and the cover, designed to fit dust-proof over the mounting part, is fitted with a photographic glass top which allows inspection of specimens. This cover portion is covered with black binding cloth.\nabed\te\tfgh\nSize, inches\t23^X3\t3^X43^\t4X5\t5X6\t63^X634\t6J4X8J4\t8X12\t12X16\nEach\t$0.25\t.32\t.36\t.45\t.55\t.60\t.80\t1.60\nSPECIMENS\nUnless otherwise stated these specimens are preserved in Formalin. 6620a Amoeba (Microscopic Slide, special preparation)\nEach $1.25\n6620b\tGrantia (Simple Sponge)..................Dozen\t1.00\n6620c\tHydra (Fusca or Viridis).................Dozen\t2.50\n6620d\tMetridium (Sea-anemone),\tmedium size....Dozen\t5.00\n6620e Medusa of Obelia (slide, stained) (shows _\nmedusa structure).......................Each\t1.25\n6620f\tMedusa (Gonionemus), small...............Dozen\t2.50\n6620g\tMedusa (Aurelia), large..................Dozen\t6.00\nCoral Species.................................Dozen $2.00\n\" \"\t............ \u201c\t1.25\n2.50 2.50\n6620h\n6620i\tEarthworm (Lumbricus)........................Dozen\n6620j\tSand worm (Nereis Virens)....................Dozen\n6620k\tStarfish (Asterias Forbesis),\tmedium,\tdry. . . .Dozen\n6620kk\tStarfish (Asterias Forbesis),\tmedium,\nformalin..................................Dozen\nSea Urchin..................................Dozen\nCrayfish (Cambarus).........................Dozen\nFlorida Grasshoppers, large.................Dozen\nAmphioxus...................................Dozen\n66201\n6620m\n6620o\n6620v\n6620w\n6620x\n6620y\n77-170\n3.00\n2.50 3.00 2.75\n3.50\nNecturus.................................Dozen 20.00\nFrogs (large).....................Dozen 5.00\nFrogs (medium)....................Dozen 3.50\nADVANCED SPECTROSCOPE. This\ninstrument is especially designed for high school and elementary college work. It is furnished completely equipped with all essential parts.\nAll mechanical details are well constructed and nicely fitted; all optical parts are of the best. The telescope is adjustable, has an aperture of about 20 mm. and a focal length of about 160 mm. The collimator is provided with a comparison prism and is of the same dimensions as the telescope. A separate tube contains the scale. The instrument is mounted adjustably in a neatly finished tripod stand. It is furnished with a 60-degree flint glass prism and provided with a cover for same...................... 75.00\nNo. 77-170\n70-96 MONOCHROMATIC FLAME ATTACHMENT FOR BUNSEN BURNER. Can be attached in an instant to any Bunsen burner as illustrated. The absorbent ring sponges are saturated with solutions of various salts \u2014 sodium, potassium, lithium, etc. The swiveled head can be turned to obtain the flame desired.\nWithout burner...............................\n70-97 MONOCHROMATIC FLAME ATTACHMENT FOR BUNSEN BURNER, Single Flame Type. Consists of an absorbent ring sponge attached to a wire which is fastened to a simple spring clamp for clamping to the burner tube. One or more may be clamped to the burner tube at one time and the various wires bent to bring the ring sponge in position as desired................","page":290},{"file":"p0291.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n291\nNo. 6630\nSTENCIL, HARCOURT IMPROVED. Consists of a flexible transparent plate with \u201c cut-outs \u201d representing outlines of various chemical utensils as illustrated. The ruling edges of the obtuse angle serve as convenient guides in drawing delivery tubes. One edge has a metric scale for dimensions. Recommended by prominent teachers of chemistry in that its use eliminates bad drawings, sav\u00ebs time, inspires the pupil, holds his attention and induces accurate thinking. . Each $0.16\nPer dozen 1.70\n6631 STENCIL CUT-OUTS, three sizes Flat Bottom Flasks, Erlenmeyer Flask, Bottle, Plain Beaker, Griffin Beaker, Thistle Top, Funnel, Evaporating Dish, Bunsen Burner, Crucible and Retort. Of transparent material, same shapes and sizes as cut-outs of stencil illustrated above. Per package of 13 cut-outs..........................................................................................06\nSTERILIZERS\nNo. 6637\tNo. 6642\n6637 STERILIZER, HOT AIR, of galvanized American Ingot Iron, single wall, has tubes extending from the bottom through the oven, passing up the four corners, insuring proper, even circulation of heat.\nInside dimensions, 8X8 inches by 12 inches high.........................................$65.00\n6637A -----, inside dimensions, 10X10 inches by 16 inches high.................................. 70.00\n6637B------, inside dimensions, 12 X12 inches, by 18 inches high................................ 77.50\n6640 STERILIZER, HOT AIR, of sheet iron, double wall with enclosed base and extra asbestos mat.\nInside measurements, 10 inches high, 12 inches wide and 10 inches deep. Extreme height, including base, 2134 inches. With two shelves.......................................... 28.00\n6642 STERILIZER, HOT AIR, of sheet iron, double wall, outer wall covered with asbestos. Heated by a row of small Bunsen Burners around the sides of the base, insuring an even circulation of heat.\nThe air is introduced through openings on each side. Inside dimensions, 19 inches high, 12 inches wide, 9J4 inches deep. With three shelves.................................... 51.00","page":291},{"file":"p0292.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"292\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6647\tNo. 6648\n6647 ARNOLD STEAM STERILIZER, side door pattern with two remov-\nable perforated discs. Made of heavy tin with copper bottom; 7% inches high X 8% inches diameter....................................$14.76\n6647A \u2022-----, same as above, but 11% inches high by 10% inches in diameter........................................................................... 19.00\n6647C ------, same as No. 6647 but made entirely of copper, 11% inches high\nby 10% inches in diameter............................................ 47.00\nNo. 6649B\nNo. 6649A\n6648 BOSTON BOARD OF HEALTH STEAM STERILIZER. Made entirely of copper with double walls and doors so that the sterilizing chamber is surrounded on all sides by a jacket of steam. An unvarying temperature of 100 degrees Centigrade can be maintained. Inside measurements, \u2014 height, 14% inches; width, 8% inches; depth, 9 inches. With two removable wire cloth trays. . . . $87.60\n6648A ------, same as above, but sterilizing chamber measures inside, 15% X12%X12% inches............ 96.60\n6649 STERILIZER, DRY AIR, ELECTRIC. This apparatus consists of the Electric Test Tube Boiler No. 6649A and the Sterilizer Attachment No. 6649B. For either direct current or alternating current 110 or 220 volt circuits.\nWhen ordering specify voltage................................................................ 30.60\n6649A ELECTRIC TEST TUBE BOILER as used in above outfit. This boiler or heater consists of a cylindrical drum 2%X3% inches diameter, having a nickel-plated metal body with a top and bottom of %-inch transite. Near the center of the drum is the heating receptacle, 1 inch diameter by 1% inch deep. This receptacle is encased in a heating unit controlled by an automatic Electro-Thermo-Regulator, contained within the drum. Adapter rings are provided for the receptacle, permitting the use of %, %, % and 1 inch test tubes.\nWith test tubes, small crucible, connector plug and cord for either direct current or alternating current 110 or 220 volt circuits.\nWhen ordering specify voltage....................................................................22.26\n6649B STERILIZER ATTACHMENT for use with No. 6649A Test Tube Boiler. Dimensions 3% inch diameter by % inch deep. A wire basket is contained within the sterilizer and may be removed by an adjustable wire tray. Constructed of metal, nickel-plated........................................... 8.36","page":292},{"file":"p0293.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n293\nNo. 6660\n6650 FREAS\u2019 CONSTANT TEMPERATURE DRY STERILIZER. The general construction, regulation and heating of this sterilizer is identical with that of the Freas\u2019 Incubators listed on page 259, the only difference being that the sterilizer is graduated for temperatures up to 175\u00b0 C. and, accordingly, provided with a heating plate wound for 600 watts. Each sterilizer is provided with two switches \u2014 one for the current, the other for the lamp illuminating the chamber. Size of chamber 12 X12 X12 inches. Iron base to stand on table.....................................................................$150.00\n6650A -------, size of chamber, 14X17X18 inches, on heavy base with legs as illustrated over No. 6696A,\npage 259............................................'.................................................. 294.50\nThe sterilizers above do not have an inner glass door. All sizes may be obtained with removable glass doors and with a spare low wattage heating plate for incubating and other purposes up to 70\u00b0 C. Such additions permit the use of the sterilizers as Incubators or Chemical Drying Ovens.\n6655 THE INSTITUTE MULTIPLE SPEED STIRRING APPARATUS, Six Stirrers. The friction drive principle has been most satisfactorily employed in this design. The main drive shaft runs horizontally and has six friction drive discs which can be adjusted'along the drive shaft to obtain the same speed of rotation for all the stirrers, or any speed desired for the individual stirrers. The revolution of one or more stirrers can be stopped instantly without interfering with the remaining stirrers, by raising the individual drive shafts so that the drive wheels are not in contact with the friction drive discs.\nTo remove a beaker, raise the individual drive shaft as shown in the illustration. Ample clearance is provided, thus avoiding all danger of spilling the liquid in the beaker.\nThe beaker support is designed to hold beakers of any capacity up to 1000 cc. It is made of channel iron and asbestos with openings in the metal to permit more ready heating of the contents of the beaker when such heating is desired. These openings are covered with metal gauze held between the channel iron and the asbestos plate.\nThe stirring apparatus can be operated by hand power, electric or water motor. As ordinarily supplied, a\n110-volt, 60-cycle electric motor is furnished mounted on an adjustable metal support.\nWithout beakers or burner but otherwise complete as illustrated, with motor....................................................................\nPrices with Motors Direct Current and Alternating Current of Different Windings on Application.\n62.50\nNo. 6659\n6655A------, without electric motor................................ 42.50\nWATER MOTORS. See page 71.\n6659 SPEED REDUCING GEAR, geared 48 to 1. Fast running or driving pulley has three grooves, 2, 3, and 4 inches diameter, for round belt; the slow running pulley has two grooves, 2 and 4 inches diameter, for round belt. This Speed Reducing Gear will be found well adapted to reduce the speed of motors in running various types of stirring apparatus......................................... 8.60","page":293},{"file":"p0294.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"294\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6660\nNo. 6661\nNos. 6662a-c\nSTOPCOCKS, BRASS. See Knott\u2019s Gas Cocks, page 6.\n6660\tSTOPCOCK, GLASS, FRESENIUS\u2019 FORM. Bore one mm........................Each $1.60\n6661\tSTOPCOCK, GLASS, two outlets, 2 mm. bore, two oblique holes and two outlets on one side.\t2.00\n6662\tSTOPCOCKS, GLASS, GEISSLER\u2019S. Straight cocks carefully ground in by hand.\na\tb\tc\nDiameter of bore, mm........... 1\t2\t3\nEach............................ $1.26\t1.30\t1.63\nSTORAGE BATTERY HYDROMETERS. See Hydrometers.\nNo. 6663B\tNo. 6663C\n6663A STOVE, ALCOHOL, for denatured alcohol. Diameter 6J4 inches; height 634 inches. Will burn three\nhours without refilling. Wrought iron stand....................................................... $4.26\n6663B STOVE, ALCOHOL, Gravity Feed, for denatured alcohol. Capacity 134 pints. Nickel-plated. ...\t7.76\n6663C ------, Two-Burner. Height of stove 5 inches; extreme height 11 inches; length 20 inches; width\n1034 inches.......................................................................................16.00\nNo. 6664\nNo. 6666\n6664 STOVE, GAS, top 12X1234 inches, height 5 inches, finished in black, drip pan, drawing out in front,\nvalves and supply pipes nickel plated and polished.................................................... 6.60\nNo. 6667\n6666\t----, two burners, top 2234X12 inches, height 5\ninches ............... ....................... 9.00\n6667\tSTOVE (HOT PLATE), ELECTRIC, ROUND.\nOperates on 110 or 220 volt alternating current (60 cycles) or direct current. Life of heating element guaranteed for one year.\nDiameter, 6 inches, pressed steel top, heavy bent wire legs, \u201c blued \u201d steel finish. Boils one liter of water from cold in 15 minutes. Maximum temperature 483\u00b0 C. (900\u00b0 F.). Current consumption 500 watts. With 6 feet twin conductor flexible cord and detachable connector plug (110 or 220 volts\nalternating current or direct current).... 8.90\n6667A EXTRA HEATING UNIT for above................ 4.46\nNote. When ordering specify line voltage and whether alternating current or direct current.","page":294},{"file":"p0295.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n295\nNo. 6668\tNo. 6670\n6668 STOVE (HOT PLATE), ELECTRIC, SQUARE, similar to above, but 12 inches square. Sheet steel top, cast iron legs, \u201c blued \u201d steel finish. Centrally heated by spiral resistance unit covering circular area 5% inches in diameter.\nMaximum temperature at center, 260\u00b0 C. (500\u00b0 F.), temperature at edge 121\u00b0 C. (250\u00b0 F.) Current\nconsumption 500 watts. With 6 feet flexible twin cord and detachable connector plug.$13.35\n6668A EXTRA HEATING UNIT for above.................................................. 4.45\nNote. When ordering specify line voltage and whether alternating current or direct current.\nSTOVES (HOT PLATES), THREE HEAT ELECTRIC. Life of heating units guaranteed for one year. Sheet steel top and legs. \u201c Blued steel \u201d and black enamel finish.\nRenewable resistance units composed of three parallel windings each connected by a snap switch on front of plate, heat distribution uniform. Low heat (246\u00b0 C., 475\u00b0 F.) obtained with one switch on; medium (316\u00b0 C., 600\u00b0 F.) with two switches on; high heat (399\u00b0 C., 750\u00b0 F.) with three switches on.\n6669A ------, for 110 Volts Direct Current, size of plate 12 Xl8 inches. Current consumption\u2014low, 600 watts;\nmedium, 1200 watts; high, 1800 watts............................................................ 63.85\n6669B -----,\tfor\t110 Volts, 60 Cycles.................................................................... 63.86\n6669C------,\tfor\t220 Volts Direct Current................................................................ 63.86\n6669D------,\tfor\t220 Volts, 60 Cycles...................................................................  63.85\n6670A -----, for 110 Volts Direct Current, size of plate 18X24 inches. Current consumption \u2014 low, 1200\nwatts; medium, 2400 watts; high, 3600 watts................................................ 97.25\n6670B-------, for 110 Volts, 60 Cycles............................................................... 97.25\n6670C-------, for 220 Volts Direct Current\n97.26\n6670D \u2014, for 220 Volts, 60 Cycles..................................................... 97.25\n6671 EXTRA HEATING UNITS for above................................................Each 16.15\nNote. Nos. 6669A-D require one unit, but Nos. 6670A-D require two units.\nNo. 6676\n6675\nSULPHUR APPARATUS, Meyer Bulb Tubes, for determination of sulphur in iron by bromine method; 10 bulbs................................................................................\n2.60","page":295},{"file":"p0296.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"296\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6677\n6677 SUPPORT, BURETTE, Non-obstructed Reading. Rectangular white vitrolite base, improved support clamp that holds burettes in true perpendicular lines and binds them firmly in place without danger of breakage. Note that readings are not obstructed by the clamp. Burette rests on board finished in white enamel to facilitate reading. Excellent for titrations.......................... $9.75\n6679 SUPPORT, FUNNEL, as designed at Harvard College. A strip of hardwood with four beveled holes for 60\u00b0 funnels. A V-Clamp attached to the index side of this strip permits attaching to the rods of supports Nos. 6691 to 6693............................................. $0.60\n6681 SUPPORT, FUNNEL, for 6 funnels. H Metal Base, metal upright rod, wood funnel holder, with\nclamp.......................................................................  3.60\n6681A WOOD FUNNEL HOLDER, as used on above stand................................... 2.00\n6685 SUPPORT, GAY-LUSSAC\u2019S IMPROVED, of hardwood, cork-lined clamp with long J^-inch\nextension rod............................................................... 2.50\n6687 SUPPORT, SCHELLBACH\u2019S UNIVERSAL, of hardwood, cork-lined clamp with universal movement, height of clamp adjustable.................................................... 2.75\n6689 SUPPORT, PIPETTE, REVOLVING, for 12 pipettes, of hardwood..................... 4.75","page":296},{"file":"p0297.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n297\nNo. 6691\tNo. 6692\tNo. 6693\tNo. 6696b\tNo. 6701\nRECTANGULAR BASES, bases japanned, rods coppered.\n6691a Base and Rod only. Small Base, 3%X5% inches; rod, 18 inches...................................... $0.46\n6691b Base and Rod only. Medium base,\tinches; rod, 24 inches................................ -60\n6691c\tBase and Rod only.\tLarge base, 5J4X8J4 inches; rod, 36 inches.......................................  1-00\n6697a\tWith\tClosed Rings\tNo. 6463.\tSmall base, 3MX5% inches; rod, 18 inches; rings, 2, 3 inches......\t.97\n6697b\tWith\tClosed Rings\tNo. 6463.\tMedium base, 4%X7% inches; rod, 24 inches; rings, 2, 3, 4 inches.\t.\t1.47\n6697c\tWith\tClosed Rings\tNo. 6464.\tLarge base, 514,X8% inches; rod, 36 inches; rings, 2, 3, 4, 5 inches.\t.\t2.19\n6694a\tWith\tOpen Side Filter Rings No. 6460.\tSmall base, 3%X5% inches; rod, 18 inches; rings, 2, 3 inches\t1.07\n6694b With Open Side Filter Rings No. 6460. Medium base, 4%X7inches; rod, 24 inches; rings, 2, 3,\n4 inches..................................................................................... 1-63\n6694c With Open Side Filter Rings No. 6461. Large base, 5}4X8% inches; rod, 36 inches; rings,2,3,4,5 inches.\t2.43\nTRIPOD BASES, bases japanned, rods coppered.\n6692a\tBase and Rod only.\tSmall base, 3-inch leg; rod, 18 inches............................................. .46\n6692b\tBase and Rod only.\tMedium base, 4-inch leg; rod, 24 inches............................................ -60\n6692c\tBase and Rod only.\tLarge base, 5J4-inch leg; rod, 36 inches.......................................... 1-10\n6699a\tWith\tClosed Rings\tNo. 6463.\tSmall base, 3-inch leg; rod, 18 inches; rings, 2, 3 inches........ .97\n6699b\tWith\tClosed Rings\tNo. 6463.\tMedium base, 4-inch leg; rod, 24 inches; rings, 2, 3, 4 inches.... 1.47\n6699c\tWith\tClosed Rings\tNo. 6464.\tLarge base, 5H-inch leg; rod, 36 inches; rings, 2, 3, 4, 5 inches.\t2.29\n6695a\tWith\tOpen Side Filter Rings No. 6460.\tSmall base, 3-inch leg; rod, 18 inches; rings, 2, 3 inches. . .\t1.07\n6696b\tWith\tOpen Side Filter Rings No. 6460.\tMedium base, 4-inch leg; rod, 24 inches; rings, 2, 3, 4 inches\t1.63\n6695c\tWith\tOpen Side Filter Rings No. 6461.\tLarge base, 5J4-inchleg;rod, 36 inches; rings, 2, 3, 4, 5 inches\t2.53\n6460\n6461\n6463\n6464\n6474\n6693\n6701\nRINGS \u2014 ATTACHMENTS\nRINGS FOR RING STANDS, Harcourt Open Side Filter Rings, Short Shank for use on\nsmall and medium stands.\na\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches........... 2\t3\t4\nEach..................... $0.30\t.32\t.36\n-----, same as above but with Long Shanks for\nuse on large stands.\tabed\nDiameter, inches........... 2\t3\t4\t5\nEach..................... $0.32\t.34\t.37\t.40\n-----, Closed Short Shanks for use on small\nand medium stands. a\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches........... 2\t3\t4\nEach..................... $0.25\t.27\t.30\n-----, same as above but with Long Shanks for\nuse on large stands.\tabed\nDiameter, inches........... 2\t3\t4\t5\nEach..................... $0.26\t.23\t.31\t.34\n6466 EXTENSION RINGS, OPEN SIDE. Require the use of Clamp Holder No. 4017.\na\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches......... 2\t3\t4\nEach................... $0.17\t.20\t.24\n6468\t----, Closed for use with No. 4017 Clamp\nHolder.\ta\tb\tc\nDiameter, inches......... 2\t3\t4\nEach................... $0.14\t.16\t.20\n6472 RINGS, CONCENTRIC, of cast iron, japanned, with clamp for use on ring or retort stands, to support funnels, flasks, etc.\na\tb\n3\trings, largest ring, diameter, inches............. 6\n4\trings, largest ring, diameter, inches........ 8\nSet.................... $0.90\t1.20\nRING PLATFORM, cast iron, japanned, 5-inch diameter with clamp for use on ring stands. Can be used\nalso as a hot plate........................................................... $0.75\nSUPPORT, \u201cINSTITUTE\u201d H-Base, consists of a neatly japanned cast-iron base of distinctive shape with Bessemer rod. The curvature of the base legs is so patterned that the experimenter can place a jar or other apparatus within one inch of the support rod. The curvature is somewhat greater than that of a 4X5-inch battery jar. Any of the above rings or attachments may be used to advantage\non this support. Base and rod only............................................ 1.50\nTHE HARCOURT LECTURE TABLE RING STAND AND ATTACHMENTS. Consists of extra\nlarge ring stand with 4 clamp holders, Universal Clamp No. 4000, Condenser Clamp No. 4006,\nQuick Acting Condenser Clamp No. 4013 3 Harcourt Open Side Rings, 2,3 and 4-inch, Nos. 6460a to 6460c, 2 Harcourt Open Side Extension Rings, 3 and 4-inch, Nos. 6466b and 6466c, and Platform Support No. 6474. Complete outfit........................................................ 7.50","page":297},{"file":"p0298.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"298\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6722\tNo. 6726\n6710\tSUPPORT, TEST TUBE, for 4 tubes, with 4 drying pins........................................$0.76\n6711\t----,\tfor 6 tubes, with 6 drying pins........................................................90\n6713\tSUPPORT,\tTEST\tTUBE,\tfor 12 tubes, with 12 drying pins;\t10\tholes are\t15/16 inch diameter, 2 holes\n1 y% inches\tdiameter, with\tdrain groove.................................................. 1.10\n6716\tSUPPORT,\tTEST\tTUBE,\tfor 13 tubes, with drying pins.....................................86\n6717\t----,\tfor 25 tubes, with drying\tpins.....................................................  1.60\n6719\tSUPPORT, KNOCKED DOWN TEST TUBE. This support occupies a very small compass when\npacked for shipment. It is very readily assembled, offering a substantial support. For sixteen tubes with drying pins ................................................................ 1.16\n6720\t----,\tfor 26 tubes, with drying\tpins...................................................... 1.80\n6722 SUPPORT, TEST TUBE AND FUNNEL, after Irish for 8 tubes; with drying pins; two adjustable\nfunnel supports.......................................................................... 2.26\n6724\tSUPPORT,\tTEST\tTUBE,\tWIRE, galvanized iron wire rack\tfor\t36\ttest tubes..................80\n6726\tSUPPORT,\tTEST\tTUBE,\tfor drying tubes, with 50 drying pins........................... 3.00\n6727\t----,\twith 26 drying pins................................................................. 2.40","page":298},{"file":"p0299.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n299\nNo. 6735\nSYRINGE, HYPERDERMIC, 1 to 25 minims. The\ndistinctive feature of this syringe is that the barrel is ground to fit the metal parts and the syringe may be disassembled for cleaning. With two steel needles in pasteboard box.......................$2.25\nNo. 6642\n6795\n5642\n6795\n6796\n6798\n6800\n6802\n6804\n6806\n6815\n3810\n3811 4040\nTABLES, LOGARITHM, a heavy board card, 14YX9Y inches, with four place tables of logariths and antilogariths, with table of atomic weights, also Factors for Analysis. Computed by Dr. Hubert G. Shaw. This card is of convenient size for students\u2019 use in the laboratory. Used extensively and for years at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology...............................................Each $0.46\nTEST GLASSES, on foot, clear colorless\tglass\ta\tb\nCapacity, ounces............................................ 2\t\u25a0\t4\nEach..................................................... $0.90\t1.00\nTEST TUBES, colorless glass tubes of special glass, resistant to changes in temperature.\nabcdefgh\nLength, inches. 4\t4\t5\t5\t6\t6\t6\t8\nDiameter, inches. %\t%\tM\tYi\tY\t1\t1\nPer gross........ $2.20\t2.40\t2.85\t3.00\t3.25\t3.80\t4.75\t6.50\n--, \u201c PYREX \u201d GLASS (see index, \u201c Pyrex \u201d Glassware for characteristics.)\nabed\nLength, mm... 100\t125\t150\t200\nDiameter, mm.. 12\t15\t18\t25\nPer dozen... $0.96\t1.20\t1.60\t3.35\nTEST TUBES, FUSED SILICA (see index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics). These test tubes are of great service in laboratory work, as they withstand high temperatures and can be cooled\nrapidly without breakage.\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\nSize, inches, inside....... 4 X\t5 X Mi 5 X MS 6XY 6 X M 7 X Ms\nEach....................... $1.10\t1.35\t1.60\t1.95\t2.34\t3.00\nTEST TUBES, BOSTON BOARD OF HEALTH, without flange, heavy wall, 5 inches long X Ys-inch diameter..........................................................................Per gross 4.76\nTEST TUBES WITH SIDE NECKS. a\tb\t\tC\t\nLength, inches. . .\t6 8\t9\t\nEach\t\t$0.14\t.18\t.33\t\nTEST TUBES ON\tFOOT, colorless glass tubes\ton pedestal bases.\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\nHeight, inches.. . .\t4\t5\t6\t8\nDiameter,inches..\tPi\tYs\tSA\t1\nEach\t\t$0.15\t.17\t.20\t.35\nTEST TUBES, GRADUATED.\ta\t\tb\tc\nCapacity, cc\t\t\t 10\t20\t30\nGraduated to cc..\t\t 1/10\t1/10\t1/5\nEach\t\t\t $0.46\t.55\t.65\n\n\nffKSuSSMIflVP\n\u00ab\u00bb\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0Mm\n1\ngnmifiMMM!\nHBHJSHHHBSHl\nNo. 6815\nTEST TUBE BASKETS for sterilizing in bacteriological work...............................................Each $0.80\nTEST TUBE BRUSH, bristle end, wire handle. (For illustration see page 212.).......................................10\nTEST TUBE BRUSH, sponge end, wire handle. (For illustration see page 212).............................................12\nTEST TUBE CLAMP, spring wire. (For illustration see page 223).........................................................10","page":299},{"file":"p0300.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"300\nL . E . KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNo. 6834\nTHERMOMETERS, all kinds. See pages 102 and 103. THERMO-REGULATORS. See Gas Regulators, page 253.\n6956\tTHISTLE TUBES.\ta\tb\tc\nLength, inches........................ 10\t12\t15\nEach............................... $0.12\t.15\t.16\n5076 TONGS, CRUCIBLE, steel, double bend, 9-inch......................................................$0.25\n5076 \u2014\u2014, nickel-plated...................................................................................40\n6828 TOWELS, LABORATORY, non-linting, perfectly absorbent, superior quality, 18X36 inches.........Each .30\nOn lots of 100 or more special quantity prices, depending upon market.\tPer dozen 3.00\n6830 TRAYS, GLASS (Photo Trays), crystal gl.aps. a\t.\tb\tc\nSize, inches.......................... 4X6\t5X8\t8X10\nEach.................................. $0.35\t.50\t1,00\n6834\nTRAYS, FUSED SILICA, rectangular.\t(See index, b\t\u201c Fused Silica Ware,\u201d e\tf\t\tfor characteristics.) g\th\nLength, outside, inches\t\t9M\t14\t155*\t165*\t165*\nWidth, outside, inches\t\t2%\t45*\t9 a\t11J*\t13%\nDepth, outside, inches\t\t1\tl\tl x\t1H\t1%\nEach\t\t$3.35\t5.18\t6.28\t8.50\t10.38\n6840 TRIANGLES, \u201cPIPE STEM,\u201d iron wire, covered with porcelain raised centers.\nLength of side, inside, inches. Each.............................\na\nSmall\n2M\n$0.17\nb\nMedium\n3\n.19\nc\nLarge\n3%\n.22\nTRIANGLES, PLATINUM. See Platinum Ware.\nNo. 6842\nNo. 6843\n6842 TRIANGLES, FUSED SILICA (Silica Tubes on Iron Wire). (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Will outwear innumerable pipe-stem triangles.\nabcdefghi jk Length, inches\t1)4\t15*\t2\t2)*\t2)4\t25*\t3\t3%\t3)4\t3%\t4\nEach\t$0.28\t.28\t.28\t.37\t.37\t.46\t.46\t.55\t.65\t.65\t.65\n6843\nTRIANGLES, FUSED SILICA (AU Silica Tubes).\na\tb\tc\td\n1%\t15*\t2\t2%\n$1.65\t1.65\t1.66\t1.93\n(See index, \u201c Fused SiUca Ware,\u201d for characteristics.)\ne\tf\tg\th\ti\tj\tk\n2)4\t25*\t3\t3%\t3)4\t35*\t.\t4\n1.93\t2.25\t2.25\t2.25\t2.50\t2.50\t2.78\nLength, inches Each","page":300},{"file":"p0301.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n301\nNo. 6860b\n6860 TRIPOD, japanned iron, 8 inches high. Inside diameter of ring 3V inches, with three legs\n$0.46\nTRIPODS, japanned iron,\t8 inches high.\t\n\ta\tb\nInside diameter, inches\t3\tm\nOutside diameter, inches\t5\t6\nEach\t\t$0.45\t.60\nc\td\te\n6\t8\t10\n8\t10\t12\n.85\t1.10\t1.60\n6856 TRIPODS, CONCENTRIC RINGS, japanned iron, 8 inches high. Diameters given are outside measurements of largest ring.\na\tb\tc\td\te\nNo. of Rings............... 2\t3\t4\t5\t6\nDiameter,\tinches.....\t5\t6\t8\t10\t12\nSet...................... $0.70\t.95\t1.30\t1.65\t2.35\n>8860 TROUGHS, PNEUMATIC, heavy gauge metal, each size with sliding shelf and overflow tube.\na\tb\tc\nLength, inches.......... 9\t12\t14H\nWidth, inches.  ... 6 V\t9\t8 V\nDepth, inches........... 3%\t5\t5\nEach.................. $1.65\t2.00\t3.00\n3868\n3875\nTUBING, FUSED SILICA COMBUSTION. (See index, \u201cFused Silica Ware,\u201d for characteristics.) Fused Silica Combustion Tubes are largely employed in electric resistance furnaces for the determination of carbon, oxygen, and sulphur in iron, steel and other non-volatile metals; for the determination of sulphur in pyrites cinder, and for the determination of carbon, hydrogen, halogens and sulphur in organic compounds.\nThe superior heat and chemical resisting properties of Fused Silica have led to the general adoption of\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\nof this material to replace glass, porcelain and platinum in combustion work.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\nNumbers a-f have a satin surface, numbers h-n have an unglazed surface.\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\ta\tb\tc\td\te\tf\t\nBore, inch\t\tMr nr\t\t_3_\tM\t5\tVs\t\nThickness of wall, mm\t\t.5-1\t.75-1\t1-1.5\t1-2\t1-2\t1-2\t\nPrice per foot\t\t$0.38\t.62\t.98\t1.36\t1.60\t1.86\t\nExtra price per tube for closed end. .\t$0.17\t.22\t.28\t.35\t.35\t.40\t\n\th\ti\tj\tk\t1\tm\tn\nBore, inch\t\tVi\t9\tX\t11\tX\tVs\ti\nThickness of wall, mm\t\t1-2\t1-2.5\t1-2.5\t1-2.5\t1-3\t1-3\t1-3\nPrice per foot\t\t$2.25\t2.33\t2.44\t2.78\t3.20\t3.38\t3.72\nExtra price per tube for closed end. .\t$0.45\t.50\t.60\t.72\t.83\t.94\t1.00\nTUBES, ARSENIC, hard glass.\ta\t\tb\t\tc\td\t\n\t$0.10\t\t.10\t\t.10\t.10\t\nSet of four (see illustration, page 197)\n$0.35","page":301},{"file":"p0302.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"302\nL . E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPA NiY\nNo. 6920\nNo. 6900\nNo. 6902\n6880\n6882\n6884\n6887\n6888\n6890\n8896\n6900\n6902\nNos. 6908a-d No. 6909a-c\nTUBES, CALCIUM CHLORIDE, U-shape, Plain. a\tb\nSize, inches........................... 3 X 54\t4 X 54\nEach................................... $0.20\t.22\nTUBE, CALCIUM CHLORIDE, 6 inches long, designed to lie fiat on the table, and useful type....................................\nTUBES, CALCIUM CHLORIDE, U-SHAPE, with side tubes.\nSize, inches.....................................\nEach.............................................\nTUBES, CALCIUM\nSize, inches...\nEach...........\nTUBES, CALCIUM\nNo. 6911\nc\td\n5X54\t6X54\n.26\t.30\nA most convenient\nCHLORIDE, straight with one bulb.\nCHLORIDE, straight with two bulbs.\nSize, inches..\nEach..........\nTUBES, CALCIUM\nSize, inches.............\nEach................'....\nTUBE, CHLORINE (see Newell\u2019s\nCHLORIDE, Marchand\u2019s.\ta\n................................... 4 X 5-4\n$0.46\nDescriptive Chemistry,\u201d Exp. 23).\na\tb\tc\n4X54\t6X54\t8X54\n$0.30\t.45\t.75\na\tb\tc\n4X54\t6X54\t8X54\n$0.15\t.18\t.24\na\tb\tc\nSmall\tMedium\tLarge\n4X54\t6X54\t8X54\n$0.17\t.20\t.26\nb\n6 XM\n.75\nTUBE, CONNECTING, BRASS, for reducing from TUBES, CONNECTING, BRASS, T Shape\nDiameter, inch....................\nEach..............................\n6904 TUBES, CONNECTING, BRASS, Y Shape\nDiameter, inch....................\nEach...............................\n6906 TUBES, CONNECTING, GLASS, T Shape.\nDiameter, inch....................\nEach...............................\n6908- TUBES, CONNECTING, GLASS, Y Shape.\nDiameter, inch....................\nEach...............................\n6909 TUBES, CONNECTING, GLASS, V Shape.\nDiameter, inch....................\nEach..............................\n31-145A TUBE, CONNECTING, LEAD, Y Shape, I\n\u25a0 to %> inch.\n8911\n6920\nTUBE, CONNECTING, WHITE\nSize, inches.......\nPer dozen..........\nTUBES, DISTILLING.\ninch METAL, Y Shi\n$0.65\n1.00\n.25\na\tb\tc\t\n5 16\t54\t34\t\n$0.60\t.65\t.75\t\na\tb\tc\t\n5 16\t54\tVi\t\n$0.60\t.65\t.75\t\na\tb\tc\td\n54\t5 16\t54\t34\n$0.16\t.18\t.30\t.40\na\tb\tc\td\n34\t5 16\t54\t34\n$0.16\t.18\t.30\t.40\na\tb\tc\t\n34\t5 16\t54\t\n$0.18\t.22\t.25\t\nape, for 54-inch rubber tubing\t\t\t\t\nbottom,\tno lip.\t\t\na\tb\tc\t\n4 xy2\t5X54\t6X54\t\n$0.40\t.48\t.54\t\n.50\n.30\nSee Distilling Tubes.","page":302},{"file":"p0303.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n303\nNo. 6925\nNos. 6938a-c\nNo. 6950 No. 6952 No. 6955 No. 6960\n3923\n5925\n6930\n5620\nTUBE, FERMENTATION, with graduated test tube. (Dr. Einhorn\u2019s Saccharometer.) With directions.............................................................\nTUBES, FERMENTATION, ungraduated, on foot.\na\tb\nLength, inches.............. 5%\t6%\nDiameter, inch.............. Yl\tVi\nEach...................... $0.35\t.45\nTUBES, FILTER (CARBON FILTERS). Stems ground to a point.\n$1.10\nNo. 5620b\na\tb\nDiameter of top, mm.......\t25\t32\nEach.......................... $0.35\t.45\nTUBES, GAS, for collecting gases over mercury.\na\tb\nCapacity, cc.................... 50\t100\nSubdivided, cc................. 1/5\tJ4\nEach.......................... $1.25\t2.00\nc\n35\n.55\n6796 TUBES, IGNITION,\nLength, mm.......\n. Diameter, mm....\nPer Dozen........\n1 PYREX \u201d GLASS a\n.... 100\n.... 12\n$0.96\n(see index, \u201cPyrex\u201d Glassware, for characteristics).\nb\n125\n15\n1.20\nc\n150\n18\n1.60\nd\n200\n25\n3.35\n6938 TUBES, IGNITION, of superior quality hard, heavy glass, best for generating oxygen.\n6945\n6950\n6952\n6955\nLength,inches......\nDiameter, inch....\nEach..............\nTUBES, NESSLER\u2019S,\na\n4\n$0.13\nb\n6\nH\n.17\nc\n8\n1\n.40\nfor ammonia tests in water analyses; of colorless glass.\na\tb\tc\nGraduated, cc......... 50\t100\t50 & 100\nEach.................. $0.75\t.90\t1.10\nTUBE, SAFETY, thistle top, one bulb in bend, length 12 inches...........$0.36\nTUBE, SAFETY, thistle top, bend in stem. Length 12 inches.................30\nTUBES, SPECIMEN. See Vials.\nTUBES, THISTLE.\ta\tb\tc\nLength, inches............. 10\t12\t15\nEach..................... $0.12\t.15\t.16\nNo. 6945\n6960 TUBE\t, VINEGAR,\nOutside\tApproximate\nDiameter\tFeet\nmm.\tper lb.\n4\t78\n5\t60\n5)4\t55\n6\t48\n6)4\t45\n7\t41\n8\t35\n9\t31\n10\t28\nOutside Approximate\nDiameter\tFeet\nmm.\tper lb.\n12\t23\n15\t14\n18\t11\n20\t10\n22\t9\n25\t8\n30\t\u2014\n35\t\u2014\n40\t\u2014\nNos. 6970 and 6971\n6970\tTUBING, GLASS, best quality, free from lead, especially adapted for glass blowing and bending, usual\nwall for chemical laboratory purposes. The following sizes are carried in stock \u2014 4, 5, 5)4, 6, 6)4, 7,\n8, 9, 10, 12, 15 and 18 mm. outside diameters.......................................Per lb. $0.60\n6971\t----, same as above in quality, but larger in diameter. The following sizes are carried in stock\u201420, 22,\n25, 30, 35 and 40 mm. outside diameters.............................................Per lb. .76\nNote. In ordering Glass Tubing, always specify the diameter desired.\n6973 TUBING, GLASS CAPILLARY, outside diameter 6-7 mm., bore J4, 1 and 1)4 mm. (In ordering\nspecify bore desired)................................................................Per lb. 1.16\n6975 TUBING, GLASS BAROMETER, outside diameter 8-9 mm., bore 3 mm...........................Per lb. .90","page":303},{"file":"p0304.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"304\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNos. 6977 to 6979\n6977 TUBING, ALUNDUM (see index, \u201c Alundum Ware,\u201d for characteristics). Length 12 inches.\nabed\n\tBore, inch\t\t\t\tVi\t\tH\t1\n\tWall, inch\t\tVs\t\ty*\t\tVs\tVs\n\tEach\t\t$2.25\t\t2.25\t\t2.25\t2.25\n6978\t\t, length 18 inches.. .\ta\t\tb\t\tc\td\n\tBore, inch\t\th\t\t\t\tu\t1\n\tWall, inch\t\tVs\t\th\t\tv\tV\n\tEach\t\t$3.35\t\t3.35\t\t3.35\t3.35\n6979\t\t, length 24 inches\ta\t\tb\t\tc\td\n\tBore, inch\t\t\u00ab\t\t\t\t%\t1\n\tWall, inch\t\tVs\t\t%\t\tVs\t\n\tEach\t\t$4.45\t\t4.45\t\t4.45\t4.45\n\tNote. Alundum Tubes\tup to 10-inch bore by Jdrinch wall can be obtained. Prices on\t\t\t\t\tapplication.\n\tA charge of 10 per cent additional to above prices will be made for closing one end of the tube.\t\t\t\t\t\t\n6982\tTUBING, GLASS COMBUSTION, of hard glass, melting point 800\u00b0 C.\t\t\t\t\tOutside diameter 8, 10, 13, 19,\t\n\tand 25 mm. (In ordering specify sizes desired). .\t\t\t\t\t\t\tPer lb. $1.30\n6986\tTUBING, PORCELAIN\tCOMBUSTION.\tGlazed outside. Will stand\t\t\ta temperature of 1800 degrees\t\n\tFahrenheit and is practically gas tight.\t\tIn lengths of one meter.\t\t\t\t\n\t\ta\tb\t\tc\td\te\tf\n\tInside diameter, mm..\t6\t10\t\t15\t20\t25\t28\n\tOutside diameter, mm.\t10\t14\t\t20\t28\t30\t38\n\tPer length, one meter.\t$7.46\t7.46\t\t9.33\t11.19\t12.14\t14.93\n6990\tTUMERIC PAPER... .\t\t\t\t\t$0.10 Per book .10 Per quire .75\t\nNo. 7076\n7076 VASCULUM OR COLLECTING CASE, of metal, with shoulder straps. Size 18X6MX4J^ inches. . $4.60 7080 VIALS, Shell Vials, round, straight wall, for use with corks.\na\tb\tc\td\te\ti\nCapacity, drams........ 1\t2\t3\t4\t6\t8\nHeight, mm................... 45\t55\t60\t65\t70\t75\nDiameter, mm................. 15\t17\t19\t21\t23\t25\nPer dozen..................  $0.14\t.17\t.23\t.32\t.42\t.62\nQ T T 3 ^ 'SiT","page":304},{"file":"p0305.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n305\nNos. 7096a-i\nNo. 7100\n7086\tVISCOSIMETER, SCOTT\u2019S, for determining the viscosity of oils, etc. A reliable instrument com-\nparing very favorably with those of much higher price..........................$22.60\n7087\tVISCOSIMETER, SAYBOLT\u2019S UNIVERSAL STANDARD, adapted for steam, gas, or electric\nheating, for testing cylinder, valve and similar oils with bath at 212\u00b0 F. and oil at 210\u00b0 F.; for testing reduced black oils with bath about and oil at 130\u00b0 F. ; for testing neutral, spindle, paraffine, red, and other distilled oils with bath about and oil at 100\u00b0 F., or at any temperature up to 212\u00b0 F. Equipped with an electric heating device, a U-tube, steam heater, and a gas burner, in addition to a turn-table stirring arrangement which permits anyone to work easily and accurately up to the temperature of boiling water. The bath liquid prescribed is a paraffine, pale engine oil, of about 350\u00b0 to 400\u00b0 flash, to be used for viscosity tests at all temperatures. The substitution of oil for water avoids the common difficulty arising from the mixture of water with the oil under test.\nComplete as illustrated including six thermometers and a stop watch................... 111.26\n7087A ----,\twithout\tstop watch......................................................... 100.00\n7087B THERMOMETER, solid glass, etched scale, 70\u00b0 to 110\u00b0 F. as used in Saybold Viscosimeter.\t4.00\n7087C ----,\t100\u00b0 to\t140\u00b0 F............................................................... 4.00\n7087D \u2014,\t180* to\t220\u00b0 F............................................................... 4.00\n6434\tRECEIVING GLASS, 60 cc., as used in Saybold Viscosimeter.............................. 1.40\n7090a VISE, LABORATORY, %XI inch, length of jaw, 1inches, opens 2 inches..................... 1.26\n7090b ----,\t1X1M\tinches,\tlength of jaw 2 inches, opens 23^ inches....................... 2.76\nVOLUMETRIC FLASKS. See Flasks, Volumetric.\nWASHING BOTTLES. See Bottles.\n7095 WATCH GLASSES, thin and well annealed.\nabcdefghi\nDiameter, inches.\t1\t1J^\t2\t2}4\t3\t33^\t4\t5\t6\nPer dozen.. $0.70\t.76\t.90\t1.06\t1.20\t1.36\t1.66\t1.90\t2.60\n7097a WATCH GLASSES, COUNTERPOISED, in pairs, accurately adjusted for analytical balances,\ndiameter 23^ inches......................Per pair\t1.60\n7097b \u2014\u2014, diameter 3 inches...................Per pair\t1.60\n7100\tWATCH GLASSES, SYRACUSE, outside diameter 70 mm., inside diameter 53 mm.Per dozen\t.90\n7110\tWATCH SPRINGS...........................Per dozen\t.30\n82-30 WAX, SEALING, in sticks..........................................Per lb. 1.20\n7120 WAX TAPERS........................................................Per box .16","page":305},{"file":"p0306.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"306\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nNEWELL\nLANTERN SLIDES\nCHEMISTRY\nSelected and arranged by Lyman C. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry, Boston University, Boston, Mass.\nDetailed Circular Sent Upon Request\nSERIES \u201cA.\u201d HISTORICAL CHEMISTRY\n1.\n2.\n3.\n4.\n5.\n6.\n7.\n8.\n9.\n10.\n11.\n12.\n13.\n14.\n15.\n16.\n17.\n18.\n19.\n20. 21. 22.\n23.\n24.\n25.\n26.\n27.\n28.\n29.\n30.\n31.\n32.\n33.\n34.\n35.\n36.\n37.\n38.\n39.\n40.\n41.\n42.\n43.\n44.\n45.\n46.\n47.\n48.\n49.\n50.\n(Italian Chemist)\n(French Chemist)\n(Swedish Chemist)\n(Scotch Chemist)\n(English Philosopher) (German Chemist)\n(Italian Chemist)\n(English Chemist)\n(French Chemist)\n(English Chemist)\nAvogadro Berthollet Berzelius Black Boyle Bunsen Cannizzaro Cavendish Mme. Curie Dalton \u2014 Middle Life Dalton \u2014\u2022 Old Age Dalton\u2019s Apparatus I Dalton\u2019s Apparatus II Dalton\u2019s Apparatus III Davy \u2022\u2014 Middle Life (English Chemist) Davy \u2014 Later Life Davy\u2019s Statue at Penzance Davy\u2019s Apparatus Dewar (English Chemist)\nDumas (French Chemist)\nFaraday \u2014 Early Life (English Chemist) Faraday \u2014 Old Age Faraday\u2019s Apparatus I Faraday\u2019s Apparatus II\nFourcroy Gay-Lussac Graham\nGuyton de Morveau Hales Lavoisier\n(French Chemist) (French Chemist) (British Chemist (French Chemist) (English Chemist) (French Chemist)\nLavoisier\u2019s Monument Liebig\t(German Chemist)\nMendelejeff\t(Russian Chemist)\nMoissan\t(French Chemist\nOstwald\t(German Chemist)\nParacelsus\t(Swiss Alchemist)\nPasteur\t(French Chemist)\nPriestley\t(English Chemist)\nPriestley\u2019s Statue at Birmingham Priestley\u2019s Apparatus Proust\t(French Chemist)\nRamsey\t(English Chemist)\nScheele\t(Swedish Chemist)\nStahl\t(German Chemist)\nStas\t(Belgian Chemist)\nVan Helmont\t(Dutch Chemist)\nVan\u2019t Hoff\t(Dutch Chemist)\nVauquelin\t(French Chemist)\nVon Humboldt (German Scientist) Wohler\t(German Chemist)\n51.\n52.\n53.\n54.\n55.\n56.\n57.\n58.\n59.\n60. 61. 62.\n63.\n64.\n65.\n66.\n67.\n68.\n69.\n70.\n71.\n72.\n73.\n74.\n75.\n76.\n77.\n78.\n79.\n80. 81. 82.\n83.\n84.\n85.\n86.\n87.\n88.\n89.\n90.\n91.\n92.\n93.\n94.\n95.\n96.\n97.\n98.\n99. 100. 101. 102.\n103.\n104.\nSERIES \u201cB.\u201d HISTORICAL CHEMISTRY\nAlbertus Magnus (German Philosopher)\nAlchemical and Astronomical Signs Alchemical Symbols I Alchemical Symbols II Alchemical Symbols III Ampere (French Physicist)\nAristotle (Greek Philosopher)\nAristotle\u2019s Four Elements\nArnold Villanovanus (French or Spanish Alchemist) Arrhenius (Swedish Physical Chemist)\nBacon, Francis\t(English Philosopher)\nBacon, Roger\t(English Philosopher)\nBoerhaave\t(Dutch Chemist)\nChevreuil\t(French Chemist)\nDalton\u2019s Birthplace Dalton \u2014 Bust Dalton\u2019s Symbols Davy -\u2014 Early Life Davy\u2019s Laboratory Davy \u2014 Notebook Leaf Davy \u2014 Safety Lamp Davy \u2014 Safety Lamp Models Dulong (French Chemist)\nEgyptian Bellows Egyptian Furnace and Blowpipe Egyptian Gold Processes Faraday\u2019s House Faraday\u2019s Laboratory Faraday \u2014 Middle Life Faraday\u2019s Statue Frankland (English Chemist)\nHoffman\t(German Chemist)\nKekule\t(German Chemist)\nLavoisier\u2019s Apparatus\nMayow\t(English Chemist)\nMeyer, Lothar (German Chemist)\nMeyer, Victor (German Chemist)\nMeyer\u2019s Apparatus Moissan\u2019s Fluorine Apparatus\nNewton Raoult Rayleigh Raymond Lulli Remsen Richards Rumford\nRutherford, Daniel Rutherford, Ernest Thenard Thomas Aquinas Transmutation of the Elements Volta (Italian Physicist) Watt (British Physicist) Wollaston (English Chemist)\n(English Philosopher) (French Chemist) (English Physicist) (Spanish Alchemist) (American Chemist) (American Chemist) (American Philosopher) (Scotch Botanist) (English Physicist) (French Chemist) (Italian Philosopher)\nPrice, each.................\nAny 50 will be furnished in z\n................................. $0.55\nregular Lantern Slide Box for_____\t27.50\nHARCOURT PORTRAITS OF SCIENTISTS\nThe following lists of scientists have been represented in 8X 10-inch prints, mostly in platinum, designed for wall decoration. When framed in a 16X20-inch frame, they are highly satisfactory either for the laboratory or the lecture room.\nPhysicists\tChemists\tBiologists\n7-100A\tN ewton\t7-126A\tPriestley\t7-125K\tPasteur\n7-100B\tFaraday\t7-100B\tFaraday\t7-150A\tHuxley\n7-100C\tHenry\t7-125B\tLavoisier-\t7-150B\tLinnaeus\n7-100D\tTyndall\t7-125C\tDalton\t7-150C\tDarwin\n7-100E\tHelmholtz\t7-125D\tDavy\t7-150D\tCuvier\n7-100F\tKelvin\t7-125E\tBunsen\t7-150E\tSpencer\n7-100G\tRowland\t7-126F\tOstwald\t\t\n7-100H\tGalileo\t7-125G\tLiebig\t\t\n7-1001\tBoyle\t7-125H\tWohler\t\t\n\t\t7-1251\tMoissan\t\t\n\t\t7-125J\tRemsen\t\t\n\t\t7-125K\tPasteur\t\t\n\t\t7-125L\tMendelejeff\t\t\n\t\t7-1001\tBoyle\t\t\nPrice, Single picture\t\t\t\t\t\t\t $1.25\nSelection of any 6\t\t\t\t\t\t\t 6.75\nSelection of any 12\t\t\t\t\t\t\t 12.50","page":306},{"file":"p0307.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n307\nCHEMICALS \u2014 REAGENTS\nPrices Include Containers Oz. 4 Oz. 8 Oz. Lb. Mise.\nAcacia (Gum Arabic).....................................\nAcetamide, crystallized.................................\nAcetone, C. P...........................................\nAcid, Acetic, commercial, about 30%.....................\n\u201c Acetic, glacial....................................\n\u201c Acetic, C. P., analyzed 99.5%. ... !...............\n\u201c Arsenious (Arsenic Trioxide) powdered technical. . .\n\u201c Boric, commercial........\u2022.........................\n\u201c Boric, crystallized, C. P..........................\n\u201c Carbolic, crystallized, pure.......................\n\u201c Chloroplatinic (Platinum Chloride) Solution 5%.. . .\n\u201c Chromic (Chromium Trioxide) technical..............\n\u201c Chromic , C. P.....................................\n\u201c Citric, crystallized, U. S. P......................\n\u201c Citric, crystallized, C. P.........................\n\u201c Fluosilicic (Acid Hydrofluosilicic)................\n\u201c Formic, technical..................................\n\u201c Hydrochloric, commercial...........................\n\u201c Hydrochloric, C. P., analyzed (Baker)..............\n\u201c Hydrofluoric (Hydrogen Fluoride) 48% commercial\n\u201c Hydrofluosilicic, technical........................\n\u201c Molybdic, pure.....................................\n\u201c Mo\u00eeybdic, C. P. 85%................................\n\u201c Muriatic (Acid Hydrochloric).......................\n\u201c Nitric, commercial.................................\n\u201c Nitric, C. P. analyzed (Baker).....................\n\u201c Oxalic, crystallized, technical....................\n\u201c Oxalic, crystallized, C. P.........................\n\u201c Perchloric, C. P. 20%..............................\n\u201c Phosphoric, ortho, 85% syrupy, U. S. P.............\n\u201c Phosphoric, ortho, 85% C. P........................\n\u201c Pyrogallic, pure, crystallized.....................\n\u201c Salicylic, U. S. P.. ..............................\n\u201c Stearic, commercial................................\n\u201c Sulfuric, commercial (Oil of Vitriol)..............\n\u201c Sulfuric, C. P. analyzed (Baker)...................\n\u201c Sulfuric, C. P. arsenic free.......................\n\u201c Tannic (Tannin) pure...............................\n\u201c Tannic, C. P..'....................................\n\u201c Tartaric, crystallized, pure.......................\n\u201c Tartaric, crystallized, C. P.......................\nAgar Agar (Chinese Isinglass)...........................\nAlbumen (from blood)....................................\nAlcohol, denatured......................................\n\u201c Methyl, absolute..................................\nAlizarine, paste, 20%...................................\nAlum, Ammonia (Aluminum Ammonium Sulfate)...............\n\u201c Chrome (Chromium Potassium Sulfate)................\n\u201c Ferric (Iron (ic) Ammonium Sulfate)................\n\u201c Potassium (Aluminum Potassium Sulfate).............\nAluminum, Metal, lumps..................................\n\u201c Metal, leaf......................................\n20\t$0.35\t$0.65 $1.25\t\t\t\n85\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t.45\t5 lb. $1.25\t\n\t\t\t.50\t\t\n\t\t\t1.00\t5 1b.\t3.50\n20\t.35\t.50\t.85\t\t\n12\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\t\n20\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t5 lb.\t4.25\n20\t.30\t.45\t.75\t\t\n00\t\t\t\t\t\t\n30\t.60\t1.00\t1.80\t\t\n\t\t\t\t5 lb. 14.00\t\n20\t.35\t.65\t1.25\t\t\n35\t.75\t1.25\t2.25\t5 lb.\t9.00\n35\t.70\t1.10\t2.00\t\t\n25\t.55\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t.50\t61b.\t1.25\n\t\t\t.70\t61b.\t1.95\n50\t.75\t\t\t\t\n35\t.70\t1.10\t2.00\t\t\n60\t1.25\t2.00\t3.50\t\t\n\t\t\t4.00\t\t\n\t\t\t.50\t6 lb.\t1.25\n\t\t\t.55\t71b.\t1.90\n\t\t\t.80\t71b.\t2.95\n15\t.25\t.45\t.75\t\t\n25\t.50\t.80\t1.40\t5 lb.\t5.75\n\t\t2.00\t\t\t\n25\t.50\t.70\t1.10\t\t\n\t\t\t1.35\t5 lb.\t5.00\n40\t1.00\t\t\t\t\n15\t.35\t\t\t\t\n15\t.30\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t.45\t9 1b.\t1.50\n\t\t\t.60\t91b.\t2.45\n\t\t\t.85\t\t\n30\t.75\t1.25\t2.25\t\t\n40\t1.25\t\t\t\t\n20\t.35\t.65\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t5 lb.\t8.25\n25\t.75\t1.50\t3.00\t\t\n35\t.75\t1.25\t2.50\t\t\n\t\t\t\tfPt.\t.50\n\t\t\t\tQt.\t.75\n\t\t\t\t[ Gal. 1.75\t\n\t\t\t\tGal. 1.25\t\n60\t1.25\t\t\t\t\n12\t.20\t.30\t.45\t\t\n15\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\t\n20\t.30\t.40\t.65\t\t\n10\t.15\t.22\t.35\t\t\n\t\t.40\t.75\t\t\n\t\t\t\tRoll\t.60","page":307},{"file":"p0308.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"308\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nAluminum Metal, sheet....................................\n\u201c\tMetal, shot...................................\n\u201c Acetate, basic powder............................\n\u201c\tAmmonium Sulfate, crystallized................\n\u201c Ammonium Sulfate, crystallized, C. P.............\n\u201c\tChloride, crystallized, pure..................\n\u201c\tChloride, crystallized, C. P..................\n\u201c\tHydroxide, native (Bauxite)...................\n\u201c\tNitrate, crystallized, C. P...................\n\u201c\tOxide (ignited), C. P.........................\n\u201c Potassium Sulfate (Potassic Alum)................\n\u201c Potassium Sulfate, crystallized, C. P............\n\u201c Sodium Sulfate, crystallized, C. P...............\n\u201c\tSulfate, technical, crystallized..............\n\u201c\tSulfate, crystallized, C. P...................\nAlundum, powdered, 60 mesh...............................\nAmalgam, Sodium..........................................\nAmidobenzene (Aniline)...................................\nAmmonium Acetate, crystallized. C. P.....................\n\u201c Bicarbonate, C. P................................\n\u201c Bi- or Dichromate, pure..........................\n\u201c Bi- or Dichromate, C. P..........................\n\u201c Bisulfite, concentrated, solution, C. P..........\n\u201c Carbonate........................................\n\u201c Carbonate, C. P..................................\n\u201c Carbonate, C. P. cubes...........................\n\u201c Chloride (Sal Ammoniac), gran....................\n\u201c\tChloride, C. P................................\n\u201c\tHydrate or Hydroxide................\n\u201c Hydrate or Hydroxide, C. P.......................\n\u201c\tHydro sulfide.................................\n\u201c Hydrosulfide, C. P. (light)......................\n\u201c\tMolybdate, crystallized, pure.................\n\u201c\tMolybdate, crystallized, C. P.................\n\u201c\tNitrate.............................\n\u201c\tNitrate,\tC. P................................\n\u201c\tOxalate, pure.................................\n\u201c\tOxalate, C. P.................................\n\u201c\tPersulfate, C. P....................\n\u201c Phosphate, secondary, C. P. (Dibasic)............\n\u201c\tSulfate,\tpure................................\n\u201c\tSulfate,\tC. P................................\n\u201c Sulfide (Hydro)................................. . .\n\u201c\tSulfide (Hydro) C. P. (Light).................\n\u201c\tSulfocyanate (Ammonium\tThiocyanate)....\n\u201c\tTartrate, C. P................................\n\u201c\tThiocyanate (Ammonium\tSulfocyanate)...\nAmyl Acetate.............................................\nAniline (Amidobenzene) pure..............................\n\u201c C. P. (Oil)........................................\nAntimony Metal...........................................\n\u201c (ous) Chloride, Tri, C. P........................\n\u201c (ous) Chloride, Tri, crystallized................\n\u201c (ous) Oxide, Tri, C. P...........................\n\u201c (ic) Oxide, Penta, C. P..........................\n\u201c Potassium Tartrate, C. P.........................\n\u201c Potassium Tartrate (Tartar Emetic)...............\n\u201c Sulfate, C. P....................................\n\u201c (ous) Sulfide, Tri- Black........................\nPrices Include Containers\nOz. $0.15 .25 .12 .25 .30\t4 Oz. 8 Oz. $0.50 $0.90 \t50 .65\t.... .20\t.30 \u2019 .50\t.85 .60 1.00\t\tLb. $1.75 .95 \u2019 .45 \u00cf.60 2.00 .35 1.40\tMise. 5 lb. $3.25\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t\t\n.10\t.15\t.22\t.35\t\t\n\t\t\t.95\t5 lb.\t3.75\n\t\t\t1.25\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.40\t\t\n\t\t.75\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t.75\t\t\t\n.60\t1.50\t2.75\t5.00\t\t\n.20\t.45\t.65\t\t\t\n\t\t\t1.35\t5 lb.\t5.25\n\t\t\t.90\t5 lb.\t4.00\n.22\t.45\t.70\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t2.50\t5 lb. 11.00\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t\t\n.15\t.30\t.40\t.65\t\t\n.20\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t5 lb.\t4.50\n\t.12\t.20\t.35\t51b.\t1.60\n.20\t.35\t.55\t.95\t5 1b.\t3.50\n\t\t\t.50\t41b.\t1.25\n\t\t\t.75\t41b.\t1.90\n\t.45\t.65\t1.00\t\t\n\t\t\t1.10\t5 lb.\t3.75\n.40\t1.50\t\t\t\t\n.50\t1.55\t\t4.75\t\t\n.20\t.30\t.45\t.80\t\t\n.25\t.45\t.70\t1.25\t5 lb.\t5.00\n.20\t.45\t.80\t1.50\t\t\n.25\t.65\t1.00\t1.85\t51b.\t8.00\n\t\t\t1.75\t\t\n\t\t\t1.80\t5 lb.\t8.50\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.45\t\t\n.20\t.40\t.55\t.85\t\t\n\t.45\t.65\t1.00\t\t\n\t\t\t1.10\t5 lb.\t3.75\n.45\t\t\t2.25\t\t\n.45\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t5 lb.\t7.50\n.20\t.45\t.65\t\t\t\n\t\t1.00\t\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t\t\n.30\t.60\ti.oo\t1.75\t\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t2.35\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t\t\n.20\t.35\t.60\t1.15\t\t\n\t\t\t1.95\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\t","page":308},{"file":"p0309.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n309\nArsenic M\u00e9tal............................\n\u201c (ous) Oxide, Tri (Acid Arsenious)\nAsbestos, shredded.......................\n\u201c platinized, 5%.....................\nAscarite.................................\nB\nBaking Powder, Cleveland...............................\n\u201c Powder, Royal.....................................\n\u201c Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate).........................\nBarium Acetate, C. P...................................\n\u201c Carbonate, precipitated, pure.....................\n\u201c Carbonate, C. P...................................\n\u201c Chloride, crystallized............................\n\u201c Chloride, crystallized, C. P......................\n\u201c Chromate, C. P....................................\n\u201c Di- or Peroxide, C. P.............................\n\u201c Di-or Peroxide....................................\n\u201c Hydroxide, C. P...................................\n\u201c Hydroxide, Dry, Powdered (Barium Oxide, Powdered (hydrated) ).................................\n\u201c Nitrate...........................................\n\u201c Nitrate, crystallized, C. P.......................\n\u201c Oxalate, C. P.....................................\n\u201c Oxide, powdered (hydrated), (Barium Hydroxide,\ndry, powdered)...............................\n\u201c Phosphate, C. P...................................\n\u201c Sulfate........................................\n\u201c Sulfate, C. P.....................................\nBauxite (Aluminum Hydroxide) mineral, selected.........\nBeef Extract...........................................\nBeeswax, yellow........................................\nBenzene, C. P..........................................\nBeta Napthol...........................................\nBismuth Metal..................\n\u201c\tChloride......................................\n\u201c Chloride, C. P....................................\n\u201c Hydroxide, C. P...................................\n\u201c\tNitrate..............\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P.....................................\n\u201c\tOxychloride...................................\n\u201c\tSubnitrate....................................\n\u201c\tSubnitrate, C.\tP.......................\n\u201c\tTrichloride (Bismuth Chloride)................\nBlack Antimony (Antimony Trisulfide)...................\n\u201c Lead, flakes (graphite)............................\n\u201c Oxide of Manganese (Manganese Dioxide).............\nBleaching Powder (Calcium Hypochlorite)................\nBlue Vitriol (Copper Sulfate).............................\nBone Black (Charcoal, animal).............................\nBorax, crystallized (Sodium Bi- or Tetraborate)...........\nBromine. . . ............................................\nCadmium, metal......................\n\u201c Carbonate, C. P...............\n\u201c\tChloride, pure.............\n\u201c\tChloride, C. P. crystallized\nC\nPrices Include Containers\nOz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\n$0.25\t$0.40\t$0.75\n.20\t.35\t.50\n.50\t1.50\t3.00\n9.00\t\t\n\t.15\t.18\n\t\t1.00\n15\t.25\t.45\n25\t.45\t.75\n15\t.20\t.30\n20\t.35\t.50\n.20\t.35\t.60\n.15\t.25\t.40\n.12\t.20\t.30\n.20\t.40\t.60\n.35\t\t\n.15\t.25\t.40\n' .10\t\u2019 .15\t.20\n.20\t.40\t.60\n.15\t.30\t.50\n.30\t.65\t1.25\n.35\t1.00\t2.00\n.60\t2.00\t\n.40\t.95\t1.60\n.50\t1.30\t2.50\n.45\t1.20\t2.15\n.60\t2.00\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\n\t.25\t.40\n.15\t.20\t.25\n\t.10\t.15\n\t.15\t.25\n\t.15\t.25\n.50\t.75\t1.00\n,30\t.75\t1.40\n,50\t1.25\t2.00\nLb. Mise.\n$1.25\t..........\n.85\t..........\n5.50\t..........\n.... y\u00b1oz. $3.00\n7.50\t..........\n... .\tCan\t.35\n. . . .\tCan\t.35\n.25\t..........\n.85\t!\u201d!\u2019!!!!!\n1.30\t..........\n.50\t5 lb.\t2.25\n.80\t5 lb.\t3.50\n3.00\t........\n1.25\t5 lb. 6.50\n.95\t..........\n1.70\t5 lb.\t7.25\n.65\t..........\n.50\t5 lb.\t2.25\n1.00\t5 lb.\t4.00\n.65\t..........\n3.15\t...........\n.30\t...........\n1.00 .............\n.35\t...........\n. . . .\t2 oz. .75\n1.00 .............\n1.00 .............\n3.75\t! !\n6.00 !!!!!!!!!!\n6.15\t...........\n3.00\t...........\n4.00\t...........\n4.85\t...........\n4.25\t...........\n5.50\t...........\n.50\n.80 ............\n.35\t.........\n. . . .\t*2\toz.\t.12\n5\to\t.18\n12\toz.\t.25\n.20\t5\tlb.\t.90\n.40\t5\tlb.\t1.75\n.35\t5\tlb.\t1.40\n2.00\t...........\n2.75\t..........\n4.50\t..........\n3.75\n4^00\t5 lb. 16.50","page":309},{"file":"p0310.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"310\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nCadmium Nitrate.........................................\n\u201c\tNitrate,\tC. P........................\n\u201c\tSulfate,\tC. P........................\nCalcite (Mineral) Cleavable.............................\nCalcium Carbide.........................................\n\u201c Carbonate (marble chips)..........................\n\u201c Carbonate (Precipitated Chalk)....................\n\u201c\tChloride,\tlumps.......................\n\u201c\tChloride,\tcrystallized, C. P..........\n\u201c\tChloride,\tanhydrous, for dessicators..\n\u201c\tChloride,\tC. P., anhydrous,\t8\tmesh, for drying\ntubes.......................................\n\u201c Fluoride (Fluorspar)..........................\n\u2018 \u2018 Hypochlorite (Bleaching Powder, Chloride of Lime)\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P........................\n\u201c\tOxide (Quick Lime)................\n\u201c\tOxide, from marble,\tC.\tP........\n\u201c\tPhosphate, tribasic,\ttechnical....\n\u201c Sulfate, native (Selenite)...........\n\u201c Sulfate, native (Plaster Paris)......\n\u201c\tSulfate, C. P.....................\nCalomel (Mercury (ous) Chloride)...........\nCamphor, refined, gum......................\nCannel Coal...........................\nCarbon Bi- or Disulfide....................\n\u201c Bi- or Disulfide, C. P...............\n\u201c Tetrachloride........................\n\u201c Tetrachloride, C. P..................\nCarborundum, lumps.........................\n\u201c\tpowder......................\nCarmine, No .40............................\nCasein from milk...........................\nCastor Oil.................................\nCaustic Potash (Potassium Hydroxide) sticks \u201c Soda (Sodium Hydroxide) sticks. . . .\nCerussite (Mineral) (Lead Carbonate).......\nChalk, precipitated (Calcium Carbonate) . . .\nCharcoal, animal (Bone (ivory) Black)......\n\u201c\twood, lumps.......................\n\u201c\twood, powder......................\n\u201c wood, blocks (Hardwood).............\nChina Clay (Kaolin)........................\nChloride of Lime (Calcium Hypochlorite). . .\nChloroform, C. P.......................................\n\u201c U. S. P.........................................\nChrome Yellow (Lead Chromate)..........................\nChromium Oxide, tri (Acid Chromic).....................\n\u201c Potassium Sulfate (Chrome Alum) technical. .\n\u201c Sulfate, dry pure.............................\nCinnabar (Mercury Sulfide, red)........................\nCobalt Acetate, C. P...................................\n\u201c Chloride.........................................\n\u201c Nitrate, pure.............................\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P....................................\n\tPrices\tInclude Containers\t\t\nz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\tLb.\tMise.\n.35\t$0.85\t$1.50\t$2.75\t\n.45\t1.25\t\t3.50\t\n\t\t\t3.75\t\n\t\t\t.25\t\n\t\t\t... 21b. can $0.50\t\n\t.10\t.12\t.15\t5 lb. .40\n.10\t.15\t.20\t.35\t\n\t.25\t.35\t.50\t5 1b. 2.00\n\t\t.55\t.95\t\n.25\t\t\t.75\t2 1b. 1.50\n\t\t\t\t5 1b. 3.50\n.25\t.50\t.75\t1.25\t5 1b. 5.00\n.10\t.12\t.15\t.25\t\n\t\t\t\t2 oz. .12\n\t\t\t\t5 oz. .18\n\t\t\t\t12 oz. .25\n.25\t.45\t.75\t1.30\t\n\t\t\t.15\t2 lb. .25\n\t\t\t.50\t5 1b. 1.75\n\t\t.30\t.50\t\n\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\n\t\t\t.15\t5 lb. .50\n\t\t\t.85\t\n.30\t.60\t1.00\t2.00\t\n.20\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\t\n\t\t.10\t.15\t\n\t\t\t.50\t\n\t\t\t1.00\t5 1b. 3.50\n.15\t.25\t.35\t.60\t\n\t\t\t1.00\t5 1b. 4.00\n\t\t.50\t1.00\t\n\t\t.25\t.50\t\n1.25\t4.00\t\t\t\n.30\t.50\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\tpt. 1.00\n\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t\n\t.35\t.50\t.85\t\n\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t\n.10\t.15\t.20\t.35\t\n\t.15\t.25\t.40\t5 1b. 1.75\n\t\t\t.12\t5 lb. .50\n\t.15\t.25\t.40\t5 1b. 1.75\n\t\t\t\tdoz. 1.15\n\t.10\t.15\t.25\t5 1b. 1.00\n\t\t\t\t2 oz. .12\n\t\t\t\t5 oz. .18\n\t\t\t\t12 oz. .25\n\t\t\t\t5 1b. 7.00\n.25\t.45\t.75\t1.25\t\n.30\t.60\t1.00\t1.80\t\n.30\t.60\t1.00\t1.80\t\n.15\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\n.25\t.60\t\t\t\n.50\t1.25\t2.25\t4.50\t\n\t\t\t\t5 lb. 16.50\n.50\t1.10\t\t\t\n.40\t1.35\t\t\t\n.50\t1.40\t\t\t","page":310},{"file":"p0311.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n311\nCochineal..............................................\nCongo Red..............................................\nCopper Metal, very thin foil...........................\n\u201c Metal, gauze, 80 mesh, 4x4 inches.................\n\u201c Metal, rivets, J^-inch............................\n\u201c Metal, sheet......................................\n\u201c Metal, shot.......................................\n\u201c Metal, turnings or shavings.......................\n\u201c\tMetal, wire, No. 20 B. & S......................\n\u201c\tMetal, wire, No. 24 B. & S......................\n\u201c Ammonium Chloride, C. P...........................\n\u201c (ic) Bromide (di), pure...........................\n\u201c (ic) Bromide (di), C. P...........................\n\u201c (ous) Chloride, white.............................\n\u201c\t(ic) Chloride, pure.............................\n\u201c\t(ic) Chloride, C. P.............................\n\u201c Nitrate...........................................\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P.....................................\n\u201c (ic) Oxide, black powder..........................\n\u201c (ic) Oxide, black powder, C. P....................\n\u201c (ic) Oxide, black wire............................\n\u201c Potassium Chloride, C. P..........................\n\u201c (ic) Sulfate, crystallized (Blue Vitriol).........\n\u201c (ic) Sulfate, fine, crystallized, C. P............\n\u201c (ic) Sulfate, anhydrous, C. P.....................\nCorrosive Sublimate (Mercuric Chloride) granulated\nCotton, Absorbent......................................\nCotton Seed Oil........................................\nCream of Tartar (Potassium Bitartrate) ................\nD\nDextrine, yellow, technical..................\n\u201c white, from corn......................\nDiamond Ink..................................\nDiastase of Malt, U.S.P......................\nDimethyl Glyoxime............................\nE\nEmery, powdered, flour......................\nEosine Solution.............................\nEpsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate).............\nEther, Acetic, C. P. absolute...............\n\u201c Petroleum..............................\n\u201c U. S. P................................\n\u201c washed.................................\nPrices Include Containers\nOz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\tLb.\tMise.\t\n$0.20\t$0.60\t$1.10\t$2.00\t\t\n1.00\t\t\t\t10 gr. $0.50\t\n.40\t.75\t1.25\t2.50\t\t\n\t\t\t\tpiece\t.30\n\t.30\t.50\t1.00\t\t\n\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\t\n\t.25\t.35\t.70\t\t\n\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\t\n\t.35\t\t1.00\t\t\n\t.42\t\t1.15\t\t\n\t\t\t1.00\t5 lb.\t4.75\n.50\t1.50\t\t\t\t\n.95\t3.00\t\t\t\t\n.35\t.90\t\t\t\t\n.25\t.45\t.70\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t1.35\t5 lb.\t5.50\n.20\t.45\t.70\t1.10\t\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t5 lb.\t5.25\n.20\t.45\t.75\t1.25\t\t\n.25\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\t5 lb.\t7.00\n.35\t.75\t1.25\t2.25\t\t\n\t\t\t1.30\t5 lb.\t6.00\n\t.10\t.15\t.20\t5 lb.\t.90\n\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t5 lb.\t3.75\n.25\t.60\t.90\t1.60\t\t\n.30\t.50\t.85\t1.60\t\t\n\t.40\t.75\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t\tpt.\t.50\n.20\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t\t\n\t.15\t.20\t.35\t\t\n\t.15\t.20\t.35\t\t\n.85\t\t\t\t\t\n1.00\t3.00\t\t\t\t\n5.00\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t.25\t\t\n.50\t\t\t\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\t\n\t\t\t2.35\t\t\n\t\t\t1.00\t\t\n\t.35\t.50\t.75\t\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t\t\nF\nFehling\u2019s Solution, tablets....................\nFlaxseed.......................................\nFluorspar (Calcium Fluoride)...................\nFormaldehyde, 37%..............................\nFuchsine (Rosaniline)..........................\nG\nGalena (Lead Sulfide)............................\nGelatine, white..................................\nGlass Wool, fine threads.........................\nGlauber\u2019s Salt (Sodium Sulfate)..................\nGlucose (Dextrose) syrupy........................\nTO\n10\t.12\t.15\t.25\n\t\t\t.75\nTO\t.20\t.30\t.60\n\t1.00\t2.00\t4.00\n.45\t\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.45\n\t.75\t1.10\t2.00\npkg. 1.00\n5 1b. 3.00 10 gr. 1.00\nMoz. .20","page":311},{"file":"p0312.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"312\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nGlycerine, white, U. S. P.............\nGold Metal, leaf, pure................\nGrape Sugar, (Dextrose) lumps.........\nGraphite, flakes (Black Lead, Plumbago)\nGum Arabic (Acacia).................\n\u201c Camphor..........................\nGypsum (Calcium Sulfate)..............\nH\nH\u00e6matoxylon (Logwood) ground . . ....................\nHematite (Ferric Oxide)..............................\nHide Powder, commercial..............................\n\u201c\tfor Standardizing......................\nHydrogen Fluoride (Acid, Hydrofluoric) 48% commercial\n\u201c Peroxide, U. S. P.'...........................\n\u201c Sulfide, water or solution....................\nHydrone for generating H.............................\nHydroquinone (Hydrochinone)..........................\nI\nIndigo..........................................\nInfusorial Earth................................\nInk, Diamond....................................\nIodine, resublimed, U. S. P.....................\nIron Metal, filings, fine, cleaned..............\n\u201c Metal, powdered, by hydrogen................\n\u201c Metal, wire, No. 16 B. & S..................\n\u201c Metal, w re, No. 25 B. & S..................\n\u201c Metal, wire, for standardizing, on spool.....\n\u201c (ic) Ammonium Citrate, scales, green........\n\u201c (ic) Ammonium Sulfate (Ferric (Iron) Alum)\n\u201c (ic) Ammonium Sulfate, C. P.................\n\u201c (ous) Carbonate (Siderite)..................\n\u201c Card Teeth..................................\n\u201c (ic) Chloride (Per-, Tri-, or Sesqui-chloride).\n\u201c (ic) Chloride, C. P.........................\n\u201c (ous) Chloride (Protochloride) dry, pure . . .\n\u201c (ic) Nitrate, crystallized, C. P............\n\u201c (ic) Oxide (Hematite) red...................\n\u201c (ic) Oxide (Jeweler\u2019s Rouge) red............\n\u201c Pyrites.....................................\n\u201c (ic) Sulfate, C. P..........................\n\u201c (ous) Sulfate, crystals.....................\n\u201c (ous) Sulfate, crystals, C. P...............\n\u201c (ous) Sulfide, sticks, pure.................\n\u201c Watch Springs...............................\nOz.\nPrices Include Containers 4 Oz. 8 Oz. Lb. Mise.\n>.20\t$0.35\t$0.60\t$1.00\n\t\u2019 .15\t.25\t.35\n\t.25\t.40\t.80\n.20\t.35\t.65\t1.25\n.20\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\n\t.25\t.40\t.75\n\t.25\t\t\n\t.15\t\u2019 .25\t.35\n\t\t\t.85\n.75\t\t\t6.50\n.50\t\u2019 .75\t\t\n\t.15\t.20\t.30\n\t\t\t1.00\n.30\t.85\t\t\n30\t.90\t1.50\t2.75\n\t\t\t.35\n85\t\t\t\n75\t2.00\t3.75\t7.00\n\t.10\t.18\t.25\n30\t.60\t1.00\t2.00\n\t\t\t.50\n\t\t\t.60\n35\t\u2019 .65\t\u00cf.0\u00d4\t\n35\t.60\t1.00\t2.66\n20\t.30\t.40\t.65\n\t\t\t1.20\n\t\u2019 .15\t' .25\t.35\n\t.20\t\t\n20\t.30\t' .40\t' .60\n25\t\u2019 .50\t\u2019 .85\t1.40\n30\t.60\t.85\t1.35\n\t.15\t.25\t.35\n\t\t\t.75\n12\t' .15\t.25\t.35\n20\t.35\t.60\t.90\n\t.20\t.25\t.35\n20\t.35\t.45\t.75\n\t.15\t.20\t.35\nbk. $1.40\n2 1b. 4.00\n51b. 1.00\n5 lb. \"4.50\n5 1b. 3.25 5 lb. 4.75\n5 1b. 4.00\n51b. 2.75 5 1b. 1.50 doz. .30\nJ\nJavelle Water.....................................\nJeweler\u2019s Rouge...................................\npt. .50\nK\nKaolin (China Clay)\n.10\n.15\n.25\n5 1b. 1.00","page":312},{"file":"p0313.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n313\nL\nLead Metal, foil (Tea Lead)......................\n\u201c Metal, granulated...........................\n\u201c Metal, sheet................................\n\u201c Metal, shot.................................\n\u201c Metal, wire.................................\n\u201c Acetate, crystallized.......................\n\u201c Acetate, crystallized, C. P.................\n\u201c Carbonate (White Lead)......................\n\u201c Chloride....................................\n\u201c Chloride, C. P..............................\n\u201c Chromate (Chrome yellow)....................\n\u201c Chromate, fused, C. P.......................\n\u201c Nitrate, technical..........................\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P.....\u2022.........................\n\u201c Oxide, Mono- or Prot., yellow (Litharge). . .\n\u201c Oxide, Di (Per) Commercial..................\n\u201c Oxide, Di (Per) C. P........................\n\u201c Oxide, Tetra- or Sesqui-, red (Minium)......\n\u201c Sulfide (Galena)............................\nLignite (Mineral)................................\nLime (Calcium Oxide, Quick Lime)... :............\n\u201c Water.......................................\nLimonite.........................................\nLitharge (Lead Oxide, Mono- or Prot.)............\nLithium Chloride, pure...........................\n\u201c Chloride, C. P.............................\n\u201c Nitrate....................................\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P..............................\nLitmus Cubes.....................................\n\u201c Paper \u2014 see Test Paper\n\u201c Pencils, red or blue.......................\nLogwood, ground (H\u00e6matoxylon)....................\nPrices Include\n5.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\n\t$0.15\t$0.25\n15\t.20\t.30\n\t.12\t.18\n\t.10\t.15\n\t.20\t.30\n18\t.30\t.40\n\t' .18\t.25\n30\t.60\t1.00\n30\t.60\t1.00\n18\t.25\t.40\n25\t.40\t.70\n\t.15\t.20\n20\t.30\t.40\n12\t' .15\t.20\n10\t.20\t.30\n\t\t\u2022\n\t\t.25\n\t.15\t.20\n\t.15\t.20\n45\t1.25\t\n50\t\t\n45\t\t\n25\t1.00\t1.75\n\t.25\t\nContainers Lb. Mise.\n$0.35\t...........\n.50\t...........\n.25\t5 lb. $1.00\n.25\t5 lb. 1.00\n.65\t...........\n.65\t..........\n1.00\t5 lb. 3.50\n.40\t...........\n1.80 .............\n2.00\t...........\n1.80 .............\n2.00 .............\n.60 ............\n1.00 .............\n.30\t...........\n.65\t...........\n1.25\t...........\n.30\t5 lb.\t1.25\n.60 ............\n.35\t...........\n.15\t2 lb.\t.25\n.40\t...........\n.30\t...........\n.30\t..........\n4.50 5.00\t'\n3.50\t...........\n....\teach\t.35\nM\nMagnesium Metal, powdered.................... .........\n\u201c\tMetal, ribbon..............................\n\u201c Ammonium Chloride, C. P........................\n\u201c\tCarbonate, powdered........................\n\u201c\tChloride, crystallized,\ttechnical..........\n\u201c\tChloride, crystallized,\tC.\tP............\n\u201c\tNitrate, C. P..............................\n\u201c Oxide, (Magnesia).............................. . .\n\u201c\tOxide, C. P.......................... .....\n\u201c Sulfate, crystallized (Epsom Salts)............\n\u201c Sulfate, crystallized, C. P....................\nMalachite, green.......................................\nManganese Chloride, technical..........................\n\u201c\tChloride, C. P.............................\n\u201c Di- or Peroxide (Black Oxide of Manganese)\ngranulated..............................\n\u201c\tDi- or Peroxide\t(Black\tOxide of\tManganese)\npowdered, 95%...........................\n\u201c\tDi- or Peroxide\t(Black\tOxide of\tManganese)\npowdered, C. P..........................\n\u201c Nitrate, C. P. solution........................\n.50\t1.25\t2.50\t4.75\t\t\t\n1.50\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t1.00\t\t\t\n.15\t.25\t.35\t.60\t\t\t\n.20\t.35\t.45\t.75\t\t\t\n\t\t\t.80\t5\tlb.\t3.25\n\t\t\t1.10\t5\tlb.\t4.50\n.25\t.45\t.80\t1.50\t\t\t\n\t\t\t3.00\t5\tlb.\t11.75\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\t\t\n\t\t\t.75\t5\tlb.\t2.75\n1.50\t\t\t\t10\tgr-\t.75\n.25\t.45\t.75\t1.25\t\t\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\t\n.30\t.50\t.95\t\t\t\t\n2.75","page":313},{"file":"p0314.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"314\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nManganese Sulfate, technical............................\n\u201c Sulfate, C. P...................................\nMarble Chips (Calcium Carbonate)........................\nMassicot (Lead Monoxide)................................\nMercury Metal, redistilled..............................\n\u201c (ic) Bromide, C. P................................\n\u201c\t(ic) Chloride (Corrosive Sublimate) granulated..\n\u201c (ic) Chloride, crystallized, C. P.................\n\u201c\t(ous) Chloride (Calomel).......................\n\u201c\t(ous) Chloride, C. P...........................\n\u201c (ic) Nitrate......................................\n\u201c (ic) Nitrate, C. P................................\n\u201c\t(ous) Nitrate, C. P............................\n\u201c\t(ous) Nitrate, pure............................\n\u201c\t(ic) Oxide (Red Precipitate)...................\n\u201c\t(ic) Sulfide, red (Cinnabar)...................\nMethyl Acetate..........................................\nMethyl Orange...........................................\n\u201c Red Solution......................................\n\u201c Violet.........\u2022..................................\nMethylene Blue..........................................\nMicrocosmic Salt (Sodium Ammonium Phosphate)............\nMinium (Lead Oxide, red)................................\nN\nNapthalene Flakes (Tar Camphor). . .\nNessler\u2019s Solution...................\nNickel Metal, sheet..................\n\u201c Ammonium Sulfate, C. P.. . . \u201c Ammonium Sulfate, technical\n\u2018 \u2018\tChloride.....................\n\u201c Chloride, C. P.................\n\u201c\tNitrate, pure................\n\u201c\tNitrate, C. P................\n\u201c Sulfate........................\nNigrosine. :.........................\nNitre (Potassium Nitrate)............\nNutgall, powdered....................\nO\nOil, Aniline (Aniline, pure).......................\n\u201c Castor, white..................................\n\u201c Cottonseed.....................................\n\u201c Olive (Sweet).............................\u2022....\n\u201c Vitriol \u2014 see Acid, Sulfuric.\nOx-Gall, purified, U. S. P.........................\nP\nPancreatin, pure, U. S. P. powdered\nPapers, Test \u2014 see Test Papers,\nParaffine, solid...................\nParchment Bond Paper, be$t quality.\nPepsin, powdered, U. S. P..........\n\tPrices\tInclude Containers\t\t\nOz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\tLb.\tMise.\n$0.25\t$0.40\t$0.65\t$1.15\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t\n\t.10\t.12\t.15\t5 lb. $0.40\n\t.15\t.20\t.30\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t\n.85\t\t\t\t\n.30\t.50\t.85\t1.60\t\n\t\t\t2.50\t5 lb. 10.00\n.30\t.60\t1.00\t2.00\t\n\t\t\t2.75\t5 lb. 11.50\n.40\t.75\t1.50\t3.00\t\n.50\t\t\t3.50\t5 lb. 15.00\n\t\t2.50\t\t\n.40\t1.25\t2.00\t4.00\t\n.35\t.65\t1.00\t2.00\t\n.50\t1.25\t2.25\t4.50\t\n\t.75\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t10 gr. .75\n\t\t\t\t25 gr. 5.00\n\t\t\t\t10 gr. .75\n\t\t\t\t10 gr. .75\n.25\t.50\t.85\t1.50\t\n.12\t.15\t.20\t.30\t5 1b. 1.25\n\t\t.20\t.35\t\t\n.50\t1.00\t1.75\t\t\t\n.35\t.75\t1.50\t2.75\t\t\n.15\t.25\t.40\t1.15 .65\t5 lb.\t4.25\n.25\t.50\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t2.50\t\t\n.35\t.75\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t\t\n.15\t.30\t\t\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t10 gr.\t.75\n.20\t\t\t\t\t\n.20\t.45\t.65\t.\t\t\n\t\t\tpt.\t1.00\n\t\t\tpt.\t.50\n\t\t\tpt.\t1.50\n.50\t1.50\t\t\t\n.65\t1.75\t........................\n.15\t.20\t.35\t..........\n...................... sheet .15\nquire 3.00\n.75\t2.00\t........................","page":314},{"file":"p0315.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n315\nPetrolatum (Vaseline)...................................\nPhenol (Acid, Carbolic).................................\nPhenolphthalein, dry....................................\nPhosphorous, Yellow, sticks.............................\n\u201c Red, Amorphous.................................\nPicture Wire............................................\nPlaster of Paris (Calcium Sulfate)......................\nPlatinum (ic) Chloride (Chloroplatinic Acid) solution, 5%\nPlumbago (Graphite) flakes..............................\nPotassium Metal.........................................\nAmmonium Sulfate, C. P......................\nAntimonyl Tartrate, C. P....................\nAntimonyl Tartrate (Tartar Emetic)..........\nArsenite, C. P..............................\nBicarbonate, C. P...........................\nBi- or Dichromate, crystallized, technical..\nBi- or Dichromate, crystallized, C. P.......\nBi- or Disulfate (Potassium Hydrogen Sulfate)\nBi- or Disulfate, fused, C. P...............\nBitartrate (Cream of Tartar) pure, powdered.. .\nBitartrate, powdered, C. P..................\nBromide, granulated, U.S.P..................\nBromide, C. P...............................\nCarbonate, granulated, purified (Salt of Tartar)\nCarbonate, C. P., anhydrous.................\nCarbonate, crystallized, C. P...............\nChlorate, crystallized, commercial..........\nChlorate, crystallized, C. P................\nChlorate, powdered, U. S. P.................\u25a0\nChloride, technical.........................\nChloride, C. P..............................\nChromate, pure..............................\nChromate, C. P..............................\nChromium Sulfate (Alum Chrome)..............\nCyanide.....................................\nCyanide, C. P...............................\nFerricyanide (Red Prussiate of Potash), crystallized, technical.........................\nFerricyanide, C. P..........................\nFerrocyanide (Yellow Prussiate of Potash) crystallized, technical.........................\nFerrocyanide, crystallized, C. P............\nHydrogen Sulfate (Potassium Bi- or Disulfate)\nHydroxide, sticks, pure.....................\nHydroxide, sticks, C. P.....................\nHydroxide, sticks, C. P. by alcohol.........\nIodide, crystallized, U. S. P........ ......\nIodide, crystallized, C. P..................\nNitrate (Saltpeter) crystallized............\nNitrate, crystallized, C. P.................\nNitrate, C. P., fused sticks................\nNitrite, sticks, CP.........................\nNitrite, sticks, pure.......................\nOxalate.....................................\nOxalate, C. P...............................\nPerchlorate.................................\nPermanganate................................\nPermanganate, C. P..........................\nPhosphate, Primary, C. P. (Monobasic)......\nPrices Include Containers\nOz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz\tLb.\tMise.\n\t\t\t$0.50\t\n$0.20\t$0.30\t$0.45\t.75\t\n.50\t\t\t\t\n.40\t.60\t1.00\t2.00\t\n.40\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\tpkg. $0.10\n\t\t\t.15\t5 lb. .50\n5.00\t\t\t\t\n\t.25\t.40\t.80\t\n\t\t\t\tK oz. 1.50\n\t\t\t1.50\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t\n.20\t.35\t.60\t1.15\t\n\t\t\t2.50\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t5 1b. 5.00\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.40\t\n.25\t.50\t\t1.25\t5 1b. 5.00\n\t.50\t\t1.25\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t5 1b. 6.50\n.20\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t\n\t\t\t2.25\t\n.20\t.30\t.40\t.75\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t5 1b. 5.00\n.20\t.30\t.40\t.75\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t\n\t\t.75\t1.10\t5 1b. 4.50\n.15\t.30\t.45\t.75\t\n.25\t.45\t.65\t1.00\t\n.15\t.30\t.50\t.85\t\n.15\t.25\t.35\t.65\t\n.25\t.45\t.75\t1.25\t5 1b. 5.00\n.25\t.50\t.80\t1.50\t\n\t\t\t2.25\t\n.15\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\n.50\t.75\t1.00\t2.25\t\n\t1.00\t1.75\t3.00\t\n.25\t.45\t.75\t1.25\t\n.35\t.85\t\t2.50\t\n.20\t.40\t.65\t1.10\t\n.30\t.75\t\t2.10\t\n\t.50\t\t1.25\t\n\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t\n\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\t\n\t.55\t.85\t1.50\t5 1b. 6.00\n.60\t1.50\t2.75\t5.50\t\n.75\t1.75\t\t6.25\t5 lb. 27.50\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\n.25\t.50\t.75\t1.25\t5 1b. 5.00\n\t\t\t1.75\t\n\t\t1.65\t\t\n.40\t.80\t1.50\t2.75\t\n.25\t.60\t\t\t\n\t\t\t2.25\t\n.40\t.85\t\t\t\n.20\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t\n\t.75\t\t2.00\t\n\t\t\t2.25\t5 1b. 9.00","page":315},{"file":"p0316.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"316\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPotassium Sodium Tartrate, crystallized (Rochelle Salts).\n\u201c\tSulfate.......................................\n\u201c Sulfate, crystallized, C. P.......................\n\u201c\tSulfocyanide..................................\n\u201c Tartrate, pure....................................\n\u201c Tartrate, crystallized, C. P......................\n\u201c Thiocyanate, C. P.................................\nPrimuline................................................\nPumice, powdered.........................................\n\u201c lumps..............................................\nQ\nQuicklime (Calcium Oxide).....................\nQuicksilver (Mercury) redistilled.............\nR\nRed Lead (Lead Oxide, Minium)....................\n\u201c Precipitate (Mercury (ic) Oxide).............\nResorcin (Resorcinol)............................\nRochelle Salts (Potassium Sodium Tartrate).......\nRosaniline (Fuchsine)............................\nRosin, yellow....................................\nRouge, Jeweler\u2019s (Ferric Oxide)..................\nS\nSaccharose, C. P., cane sugar...................\nSal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride)................\n\u201c Rochelle (Sodium Potassium Tartrate)........\n\u201c Soda (Sodium Carbonate)..........'..........\n\u201c Tartar (Potassium Carbonate)................\nSaltpeter (Potassium Nitrate)..............\n\u201c Chili (Sodium Nitrate)...................\nSealing Wax, sticks.............................\nShellac, Orange.................................\nSiderite (Ferrous Carbonate)....................\nSilicon Dioxide.................................\nSilver Bromide..................................\n\u201c Chloride...................................\n\u201c Nitrate, crystallized, U. S. P.............\n\u201c Nitrate, crystallized, C. P................\n\u201c Sulfate....................................\nSoap, Castile...................................\nSoda (Sodium Carbonate).........................\n\u201c Baking (Sodium Bicarbonate) powdered. . . .\n\u201c Caustic (Sodium Hydroxide).................\n\u201c Lime (Sodium Calcium Hydrate)..............\nSodium Metal.................. .................\n\u201c\tAcetate, crystallized............\n\u201c\tAcetate, C. P....................\n\u201c\tAmalgam..........................\n\u201c\tAmmonium Phosphate, C.\tP......\n\u201c\tAmmonium Phosphate\t(Microcosmic Salt)\n\u201c\tArsenate.........................\n\u201c Arsenate, C. P............................\n\u201c\tArsenite.........................\n\u201c\tBi- or Tetraborate (Borax)..............\n\u201c\tBicarbonate (Baking Soda)...............\n\u201c Bicarbonate (Baking Soda) C. P..............\n\u201c Bi- or Dichromate.........................\nPrices Include Containers\nOz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\tLb.\tMise.\n$0.20 $0.35 .20\t.30\t\t$0.50 .50\t$1.00 .85\t\n.25 .50\t.50 1.10\t.75 2.00\t1.25 3.50\t5 lb. $5.00\n.30\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t2.25\t\n.50\t1.25\t2.10\t3.75\t\n1.50\t\t\t\t\n\t.15\t.20\t.30\t\n\t.15\t.20\t.30\t\n\t\t\t.15\t2 lb. .25\n\t\t\t1.50\t\n.12\t.15\t.20\t.30\t5 1b. 1.25\n.35\t.65\t1.00\t2.00\t\n.60\t1.50\t\t\t\n.20\t.35\t.50\t1.00\t\n\t\t\t\t10 gr. 1.00\n\t\t\t.25\t\n\t\t\t.75\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t\t\n\t.12\t.20\t,35\t5 lb.\t1.60\n.20\t.35\t.50\t1.00\t\t\n\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n.20\t.30\t.40\t.75\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.50\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n\t\t\t1.20\t\t\n\t.50\t1.00\t1.75\t\t\n\t.15\t.25\t.35\t\t\n.10\t.15\t.20\t.25\t\t\n1.75\t6.25\t\t\t\t\n1.35\t\t\t\t\t\n1.00\t3.50\t7.00\t13.50\t\t\n1.50\t5.00\t\t\t\t\n1.75\t6.25\t\t\t\t\n.15\t\t\t\t\t\n\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n\t.15\t.18\t.25\t\t\n\t.35\t.50\t.85\t\t\n\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t\t\n.50\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\t\t\n.20\t.25\t.35\t.60\t\t\n.25\t\t\t.95\t5 1b.\t3.50\n.60\t1.50\t2.75\t5.00\t\t\n\t\t\t1.75\t5 lb.\t7.50\n.25\t.50\t.85\t1.50\t\t\n.25\t.50\t.75\t1.25 1.40\t\t\n.25\t.50\t.75\t1.25\t\t\n\t.15\t.25\t.35\t51b.\t1.40\n\t.15\t.18\t.25\t\t\n\t\t\t.70\t5 lb.\t2.75\n.20\t.25\t.35\t.60\t\t","page":316},{"file":"p0317.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n317\nSodium Bi- or Dichromate, crystallized, C. P...........\n\u201c Bismuthate, C. P....................................\n\u201c Bisulfate...........................................\n\u201c Bisulfate, crystallized, C. P.......................\n\u201c Bisulfite, purified.................................\n\u201c Bitartrate, crystallized, C. P......................\n\u201c Bromide, C. P.......................................\n\u201c Calcium Hydrate (Soda Lime) dry, 4 mesh.............\n\u201c Calcium Hydrate (Soda Lime).........................\n\u201c Carbonate (Sal Soda)................................\n\u201c\tCarbonate, anhydrous, pure.......................\n\u201c\tCarbonate, anhydrous, C. P.......................\n\u201c Carbonate, crystallized, C. P.......................\n\u201c Chloride (Common Salt), fine, white.................\n\u201c Chloride, crystallized, C. P........................\n\u201c Hydroxide, sticks...................................\n\u201c Hydroxide, sticks, C. P. by alcohol.................\n\u201c\tHydroxide, sticks, C. P..........................\n\u201c\tHypo sulfite (Thiosulfate).......................\n\u201c Hyposulfite (Thiosulfate) crystallized, C. P........\n\u201c Nitrate (Chili Saltpeter) crystallized, technical . .\n\u201c Nitrate, crystallized, C. P.........................\n\u201c Nitrite, sticks.....................................\n\u201c Oxalate.............................................\n\u201c Per- or Dioxide, powdered, C. P.....................\n\u201c Per- or Dioxide, fused (Oxone)......................\n\u201c Phosphate (Dibasic), granulated.....................\n\u201c Phosphate (Dibasic), crystallized, C. P.............\n\u201c Phosphate, primary (Monobasic)......................\n\u201c Potassium Carbonate, C. P...........................\n\u201c Potassium Tartrate (Rochelle Salts).................\n\u201c Silicate, solution, pure............................\n\u201c Sulfate (Glauber\u2019s Salts)...........................\n\u201c Sulfate, anhydrous, powdered, C. P..................\n\u201c\tSulfide, crystallized............................\n\u201c\tSulfite, crystallized............................\n\u201c Sulfite, crystallized, C. P.........................\n\u201c Tetraborate (Borax).................................\n\u201c Thiosulfate (Sodium Hyposulfite)....................\n\u201c Thiosulfate (Sodium Hyposulfite), C. P..............\nStarch, Corn..............................................\n\u201c Potato................................................\nSteel Wool................................................\nStrontium Chloride........................................\n\u201c Nitrate............................................\n\u201c\tNitrate, C. P....................................\n\u201c Oxalate, C. P......................................\n\u201c\tSulfate, C. P....................................\nSulphur Flowers (Sublimed)................................\n\u201c Roll (Brimstone)....................................\nSweet Oil (Olive Oil).....................................\nT\nTannin (Acid Tannic), powdered.........................\n\u201c (Acid Tannic), C. P..............................\nTartar Emetic (Antimony and Potassium Tartrate)........\n\u201c Emetic (Antimony and Potassium Tartrate), C. P. Tea Lead (Lead Foil)...................................\nPrices Include Containers\nOz.\t4 Oz.\t8 Oz.\tLb.\tMise.\t\n$0.25\t\t\t$1.00\t5 lb. $4.00\t\n1.00\t\t\t8.00\t\t\n.20\t$0.30\t$0.50\t.75\t\t\n\t\t\t.85\t5 lb.\t3.75\n\t.30\t\t.60\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t5 lb.\t9.00\n\t\t\t1.25\t5 lb.\t5.00\n\t\t\t1.10\t5 lb.\t3.00\n\t.35\t.60\t1.00\t\t\n\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n\t\t.25\t\t\t\n\t\t\t.85\t5 lb.\t3.75\n\t\t\t.75\t\t\n\t\t\t\t5 lb.\t.15\n\t\t\t1.25\t5 lb.\t5.00\n\t.35\t.50\t.85\t\t\n.25\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t5 lb.\t4.00\n\t.50\t.75\t1.25\t\t\n\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n.25\t\t\t.75\t5 lb.\t2.75\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n.20\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t5 lb.\t3.75\n.30\t.50\t.85\t1.50\t\t\n.35\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\t\t\n.35\t.60\t1.00\t1.75\t\t\n\t\t\t\t2 lb.\t2.50\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n.20\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t5 lb.\t3.75\n\t\t\t1.25\t\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t5 lb.\t6.25\n.20\t.35\t.50\t1.00\t\t\n\t.25\t.30\t.50\t5 1b.\t1.50\n.15\t.20\t.30\t.45\t\t\n\t\t\t1.25\t5 lb.\t5.00\n.20\t.40\t.60\t1.00\t\t\n.15\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n\t\t\t.75\t\t\n\t.15\t.25\t.35\t51b.\t1.40\n\t.20\t.25\t.35\t\t\n.25\t\t\t.75\t5 lb.\t2.75\n\t\t\t.20\t\t\n\t\t\t.60\t\t\n\t\t- .60\t1.00\t\t\n.20\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\t\n.20\t.25\t.40\t.75\t\t\n.30\t\t\t1.50\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00\t\t\n\t\t\t1.50\t\t\n\t\t.1.2\t.15\t\t\n\t.10\t.12\t.15\t\t\n\t\t\t\tpt.\t1.50\n.30\t.75\t1.25\t2.25\t\t\n.40\t1.25\t\t\n.20\t.35\t.60\t1.15\t\t\n\t\t\t2.00 \t\n\t.15\t.25\t.35\t\t","page":317},{"file":"p0318.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"318\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nTEST PAPERS\nLitmus Paper, blue, sheets..................\nin books of 50 strips....\n\u201c Paper, red, sheets....................\nin books of 50 strips....\nPole Test Paper, sheets.....................\nPotassium Iodide Paper, sheets..............\nTurmeric Paper, sheets......................\nin books of 50 strips.......\nTin Metal, foil (Composition)...............\n\u201c Metal, granulated, mossy, pure..........\n\u201c (ous) Chloride (Bi- or Stannous Chloride)\n\u201c (ous) Chloride, C. P....................\n\u201c (ous) Oxalate, C. P.....................\n\u201c (ic) Oxide, pure (Stannic Oxide).........\n\u201c (ous) Sulfate, C. P.....................\nTripoli.....................................\nTurmeric, powdered..........................\n\u201c Paper \u2014 see Test Papers.\nType Metal..................................\nV\nVaseline (Petrolatum)............................\nW\nWater, distilled, in glass bottle. . . . ........\n\u201c Glass (Solution Sodium Silicate) ...........\nWhite Lead (Lead Carbonate)......................\nWhiting..........................................\nX\nXylene (Xylol or Dimethylbenzene).................\nZ\nZinc Metal, dust.................................\n\u201c Metal, granulated, mossy, technical..........\n\u201c Metal, granulated, mossy, C. P.. .\t.......\n\u201c Metal, powdered, C. P........................\n\u201c Metal, sheet.................................\n\u201c Metal, sticks, C. P..........................\n\u201c C. P., arsenic free, stick form..............\n\u201c Metal, wire..................................\n\u201c Acetate......................................\n\u201c Acetate, C. P................................\n\u201c Carbonate, C. P..............................\n\u201c Chloride.....................................\n\u201c Chloride, granulated, C. P...................\n\u201c Nitrate......................................\n\u201c Nitrate, crystallized, C. P..................\n\u201c Oxide........................................\n\u201c Oxide, dry process, C. P.....................\n\u201c Oxide, wet process, C. P.....................\n\u201c Sulfate, crystals.............................\n\u201c Sulfate, crystals, C. P.......................\nPrices Include Containers Oz. 4 Oz. 8 Oz. Lb. Mise.\n$0.30\n.20\n.25\n.15\n.20\n.25\n.20\n.25\n.25\n.15\n$0.25\n.60\n.40\n.50\n.20\n.25\n.18\n.10\n.30\n25\n20\n35\n20\n30\n35\n45\n20\n20\n$0.40\n1.00\n.60\n.35\n.25\n.30\n.25\n.15\n.40\n40\n25\n50\n25\n50\n\u2019 .45\n75\n80\n30\n25\n$0.75\n1.75\n1.00\n1.75\n2.75\n1.75 .25\n.50\n.50\n.50\n.40\n.25\n.70\n.65\n.35\n.80\n.35\n1.25\n1.25\n.90\n1.25\n2.00\n.75\n1.00\n1.25\n1.45\n.50\n1.00\n.35\n1.00\nEach $0.10 Quire .75 Book .10 Each .10 Quire .75 Book .10 Each .10 Quire .75 Each .15 Quire 1.25 Each .10 Quire .75 Book .10 5 1b. 3.00\n5 1b. 7.50\nVi gal. 1.50 5 1b. 1.50\n5 1b. 3.25 5 1b. 3.25\nFt. .10\n5 1b. 4.00 5 lb. 4.50 5 1b. 3.75\n5 1b. 3.75","page":318},{"file":"p0319.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n319\nINDEX\nA\tPage\nAbbe Camera Lucid\u00e6...................269\nAbbe Condensers.................\t268\nAbsorption Tube, Fleming.............225\nAccelerated Motion Apparatus . . .49,50 Acetylene Gas Bunsen Burner. ...\t213\nAchromatic Lenses....................119\nAchromatic Objectives................268\nAcid Bottle..........................207\nAcid Burettes........................277\nAcid Funnel..........................277\nAcid Measures........................277\nAcid Pipettes. ......................277\nAdhesion Disc........................ 37\nAir Condensers.......................181\nAir Impulse Attachment.........41, 91\nAir Pump Plates...................... 74\nAir Pumps..........................74-76\nAir Storage Tanks.................... 76\nAir Testers..........................196\nAir Thermometer Bulb................ 104\nAir Thermometers.....................104\nAlcohol Burners................214, 294\nAlcohol Lamps...................261\nAlcohol, Solid..................196\nAlcohol Stoves................214,294\nAlkalimeters.........................212\nAlkaline Tablets, Farrington\u2019s . . .\t277\nAlternating Current Demonstration\nApparatus.......................174\nAluminum Block....................... 63\nAluminum Cylinder.................... 63\nAluminum Leaf........................133\nAluminum Leaf Cutting Apparatus .\t133\nAluminum Shot........................108\nAlundum..............................196\nAlundum Cement.......................196\nAlundum Ware (characteristics). . .\t195\nAmber Specimen..................131\nAmmeters...................147, 158, 159\nAmpere\u2019s Law Apparatus.............. 149\nAndrews Plate Base.................... 8\nAnemometers.......................... 84\nAneroid Barometers................... 81\nAnodes, Copper, Nickel, Silver ...\t191\nApparatus A.......................... 98\nApplied Physics Apparatus..........59-62\nApron................................196\nAquaria..............................196\nAquaria Jars.........................196\nAquarium Table.......................196\nAquarium Tank........................196\nArago\u2019s Magnetic Rotation Apparatus 41\nArchimedes\u2019 Principle................ 63\nArc Lamp, Demonstration............. 192\nArmatures, Iron, T. & H..............125\nArsenic Test Apparatus.............. 197\nArsenic Test Strips..................197\nArsenic Tubes..................197, 301\nArtificial Light Circuit.............141\nAsbestos. . . '......................197\nAsbestos Center Gauze................253\nAsbestos Wool........................197\nAspirator Bottles....................207\nAspirators...........................197\nAstatic Galvanometer.................152\nAstatic Needle.......................129\nAstronomical Telescope Model ...\t121\nAtomic Weight Chart..................221\nAugur Bits...........................193\nAutoclave............................197\nAutomatic Siphon..................... 67\nAuxanometers.........................198\nAvoirdupois Weights.................. 31\nB\tPage\nBabcock Milk Testers............276,277\nBabcock Test Bottles................277\nBalance Level....................... 21\nBalances and Weights..............22-32\nBalancing Columns Apparatus ...\t63\nBalancing Columns Tube, M. G. 8c B. 78\nBall and Ring.......................106\nBallistic Coils................155,\t156\nBall Mills..........................284\nBalls, all kinds.................... 43\nBalsam Bottle.......................207\nBar Magnets.........................125\nBarograph........................... 81\nBarograph Charts.................... 81\nBarometer Mounting Board ....\t80\nBarometers.......................80, 81\nBarometer Tubes..................... 73\nBarometer Tubing....................303\nBarometer Vacuum and Geissler Tube 138 Barometric Pressure Study Apparatus 77\nBaroscope Balance................... 72\nBaroscope Bell Glass................ 72\nBaroscope Bottle.................... 72\nBaroscopes.......................72, 79\nBars, Soft Iron.....................125\nBases, Support.....................8-10\nBaths, all kinds................199-203\nBatteries.......................145-148\nBatteries, Leyden Jar...............137\nBatteries, Water....................135\nBattery Connectors.................141,\t147\nBattery Elements................145-147\nBattery Jars.......................147,\t260\nBattery Meters......................147\nBattery Rheostat and Switch. ...\t143\nBattery Stands......................145\nBeads, Glass...............108, 203, 253\nBeakers, all kinds.......... 98,204,205\nBeckmann\u2019s Differential Thermometers 103\nBeehive Shelves.....................252\nBell Chimes.........................136\nBell Glasses, all kinds............. 77\nBell in Vacuo Apparatus............. 79\nBellows.............................206\nBell, Plate and Resonator........... 95\nBells, Electric.....................79,\t144\nBench Vise Clamp.................... 45\nBending Beam Apparatus.............. 46\nBent Arm Lever and Supporting Table 62\nBent Wire, Mounted..................114\nBeveled Glass Tube, T. & H......... 100\nBibbs, Demonstration................ 71\nBinding Posts..................142,\t143\nBinocular Microscopes...............266\nBiology Work Tables.................. 2\nBiot\u2019s Hemispheres..................136\nBi-polar High Frequency Coil....\t177\nBiram\u2019s Anemometers................. 84\nBirds\u2019 Eggs.........................205\nBirds\u2019 Skins, Unmounted.............205\nBirds, Mounted......................205\nBit Brace...........................193\nBlackboard Drawing Instruments. .\t36\nBlackened Plate of Glass............115\nBlast Apparatus....................205,\t206\nBlast Lamps........................205,\t214\nBlock, Aluminum..................... 63\nBlock and Bent Wire.................114\nBlock, Magnet, T. & H.............. 126\nBlock Microscopes...................266\nBlock Plane.........................193\nBlocks, Charcoal....................221\nPage\nBlocks, Crucible.................229\nBlocks, Waterproofed............. 63\nBlocks, Wood, M. G. & B.......... 46\nBlower Nets......................206\nBlower Rubber Discs..............206\nBlowers..........................206\nBlowpipe, Dissecting.............233\nBlowpipes, all kinds.............206\nBlowpipes, Glass Blowers\u2019........206\nBoats, Combustion................225\nBohnenberger\u2019s Gyroscope......... 42\nBoiling Point of Alcohol Tube, M. G.\n& B........................ 100\nBologna Phials................... 37\nBoltwood Mercury Pump............ 74\nBomb, Freezing...................106\nBone Saw........................ 233\nBotanical Mounts.................290\nBottles, all kinds.............207-211\nBottles, Milk and Cream Test . . .\t277\nBourdon Gauge, Demonstration...\t72\nBow, Double Bass................95,97\nBoxes, Slide.....................270\nBox with Wire Screen, T. & H. . . .\t113\nBoyle\u2019s Law Apparatus............ 73\nBrain Models. . ....................278\nBrass Weights....................30, 31\nBreaking Strength of WTires Apparatus 47\nBreast Drill........................193\nBreeding Cages......................211\nBridge Truss Model, Davis........... 60\nBristle Stylus and Fixative.......... 94\nBrush, Camel\u2019s Hair.................. 31\nBrushes, all kinds...............212, 277\nBulb, Connecting, Hopkins............212\nBulb Expander........................212\nBulbs, Potash (Alkalimeters) .\nBunsen Burners...............98,213-215\nBunsen Photometers...............112, 113\nBunsen Screen........................H4\nBuoyancy of Liquids Apparatus. . .\t66\nBurette Attachment..................212\nBurette Clamps......................223\nBuretteFloat........................212\nBurette Funnels.....................212\nBurettes............................212\nBurettes, Acid......................277\nBurette Support.....................296\nBurner, Alcohol..................... 98\nBurner Attachments..................215\nBurner, Monochromatic Flame . .111,290 Burners, all kinds. . 98, 2.13-215, 261, 294\nBurners, Glass Blowers\u2019.............206\nBurners. Illuminating...........111.113\nBursting Squares Buzzer, Electric.\n79\n144\nC\nCabinet, First Aid................\nCabinet Makers\u2019 Clamps............\nCabinet, Microscopic Slide ....\nCabinets..........................\nCabinet, Tool.....................\nCady Insulated Pinch Connector . . Cages, Breeding, for Insects .... Calcium Chloride Holder for Balances\n193\n223\n270\n4,5\n193\n141\n211\n220\nCalcium Chloride Jar...................260\nCalcium Chloride Tubes.................302\nCaliper Arms with Vernier.............. 18\nCalipers .............................. 13\nCalorimeters...............107, 216-219\nCalorimetric Thermometer...............103","page":319},{"file":"p0320.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"320\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPage\nCamera Lucid\u00e6.......................269\nCamera Obscura..................... Ill\nCandle Holders .................113,114\nCandles....................99, 111, 113\nCandle, Standard..............Ill, 113\nCapillarity Demonstration Apparatus 37, 38\nCapillary Tubes...................37, 38\nCapillary Tubing....................303\nCapstan Arm with Capstan ....\t56\nCapsules............................220\nCarbon Bisulphide Prism.............120\nCarbon Combustion Apparatus . .\t225\nCO2 Apparatus................. 196, 220\nCarbon Dioxide Freezing Attachment 275\nCarbon Paper........................ 49\nCardboard Index Strip, F. & B.. . .\t121\nCars, Inclined Plane................ 57\nCartesian Diver..................... 67\nCa sseroles.........................220\nCatch Bucket........................ 63\nCat Skins...........................131\nCells, Primary and Storage . .\t145-148\nCells, Selenium.....................189\nCelluloid Friction Strip............131\nCelluloid Rule...................... 17\nCenter of Gravity Apparatus ...\t48\nCentrifugal Drier................... 40\nCentrifugal Force Apparatus .... 39-42\nCentrifugal Globe................... 40\nCentrifugal Hoop.................... 40\nCentrifugal Separator............... 40\nCentrifuge Accessories..............221\nCentrifuges ........................221\nCentrifuge Tubes....................221\nChain, Egg and Disc................. 40\nChainomatic Balances ............... 22\nChains, Conductor...................137\nChamois Skin........................191\nCharcoal Blocks.....................221\nCharging Box, Constant Voltage . .\t134\nCharles Law Tubes...................106\nChart, Atomic Weight................221\nChart, Graph........................ 36\nChart, Locomotive...................110\nChart, Metric....................... 15\nChart, Periodic Law.................221\nCharts, Anatomical..................222\nCharts, Barograph................... 81\nCharts, Physiological...............222\nCharts, Thermograph................. 81\nCheese Cloth Bag....................126\nChemical Harmonicon ................ 89\nChemical Labels.....................261\nChemicals and Reagents . . .\t307-318\nChemical Thermometers ..............103\nChemistry Work Tables ............... 2\nChimney, Asbestos, for Kerosene\nLamp...........................Ill\nChimney, Burner.....................215\nChimney, Straight Form.............. 99\nChimney, Students\u2019 Lamp.............221\nChisels.............................193\nChladni\u2019s Figures Apparatus ....\t95\nChlorine Tube, Newell\u2019s .... 221, 302\nCircular Protractors................ 21\nClamp Holders.......................223\nClamp, Kittredge Lever.............. 53\nClamps, all kinds....... 9-13, 223, 299\nClasp and Hook Rod, Culler\u2019s ...\t51\nClay Pipes ................... 223, 280\nClinostats..........................224\nClock Balance Wheel................. 34\nClock Contact....................... 33\nClocks........................33, 34\nCoefficient of Friction .\t...\t53\nPage\nCohesion Discs.................. 37\nCoils, Ballistic ............ .\t155, 156\nCoils, Gilley Induction.........150\nCoils, High Frequency ....\t175-177\nCoils, Induction.......... 128, 172, 173\nCoils, Primary and Secondary .\t. .\t171\nCoils, Repulsion............... 150\nCoils, Resistance..............160, 161\nCoils, Temperature..............160\nCollars ............................ 10\nCollecting Case ....................304\nCollections, Minerals and Rocks\t. .\t278\nCollision Ball Apparatus ........... 44\nColor Apparatus................ 122\nColor Discs for Rotator........40,91\nColored Glass Plates . .............121\nCombustion Apparatus................225\nCombustion Boats................... 225\nCombustion Boat Shields.............225\nCombustion Tubing ..................304\nCommutators.....................144\nComparative Thermometer ....\t103\nComparing Scale..................... 17\nCompasses, Magnetic.................129\nCompass, Pencil................. 36\nCompensating Pendulums.......... 34\nCompensation Apparatus..........105\nComposition of Forces..........47, 48\nCompound Bars...................106\nCompound Lever and Jack Screw\t.\t53\nCompound Levers................. 53\nCompound Microscopes ....\t263-266\nCompressed Air Cock.................. 6\nCompressed Air Outfits.............. 76\nCompression Bibbs, Demonstration\t.\t71\nCompression Pumps............... 76\nConcentric Rings ...................297\nCondenser Attachment, Culler\u2019s .\t.\t107\nCondenser Clamps................223\nCondenser Plate Attachment, Electroscope ..................... 133\nCondenser Plates\t137\nCondensers......................181\nCondensers, Liebig\u2019s............225\nCondenser, Spiral Reflux........239\nCondensers, Plate.............. 137\nConductivity of Water Apparatus\t.\t100\nConductometer Chains............137\nConductometers..................100\nCone and Plane.................. 51\nCone, Dissectible............... 35\nCone, Sphere and Cylinder ....\t35\nConnecting Tips.................... 141\nConnecting Tubes....................302\nConnection Board, F. & B............143\nConnector, High Potential...........141\nConnectors, all kinds . . 141-143, 147, 225 Constant Voltage Charging Box . .\t.\t134\nConstant Volume Hydrometer Tube,\nM. G. & B ..................... 64\nConstant Weight Hydrometer Tube,\nM. G. & B.................. 64\nContact Keys....................144\nController Model................187\nConvectional Current Apparatus .\t.\t99\nConvex Lens and Wire Screen,\nmounted, M. G. & B.........114\nCooker, Steam Pressure..........197\nCooling Cup, T. & H............. 99\nCopper Plating Outfit...........191\nCopper Shot.....................108\nCopper Voltammeter (Coulombmeter)\t191\nCord, Pulley...................54, 55\nCord, Rubber.................... 57\nCores, Wooden, with Attached Binding Posts, F. & B..............141\nPage\nCork Borers......................... 226\nCork Borer Sharpeners................226\nCork Knife...........................226\nCork Mats ...........................226\nCork Presses.........................226\nCorks ...............................226\nCork Screw...........................226\nCork Sheet...........................226\nCorrosive Sublimate Tablets ....\t277\nCoulombmeter........................ 191\nCounterpoise for Trip Scales ....\t27\nCounterpoise Gyroscope............... 42\nCounters, Speed...................... 35\nCoupling, Brass...................... 78\nCouplings, Hydrant for Aspirators 197\nCover Glasses........................270\nCrane Boom, F. & B................... 58\nCrane Demonstration Apparatus . .\t58\nCrane, Hoisting...................59, 61\nCreamometer Jar......................277\nCream Test Bottles\t277\nCross Section Paper ..............36, 49\nCrova\u2019s Disc-Shield................41,97\nCrown, Burner .......................215\nCrucible Blocks......................229\nCrucible Funnels....................228,\t229\nCrucible Rubber Tubing ..............229\nCrucibles, all kinds.............227-229\nCrucible Tongs......................229,\t300\nCrushers.............................284\nCryophoruses........................ 101\nCrystallizing Dishes.................230\nCrystal Models ...................... 35\nCube, Paraffine ..................... 63\nCubes, Density ...................... 16\nCubical Expansion Bulb...............101\nCubical Mirror.....................41,95\nCubic Foot Block .................... 15\nCuller\u2019s Lever, Pulley, Pendulum,\nClasp and Hook Rod .....\t51\nCulture Tubes........................302\nCups, Porous................... 229,\t283\nCutters, Glass.......................254\nCylinder, Aluminum................... 63\nCylinder and Bucket (Archimedes\u2019) .\t63\nCylinder, Hollow Brass, M. G. & B. 35 Cylinder, Lead, with Conical Top .\t108\nCylinder, Loaded, Waterproofed . .\t63\nCylinders, Graduated........... 229,\t260\nCylinders, Hydrometer . . 229, 255, 260 Cylindrical Iron Armature, T. & H. .\t125\nD\nDarning Needles....................125\nD\u2019Arsonval Galvanometers .153-156, 158\nDavy\u2019s Safety Lamp................ 100\nDeflagrating Spoons................289\nDe La Rives Apparatus..............138\nDemonstration Aneroid Barometer .\t81\nDemonstration Arc Lamp.............192\nDemonstration Batteries............145\nDemonstration Hydraulic Ram . .\t68\nDemonstration Hydrometer ....\t64\nDemonstration Lenses ..............119\nDemonstration Lever................ 53\nDemonstration Leyden Jar ....\t137\nDemonstration Metallic Thermometer 103 Demonstration Microscope, M. G.\n& B........................... 121\nDemonstration Motor-Dynamos .183-186 Demonstration Organ Pipes ....\t89\nDemonstration Plate Condenser . .\t137\nDemonstration Pressure and Vacuum\nGauge ......................... 72\nDemonstration Wheatstone Bridges .\t167","page":320},{"file":"p0321.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n321\nPage\nDensity Apparatus...............63,64\nDensity by Flotation............. 63\nDensity Cubes.................... 16\nDensity Indicating Ball.......... 64\nDerrick .............................. 61\nDessicator Plates................230\nDessicators......................230\nDew Point Apparatus..............101\nDiagonal Scales...................17, 20\nDiamagnetic and Paramagnetic Substances .........................125\nDiamond for Writing on Glass\t.\t.\t.\t230\nDiamonds for Cutting Glass\t....\t254\nDiaphragm for Porte Lumiere\t...\tIll\nDifferential Pulley Hoists....... 55\nDifferential Thermoscopes........104\nDiffusion Shells ..................... 38\nDigesting Shelves ....................230\nDigestors, Papin.................100\nDip Needles......................129\nDirection Sheets, National Loose-\nleaf .........................14,194\nDirect Vision Pocket Spectroscope\t.\t123\nDirect Vision Prisms.............120\nDisc, Brass, M. G. & B........... 35\nDischargers......................135\nDisc, Magnetized.................125\nDiscs, Cohesion and Adhesion\t...\t37\nDiscs, Rubber for Blowers........206\nDishes, all kinds................ 230-232\nDissectible Cone...................... 35\nDissectible Hand Power Dynamo and\nMotor ...........................186\nDissectible Transformer...............170\nDissecting Instruments ....\t233, 234\nDissecting Microscopes ....\t266, 267\nDissecting Pan .......................233\nDistillation Flasks...................235\nDistillation Tubes, Fractional . . .\t235\nDistilling Apparatus..................235\nDiving Bell Model..................... 79\nDouble Bass Bow ..................95, 97\nDoublet Magnifiers....................262\nDrain Plug............................. 6\nDrawing Boards........................ 36\nDrawing Instruments................... 36\nDrill, Breast.........................193\nDrive Pulley for Round Belt ....\t40\nDropping Bottles......................207\nDry Cell . . -........................147\nDrying Ovens..................... 235-237\nDrying Paper..........................281\nDry Measures.......................... 16\nDuff\u2019s Acceleration Apparatus ...\t49\nDye Pots..............................205\nDynamo and Motor, Hand Power. .\t186\nDynamometers.......................... 29\nDynamo Motor..........................182\nDynamos and Motors................182-187\nE\nEar Model ............................278\nEarth Induction Apparatus ....\t41\nEarth Inductor .......................130\nEccentric Leveling Bases............... 8\nEggs, Birds\u2019..........................205\nEight-in-One Apparatus................ 67\nElasticity of Flexure Apparatus . .\t46\nElasticity of Wire Apparatus ...\t47\nElectrical Density Apparatus . . .\t136\nElectric Bell, mounted................ 79\nElectric Bells ...................79,144\nElectric Calorimeters.................107\nElectric Driven Tuning Fork ...\t88\nElectric Furnaces......... 192, 246-250\nPage\nElectric Incubators................. 257\u2014259\nElectric Iron............................238\nElectric Plume or Brush..................137\nElectric Rotator......................... 39\nElectric Screen..........................136\nElectric Soldering Iron..................238\nElectric Stoves .......... 238, 294, 295\nElectric Water Baths............ 201,\t202\nElectric Whirl or Flier..............137\nElectrodes, various kinds............191\nElectrodynamic Apparatus\t....\t174\nElectrolysis Apparatus.....190,191\nElectrolytic Interrupters............173\nElectrolytic Rectifiers..............179\nElectromagnets...................150,\t151\nElectrometers....................133,\t134\nElectrophorus........................131\nElectroplating Materials ................191\nElectroplating Outfit................191\nElectroscopes....................133,\t134\nElectrostatic Accessories .\t.\t.\t135-138\nElectrotyping Letters, T. & H.\t.\t. .\t191\nEllipsoidal Conductor .......\t136\nEmbedding Table......................275\nEmerson Fuel Calorimeters\t.\t.\t.216-219\nEndless Screw........................ 58\nEndosmometer......................... 38\nEnd Supports......................... 9\nEngines, Gas ............................109\nEngines, Steam ...............109,110\nEntomological Mounts.................290\nEquipotential Apparatus..............128\nEther Freezing Attachment\t....\t275\nEudiometers..........................238\nEvaporating Dishes...................231\nExpansion and Contraction Apparatus, Packard\u2019s..................106\nExperimental Barometer, Vacuum,\nand Geissler Tube...............138\nExplosion Coil for Orsat Apparatus\t251\nExtension Clamps..................... 9\nExtraction Apparatus.......... 238, 239\nExtraction Cartridges................239\nExtraction Thimbles..................239\nExtraction Tubes, Soxhlet\u2019s\t....\t239\nEye Models ................... 120,278\nEyeShades............................113\nF\nFalling Body Apparatus..............49,30\nFaraday\u2019s Net........................136\nFaraday\u2019s Ring.......................170\nFaraday\u2019s Shield ........................136\nFarrington\u2019s Alkaline Tablets.\t.\t. .\t277\nFaucets, Water ........................... 6\nFermentation Tubes...................303\nFessel\u2019s Gyroscope................... 42\nFiles..................... 193,239\nFiling Cabinet....................... 5\nFilings Sifter.......................126\nFilm Demonstration Apparatus\t. .\t37\nFilter Cones..................... 239, 282\nFilter Crucibles.........................228\nFilter Dishes............................232\nFilter Paper, all kinds............. 240-242\nFilter Presses...........................283\nFilter Pumps ............................197\nFilter Tubes.............................303\nFire Engine Pump..................... 69\nFire Syringe.........................108\nFirst Aid Cabinet .......................193\nFlannel Cap with Attached Silk\nCords, M. & G...................131\nFlash Seconds Pendulum............... 34\nFlasks, all kinds.............235, 243, 244\nFleming\u2019s Combustion Apparatus\t.\t225\nPage\nFlexible Steel Gas Tubing.............287\nFlexure of Beam Apparatus ....\t46\nFloating Helix and Cell...............149\nFloating Magnets .....................125\nFluoroscope...........................139\nFlush Plates.....................9, 245\nFoil, Tin.............................133\nFoot Blowers or Bellows ..............206\nForceps...............................245\nForceps, Cover Glass..................233\nForceps, Dissecting...................233\nForceps, Weight....................... 31\nForce Pumps .......................... 69\nForces in a Uniform Metal Bar with a\nSliding Load..................... 62\nFortin Cistern Barometers............. 80\nFoucault\u2019s Pendulum................... 40\nFountain in Vacuo..................... 78\nFractional Weights.................... 31\nFranklin\u2019s Palm or Pulse Glass .\t.\t.\t101\nFreas\u2019 Osmosis Apparatus.............. 38\nFreezing Apparatus ..............79,101\nFreezing Attachments..................275\nFreezing Bomb.........................106\nFrequency Indicator.............187\nFriction Apparatus.............. 53\nFriction Block.................. 53\nFriction Board.................. 53\nFriction of Air Apparatus....... 72\nFriction of Water Apparatus, Hall\t.\t70\nFriction Rod Pads...............131\nFriction Rods...................131\nFuel Calorimeters, Emerson\t. .\t216-219\nFuller Bibb, Demonstration\t....\t71\nFume Closets.................... 5\nFunnel, Acid . . .....................277\nFunnel, Burette.................212\nFunnel, Crucible................229\nFunnel, Mercury Storage......... 72\nFunnels i all kinds ..................245\nFunnel Supports.................296\nFurnace Cores...................250\nFurnaces.................. 246-250\nFurniture, Laboratory ................1-5\nFused Silica Ware (characteristics)\t.\t195\nFuse Wire...................... 140\nG\nGalton\u2019s Whistle................ 89\nGalvanometer Accessories........157\nGalvanometer Lamp and Scale ...\t157\nGalvanometers............152-156,158\nGalvanometer Scale ...................156\nGalvanometer Wall Bracket\t....\t156\nGalvanoscope....................152\nGas Ammonia Bulbs...............252\nGas Apparatus................. 251, 252\nGas Bottle Generator..................252\nGas Cocks.............................. 6\nGas Collectors........................252\nGas Engine........................... 109\nGas Engine Model......................109\nGas Generators .......................252\nGas Holders...........................253\nGaskets, Rubber for Filter Cones\t.\t.\t239\nGaskets, Rubber for Filter Crucibles\t228\nGas Measuring Tubes.............253\nGasoline Burner.................214\n* Gasoline Gas Generator..........252\nGasometers......................253\nGas Pressure Apparatus..........253\nGas Pressure Regulator..........253\nGas Sample Tubes................252\nGas Stoves......................294\nGas Tubing, Flexible Steel......287","page":321},{"file":"p0322.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"322\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPage\nGas Turrets..................... G\nGauges, Pressure and Vacuum . .\t72, 78\nGauges, Taper.................19,253\nGauges, Wire.................... 19\nGauge, Thorpe ..................... 107\nGauze, All Kinds................253\nGauze Top, Burner...............215\nGay Lussac\u2019s Support............29G\nGeared Wheels................... 58\nGear, Speed Reducing ...............293\nGeissler Tube Holder........... 138\nGeissler Tubes................. 138\nGeissler Tubes, Unequally Evacuated\t138\nGenerators, Gas.................252\nGenerators, Gas Bottle..........252\nGenus Covers....................281\nGeometric Stands .................. 1\u00ce)\nGeometric Wooden Forms.......... 35\nGerminating Box.................253\nGilley Coils...................1\u00ab>0\nGilley Gramme Machine...........184\nGimlet..........................103\nGlass Beads.............. 108, 203, 253\nGlass Cutters...................254\nGlasses, Test ................. 253,299\nGlass Rods......................28G\nGlass Tube and Steel Filings ....\t125\nGlass Tube Cutters..............254\nGlass Tubing .......................303\nGlass Wool......................254\nGold Beaters' Skin..............254\nGold Leaf.......................133\nGold Leaf Cutting Apparatus . . .\t133\nGotham Demonstration Battery . .\t145\nGovernor, WTatt\u2019s, for Rotator . . .\t40\nGraduated Arc with Clamp ....\t44\nGraduated Cylinders........... 229,\t2G0\nGraduates, all kinds............254\nGraph Chart..................... 30\nGravesend Ball and Ring.........100\nGuinea and Feather Tube......... 50\nGyroscopes...................... 42\nGyroscopic Outfit .................. 42\nH\nHackSaw.........................103\nHack Saw Blades.................193\nHaematokrit.....................221\nHammer..........................103\nHammers, Rubber................. 37\nHand Air Pump....................... 74\nHand and Bladder Glass.............. 77\nHand Balance........................ 20\nHand Power Dynamo and Motor . .\t180\nHand Screw Clamps...................223\nHare\u2019s Apparatus ................... 03\nHarmonic Motion Apparatus ...\t40\nHatchet ........................... 103\nH-Bases ............................. 3\nHead Models.........................278\nHeart Model.........................278\nHeat by Friction Attachment, Tyndall\u2019s .........................40,\t108\nHeaters, Hot Water .................215\nHeat Shield.................... 101\nHelix and Ring .................... 151\nHelix Electromagnet.............151\nHero\u2019s Fountain................. 70\nHigh Frequency Coils............175-177\nHigh Frequency Inductive Apparatus\t175\nHigh Frequency Phenomena Appa-\nratus.................... 177,\t178\nHoisting Crane..................59, 01\nHolder, Electrostatic...........137\nHolder, Geissler Tube...........138\nHook Collars ....................... 10\nPage\nHooke\u2019s Law Apparatus................. 47\nHooks and Chains, Dissecting . . .\t233\nHook, Threaded........................ 58\nHook, U-shaped, T. & H................ 53\nHorseshoe Core, Soft Iron, M. G. & B. 125\nHot Plates ...................... 294,295\nHot Water Heaters.....................215\nHousehold Thermometers .... 82, 103\nHumidity Apparatus.................... 83\nHydraulic Presses..................... 08\nHydraulic Rams........................ 68\nHydrodynamic Wheatstone Bridge 167 Hydrogen Absorption Apparatus,\nHall ............................191\nHydrometer Jars . . . .04,229,255,200\nHydrometers, all kinds............ 04,255\nHydrometer Tubes...................... 64\n\u201c Hydrone \u201d Cartridges................252\nHydrostatic Balances.................. 20\nHygrometers........................... 83\nHygrophant............................ 83\nHyperdermic Syringe...................299\nHypsometers .......................... 98\nI\nIce Bag............................... 98\nIce Calorimeter ..................... 107\nIceland Spar .........................124\nIce Shredder and Shave................ 98\nIce Tray.............................. 98\nIgnition Tubes........................303\nIlluminator, Microscope...............209\nImage on Rod .........................113\nImage Plates .........................136\nImages, Pith..........................136\nImpact and Reflection Attachment .\t44\nImpact Apparatus...................... 44\nImpenetrability Apparatus ....\t38\nIncandescent Lamp Holder ....\t113\nIncidence and Reflection Apparatus .\t115\nIncinerating Dishes . . ..............232\nInclined Plane ' Acceleration Apparatus ........................... 49\nInclined Plane Cars................... 57\nInclined Plane Rollers ............... 57\nInclined Planes ...................... 57\nInclined Wire Acceleration Apparatus 50\nIncubators .......................250-259\nIndex of Refraction Apparatus ...\t118\nIndex of Refraction Plate.............118\nInductances...........................181\nInduction and Distribution Spheres .\t135\nInduction Coil, M. G. & B.............170\nInduction Coils . . . 128, 170, 172, 173\nInduction Coils, Gilley...............150\nInduction Cylinders ..................135\nInertia Apparatus..................... 38\nInertia Balance ...................... 46\nInfluence Machines....................132\nInk, Diamond..........................200\nInoculating Needle....................279\nInsect Pins...........................280\nInside Calipers....................... 18\nInstrument Shelter.................... 84\nInsulating Stands ....................135\nInsulating Tube, Porcelain, F. & B. .\t141\nInterference of Light Plates, M. & G. 124 Interference of Sound Apparatus . .\t91\nInterference Tubes.................... 91\nInterhooking Laboratory Wreights .\t32\nIntermittent Fountain................. 07\nInterrupters, Electrolytic............173\nInterrupting Wheel....................171\nInterval Timer........................ 33\nInverse Squares Model.................Ill\nIron Clad Magnets.....................151\nPage\nIron, Electric......................238\nIron Filings........................120\nIron Wreights ....................31,32\nJ\nJackscrew and Compound Lever . .\t53\nJackscrew Attachment................ 53\nJack Screws......................... 58\nJar, Creamometer....................277\nJars, all kinds.....................200\nJars, Aquaria.......................190\nJars, Hydrometer . . . 64, 229, 255, 200\nJars, Nessler's.....................279\nJars, Rectangular Battery . . .\t147,200\nJars, Resonance..................... 93\nJars, Round Battery .... 04,147,200 Jenkins\u2019 Specific Gravity Apparatus 37\nJoints, Models of...................279\nJolly Balance....................... 29\nJolly Balance Springs............... 29\nJolly Photometer, F. & B........... 112\nJunker\u2019s Calorimeter................107\nK\nKaleidoscopes...................... 115\nKerosene Lamps..................111,113\nKittredge Clamps.................... 53\nKnife Edge Bracket ................. 10\nKnife Edge Contact Piece............ 46\nKnitting Needles....................125\nKnives, Microtome............. 274,\t275\nKuebne\u2019s Eye Model................. 120\nKundt\u2019s Apparatus................... 97\nKundt\u2019s Interference Apparatus . .\t91\nKymograph Record Sheets ....\t94\nKymographs..........................94,\t198\nL\nLabels, Chemical....................261\nLabels, Gummed......................261\nLabels, Microscopic Slide...........201\nLaboratory Clock ................... 33\nLaboratory Fittings ................. 0\nLaboratory Furniture................1-5\nLaboratory Stands................... 10\nLactometers.................... 255,277\nLadles..............................201\nLamp and Scale, Galvanometer . .\t157\nLamp Boards.........................165\nLamp Chimneys, Students\u2019 ....\t221\nLamp Cord...........................140\nLamp, Microscope....................209\nLamps, Alcohol......................261\nLamps, Blast................... 205,214\nLamps, Kerosene ................111,113\nLamp Wicks..........................261\nLantern Electrolysis Apparatus . .\t191\nLantern Slides, Chemistry...........306\nLantern Slides, Physics ...\t.\t14, 126\nLarynx Phantom, Model ..............279\nLarynx Models.......................279\nLead Cylinder with Conical Top . .\t108\nLead Dishes.........................232\nLead Plates, Mounted, M. & G. . .\t148\nLead Shot...........................108\nLead Sinker......................... 63\nLeaning Tower....................... 48\nLecture Table Galvanometers\t153, 154\nLecture Tables....................... 3\nLenses, various kinds...............119\nLens Holders ..............12, 113, 114\nLeslie\u2019s Cubes.................:\t99\nLeveling Screws..................... 10\nLevels ............................. 21","page":322},{"file":"p0323.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n323\nPage\nLever and Supporting Table ....\t62\nLever Clamps...................... 53\nLever Indicator *................. 46\nLevers, all kinds................. 53\nLeyden Jar Batteries..............137\nLeyden Jars....................137\nLeyden Jars, Resonant.............175\nLiebig\u2019s Condensers...............225\nLife Slide........................270\nLifting Magnets...................151\nLift Pumps........................ 69\nLightning Jars....................260\nLightning Plate.................. 137\nLightning Spiral Tube.............137\nLime Water........................196\nLinear Expansion Apparatus.\t...\t104\nLinen Tester..............119,262\nLines of Force Apparatus..........126\nLiquid Conduction Tube............100\nLiquid Interrupting Induction Coil\t.\t173\nLiquid Level Apparatus............ 67\nLiquid Level Tubes................ 67\nLiquid Measures................... 16\nLiquid Pressure Gauges............ 65\nLiquid Pressure Tube, Graduated,\nLoaded, F. & B................ 66\nLiter Blocks...................... 15\nLiter Cases....................... 15\nLiter Measures.................... 16\nLitmus Paper......................261\nLitmus Pencil.....................261\nLoaded Cylinder................48, 63\nLoaded Cylinder Wheel............. 48\nLocomotive Chart..................110\nLodestone.........................125\nLogarithm Tables......... 261,299\nLoose-leaf Filing Cabinet......... 5\nLuminous Cascade..................115\nLummer-Brodhun Photometer\t...\t113\nLungs, Models of..................278\nLycopodium Powder................. 95\nLyon\u2019s Car........................ 50\nM\nMagdeburg Hemispheres............. 79\nMagnet Block, T. & H..............126\nMagnet Boards .......................126\nMagnetic Clock Contact .............. 33\nMagnetic .Compasses...............129\nMagnetic Distribution Apparatus\t.\t128\nMagnetic Fields of Force Apparatus\t.\t126\nMagnetic Induction Coils . .\t.\t150, 151\nMagnetic Needles, Mounted ....\t129\nMagnetic Pole Rotation Apparatus\t.\t127\nMagnetic Rotating Apparatus\t...\t41\nMagnetic Screens..................125\nMagnetized Steel Disc.............125\nMagnetometers .......................127\nMagnetoscope......................127\nMagnets.....................125, 126\nMagnet Stirrups...................126\nMagnet Supports...................126\nMagnifiers................119,262\nMagnifiers for Thermometers, Burettes, etc................... 103\nManometers.....................77, 78\nManometer Tubes................65,78\nManometric Flame Apparatus\t...\t95\nMarker Clamp and Stylus........... 47\nMason\u2019s Hygrometer................ 83\nMathematical Models............... 35\nMaximum and Minimum Thermometers ......................... 82\nMaximum Density of Water Apparatus .........................106\nMeasures, Liquid and Dry.......... 16\nPage\nMeasures of Length ............16, 17\nMeasuring Tapes............... 1,7\nMechanical Equivalent of Heat\nApparatus .....................108\nMechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube\t108\nMechanical Rotator ................. 39\nMechanical Stage ...................269\nMedicine Droppers..............281\nMeker Burner...................213\nMeniscus Readers...............103\nMercury Pressure Gauge.........225\nMercury Pump ....................... 74\nMercury Storage Funnel ............. 72\nMercury Valve..................225\nMercury Well................... 73\nMetalaphone ........................ 89\nMetallurgical Microscopes......266\nMeteorological Equipments ....\t84\nMeteorological Thermometers ...\t82\nMeter Rod Caliper Arms......... 18\nMeter Stick Clamp.............. 12\nMeter Stick, Comparative ......\t16\nMeter Sticks................... 17\nMeter Stick Supports...........114\nMetric Chart ....................... 15\nMetric Rules ....................... 17\nMetronomes..................... 34\nMeyer Bulb Tubes...............295\nMicrometer Calipers............ 18\nMicrometer Screw............... 19\nMicrophone.....................189\nMicroscope, Demonstration,\tM.\t&\tG.\t121\nMicroscope Illuminator.........269\nMicroscope Lamp................269\nMicroscope Model...............121\nMicroscope Nosepieces..........268\nMicroscopes.................... 263-267\nMicroscopic Mounts .....\t271,272\nMicroscopic Slide Labels.......261\nMicroscopic Slides.............270\nMicrotome Freezing Attachments\t.\t275\nMicrotome Knife Back...........275\nMicrotome Knife Handle.........275\nMicrotome Knife Strop..........275\nMicrotome Knives...............275\nMicrotome Ribbon Carrier\t....\t274\nMicrotomes..................... 273,274\nMilk Dishes, Aluminum...............232\nMilk Pipettes.......................277\nMilk Preservatives..................277\nMilk Test Bottles ..................277\nMilk Testing Apparatus ....\t276, 277\nMiller-Cowen Dynamo Electric\nMachine .......................185\nMiller Lantern Slides...............14,\t126\nMillimeter Scale, Mounted ....\t47\nMinerals and Rocks .................278\nMiner\u2019s Compass ....................129\nMirror Attachment for Torsion Pendulum .......................... 46\nMirrors, all kinds.............115\nMirror Scale and Support, M. G. & B.\t47\nMirrors, Concave and Convex,\nMounted...................113,\t115\nMirrors for Lissajous\u2019 Curves ...\t88\nMirrors, Mounted....................12,\t113\nMirrors, Rotating.............41,95\nMixing Cylinders.............. 229,\t260\nModel, Arc Lamp................192\nModel, Bridge, Davis........... 60\nModel, Controller..............187\nModel, Diving Bell............. 79\nModel, Screw................... 58\nModels, Crystal (Wood)......... 35\nModels, Eye................... 120,\t278\nPage\nModels, Optical Instruments ....\t121\nModels, Physiological............278,279\nModels, Pump......................... 69\nModels, Sectional, of Steam Engine .\t109\nModels, Telescope....................121\nModels, Turbine...................... 70\nModels, Valve........................ 69\nModels, Water Wheel ................. 70\nModel, Wedge......................... 57\nMolecular Magnet Model...............125\nMomentum Apparatus................... 45\nMonkey Wrench....................... 193\nMonochromatic Flame Attachment\nfor Burners.................111,290\nMontejus............._.............. 283\nMorse Sympathetic Vibration Apparatus .......................... 97\nMortars .............................279\nMotor-Dynamo Demonstration Apparatus ..........................183\nMotor Generators..............181, 182\nMotors and Dynamos...................182\nMotors, Water........................ 71\nMounting Paper.......................281\nMounts, Microscopic............. 271,272\nMuffles..............................279\nMultiple Reflection Apparatus ...\t115\nMuseum Jars........................  260\nN\nNeedle, Inoculating..................279\nNeedles..............................125\nNeedles, Dissecting..................233\nNessler\u2019s Jars (Tubes)........ 260, 279\nNet, Faraday\u2019s.......................136\nNets, Blower ........................206\nNewell Lantern Slides................306\nNewton\u2019s Combination Disc . . .\t40,91\nNewton\u2019s Rings.......................124\nNicholson\u2019s Hydrometer .............. 64\nNickel Strip.........................125\nNicol\u2019s Prisms.......................124\nNipper...............................193\nNipple, Brass........................ 78\nNosepieces ..........................268\nO\nObjectives, Achromatic..............268\nOculars...........................  268\nOersted\u2019s Law Apparatus.............149\nOil for Air Pumps.............'. .\t75\nOil Sampling Bottle ,...............207\nOilStone . . . . !............. 193,280\nOil Testers ........................280\nOpalescent Screen.............113,114\nOpaque Screens, F. & B..............114\nOptical Bench Clamps...............9,11\nOptical Benches...............113,114\nOptical Disc and Attachments .\t116,117\nOptical Light Box...................116\nOres and Minerals...................278\nOrganic Combustion Furnace . . .\t250\nOrgan Pipes . . .................... 89\nOrsat Apparatus.....................251\nOsmosis Apparatus............. 38, 280\nOsmosis Bulb ;...................... 38\nOutside Calipers.................... 18\nOverflow Can........................ 63\nOverflow Plug........................ 6\nOvens, Drying.................. 235-237\nOversleeves................... 196,280\n\u201cOxone\u201d Cartridges .................252\nOxygen Gas Generator................252","page":323},{"file":"p0324.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"324\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nP\tPage\nPackard\u2019s Falling Body Apparatus .\t49\nPage Motor Apparatus.............187\nPalm or Pulse Glass, Franklin\u2019s . .\t101\nPan, Dissecting..................233\nPans, Agateware..................280\nPaper, Cross Section..............36, 49\nPaper, Drying........................281\nPaper, Filter................... 240-242\nPaper, Genus Covers..................281\nPaper, Litmus................... 261,280\nPaper, Mounting......................281\nPaper, Pole Test.....................136\nPaper, Touch......................... 99\nPaper, Turmeric......................304\nPapin Digestors . \u25a0..............100\nParabolic Reflectors ................ 90\nParaffine Baths .....................199\nParaffine Cube................... 63\nParallel Current Apparatus . . . 128,150 Parallel Current Repulsion Coils . .\t150\nParallel Rule.................... 36\nParallelogram of Force Table ...\t48\nParamagnetic and Diamagnetic Substances .........................125\nParchment Paper.................. 78\nPascal\u2019s Vase Apparatus ............. 66\nPencil Compass................... 36\nPencil, Diamond................ 230,\t280\nPencil, Indelible................280\nPencil, Litmus................. 261,\t280\nPendulum Balls....................... 43\nPendulum Bobs, Cylindrical ....\t51\nPendulum Clamp, T. & H........... 51\nPendulum Clamps.................. 12\nPendulum, Foucault\u2019s, for Rotator .\t40\nPendulums.......................34,51\nPendulums, Compensating.......... 34\nPendulums, Seconds............... 34\nPendulums, Torsion .................. 46\nPendulum, Y or Sand ................. 95\nPentagon, Wire................... 48\nPetri Dishes.....................232\nPetri Dish Holder................280\nPhenolphthalein Solution.........196\nPhials, Bologna ..................... 37\nPhosphoric Anhydride Jars ....\t225\nPhosphorous Pentoxide............ 78\nPhotometers and Accessories . .\t111-114\nPhotometric Outfits .................114\nPhotosynthesis Apparatus.........280\nPhoto Trays......................300\nPhysics Work Tables.............. 1\nPhysiological Models........... 278,\t279\nPiano Wire....................... 97\nPickering Polariscope............124\nPicture Wire.....................140\nPinchcocks ..........................223\nPin Holder.......................114\n\u2022 Pin Hole Camera ...................Ill\nPins, Insect.....................280\nPipes, Clay................... 223,280\nPipettes, Acid...................277\nPipettes, all kinds .................281\nPipettes, Automatic .......... 277,281\nPipette Stand....................281\nPipette Support..................296\nPitch Gauge......................193\nPith.......................... 275,281\nPith Ball Electrometers..........133\nPith Balls.......................133\nPith Images......................136\nPlant Presses .......................281\nPlates, Dessicator ..................230\nPlates, Flush.........................9,\t245\nPage\nPlates, Glass...................121,\t126\nPlates, Lead, Mounted, M. & G. . .\t148\nPlates, various kinds................281\nPlatform for Ring Stand .....\t297\nPlatforms............................ 10\nPlatform Scales, Derrick ............ 61\nPlatinum Ware .......................282\nPlatinum Wire.................. 140,\t282\nPliers.......................... 193,283\nPlumb Bobs........................... 21\nPneumatic Troughs....................301\nPocket Levels.................... 21\nPocket Magnifiers................262\nPocket Meters....................147\nPolariscope..........................124\nPole Changers........................144\nPole Test Paper......................136\nPolyprism............................120\nPorosity Demonstration Apparatus .\t37\nPorous Cups .................... 229,283\nPorte Lumi\u00e8res ......................Ill\nPortraits of Scientists..............14,\t306\nPotash Bulbs.........................212\nPotential Bar........................131\nPotential Binding Post...........143\nPratt Institute Applied Physics\nApparatus..................59-62\nPresses, Filter......................283\nPresses, Plant.......................281\nPressure Cock........................  6\nPressure Gauge for Apparatus A . .\t98\nPressure Gauges........... 65,72, 78,98\nPressure Syringes................ 65\nPressure Tubes.................. 65, 66, 73\nPressure U-Tubes .................... 66\nPrimary and Secondary Coils ...\t171\nPrince Rupert Drops.............. 37\nPrincipal Focus Box, Culler\u2019s ...\t114\nPrism, Equilateral, M. G. & B.\t. .\t118\nPrisms, Glass, various kinds . .\t118,120\nPrisms, Nicol\u2019s..................124\nPrisms, Triangular, WTood........ 46\nProjection Frequency Indicator\t. .\t187\nProjection Galvanometer..........154\nProjection Holder for Pressure Gauge\t65\nProof Plane......................135\nProtractors.....................20, 21\nPsychrometer..................... 83\nPulley Cord.....................54, 55\nPulley Demonstration Apparatus . .\t56\nPulley, Drive, for Round Belt ...\t40\nPulley Hoists, Differential...... 55\nPulley in Frame.................. 57\nPulley Rope...................... 55\nPulleys.........................54-56\nPulleys, Mounted .................... 12\nPulverizer.......................284\nPump Oil and Can................. 78\nPump Plates...................... 74\nPumps, Air . ......................74-76\nPunch ...............................193\nPush Buttons.....................143\nPyknometers ......................63,211\nPyrex Glassware (characteristics) .\t195\nPyrometers...................... 284,285\nPyrometer Tubes..................285\nQ\nQuadrant Electrometer............134\nQuincke\u2019s Tubes.................. 91\nR\nRadiation Screens................ 99\nRadio Active Substances..........135\nPage\nRadio Electroscopes.................134\nRadiometers......................... 99\nRadio Micrometer ........\t156\nRain Gauge . ....................... 83\nRams, Hydraulic..................... 68\nRatio Box...........................163\nRazors, Section ....................233\nReaction Gas and Flame Wheel . .\t70\nReaction of Liquids Apparatus ...\t70\nReading Lenses................119,262\nReagent Bottles.............. 208-210\nReagents and Chemicals . . . *307-318\nRecalescent Outfit..................285\nReceivers, Retort...............286\nRecording Barometer............. 81\nRecording Thermometer .....\t81\nRecording Tuning Fork............... 88\nRectifiers, Electrolytic........179\nRectifiers, Tungar..............180\nReflection Apparatus.............44, 115\nRegulators, Gas..................253\nResin............................ 97\nResistance Boards...............160\nResistance Boxes................162-164\nResistance Coils..............160,161\nResistance Frame ...................165\nResistances, Standard...............161\nResistance Units................165\nResonance Apparatus............. 93\nResonance Jars, Glass........... 93\nResonance Tubes................. 93\nResonant Leyden Jars................175\nRespiration Models .................278\nRetorts ............................286\nReversible Pendulums ............ 51\nRevolving Mirrors.................41,95\nRheochords..........................160\nRheostats................. 165,166\nRibbon Carrier, Microtome ....\t274\nRichmond\u2019s Slide Rule...............277\nRider Block......................... 53\nRider Weight, Lead, for Lever ...\t53\nRight Angle Clamps..................10,\t11\nRing Burners........................215\nRing Platform . . ..................297\nRings, Ring Stand...................297\nRing Stands.........................297\nRintoul\u2019s Dynamometer............... 29\nRitchie Photometer...............Ill\nRocks and Minerals .................278\nRods, Friction......................131\nRods, Glass, Silica, Stirring ....\t286\nRods, Support........................ 7\nRods, Steel, M. G. & B.............. 46\nRods, Wood, for Bending............. 46\nRod, Waterproof..................... 63\nRoentgen Ray Apparatus..............139\nRollers, Inclined Plane............. 57\nRope, Pulley........................ 55\nRotary Compressors.................. 76\nRotary Converter....................177\nRotating Mirrors..................41,95\nRotator Accessories.................40,\t41\nRotators, Centrifugal............... 39\nRouge Cloth ........................191\nRound Bases ......................... 8\nRubber Bags ........................ 78\nRubber Bands........................286\nRubber Cord ........................ 57\nRubber Dam or Thin Sheet ....\t78\nRubber Extraction Flask.............239\nRubber Gaskets for Alundum Crucibles . .......................228\nRubber Gaskets for Filter Cones . .\t239","page":324},{"file":"p0325.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS\n325\nPage\nRubber Hammers................... 87\nRubber Policemen.................286\nRubber Stoppers..................287\nRubber Tubing .......................287\nRubber Tubing for Gooch Crucibles .\t229\nRubber Tubing Stretcher\t.\t.\t.\t212,287\nRuhmkorff Coils...............172, 173\nRule, Parallel.................... 36\nRules............................. 17\nRumford\u2019s Photometer..............112\nS\nSaccharometer.....................288\nSafety Lamp, Davy\u2019s...............100\nSafety Tubes......................... 303\nSt. Louis Motor................... 183\nSand.............................. 95\nSand Baths........................199\nSand Paper........................280\nSand Pendulum..................... 95\nSavart\u2019s Wheels...............40, 41,91\nSaw, Bone............................233\nSaws.................................193\nSaybolt Viscosimeter.................305\nScale Pans........................46, 53\nScales.............................17,20\nScales, Telescope.............156, 157\nScalpels.............................233\nSchellbach\u2019s Support.................296\nScissors ............................288\nScissors, Dissecting.................233\nScoop, Horn........................  288\nScreen Holders ...............,\t113, 114\nScreens, Magnetic....................125\nScreens, Optical Bench ....\t113, 114\nScreen with Apertures ...............113\nScreen with Vertical Slit ...........113\nScrew Compressor Clamps..............223\nScrew Drivers........................193\nScrew Jack with Wheel, Base and Bar 62\nSealing Wax..........................305\nSecond Law of Motion Apparatus .\t45\nSeconds Pendulum..................... 34\nSection Lifters......................233\nSection Razors.......................233\nSelenium Cells.......................189\nSemi-blast Wynne Burner..............214\nSeven-in-One Apparatus............68, 79\nSextant..............................121\nShear Legs........................... 59\nShears...............................288\nShears, Metal................. 193,288\nShelter, Instrument.................. 84\nShocking Handles.....................135\nS-Hook............................... 27\nShot, Aluminum, Copper, Lead . .\t108\nShow Jars, Inverted..................260\nShredder and Shave, Ice ............. 98\nShunts.............................. 156\nSieves.........i..................288\nSifter, Filings......................126\nSinging Flame Apparatus.............. 89\nSinker, Lead ........................ 63\nSiphons........................... 67,288\nSiren Discs.....................40,41,91\nSirens, Caignard-La-Tour............. 91\nSkin Model...........................278\nSkins, Birds\u2019 .......................205\nSkull and Brain, Model of ....\t279\nSlide Boxes..........................270\nSlide Cabinet .......................270\nSlide, Holman\u2019s Life.................270\nSlide Rheostats .....................166\nSlide Rule, Richmond\u2019s for Milk . .\t277\nSlide Rules.......................... 21\nPage\nSlides, Magnetic Lines of Force . .\t126\nSlides, Microscopic...............270\nSlides, Prepared Microscopic . .\t271,272\nSlide Wire Bridges............168,169\nSling Psychrometer................ 83\nSmith School Squares.............. 20\nSodium Capsule (Spoon) ...........289\nSoil Tester .........................289\nSoil Thermometer.................. 82\nSolar Calculator.................85,86\nSolder ..............................288\nSoldering Copper.....................288\nSoldering Fluid .....................288\nSoldering Iron, Electric.............238\nSoldering Iron Heaters...............288\nSoldering Outfits....................288\nSoldering Paste .....................288\nSolenoid Magnet...................151\nSonograph . ......................... 96\nSonometer Attachment, M. G.\t& B.\t57,92\nSonometers........................ 92\nSonometer Wires................... 92\nSound Lens . ...................... .\t90\nSound Wave Apparatus.............. 96\nSpatulas ............................289\nSpecific Gravity Apparatus\t.\t.\t.\t63,64\nSpecific Gravity Apparatus for\tGases\t37\nSpecific Gravity Balances......... 26\nSpecific Gravity Bottles........63,211\nSpecific Gravity Specimens\t....\t63\nSpecific Heat Apparatus, Tyndall\u2019s\t108\nSpecimen Bottles..................211\nSpecimen Mounts...................290\nSpecimens, Zoological.............290\nSpectral Apparatus and Goniometer\t123\nSpectroscopes............. 123,290\nSpectrum Tubes................123, 138\nSpeed Indicators..............35, 40\nSpeed Reducing Gear .................293\nSpherometers...................... 19\nSpiral Spring ....................... 52\nSpirometer .......................68,79\nSplints...........................289\nSponges...........................289\nSpoons .\t 289\nSpreader for Inclined Plane\t....\t57\nSpreader for Trip Scales.......... 27\nSpring and Weight Holder, M.\tG. & B.\t47\nSpring Balance Cradles............ 29\nSpring Balances................... 29\nSquares.............................. 20\nStaining Jar, Coplin\u2019s...............260\nSandard Candle................Ill, 113\nStandard Cells.......................147\nStandard Resistances..............161\nStand, Electrostatic ................137\nStands, Insulating...................135\nStands, X-Ray Tube...................139\nStand Tops............................ 9\nStand Tubes .......................... 9\nStand, Universal..................... 44\nStar, Burner.........................215\nStatic Machines......................132\nSteam Boilers........................ 98\nSteam Cock............................ 6\nSteam Engine Models..................109\nSteam Engines........................110\nSteam Pressure Sterilizer............197\nSteam Sterilizers....................292\nSteam Traps.......................... 98\nSteam Water Baths............... 200-203\nSteel Filings in Glass Tube ....\t125\nSteel Rules.......................... 17\nSteelyard............................ 53\nPage\nSteelyard, Laboratory................ 62\nStencil...........................291\nStencil Cut-outs . ..................291\nStender Dishes....................232\nSterilizers................... 291-293\nStirring Apparatus................293\nStirring Rods.....................286\nStirrup, Magnet...................125\nStone\u2019s Tension Clamp............. 10\nStools, Insulating................135\nStop Clock........................ 34\nStopcocks, Brass.................. 78\nStopcocks, Glass..................294\nStoppers, Rubber .................287\nStop Watch........................ 34\nStorage Batteries ................ 148\nStorage Battery Hydrometers . . .\t255\nStorage Cabinets..................4,5\nStorage Tanks, Air................153\nStove, Electric...................238\nStoves..................... 215,294,295\nStretching Block with Pillar and\nBinding Post .................. 47\nStrip with Two Hooks, T. & H.. . .\t56\nStrop...............................275\nStudents\u2019Optical Disc.............. 116\nStylus and Fixative............... 94\nSulphur Determination Apparatus 252, 295\nSulphur Specimen.................... 63\nSupport Blocks, Wood, M. G. & B. 46 Support, Brass, with Clamp ....\t63\nSupporting Boards, Magnet ....\t126\nSupport, Magnet and Friction Rod .\t125\nSupport Rods......................... 7\nSupports, Electrolysis Tube ....\t191\nSupport, Selenium Cell..............189\nSupports for Meter Stick............114\nSupports, various kinds ....\t296-298\nSurface and Intensity Apparatus . .\t136\nSurface Tension Apparatus . . .\t37, 38\nSwiftest Descent Apparatus ....\t51\nSwitches, Electrical..........143,165\nSympathetic Tuning Forks ....\t87\nSympathetic Vibration Apparatus 97\nSyracuse Watch Glasses..............305\nSyringe, Hyperdermic................299\nSyringes, Pressure.................. 65\nT\nTable, Aquarium.....................196\nTable Clamps....................9,11-13\nTables, Laboratory Work............ 1-3\nTables, Logarithm.............. 261,299\nTable Top on Rod....................113\nTablets, Composite Test, for Milk .\t277\nTackle Blocks....................... 55\nTangent Galvanometers ..............152\nTangent Scale....................... 21\nTank, Aquarium......................196\nTanks, Air Storage.................. 76\nTantalus Cup........................ 67\nTap and Die Set.....................193\nTaper Gauges......................19, 253\nTapering Element, Zinc, T. & H. . .\t145\nTapes, Measuring.................... 17\nTeeth Model.........................278\nTelegraph Instruments...............188\nTelegraph Key Parts .......\t188\nTelegraph Sounder Parts.............188\nTelephone Receivers...........128, 188\nTelephone Transmitter...............188\nTelescope Clamp..................... 12\nTelescope for Radio Active Work . .\t134\nTelescope Models ...................121\nTelescopes . .......................121","page":325},{"file":"p0326.txt","language":"en","ocr_en":"326\nL. E. KNOTT APPARATUS COMPANY\nPage\nTelescope Scales......................157\nTelescope with Cross Hairs . .\t156, 157\nTemperature Coils.....................160\nTenaculums............................233\nTensile Strength of Wires Apparatus 47\nTension Clamp, Stone\u2019s................ 10\nTerrestrial Telescope Model ....\t121\nTester for Soils .....................289\nTest Glasses.................... 253,\t299\nTest Tube Basket......................299\nTest Tube Boiler......................292\nTest Tube Clamps................ 223,\t299\nTest Tubes, all kinds............. .\t299\nTest Tube Supports ............. 202,\t298\nThermo-Couples........................285\nThermograph........................... 81\nThermograph Charts.................... 81\nThermometers, all kinds r 82, 102, 103, 305 Thermometers, Maximum and Minimum .................................. 82\nThermometers, Meteorological ...\t82\nThermometer, Soil..................... 82\nThermopiles...........................104\nThermoscopes..........................104\nThimbles, Extraction..................239\nThistle Tubes.................. 300,303\nThorpe Gauge..........................107\nThreaded Hook......................... 58\nTime Marker Kyinograph................ 94\nTin Foil..............................133\nTip, Burner...........................215\nToepler-Holtz Machine.................132\nTongs, Crucible................ 229,300\nTool Cabinet and Tools................193\nTool Holders .........................193\nTools, various kinds..................193\nTorricellian Law Apparatus ....\t67\nTorsion Apparatus...................45,46\nTorsion Balances...................... 28\nTorsion Pendulums..................... 46\nTouch Paper........................... 99\nTourmaline Tongs......................124\nTowels................................300\nTransformers..........................170\nTranslucent Screen................113,114\nTrays, various kinds..................300\nTrevelyan\u2019s Rocker.................... 97\nTriangles, Drawing.................... 36\nTriangles, various kinds..............300\nTriple Beam Balance................... 26\nTriple Tandem Pulleys................. 55\nTripod Bases .......................... 8\nTripod, Burner........................215\nTripod Magnifier......................262\nTripod, Rod, Clamp and Holder, M.\nG. &. B.......................... 73\nTripods, various kinds................301\nTripoli.............................. 191\nTrip Scales........................... 27\nTrip Scale Supports .................. 27\nTroughs, Pneumatic....................301\nTrough, Wave.......................... 52\nTroy Weights.......................... 31\nTrunk Model...........................279\nTrusses .......................59,60\nT-Square.............................. 36\nTube, Absorption, Fleming\u2019s ....\t225\nTube, Burner..........................215\nTube, Manometer....................... 65\nTubephone............................. 89\nTubes, all kinds................. 300-303\nTubes, Arsenic.................. 197,\t301\nTubes, Barometer...................... 73\nTubes, Calcium Chloride...............302\nTubes, Centrifuge.....................221\nTubes, Charles Law ...................106\nPage\nTubes, Connecting................302\nTubes,^Culture...................302\nTubes, Extraction, Soxhlet\u2019s ....\t239\nTubes, Fermentation..............302\nTubes, Filter ........................303\nTubes, Fractional Distillation\t.\t. .\t235\nTubes, Gas Measuring\t....\t253, 303\nTubes, Gas Sample................252\nTubes, Geissler..................138\nTubes, Ignition ......................303\nTubes, Liquid Pressure........... 66\nTubes, Pressure............... 65, 66. 73\nTubes, Nessler\u2019s........ 279,303\nTubes, Pyrometer................ 285\nTubes, Quincke\u2019s Interference\t...\t91\nTubes, Safety....................303\nTubes, Spectrum.................123,\t138\nTubes, Thistle...................303\nTubes, Vapor Tension\t............101\nTubes, Vinegar...................303\nTubes, X-Ray.....................139\nTube, Vapor Pressure..................101\nTube, Volume Coefficient, M.\tG. &\tB.\t106\nTubing, Alundum..................... 304-\nTubing, Fused Silica..................301\nTubing, Glass................. 303,304\nTubing, Glass Combustion\t....\t304\nTubing, Porcelain................304\nTubing, Rubber...................287\nTubing, Vacuum........................ 78\nTungar Rectifiers.....................180\nTuning Fork Rating Apparatus . .\t94\nTuning Forks....................87,88\nTuning Forks, Sympathetic\t....\t87\nTuning Forks, Unadjusted......... 88\nTuning Fork Vibrograph........... 94\nTurbines, Water....................... 70\nTurmeric Paper........................304\nTurn Table.......................270\nTurrets, Gas..................... 6\nTwo-part Iron Armature, T.\t&\tH.\t.\t125\nTyndall\u2019s \u2022 Heat Attachment for\nRotator...........................40,\t108\nU\nUniversal Holder................. 12\nUniversal Pulley................. 55\nUpward Pressure Apparatus\t....\t66\nU-Shaped Wire Supporting Hook,\nT. & H....................... 53\nU-Supports....................... 9\nV\nVacuum Gauges.................... 72\nVacuum Pumps....................74-76\nVacuum Tubing.................... 78\nValve Models..................... 69\nValve Regulator for Rotator\t....\t40\nVapor Pressure Tube............. 100\nVapor Tension Apparatus..........100\nVapor Tension Tubes............. 101\nVasculum.........................304\nVegetable Parchment.................. 78,\t280\nVernier Arc Model................ 16\nVernier Calipers................. 18\nVernier Models ....................... 16\nVertical Illuminators............269\nVials............................304\nVibration Apparatus for Sound\t...\t97\nVibrating Spiral Apparatus.......128\nVibrograph ........................... 94\nVibrograph Tuning Fork ............... 94\nViscosimeter Flasks............ 244,\t305\nViscosimeters....................305\nVise Clamp for Bench............. 45\nVises............................305\nVolt-Ammeters...................147,\t158\nVoltmeters ............... 147, 158, 159\nPcge\nVolume Coefficient Tube, M. G. & B. 100\nVon Nardroff Color Apparatus . . .\t122\nW\nWall Bracket, Galvanometer ....\t156\nWall D\u2019Arsonval Gal van omet -\t. .\t156\nWall Stand........................... 10\nWall Suspension Bracket.............. 12\nWarming Table........................275\nWashers, Leather .................... 78\nWashing Bottle for Carbon Combustions .....................225\nWashing Bottles......................211\nWaste Jars ..........................260\nWatch Glasses........................305\nWatch Glasses, Counterpoised . . .\t305\nWatch Springs........................305\nWatch, Stop.......................... 34\nWater Baths..................... 200-203\nWater Batteries......................135\nWater Faucets......................... 6\nWater Friction in Pipes.............. 70\nWater Hammers........................ 78\nWater Heater.........................215\nWater Lenses.........................119\nWater Motors......................... 71\nWater Thermometer....................106\nWater Traps.......................... 98\nWrater Turbines...................... 70\nWater Wheel Model.................... 70\nWatt\u2019s Governor for Rotator ...\t40\nWave Motion Apparatus........... 52\nWave Trough..................... 52\nWax, Sealing ........................305\nWax Tapers.........................  305\nWedges.......................... 57\nWeighing Bottles................211\nWeight Hangers.................32, 62\nWeights..................... 30-32, 62\nWelsbach Gas Mantle, Mounted\t.\t.\t113\nWestphal's Balance.............. 26\nWheatstone Bridges . 163,\t164,\t167-169\nWheatstone Bridges and Resistance\nBoxes.................163,164\nWheel and Axle.................. 56\nWhistle, Galton\u2019s............... 89\nWilson\u2019s Radio Electroscope\t....\t134\nWimshurst Machine...............132\nWing Top, Burner................215\nWire, all kinds............140,141\nWire, Bent at Right Angles, Hall\t.\t.\t114\nWire Gauges..................... 19\nWire Guard...................... 79\nWire Pentagon, T. & H........... 48\nWire, Piano..................... 97\nWitch........................... 84\nWollaston Steam Engine......... 109\nWooden Strip with Two Hooks,\nT. & H..................... 56\nWool, Glass.....................254\nWoulff\u2019s Bottles................211\nWrench..........................193\nWynne Burners...................214\nX\nX-Ray Tubes.....................139\nX-Ray Tube Stand............... 139\nXylophone ........................... 89\nY\nYoung\u2019s Modulus Apparatus\t....\t47\nY-Pendulum...................... 95\nZ\nZinc Jar, Carbon Combustion .\t.\t.\t225\nZoological Material.............290\nTHE MURRAY PRINTING COMPANY, KENDALL SQUARE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.","page":326}],"identifier":"lit13684","issued":"1921","language":"en","pages":"326","startpages":"326","title":"L. E. Knott Apparatus Company: Scientific Instruments, Catalogue 26","type":"Trade Catalogue"},"revision":0,"updated":"2022-01-31T16:20:11.934574+00:00"}